HAVERFORD ACADEMIC CATALOG 2009-2010

Printed on RollandEnviro 100 Print, which contains 100% post-consumer fibre, is Environmental Choice, Processed Chlorine Free and manufactured in Canada by Cascades using biogas energy. ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2009-2010

SEMESTER I

Aug 26 (Wed) First year and transfer students arrive Aug 29/30 (Sat/Sun) Returning students arrive Aug 30 (Sun) Non-academic registration Aug 31 (Mon) Classes begin at Haverford and Bryn Mawr Sep 4 (Fri) Last day to uncover NNG - CR/NO CR from previous semester Sep 7 (Mon) Labor Day — Classes not in session Sep 8 (Tue) Final academic verification at Haverford and Bryn Mawr Sep 8 (Tue) Last day to register - Class of 2013 Sep 18 (Fri) Last day to request NNG, First Quarter courses only Sep 18 (Fri) Last day to drop a credit at Haverford and Bryn Mawr Oct 9 (Fri) Last day to request NNG, Full Semester courses only Oct 9 (Fri) Fall break begins at 4:00 p.m. Oct 19 (Mon) Classes resume at 8:30 a.m. Oct 23 (Fri) End of 1/2 semester courses Oct 26/30 (Mon-Fri) Faculty reports of concern to CSSP due Oct 30 (Fri) Academic flexibility proposals due Oct 30/Nov 1 (Fri-Sun) Family Weekend and Homecoming Nov 12/13 (Thu/Fri) Registration for spring semester Nov 13 (Fri) Last day to request NNG, Second Quarter courses only Nov 25 (Wed) Thanksgiving break begins at 4:00 p.m. Nov 30 (Mon) Classes resume at 8:30 a.m. Dec 11 (Fri) Classes end at Haverford; optional Reading Day Dec 11 (Fri) All papers (except those in lieu of exams) due Dec 12/13 (Sat/Sun) Reading Period Dec 14/18 (Mon/Fri) Final Examinations for all students through Friday at 12:00 Noon Dec 18 (Fri) Semester I ends at 12:00 Noon Jan 4 (Mon) Final grades due in Registrar's Office by 12:00 noon SEMESTER II

Jan 19 (Tue) Classes begin at Haverford and Bryn Mawr Jan 22 (Fri) Last day to uncover NNG - CR/NO CR from previous semester Jan 26 (Tue) Final academic verification at Haverford and Bryn Mawr Feb 5 (Fri) Last day to request NNG, First Quarter courses only Feb 5 (Fri) Last day to drop a credit at Haverford and Bryn Mawr Feb 26 (Fri) Last day to request NNG, Full Semester courses only Mar 5 (Fri) End oft Semester courses Mar 5 (Fri) Spring break begins at 4:00 p.m. Mar 15 (Mon) Classes resume at 8:30 a.m. Mar 15/19 (Mon-Fri) Faculty reports of concern to CSSP due Mar 19 (Fri) Academic flexibility proposals due Apr 2 (Fri) Last day to request NNG, Second Quarter courses only Apr 16 (Fri) Returning students' Financial Aid Applications due Apr 15/16 (Thu/Fri) Registration for Semester I, 2010 Apr 16 (Fri) Sophomore Major Work Plans due in Registrar's Office Apr 30 (Fri) Classes end at Haverford and Bryn Mawr Apr 30 (Fri) All papers (except those in lieu of exams) and lab notebooks due May 1/4 (Sat-Tue) Reading Period - self-scheduled exams may be taken Mon/Tues only May 3/5 (Mon-Wed) Senior Comprehensive Examinations May 5/8 (Wed-Sat) Final Examinations for Seniors through Saturday at 5:00 p.m. May 10 (Mon) Senior Grades due in the Registrar's Office by 5:00 p.m. May 5/14 (Wed-Fri) Final Examinations for Underclassmen through Friday at Noon May 14 (Fri) Semester II ends at Noon May 16 (Sun) Commencement - A.M. at Haverford; P.M. at Bryn Mawr May 21 (Fri) Final grades due in the Registrar's Office by 12:00 Noon May 28/30 (Fri-Sun) Alumni Weekend

CONTENTS THE COLLEGE 7 STATEMENT OF PURPOSE 8 HISTORY 8 FACILITIES 9 ACADEMIC CENTERS 14 HURFORD HUMANITIES CENTER 14 KOSHLAND INTEGRATED NATURAL SCIENCES CENTER 14 CENTER FOR PEACE AND GLOBAL CITIZENSHIP 15 ACADEMIC PROGRAM 16 CURRICULUM 17 GUIDELINES FOR LIBERAL EDUCATION 17 FIRST-YEAR WRITING REQUIREMENT 17 FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT 17 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENT 17 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENT 17 DEPARTMENTAL MAJOR REQUIREMENT 18 SPECIAL MAJORS 18 CREDIT REQUIREMENT 19 PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT 19 AREAS OF CONCENTRATION 19 MINORS 19 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 20 FIRST-YEAR PROGRAM 20 COURSE LOAD AND CREDIT 20 NO NUMERICAL GRADE OPTION (PASS/FAIL) 20 INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES 20 SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 22 INTERCOLLEGIATE COOPERATION 22 POST-GRADUATE STUDY 22 ADVANCED PLACEMENT CREDIT 23 ADMISSION 24 ADMISSION 25 EXPENSES 26 FINANCIAL AID 26 RATE OF GRADUATION 26 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 27 LIST OF DEPARTMENTS 28 NUMBERING SYSTEM AND SYMBOLS 29 AFRICAN AND AFRICANA STUDIES 30 AFRICANA STUDIES 30 AFRICANA STUDIES REQUIREMENTS 30 AFRICAN STUDIES FACULTY 30 AFRICAN STUDIES 30 AFRICAN STUDIES REQUIREMENTS 30 AFRICAN STUDIES COORDINATORS 30 AFRICAN AND AFRICANA STUDIES COURSES 30 ANTHROPOLOGY 33 ANTHROPOLOGY FACULTY 33 ANTHROPOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 ANTHROPOLOGY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 33 ANTHROPOLOGY REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 33 ANTHROPOLOGY COURSES 34 ARABIC 39 ARABIC FACULTY 39 ARABIC COURSES 39 ARTS PROGRAM AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 40 ARTS PROGRAM FACULTY 40 ARTS PROGRAM COURSES 40 ARTS IN EDUCATION 40 CREATIVE WRITING 40 DANCE 43 THEATER 45 ASTRONOMY 47 ASTRONOMY FACULTY 47 ASTRONOMY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 47 ASTROPHYSICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 47 ASTRONOMY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 47 ASTRONOMY REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 48 ASTRONOMY COURSES 48 ATHLETICS 50 ATHLETICS STAFF 50 INTERCOLLEGIATE VARSITY PROGRAM 50 CLUB SPORT PROGRAM 50 INTRAMURAL, INSTRUCTIONAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS 50 REGISTRATION/CREDIT 50 BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS 52 BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS FACULTY 52 BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS REQUIREMENTS 52 BIOLOGY 54 BIOLOGY FACULTY 54 BIOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 54 BIOLOGY COURSES 55 CHEMISTRY 62 CHEMISTRY FACULTY 62 CHEMISTRY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 62 CHEMISTRY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 63 CHEMISTRY REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 63 CHEMISTRY COURSES 63 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 68 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY FACULTY 68 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 68 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 68 GEOARCHAEOLOGY CONCENTRATION 68 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 68 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY INDEPENDENT RESEARCH 69 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY LANGUAGES 69 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY STUDY ABROAD 69 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY FIELDWORK 69 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY MUSEUM INTERNSHIP 69 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY COURSES 69 CLASSICS 74 CLASSICS FACULTY 74 CLASSICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 74 CLASSICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS 74 CLASSICS REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 74 COURSES IN GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 74 COURSES IN LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 75 COURSES IN CLASSICAL STUDIES NOT REQUIRING GREEK OR LATIN 76 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 78 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE ADVISORY COMMITTEE 78 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE TEACHING FACULTY 78 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 78 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE,MINOR REQUIREMENTS 79 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 79 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE COURSES 79 COMPUTER SCIENCE 83 COMPUTER SCIENCE FACULTY 83 THE COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR 83 THE COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION FOR MATHEMATICS MAJORS 83 THE COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION FOR PHYSICS MAJORS 83 THE CONCENTRATION IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING 83 THE COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR 83 COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES 83 THE CONCENTRATION IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING 86 THE CONCENTRATION IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING COORDINATORS FOR 2009-2010 86

2 THE CONCENTRATION IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING REQUIREMENTS 86 EAST ASIAN STUDIES 88 EAST ASIAN STUDIES FACULTY 88 EAST ASIAN STUDIES MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 88 EAST ASIAN STUDIES MINOR REQUIREMENTS 88 LANGUAGE PLACEMENT TESTS 88 EAST ASIAN STUDIES REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 88 STUDY ABROAD 89 EAST ASIAN STUDIES COURSES 89 EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES 92 ECONOMICS 94 ECONOMICS FACULTY 94 ECONOMICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 94 ECONOMICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS 95 ECONOMICS REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 95 ECONOMICS COURSES 95 EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL STUDIES 99 EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL STUDIES FACULTY 99 COORDINATOR 99 REQUIREMENTS 99 THE PORTFOLIO 100 EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL STUDIES COURSES 100 FOR THE AREA OF CONCENTRATION IN EDUCATIONAL STUDIES 102 ENGLISH 103 ENGLISH. FACULTY 103 ENGLISH MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 103 ENGLISH REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 103 ENGLISH COURSES 103 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES PROGRAM AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 111 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE FACULTY 111 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES REQUIREMENTS 111 FILM STUDIES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 113 FILM STUDIES FACULTY 113 FILM STUDIES MINOR REQUIREMENTS 113 FILM STUDIES COURSES 113 FINE ARTS 114 FINE ARTS FACULTY 114 FINE ARTS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 114 FINE ARTS COURSES 114 FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE STUDIES 118 FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE STUDIES FACULTY 118 FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE STUDIES MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 118 FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE STUDIES MINOR REQUIREMENTS 119 HONORS AND THE SENIOR EXPERIENCE 119 TEACHER CERTIFICATION 119 A.B./M.A. PROGRAM 119 FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE STUDIES STUDY ABROAD 119 FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE STUDIES COURSES 119 GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES 123 GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES COORDINATORS 123 CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS 123 GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES MINOR REQUIREMENTS 123 COURSES IN GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES OFFERED AT HAVERFORD COLLEGE 2009-2010 123 COURSES IN GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 125 GEOLOGY AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 126 GEOLOGY FACULTY 126 GEOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 126 GEOLOGY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 126 GEOLOGY REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 126 CONCENTRATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 126 CONCENTRATION IN GEOARCHAEOLOGY 126 CONCENTRATION IN GEOCHEMISTRY 127 GEOLOGY COURSES 127 GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES 130

3 GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES FACULTY 130 GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 130 GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES MINOR REQUIREMENTS 130 GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES STUDY ABROAD 130 GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 131 GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES COURSES 131 GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 133 GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES FACULTY 133 GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 133 GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES MINOR REQUIREMENTS 134 3-2 PROGRAM IN CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING 134 GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES COURSES 134 HEBREW AND JUDAIC STUDIES 139 HEBREW AND JUDAIC STUDIES FACULTY 139 HEBREW AND JUDAIC STUDIES COURSES 139 HISTORY 140 HISTORY FACULTY 140 HISTORY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 140 HISTORY COURSE RESTRICTIONS 140 HISTORY REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 140 COOPERATION WITH BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 140 HISTORY COURSES 140 HISTORY OF ART AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 146 HISTORY OF ART FACULTY 146 HISTORY OF ART MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 146 HISTORY OF ART MINOR REQUIREMENTS 146 HISTORY OF ART REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 146 HISTORY OF ART COURSES 146 INDEPENDENT COLLEGE PROGRAMS 150 INDEPENDENT COLLEGE PROGRAMS FACULTY 150 INDEPENDENT COLLEGE PROGRAMS COURSES 150 ITALIAN 154 ITALIAN FACULTY 154 ITALIAN MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 154 ITALIAN MINOR REQUIREMENTS 154 ITALIAN REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 154 ITALIAN COURSES 154 LATIN AMERICAN AND IBERIAN STUDIES 158 LATIN AMERICAN AND IBERIAN STUDIES FACULTY 158 LATIN AMERICAN AND IBERIAN STUDIES REQUIREMENTS 158 LATIN AMERICAN AND IBERIAN STUDIES COURSES 158 LINGUISTICS 159 LINGUISTICS FACULTY 159 LINGUISTICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 159 LINGUISTICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS 159 LINGUISTICS COURSES 160 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 161 REPRESENTATIVES AND COORDINATORS 161 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS 161 ADDITIONAL REMARKS FOR MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 162 MATHEMATICS 163 MATHEMATICS FACULTY 163 MATHEMATICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 163 MATHEMATICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS 163 MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 164 MATHEMATICS CORE COURSES 164 MATHEMATICS ELECTIVE COURSES 165 MATHEMATICS COURSES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 167 MUSIC 168 MUSIC FACULTY 168 SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND FUNDS 168 MUSIC MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 168 MUSIC MINOR REQUIREMENTS 168 MUSIC REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 169

4 THEORY AND COMPOSITION COURSES 169 PERFORMANCE COURSES 169 MUSICOLOGY COURSES 170 DIVERSE TRADITIONS COURSES 171 NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 172 NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE FACULTY 172 NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS 172 NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE COURSES 172 PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES 174 PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES FACULTY 174 PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES CONCENTRATION 174 PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES COURSES 174 PHILOSOPHY 176 PHILOSOPHY FACULTY 176 PHILOSOPHY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 176 PHILOSOPHY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 176 PHILOSOPHY REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 176 INTRODUCTORY LEVEL PHILOSOPHY COURSES 176 INTERMEDIATE LEVEL PHILOSOPHY COURSES 177 ADVANCED PHILOSOPHY COURSES 180 PHILOSOPHY COURSES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 181 PHYSICS 182 PHYSICS FACULTY 182 PHYSICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 183 PHYSICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS 183 PHYSICS REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 183 PHYSICS COURSES 183 POLITICAL SCIENCE 187 POLITICAL SCIENCE FACULTY 187 POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 187 POLITICAL SCIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 187 POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES 187 PSYCHOLOGY 193 PSYCHOLOGY FACULTY 193 PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 193 PSYCHOLOGY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 193 NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE CONCENTRATION 193 PSYCHOLOGY REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 193 PSYCHOLOGY COURSES 193 RELIGION 197 RELIGION FACULTY 197 RELIGION MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 197 RELIGION REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 198 INTRODUCTORY RELIGION COURSES 198 INTERMEDIATE RELIGION COURSES 199 RELIGION SEMINARS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY 202 ROMANCE LANGUAGES 204 ROMANCE LANGUAGES COORDINATORS 204 ROMANCE LANGUAGES MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 204 RUSSIAN 205 RUSSIAN FACULTY 205 RUSSIAN MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 205 RUSSIAN MINOR REQUIREMENTS 205 RUSSIAN REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 205 RUSSIAN COURSES 205 SOCIOLOGY 209 SOCIOLOGY FACULTY 209 SOCIOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 209 SOCIOLOGY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 209 SOCIOLOGY COURSES 209 SPANISH 211 SPANISH FACULTY 211 SPANISH MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 211 SPANISH MINOR REQUIREMENTS 211

5 SPANISH REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 211 SPANISH COURSES 211 WRITING PROGRAM 217 WRITING PROGRAM FACULTY 217 WRITING PROGRAM COURSES 217 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 223 FACULTY 224 PRESIDENT AND PROVOST 224 EMERITI 224 ACTIVE 225 DIRECTORY FOR CORRESPONDENCE 231 INDEX 232

6 THE COLLEGE

Statement of Purpose 08

History 08

Facilities 09 HISTORY STATEMENT OF PURPOSE Haverford College was founded in 1833 as Haverford College is committed to providing a Haverford School by a group of New York and liberal arts education in the broadest sense. This Philadelphia Quakers. It is the oldest institution of education, based on a rich academic curriculum at higher education with Quaker origins in North its core, is distinguished by a commitment to America. Initially the school was more of an excellence and a concern for individual growth. academy than a college and provided a "guarded Haverford has chosen to remain small and to foster education [as well as] an enlarged and liberal system close student/faculty relationships to achieve these of instruction." A seven-member faculty educated objectives. 21 Quaker boys in Greek, Latin, natural and moral philosophy, mathematics, English literature and The College's rigorous academic program is flexible scripture in that first year. in form and content to meet the needs of individual students, and rests on the assumption that the able After various vicissitudes, the School became a students who come here will use their capacities College in 1856, with the right to grant degrees. By fully. Haverford's faculty is noted for its strength in the turn of the 20th century under the leadership of both scholarship and teaching, and its members such presidents as Thomas Chase and Isaac expect to transmit to students their enthusiasm and Sharpless, the College had become a nationally- high standards. The faculty members are teaching known institution, competing for students and at an undergraduate college of arts and sciences by faculty with leading institutions in the nation. choice and they expect to learn, as well as to teach, in this close relationship with undergraduates. Haverford's evolution as a college encompassed both a wider-ranging academic program and a The full resources of the College, in and out of the diverse scholarly community. Today, with over 100 classroom, are designed to promote the personal faculty members and a coeducational student body, and intellectual growth of students. Through an Haverford has an average enrollment of 1,100 ambitious program of visiting lecturers and cultural students representing varied ethnic and religious activities, a conscious effort to recruit faculty and backgrounds and a wide geographic area. It offers a students representing diverse backgrounds and rigorous liberal arts curriculum ranging from the perspectives, student self-governance and service natural sciences to the fine arts. programs, an athletic program focused on participation and the scholar-athlete, and through For most of its first 150 years of existence, day-to-day living in a residential community, the Haverford was a men's undergraduate college College seeks to broaden and enrich each person's (There were exceptions, most notably the Relief development. Students are asked to give of and Reconstruction program in the years during themselves, even as they draw new strength from and immediately after World War II that attracted others. We seek to foster the pursuit of excellence a large number of women who were awarded and a sense of individual and collective master's degrees). Although Haverford began responsibility throughout the entire environment. admitting women as first-year undergraduate students only in 1980, Haverford's commitment to Haverford strives to be a college in which integrity, educating women began as early as 1917 and has honesty, and concern for others are dominant been greatly strengthened by cooperation with Bryn forces. The College does not have as many formal Mawr College, which was also founded by rules or as much formal supervision as most other Orthodox Friends. This relationship continues to colleges; rather it offers an opportunity for students enrich the academic, cultural and extracurricular to govern their affairs and conduct themselves with offerings of both institutions even now that respect and concern for others. Each student is Haverford is fully coeducational with women expected to adhere to the Honor Code as it is comprising half of the student body. adopted each year by the Students' Association. The natural beauty of Haverford's 200-acre campus Haverford College, while a non-sectarian is one of its most cherished assets. The grounds institution, has Quaker origins which inform many were originally landscaped by an English gardener. aspects of the life of the College. They help to make In planning new construction on campus, great care Haverford the special college that it is, where the is taken to preserve the natural surroundings. excellence of its academic program is deepened by its spiritual, moral, and ethical dimensions. These The varied architectural styles of the 70 buildings show most clearly in the close relationship among which have been built since the College's founding members of the campus community, in the reflect the tastes of their times and provide a special emphasis on integrity, in the interaction of the charm to the campus. Contact between students individual and the community, and in the College's and faculty is aided by the fact that virtually all concern for the uses to which its students put their students and many faculty members live on or very expanding knowledge. near the campus. The College

FACILITIES Special collections and work areas in the Library include the following: The Quaker Collection began LIBRARY in 1833 when the Board of Managers decided to The four Haverford libraries provide resources and gather "an important reference library, especially for services that support the liberal arts curriculum. The works and manuscripts relating to our own Magill Library houses the majority of the collections Religious Society." Today, the Quaker Collection is in the social sciences and humanities, while branch an internationally significant repository for both libraries in the Koshland Integrated Natural Science printed and manuscript material about the Society Center for biology, chemistry, computer science, of Friends and includes the journals of important mathematics and physics; the Observatory for Friends, the papers of leading Quaker families and astronomy; and Union Building for music serve the individuals, Meeting records, archives of Quaker needs of students and faculty in those departments. organizations, and material documenting Friends' The libraries are home to several special collections, work with Native Americans and in East Asia. The including the Quaker Collection, an internationally Roberts Collection contains more than 20,000 important source of materials by and about Quakers. manuscript letters, including a complete set of the signers of the Declaration of Independence, and Tripod, the integrated library system shared with famous authors, statesmen, educators, artists, Bryn Mawr and Swarthmore Colleges, provides scientists, ecclesiastics, and monarchs. The Philips members of the tri-college community with access to Collection of rare books, mostly of the Renaissance a combined collection of 2.4 million volumes, period, includes among its outstanding items first including a wide variety of manuscripts, music editions of Dante, Copernicus, Leo Africanus, scores, and audio-visual resources. The system, Cervantes, the King James Bible, Milton, and the available at http://tripod.brynmawr.edu/, also four folios of Shakespeare. The Rufus M. Jones includes access to thousands of full-text electronic Collection, donated by this widely known Quaker journals, citations to periodical articles and parts of philosopher and teacher (Haverford, 1885), consists books, and permits users to request items from the of his collection of books on mysticism, a complete other consortium libraries. Regular delivery of collection of his published writings, his personal circulating materials makes Tripod resources papers, and a reconstruction of his study at 2 available within 24 hours to students and faculty. College Circle.

Another important gateway to Haverford's Other Special Collections include the J. Rendel collections and services is the Library's website Harris Collection of ancient codices; the (http://www.haverford.edu/library). Web pages Christopher Morley Collection; and the Haverford include announcements of events and staff Photograph Collection of 3,250 prints created by information, virtual reference assistance, video more than 100 artists including Ansel Adams, Julia tutorials, access to news sources, dozens of Margaret Cameron, Harold Edgerton, and James indexing/abstracting services, course guides, Van Der Zee. electronic forms and many different online reference sources. SCIENCE FACILITIES In addition to the Library's own collections and The Departments of Astronomy, Biology, those off campus to which Haverford faculty and Chemistry, Computer Science, Mathematics, students have access, the most important service the Physics, and Psychology are housed in the state-of- Library offers is an extensive reference and the-art Marian E. Koshland Integrated Natural instruction program. For all levels of students, from Sciences Center (KINSC). The KINSC is also home those in the first year to senior thesis writers, to interdisciplinary Areas of Concentration in librarians work with faculty to design printed Biochemistry and Biophysics and Neural and materials, webpages, and workshops that teach Behavioral Sciences. These departments and students both general research skills and those programs are served by a common computational appropriate to the work of specific courses or suite; a modern and spacious science library with disciplines. Whether in group presentations or on-line access to the collections of Haverford, Bryn individual research advisory tutorials, librarians help Mawr, and Swarthmore; a 120-seat auditorium; students throughout their projects to shape their additional smaller modern classrooms; and thinking about the topic and to provide the numerous informal interaction spaces. Increased bibliographic support needed to locate and obtain opportunities for learning and collaboration at the the raw materials of research wherever they might interfaces between science disciplines are a special be. The instruction program is a vital complement feature of the facility. to coursework because it introduces library resources, research strategies, and evaluative skills The Biology Department is housed in the Sharpless that enable students to be more confident in their and East Wings of the KINSC. The Department use of the Library and thus more thorough and includes three new and recently renovated teaching thoughtful in their studies. laboratories, eight fully equipped faculty research laboratories, a media preparation facility, tissue culture rooms, instrument rooms, dark rooms, constant temperature rooms, and a microscopy suite. 9 The Department has the equipment to support a Biosystems 433A Peptide Synthesizer, equipped sophisticated cell and molecular biology curriculum with a Perkin Elmer Series 200 UV/Vis detector, a and the research programs of the faculty including: Rainin PS3 automated peptide synthesizer, and a -70 degree freezers, liquid nitrogen storage, ProteinSolutions DynaPro dynamic light scattering incubators and shakers for microbial and tissue instrument. In addition to these items, more culture work, tissue culture hoods, multiple digital standard laboratory equipment such as gas imaging systems, ultracentrifuges for preparative and chromatographs, colorimeters, Biichi Rotavapor analytical uses, refrigerated centrifuges, instruments with Thermo Neslab RTE 740 spectroscopic tools such as UV-vis circulation baths, vacuum lines, Carbolite PF30 spectrophotometers and a circular dichroism ovens and various convection and vacuum ovens, spectropolarimeter, a fluorescence activated cell Carbolite CWF 100 box furnaces, pH meters, sorter, an Hitachi electron microscope with digital Mettler and Sartorius micro, analytical and regular imaging capability, stereo and immunofluorescence balances, gas generators, and high-precision microscopes, FPLC and HPLC instruments, electrical and optical equipment are available and scintillation and gamma counters, ELISA readers, used in instructional work. and densitometers. The Department also shares a confocal microscope with the Department of The computer science, mathematics, and physics Biology at Bryn Mawr College. programs, housed in the Hilles and Harris wings of the KINSC, use computers for symbolic Facilities in the Chemistry Department, located in manipulation, scientific/numerical computation, the East Wing of the KINSC, enable students to use and the acquisition and analysis of laboratory data. modern and state-of-the-art research grade instrumentation at all levels of study. There are four The Computer Science Department maintains two laboratories for course work, three instrument laboratories. The Computer Science Teaching Lab rooms, specialized equipment rooms, and a walk-in (KINSC H110) is the primary workspace for cold room. Eight additional laboratories provide students completing course assignments. Computer space in which students conduct research jointly Science classes are held in this lab, as well as lectures with the faculty. There is a laser laboratory equipped from visiting researchers. There are ten Linux with nitrogen-dye, neodymium-YAG, Argon ion, workstations, plus a Linux lab server. The instructor and diode lasers and detection systems for time- can make presentations using the lab server or a resolved fluorescence and Raman spectroscopic laptop in conjunction with an AV system. Students studies. Computational facilities include Windows in the Teaching Lab can access their work on the and UNIX-based workstations which allow students local CS server or on the campus storage server. to explore molecular structure and properties using Secure remote access is available via standard Gaussian, GAMESS and Insight/Discover Internet tools (e.g., ssh, sftp, scp, cvs). A laser computational packages. Major equipment items printer is available in this room for student use. available for use by students in structured courses and in research tutorial work include two Bruker Students can enter the Teaching Lab at any time of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectrometers (one the day using the campus One Card (student ID). Avance 200 and one ARX 300), an Agilent 1100 SL Student Lab Assistants staff this room in the Liquid Chromatograph/Mass spectrometer, a PE evenings (Sundays through Thursdays) to provide Clarus-500 Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer, support for programming projects, along with help a Nicolet Magna 550 and two Perkin-Elmer to resolve technical questions. Applications available Spectrum 1000 Fourier transform infrared include programming languages (e.g., C, C++, spectrometers, a Bruker Vertex 70 FT-IR with Python, Scheme and Java), as well as tools for logic photovoltaic MCT detector and temperature circuit design, compiler design/implementation, dependent sample capability, a Nicolet 6700 FT-IR, concurrency, and graphics. Mathematica and LaTeX equipped with a NXR FT-Raman Module, a SPEX are used for symbolic/numeric computation and Fluorolog-2 fluorimeter, JASCO V570, Perkin typesetting. These workstations also use OpenMP Elmer Lambda 2, and Shimadzu 160U UV-visible and MPI for parallel computation in conjunction spectrophotometers, Hi-Tech SF51 and Olis RSM with course work as well as research. stopped flow spectrometers, an mBraun Unilab glove box, a Perkin-Elmer 341 polarimeter, a The Computer Science Lounge (KINSC H111) is Princeton Applied Research 273 electrochemical adjacent to the Teaching Lab. This space is analyzer, three Rainin high-performance liquid primarily for informal meetings and discussions. chromatographs, equipped with a Dynamax Model Current periodicals in computer science are available UV-1 detector (two systems) or a Dynamax Model- in this lounge to complement the resources in the UV-DII detector (one system), and one Hewlett- Science Library upstairs from the Lab. Packard HPLC with a DAD detector, a GE AKTApurifier FPLC system with a Frac-920 The Computer Science Research Lab (KINSC fraction collector, a Bio-Rad BioLogic Workstation, L310) is as a workspace for students involved in two VirTis benchtop lyophilizers, a GBC-Difftech upper level courses, in ongoing research projects, MMA powder X-ray diffractometer, a Accusys 211 and in work to supplement a senior thesis. The Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer, an Applied Research Lab is also available for seminar classes,

10 The College meetings and smaller presentations. Currently, there Linux cluster (Babbage) in physics, with potential to are four workstations (Linux, Macintosh and expand to 52 processors and the recent purchase of Windows available) in the Research Lab designed to an additional ten research machines for a shared support student learning as well as faculty research. computational research room. Faculty from physics and astronomy, biology, chemistry, mathematics In addition to the shared computing facilities in the and computer science are working together to Harris wing of the KINSC, the Mathematics maximize the curricular benefits of these activities, Department maintains a pair of adjacent rooms in including the enrichment of computational the basement of Hilles; one functions as a classroom concentrations within existing departments, and for courses that incorporate computer use into opportunities for undergraduates to participate in collaborative learning, and the other serves groups of computational research in all departments within students who need to use Mathematica alongside the Koshland Integrated Science Center. other specialized mathematics and typesetting software. Five evenings a week these rooms, H011 The department uses a variety of technical software and H012, are staffed by mathematics majors and in its courses and research, including Mathematica, faculty, who transform it into the Math Question MatLab, Python and Origin. This software is Center, open to students in both beginning and available on computer clusters throughout the advanced courses who need encouragement and science center (including the computers in the assistance while working on projects and homework. physics lounge), and also can be installed on Students also work alone and together in the student-owned computers in dorm rooms via a key- comfortable math lounge on the second floor of server system. Hilles, immediately adjacent to math faculty offices and workspaces. There is also a small computer The Psychology Department occupies the upper two room adjacent to the math lounge. From all of these floors of Sharpless Hall in the KINSC. Computers spaces students have wireless access to the campus are used throughout psychology for experimental network. The four laptops in H011 and the fourteen presentation, data collection, statistical analysis, and desktop machines in H012 are available for student the simulation of mental and biological processes. use when these rooms are not reserved for classes or The department utilizes the common KINSC discussion sessions; all are set up as dual-boot computational suite, which includes 20 workstations machines, so that either Windows or Mac OS X may equipped with E-Prime and SPSS software. In be run on any of them. addition, five laboratory suites are devoted to faculty and student research. The cognition laboratory Facilities for the Physics Department in the includes a computer-controlled Midi keyboard and Koshland Integrated Science Center include three music synthesizer system capable of generating a well-equipped laboratories for instruction, all wide variety of stimuli for studies in perception and featuring computerized data acquisition systems. memory. Other equipment includes audio-sound The facilities for intermediate and advanced lab systems, VCRs, and a computer-interfaced response courses include a thin metal film deposition system, system for data collection. The biological psychology a chemical vapor deposition system (mostly used for laboratory includes a teaching facility, an animal making carbon nanotubes), microfabrication colony, equipment for computer-controlled facilities, a cosmic ray experiment, atomic experiments in animal learning and behavior, and spectroscopy experiments, an instructional scanning equipment for the recording of physiological tunneling microscope, a laser tweezer experiment, responses in humans. The cognitive neuroscience lab and equipment for experiments in micro-fluidics, contains a 40-channel Neuroscan EEG system for among many others. recording electrical activity in the human brain during cognitive performance tasks. The social The department also has twelve lab rooms for psychology laboratory includes computerized research involving students, in four areas of research. questionnaire design and response stations, as well as The laboratory for nano- and molecular electronics equipment to record dyadic interactions and houses two atomic force microscopes, two high experience-based reactions. The personality resolutionoptical microscopes, photoelectronic laboratory houses computers for questionnaire and characterization equipment (including Ar ion and interview design and analysis as well as space for the HeCd lasers), a UV-vis spectrometer, and an audio and video recording of life-story interviews. ultrahigh vacuum chamber. The biophysics Finally, the department also houses a digital video- laboratory includes a Langmuir trough for editing facility. fabricating synthetic ion channel biomembranes and a video fluorescence microscopy system for studies Facilities for the Astronomy Department include the of model membrane systems. The nonlinear William J. Strawbridge Observatory given in 1933 dynamics and fluids laboratory includes state-of-the- and built around an earlier structure. The art systems for digital image collection and observatory has its own library, classroom and instrumentation for remote measurement of fluid workspace for departmental students. There is an flow and particle velocities. Computational science astrophysics research lab in the KINSC that contains is currently undergoing rapid growth in physics with 4 workstations and an informal discussion space. the acquisition of a 24 processor high performance Telescope resources include a computer-controlled

11 16-inch Schmidt-Cassegrain telescope with three An ethernet network provides 10- or 100-megabit CCD cameras; a CCD spectrometer; a 12-inch service directly to all offices, classrooms, public Schmidt-Cassegrain telescope; three portable 8-inch computing labs, and dormitories. This provides telescopes with outside piers; a 4-inch solar students, faculty, and staff access to local network telescope; and a 7-foot L-band (1.4 GHz) radio services such as file servers, and Internet resources telescope. In addition to using these telescopes, such as the web and email. External access to the students frequently travel to other observatories. Internet is provided via a full duplex 100 Mbps link. Workstations at Haverford are used to process data Students living on-campus can access this high- from the local CCD camera and radio and optical speed network free of charge. data collected at other observatories. The astronomy library in Strawbridge contains 3,000 bound Faculty and students living off-campus can connect volumes; we have electronic subscriptions to all of to our network from their homes and access the the primary astronomy journals. All of these same networked resources using VPN over their facilities are available for use by students. Haverford broadband network. is part of an eight-college consortium which provides research assistantships for a summer Academic Computing supports a standard suite of students exchange program, grants for student travel software for email, web browsing, word processing, to outside observatories, and a yearly symposium at web development, and other needs. In addition, which students present their research. campus provided virus protection software is required for all users on our network. All supported software is available for use in the public labs and ACADEMIC COMPUTING CENTER most of this software is free or site licensed by Computers are an integral part of a Haverford Haverford and may be used on computers connected education. All faculty and students have email to the campus network in offices and dormitories. accounts, private network storage space, space to Our website lists these specific supported software post web pages, and high-speed network access packages. We also share the Blackboard course available from their offices and dorm rooms. Many management system with Bryn Mawr College and courses mix on-line discussion groups, web Swarthmore College, allowing easy use of web-based resources, and other electronic resources with materials in all tri-college classes. traditional lectures, in-class discussions, and printed materials for a full and varied learning environment. In addition to the standard supported software mentioned above, Haverford often makes special The Academic Computing Center (ACC), located in software available for use in particular classes. For Stokes Hall, provides computing support for the example, music students may be given assignments instructional and research needs of the faculty and to use ear-training software, whereas chemistry students. While there is no requirement for students students may use software for molecular modeling. to buy computing equipment, nearly 99% of our Such software is made available in public labs, and students have their own computers. may also be available on our network or at academic pricing. Those who choose to use computing equipment in one of our public labs have access to a generous Faculty may use one of several computer classrooms array of computing resources available free of charge. for hands-on computer sessions, or they may use Located in Roberts Hall, the Haverford College projection equipment in a standard classroom to Apartments, and Magill Library, these public labs provide computer-aided instruction and contain a mix of Macintosh and Windows demonstrations. Additionally, faculty may make computers configured with high-speed Internet computer resources available outside of the access and all ACC supported software. A classroom in several ways. Faculty can post resources Multimedia Lab in Roberts Hall provides students on their Blackboard course, on the web, or on our with access to special equipment and help for campus network. They can also make specific creating and editing digitized images, sounds, and software or information available in the public labs, video. departmental labs, or the library or they can work with students in collaborative online projects. Both the Roberts and College Apartment Labs are available to students 24/7 with access via their ACC provides documentation for most supported Haverford One Card. software packages. In addition, students living in the dormitories may receive free computing support Additional computer equipment is available in the from a Residential Computer Consultant (RCC) Language Learning Center, the KINSC, and living in or near their dorm. ACC also maintains a departmental labs in biology, chemistry, math, Helpdesk where members of the Haverford computer science, and physics/astronomy. These community can bring their systems or get extra help departmental computers have special hardware or on various computer issues. Details of our support software for students taking classes in those policies are available on our website. disciplines. Some of these labs are also available for general use.

12 The College

Many of the services provided by the Academic contemporary art exhibitions. The exhibition Computing Center are available through the work of program serves both the College community and the our student assistants. In addition to working as Philadelphia area. Students are encouraged to RCCs, students staff our computing helpdesk, may participate in all aspects of the program, from assist with hardware repairs, install software, assist installing works of art to writing essays for with system administration, and work with faculty exhibition catalogs published by the Gallery. on various projects. All students are welcome to Exhibited works come from the College's collections apply to be student assistants. In addition to an and from loaned collections of individuals, galleries, hourly salary, these students obtain extensive and museums. In addition, each spring the gallery computer training. shows works by graduating Haverford and Bryn Mawr fine arts majors. The gallery is open In addition to the above, the Academic Computing throughout the academic year and is free to the . Center provides a variety of other services that may public. be of interest. For more information, please refer to our website at http://www.haverford.edu/acc. The College's art collections, housed in Special Collections of Magill Library, are inventoried and LANGUAGE LEARNING CENTER available for study. The LLC has thirty-three computers equipped with iSight camera (video camera), headphones and MUSIC microphones. The LLC has various multimedia The Union Music Building houses classrooms, equipment including a flat-bed scanner and practice rooms, the music library and listening video/audio digitizers. room, as well as the MacCrate Recital Hall for rehearsals and small concerts. The 12 practice rooms The LLC has approximately 600 videos from all in Union Building and Roberts Hall house over 20 over the world. Students can watch them pianos. Large concerts take place in the Marshall individually on each computer station, in small Auditorium of Roberts Hall which offers a groups on a TV with wireless headphones, or in class Bosendorfer Imperial concert grand piano, a with the projector. The projector is connected to a Schlicker two-manual Baroque style organ, and a multi-standard VCR and a DVD player so that Shortridge-Jacquet two-manual harpsichord. videos from any region of the world can be played in Additional music resources include a five-octave the LLC. Satellite TV programs in Chinese, French, Zuckerman clavichord, CD-Rom instructional and German, Italian, Japanese, and Spanish are available research stations, and an electronic music lab. via TV or the projector.

The LLC website has information for the use of the Center and language learning. Audio and video materials that accompany textbooks for foreign language classes are digitized with permission from the publishers and are available on the LLC website.

The LLC is open to all students, faculty, and staff. All Haverford faculty members can reserve the LLC for their classes.

FINE ARTS The Bettye Bohanon Marshall Fine Arts Center opened in 1987 and contains studios for painting, drawing, and, photography darkrooms (both black and white and color), storage areas, student exhibition space, and faculty offices. Located adjacent to the new center is the Fine Arts Foundry which is used for the sculpture program. The Fine Arts Foundry also contains a wood shop and studio space. In spring 2009, printmaking studio is moved to Locker Building adjacent to Ryan Gym from Arnecliffe at Bryn Mawr College. Its facilities include Digital, Etching, Lithography, Silkscreen, Relief, and a darkroom process for all photographic plates.

The Cantor Fitzgerald Gallery, named for the Cantor Fitzgerald Company and dedicated in honor of Howard W. Lutnick '83, is located off the Atrium of the Whitehead Campus Center. It provides a simple yet elegant environment for historical and 13 ACADEMIC CENTERS For a complete description of the Humanities Cross-curricular study is a cornerstone of the Center, its various programs, and a calendar of academic experience at Haverford, and reflects our upcoming events, see www.haverford.edu/hhc. commitment to preparing students for lives of engagement as citizens and scholars. Indeed, an HURFORD HUMANITIES CENTER increasingly complex and interconnected world COORDINATORS makes it imperative for students to conceptualize Faculty Director TBA issues, problems – and solutions – from many Emily Carey Cronin, Associate Director points of view. James Weissinger '06, Associate Director Matthew Seamus Callinan, College Exhibitions Our three academic centers for interdisciplinary Coordinator study provide such a programming framework for study within and beyond the classroom and KOSHLAND INTEGRATED NATURAL laboratory. As such, they are less 'centers' in a SCIENCES CENTER physical sense; rather, they permeate the life of the The Marian E. Koshland Integrated Natural mind and spirit wherever our students and faculty Sciences Center aspires to catalyze and facilitate are called in the pursuit of knowledge. programming that maintains Haverford College's position at the leading edge of academic excellence HURFORD HUMANITIES CENTER in the sciences. To achieve this, the KINSC aims to The John B. Hurford '60 Humanities Center seeks promote scientific scholarship involving close to enhance the intellectual and cultural life at collaboration between faculty and students and to Haverford by fostering challenging exchange among provide opportunities for these collaborations to faculty, students, and diverse communities of expand beyond the borders of the Haverford campus writers, artists, performers, thinkers, activists, and through intentional engagement with the national innovators. From its offices and seminar room in and international scientific communities. The Stokes Hall, as well as its galleries across the campus, KINSC will also serve as a nexus for the Center sponsors programs that promote interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary growth by relationships between classic humanistic study and supporting curricular and faculty development that contemporary intellectual, artistic, and ethical requires synergies between existing Departments and currents in the wider public world. Among its cooperation with the Hurford Humanities Center ongoing initiatives are annual Faculty and Student (HHC) and the Center for Peace and Global Humanities Seminars, Readings Groups, and other Citizenship (CPGC). offerings aimed at enriching the humanities curriculum through innovative collaborations across To achieve this vision, the KINSC is invested in departmental boundaries. Generous support from working jointly with HHC and CPGC as well as the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation inspired the with the broader Haverford community. We establishment of an endowment that supports two support a diverse set of programs that promote the Mellon Post-doctoral Fellows each year. This ambitions of the faculty and students and administer program brings recent humanities Ph.D.s to campus a portfolio of institutional grants that support the — to work with faculty (in their first year, the sciences at Haverford, including funding from the Faculty Humanities Seminar), with students (with Howard Hughes Medical Institute as well as a two courses each year), and with the wider variety of other privately funded activities. The community (in a public symposium mounted during KINSC provides support for projects that enhance each Fellow's second year), while allowing faculty scholarship through travel grants for training significant time and resources for their own research. and development opportunities and offers grants for The Center also funds summer programs, including innovative summer research involving students. Student Humanities Internships with host Students may apply for summer research externships organizations such as The Philadelphia Orchestra, within their discipline or as a part of a the Philadelphia Live Arts & Philly Fringe Festival, multidisciplinary TriCenter-sponsored program. and University of Pennsylvania School of Design Special grants will be available to support the (W.E.B. DuBois project); and Student Research development of larger scale disciplinary and Assistantships supporting the scholarly work of interdisciplinary initiatives. Examples of innovative Haverford faculty. Through Center-sponsored programming include, but are not limited to, symposia, presentations by renowned scholars and activities tied to public health, science and society, artists, residencies, and its college exhibition and environmental studies initiatives. program, the Center also enhances the intellectual and cultural life of the Haverford community and For a complete description of the KINSC, its the public at large. various programs, and a calendar of upcoming events, see www.haverford.edu/KINSC.

14 Academic Centers

KINSC COORDINATOR International Programs Coordinator Alison Castel Associate Professor of Biology Robert Fairman, Program Assistant Stephanie Zukerman Director Administrative Assistant Donna Ruane Cafe Coordinator Marlene Lofaro CENTER FOR PEACE AND GLOBAL CITIZENSHIP The Center for Peace and Global Citizenship (CPGC) advances Haverford's long-standing commitment to peace and social justice through research, education, and action. The CPGC integrates innovative scholarship and responsible civic engagement around contemporary issues of global significance. With its commitment to knowledge as the foundation for effective action, the Center embodies Haverford's scholarly and ethical mission as a premier liberal arts college.

The CPGC fulfills this mission by sponsoring a broad menu of programs. These include:

• domestic and international summer internships: Since 2000, the CPGC has funded more than 300 students to pursue projects in 50 different countries and the United States; • on-campus events: The CPGC arranges visits by speakers, activists, and academics to engage members of the Haverford community in meaningful dialogue on issues of peace and global citizenship; • off-campus events: The CPGC funds students and faculty to attend conferences and workshops, to conduct field research domestically and internationally, and to collaborate on service- learning projects locally and abroad; • The Haverford House program connects the campus community with efforts to create a more socially just, healthy and vibrant Greater Philadelphia region. Six fellows from each graduating class are selected to work with non- profit organizations and lead independent projects for year-long fellowships. • faculty curricular support: The CPGC supports faculty in their efforts to integrate experiential learning on issues of peace, social justice and global citizenship into their teaching.

For more description on the CPGC and its programs, see www.haverford.edu/CPGC/.

Center for Peace and Global Citizenship Staff: Parker Snowe '79, Executive Director Alexander Kitroeff, Academic Director Donna Ruane, Administrative Assistant Marlen Lofaro, Cafe Coordinator Janice Lion, Domestic Program Coordinator Alison Castel, International Program Coordinator Stephanie Zukerman, Program Assistant

CPGC COORDINATORS Executive Director Parker Snowe '79 Domestic Programs Coordinator Janice Lion

15 ACADEMIC PROGRAM

Curriculum .17

Guidelines for Liberal Education 17

First-Year Writing Requirement 17

Foreign Language Requirement 17

Distribution Requirement 17

Quantitative Requirement 17

Departmental Major Requirement 18

Special Majors 18

Credit Requirement 19 •

Physical Education Requirement 19

Areas of Concentration 19

Minors 19

Academic Regulations 20

First-Year Program 20

Course Load and Credit 20

No Numerical Grade option (Pass/Fail) 20

Independent Study Courses 20

Special Academic Programs 22

Intercollegiate Cooperation 22

Post-Graduate Study 22

Advanced Placement Credit 23

16 Academic Program

(a) An Advanced Placement score of 4 or 5; or CURRICULUM Haverford is a liberal arts college. Its curriculum is (b) A score of 600 or higher on a language designed to help its students develop the capacity to achievement test of the College Entrance learn, to understand, and to make sound and Examination Board; or thoughtful judgments. The Requirements for the Degree encourage the exercise of these skills in each (c) One full year of language study in one language of the broad fields of human knowledge and a fuller at the level in which the student is placed by the development of them in a single field of Haverford language department; or concentration. (d) Language study in a summer program GUIDELINES FOR LIBERAL administered by Bryn Mawr College in the country of the language if that program is an intensive, total- EDUCATION immersion program, fully equivalent to a full year of Liberal education requires a sense of the breadth of language study, and certified as such by the human inquiry and creativity. The human mind has chairperson of a Haverford or Bryn Mawr language explored the myriad facets of our physical and social department; or environments; it has produced compelling works of art, literature, and philosophy. Every student is (e) Language study in a semester or year-long course encouraged to engage a full range of disciplines— abroad conducted in the language of the country fine arts, the written word, empirical investigation, under Haverford College's approved International economy and society—in order to become a broadly Study Abroad Programs, and as certified in advance educated person. As a step toward this goal, students by the relevant language department chair at either must fulfill the following requirements: Haverford or Bryn Mawr, or the Educational Policy Committee when the language has no counter FIRST-YEAR WRITING REQUIREMENT department at either Haverford or Bryn Mawr. As an essential tool for academic study, personal expression, and civic life, writing deserves concerted Language courses may be taken at Haverford or at attention in a liberal education. A one-semester any of the cooperating colleges: Bryn Mawr, writing seminar, a general degree requirement of the Swarthmore, and with advisor and registrar College, must be taken by all first-year students. permission, the University of Pennsylvania. The Writing seminars are courses that integrate writing Haverford department, however, must determine instruction with intellectual inquiry into particular placement. Other restrictions which apply to the disciplinary or topical foci. They devote attention to language requirement are as follows: strategies for performing critical analysis, constructing sound arguments, and crafting effective Language courses taken to fulfill the language prose. WS-T (topically organized) and WS-D requirement do not meet divisional distribution (academic discipline based) seminars are offered in requirements; and both semesters. WS-I sections, taught in the fall semester, do not alone fulfill the writing Courses taken to fulfill the language requirement requirement but serve as preparation for WS-T or may not be taken NNG at Haverford, CR/NCR at WS-D courses in the spring semester. Students are Bryn Mawr or Swarthmore, or P/F at the University advised to take other courses as well in which of Pennsylvania. writing receives substantial attention. Students for whom English is not their first language FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT should see their deans in order to determine whether Proficiency in a foreign language, ancient or they have fulfilled their language requirement. modern, serves many ends. It deepens an appreciation of one's own language, increases DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENT sensitivity and understanding of the nature of In addition to fulfilling the writing and foreign language itself, and enables the student to gain a far language requirements noted above, students are more intimate understanding of different cultures required to complete a minimum of three course than is possible through translations. Further, with credits in each of the three divisions of the regard to specific disciplinary ends, many graduate curriculum: humanities, social sciences, and natural programs require a reading knowledge of at least two sciences. At least two departments in each division foreign languages. must be represented, and one of the nine course credits must be quantitative as described below. For all these reasons, Haverford College requires Courses meeting the distribution requirements may that all students demonstrate proficiency in a foreign not be taken NNG, CR/NCR, or P/F. language. Proficiency may be acquired and/or demonstrated in any one of the following ways in QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENT order to fulfill this degree requirement, which must Quantitative reasoning is an extremely important be completed by the end of the junior year: skill. The impact of science and technology in our century has been enormous. Today, those who lack

17 the ability to apply elementary quantitative methods signed by the major supervisor. Haverford students to the world around them are at a severe may major at Bryn Mawr College on the same terms disadvantage. Therefore, students must successfully as those that apply to Bryn Mawr students and at complete at least one course credit which focuses on Swarthmore College, with the proper permissions. quantitative reasoning. Quantitative courses provide The College affirms the responsibility of each experience in some of the following: department to make the work in the major field as comprehensive as possible for the student. There is a. elementary statistical reasoning; need, in the senior year especially, to challenge the b. other widely applicable types of student's powers of analysis and synthesis and to mathematical reasoning; foster the creative use of the knowledge and skills c. working with, manipulating, and that have been acquired in previous studies. There is judging the reliability of quantitative also the need to evaluate the performance of the data; senior in the major field, not only to safeguard the d. generating and understanding academic standards of the College, but also to help graphical relationships; and the student's self-evaluation at an important e. representing theoretical ideas in moment. In short, synthesis and evaluation in some mathematical language and using form are both essential and may be achieved by mathematics to obtain concrete various means as specified by the major departments numerical predictions about natural or in their statement of major requirements: social systems. a. A Senior departmental study course These and other courses which satisfy this culminating in a comprehensive exam; requirement are so indicated in this catalog. The or quantitative requirement must be fulfilled by the b. A thesis or advanced project paper; or end of the junior year and may not be taken NNG, c. A course or courses specially designed CR/NCR, or P/F. or designated; or d. Some combination of these or other DEPARTMENTAL MAJOR means.

REQUIREMENT To avoid undue specialization in a major program, Each student must meet the requirements for a the College permits no more than thirteen course departmental, interdepartmental, or independent credits listed in a single department to be counted major program. During the fourth semester of toward a major in that department. It is important attendance, or earlier only in the case of transfer to note that in light of the rule of thirteen, the students, all students should confer with the major College further requires that of the 32 course credits supervisors of the departments in which they wish to required for graduation, at least nineteen course major and apply for written approval of a program credits must be taken outside of a student's major of courses for their final four semesters. Such field of study. For this purpose, courses that are programs must provide for the completion, by the cross-listed in several departments are considered to end of the senior year, of approximately 12 course be outside the major field of study. There are three credits or the equivalent, at least six of which must exceptions to this limitation: be in the major department and the others in closely related fields. Students are accepted into major a. The limitation does not apply to programs according to the following rules: certain majors at Bryn Mawr College; b. The limitation does not apply to a. Acceptance is automatic with an majors in the classics department; and earned average of 2.7 or above in c. The limitation does not apply to those preliminary courses in the department students who study abroad in concerned; programs, such as those at Cambridge b. Acceptance is at the discretion of the or Oxford, where reading in one major supervisor if the average in such subject for the entire year is the norm. courses falls between 2.0 and 2.7; c. Acceptance is rare but may be SPECIAL MAJORS contingent upon further work in the A student who has demonstrated unusual maturity department if the average falls below and who has special interests and abilities may be 2.0; permitted to arrange an interdepartmental major. At d. A student who is not accepted as a the time the major is selected, the program of major by any department will not be courses and the nature of the comprehensive permitted to continue at the College. examination will be worked out by the student in Students who have been formally accepted as majors consultation with, and subject to the approval of, by any department have the right to remain in that the chairpersons of the departments concerned, one department as long as they are making satisfactory of whom will be designated as major supervisor for progress in the major. Each student is expected to that student. Unlike the option of the double major file with the registrar by the date specified in the described below, only one senior thesis or project is academic calendar, a copy of his/her major program 18 Academic Program required in such a program. The permission of the The physical education requirement does not carry Committee on Student Standing and Programs is with it academic credit. also required for an interdepartmental major. AREAS OF CONCENTRATION Students with a minimum cumulative grade point An area of concentration must be elected the same average of 3.50 may double major by completing the time a student declares a major: that is, during the entire requirements of both majors, including thesis fourth semester of attendance. As with the major, requirements. In order to double major, the student earlier elections are not permitted. must obtain permission from the appropriate dean and the chairpersons of both departments. When Areas of concentration exist at Haverford in order to deemed appropriate by the two departments, a afford students a formal opportunity to pursue an single thesis may satisfy the thesis requirements of area of study distinct from, but relevant to, their both majors. But a single thesis submitted for a choice of major. Students who undertake such study double major may not be used to reduce either the select their concentration courses from among the amount or quality of work typically required by each existing courses offered by the departments, major program. The single thesis option may be including the department of general programs. undertaken only with the written agreement of both departments. To fulfill an area of concentration, a student must normally complete six course credits selected with A student, finally, may design an independent major the aid of an informal faculty committee for that or incorporate an area of concentration within an concentration, drawn from at least two departments interdisciplinary major. Such majors must have the of the College. Of the six course credits, no fewer approval of the Committee on Student Standing and than two and no more than three of them will also Programs. Furthermore, a member of the Haverford form part of the student's major. In this respect, College faculty must serve as the student's advisor concentrations differ from the traditional minor, and also must agree to supervise the student's senior which is conducted entirely within one single project or thesis. Students interested in pursuing an department other than the student's major independent major at Bryn Mawr College must still department, and which may be wholly unrelated to apply through Haverford's Committee on Student that department. Standing and Programs and not directly to Bryn Mawr College. Haverford College currently offers the following areas of concentration: African and Africana studies, CREDIT REQUIREMENT Biochemistry and Biophysics, Computer Science, To graduate from Haverford, a student must Education and Educational Studies, Gender and complete successfully the equivalent of four years of Sexuality Studies, Latin American and Iberian academic work, or a minimum of 32 course credits, Studies, Mathematical Economics, Neural and 24 of which may be taken at Bryn Mawr, Behavioral Sciences, Peace and Conflict Studies and Swarthmore, or the University of Pennsylvania Scientific Computing. These are described in the during the academic year, and eight of which must catalog under Courses of Instruction with other be taken at Haverford College on the Haverford curricular offerings. Concentrations in Creative campus. Writing and Environmental Studies are available at Bryn Mawr College. PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT MINORS Many departments and academic programs at both All students at Haverford are required to participate Haverford and Bryn Mawr offer minors, the in some area of the physical education program completion of which will be indicated on the during their first two years at the College in partial fulfillment of the degree. For physical education student's transcript. These are described under the entries for individual departments, programs and purposes, the academic year is divided into four quarters, of which students must successfully areas of concentration in this Catalog and in the complete six quarters within the first two years. Bryn Mawr College Catalog. The minor is not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree or the Alternative means to satisfy this requirement are available for students with medical conditions Bachelor of Science degree. preventing exercise. Students should complete their As with majors, students may design independent physical education requirement before registering for areas of concentration (related to the major) or their fifth semester. All cases of failure to fulfill the minors. These programs require the approval of the requirement will be reviewed by the dean and the Committee on Student Standing and Programs. A director of athletics. No student will be permitted to member of the Haverford College faculty must serve graduate without satisfying this requirement, which is designed to assure exposure to a program from as the student's advisor for these options. which students may choose wisely those forms of activity which will promote physical welfare and recreational satisfaction during college and beyond.

19 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS end of senior year -32.0 course credits and FIRST-YEAR PROGRAM fulfillment of all other requirements for the degree. The responsibility for knowing and meeting the applicable degree requirements as well as the Should a student fail to achieve any of the above, academic regulations of the College rests with each he/she will not be advanced to the next grade level student. If there are any questions regarding these but will, instead, be referred to the Committee on regulations, they should be raised with the student's Student Standing and Programs for action regarding advisor or dean. the student's continuing status at the College.

Since the College requires that students be exposed to areas of knowledge and ways of thinking which No NUMERICAL GRADE OPTION may be new to them and which may radically (PASS/FAIL) change their ideas about eventual specialization, and Students who are carrying four full course credits since it is important that this diversified experience may elect one course credit for which no numerical be gained early, the faculty strongly recommends grade will be recorded on the transcript unless the that first-year students take no more than one course course is failed. The grade entered on the record for in any department in either semester of the first the NNG course will be "P," if passed, "0.0," if year. For the same reasons, sophomores normally failed, and "W," if withdrawn. Students may extend will not be permitted to take more than two courses the option to take an NNG grade to any courses in simultaneously in any one department. The excess of the normal load of four course credits, Committee on Student Standing and Programs provided they are not behind schedule in total exercises general supervision over unusual earned credits at that time. Therefore, those on combinations of courses. schedule who choose to carry five credits in a given semester may elect the NNG option for two course COURSE LOAD AND CREDIT credits. Students normally register for four course credits per The purpose of NNG is to encourage experimenting semester, but since exceptions to this rule exist, they when the student fears that, despite conscientious may arrange their programs with some flexibility. work, the grade may be low. If a student desires to With consent of their advisors, students may enroll take a course NNG, he or she must inform the or pre-enroll for five credits in a given semester, or registrar in writing, on a form obtainable from the more than five credits with the approval of their registrar, by the end of the third week of classes for dean. Students may also register for as few as two quarter courses and by the end of the sixth week of credits, provided they are making normal progress classes for full-semester courses, of his/her intention toward completion of the 32 course credits in four to do so. Furthermore, the student's advisor must years required for graduation. The latter condition sign this form indicating approval. When the may be met either by having accumulated extra instructor of the desired course is the student's credits or by evidencing, to the Committee on advisor, the approval of the student's dean may be Student Standing and Programs, an ability to make substituted. Students further have the option to up a deficit in the future. change the NNG designation to a numerical grade upon application to the registrar no later than the If a student wishes to carry fewer than four credits in end of the first week of classes of the following term. a semester and does not have sufficient extra credits Even if the numerical grade is recorded, the course by the end of that semester to be on schedule for the will still count toward the four NNG course-credit four-year graduation limit, he or she must seek limit allowed of each student during his/her approval of his or her dean, who acts for the Haverford career. Finally, even if students decide to committee in such matters. A student dissatisfied uncover the NNG after seeing the course grade, the with the dean's decision may have the case reviewed course will not fulfill any degree requirement except by the full committee. Students permitted a credit cumulative credits. overload or an underload during any given semester must pay full tuition, regardless of the number of credits taken. INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES Many departments offer independent study courses Students are expected to achieve the following in to encourage independent work by qualified order to be making satisfactory progress toward the students. These courses provide opportunities to degree and be advanced to the next grade level: investigate topics not covered in formal courses, do extensive reading on a subject, do fieldwork, or end of first year -8.0 course credits; engage in library research. Students wishing to end of sophomore year -16.0 course credits; undertake independent study must secure end of junior year -24.0 course credits, full senior permission for the project from their advisor and standing; from a faculty member willing to supervise it prior 20 Academic Regulations to registering for the course. Members of the faculty are under no obligation to supervise independent study courses. Such courses done without faculty supervision will not be given college credit. Course requirements are determined jointly by the instructor and the student. Written evaluation of the work performed may be submitted to the registrar in place of a numerical grade.

Students may register for only one credit of independent study per term. These courses are normally of half-credit value unless specified for a full credit by the instructor. To undertake more than one credit of such work, students must secure permission, in advance, from the Committee on Student Standing and Programs.

Students may not undertake independent study work in subjects being taught in regular courses. Those wishing to explore more thoroughly a subject covered in an existing course are urged not to undertake an independent study course, but rather to consider the course intensification option.

For more information on Academic Regulations, please go to http://www.haverford.edu/catalog/index.php

21 SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

INTERCOLLEGIATE COOPERATION Students may enroll in courses at Bryn Mawr Haverford has long enjoyed a close cooperative College, Swarthmore College, and the University of relationship with its near neighbor, Bryn Mawr Pennsylvania. At Penn, however, Haverford College. In recent years, Swarthmore College has students are limited to two course credits per joined the two schools in a relationship that gives semester. Students should note that courses at Penn students from all three colleges access to courses and will be approved by the student's advisor and the to most of the academic facilities on the three registrar only on a space available basis, and only campuses. As a consequence, students at all three for courses not offered on a regular basis at either colleges have the advantages offered by a small Haverford or Bryn Mawr. Scheduling conflicts are college, together with the academic resources of a not considered adequate reasons for seeking much larger, combined institution. The major admission to courses at the University of programs of Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges are Pennsylvania. open equally to students of both. In many cases, Haverford students may also major at Swarthmore POST-GRADUATE STUDY College. Linguistics is one example of a major at Many Haverford College students plan to enter Swarthmore College that some Haverford students upon further courses of study after graduation. As a have recently completed. Each student must satisfy liberal arts college, Haverford arranges its the general college distribution requirements of the curriculum so that students with such plans are able institution at which he or she is matriculated, but is to meet the entrance requirements of graduate and free to choose courses from the three curricula. professional schools. The College does not, however, Students majoring at a school other than the home attempt to anticipate in its own curriculum the work college have this option noted on their academic of any graduate or professional school. It is the records. The academic regulations of the college conviction of the faculty that the best preparation where a course is given apply to all enrolled for graduate work is a liberal education with sound students, regardless of the home college. training in basic disciplines, to which more Administrative interpretations and decisions are specialized training may be added later. made by the deans of the college where the course is given. Students intending to enter a professional school are encouraged to choose a major in accord with their Each semester, a significant number of students at principal abilities and interests, since professional Haverford and Bryn Mawr take at least one course schools, such as those of business administration, on the other campus. Class schedules and, in many education, law, medicine, or theology, usually accept cases, course offerings are coordinated. Jointly students on the basis of merit regardless of their operated college buses carry students between the choice of major and, except in the case of medical campuses from early morning through the evening. schools, without specific course requirements. The requirements of most state boards of medical Cooperation between Haverford and Bryn Mawr is licensure are such that all students who hope to be extensive also in extracurricular activities. A monthly admitted to a medical school must present a calendar of events on both campuses is published minimum of eight semester courses in the natural jointly. A meal exchange program enables students sciences, each of which must include laboratory at the three colleges to use the dining facilities at all work: two in biology, four in chemistry, and two in three, and more than 80 percent of the physics. extracurricular activities organized at Haverford operate jointly with Bryn Mawr. Students planning to do graduate work in a departmental subject such as economics, In addition to the cooperative agreement with Bryn mathematics, history, etc., should consult with the Mawr and Swarthmore, Haverford has made chairperson of the department at Haverford which arrangements with the University of Pennsylvania most nearly corresponds to the department of that permit full-time students the right to enjoy proposed work in graduate school. This advisor will library privileges and, upon presentation of the be able to give guidance in the selection of courses proper credentials, to enroll for courses there and in the choice of major (which will not without added expense. Laboratory fees, which are necessarily be in the department of intended not included under reciprocal agreements with graduate study), and to answer other questions Swarthmore or the University of Pennsylvania, must relevant to post-graduate study. be paid by the student. Students taking courses at the University of Pennsylvania must make their own Students planning to go to professional schools transportation arrangements, and are limited to two should seek early advice from the Career courses per semester at the University. Development Office or from the College's pre- professional advisors. Schools of business, law, medicine, and some other graduate schools require 22 Special Academic Programs applicants to take special admission tests. school, in the Advanced Placement program, in "A" Arrangements for taking these tests are the Levels, in the International Baccalaureate Program, responsibility of the student concerned. the French Baccalaureate Program, the German Abitur, and the Swiss Maturite, or in college courses ADVANCED PLACEMENT CREDIT taken either before matriculation at Haverford or Entering students should arrange to have advanced during the summers while a student at Haverford placement scores forwarded directly to the Office of will be recorded in such a way that the total for any the Registrar at Haverford College. The registrar will one student does not exceed four course credits. award one course credit for an AP score of 5 and Students should note that divisional distribution is one-half course credit for a score of 4. No credit is not awarded to any such work, with the exception of awarded for scores under 4. The maximum AP summer credits earned during their years at the credit awarded to any student may not exceed four College. course credits.

The procedures outlined above under Haverford's For additional information on special academic special academic programs implement the faculty's programs, including study abroad, please go to decision that each student may avail him or herself haverford.eduicatalog/specialacademicprograms. of many special academic opportunities during the php years at Haverford. Credits earned in summer

23 ADMISSION

Admission 25

Expenses 26

Financial Aid 26

Rate of Graduation 26

24 Admission

one year, reserving a place in the class starting in ADMISSION September of the following year. The policy of Haverford College is to admit to the first-year class those applicants who, in the opinion Applicants wishing to enter Haverford after three of the College, are best qualified to profit by the years of secondary school, an option known as Early opportunities which Haverford offers and at the Admission, should follow the Regular Decision same time to contribute to undergraduate life. Due application procedure. Early Admission candidates regard is given not only to scholarly attainment as may not apply for Early Decision. All candidates for shown by school record and examination, but also to Early Admission are required to have an on-campus character and personality, plus interest and ability in interview with a member of the admission staff. extracurricular activities. Applicants compete for admission to a carefully selected and comparatively International Students small student body of approximately 1,200 men and women. Students who are not U.S. citizens may apply for first-year or transfer admission. Applicants must Haverford does not discriminate in education or submit a regular application form and fee, and employment on the basis of sex, sexual orientation, official transcripts (in English) of all academic work race, color, age, religion, national origin, physical since beginning secondary school. There is no disability or handicap. separate application or application process for international students. First-year students should sit Typically applicants will have taken a rigorous for the SAT Reasoning Test and two SAT Subject college preparatory program that usually includes at Tests; TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign least: four years of English; three years of Language) is suggested for those whose first language mathematics, including two years of algebra; three is not English and who have not attended a school years of one foreign language; three years of where English is the medium of instruction. The laboratory science; and three years of history or deadline for first-year application is January 15 social studies. Personal interests dictate additional (decisions announced by early April); the transfer courses in foreign language, mathematics, science, deadline is March 31 (decisions announced by May social studies and history. Most candidates will have 15). While Haverford is not able to practice need- taken more than the minimum expectations, blind admission for students who are not U.S. including honors, enriched, Advanced Placement or citizens or Permanent Residents, a limited amount International Baccalaureate courses if offered. of need-based financial aid is available, and the College meets the full demonstrated need of all Haverford offers two application plans: Early admitted students. Decision and Regular Decision. Criteria for admission are the same under both plans; students Transfer Students may not choose more than one plan. Haverford welcomes transfer students whose First-year applicants may apply for Early Decision academic credentials are very strong. In addition to after investigating Haverford carefully and making a filing an application, a transfer candidate will be commitment to enroll if admitted. Early Decision asked'to submit a secondary-school transcript, the applications must be filed by November 15 along results of college entrance examinations, a college with all supporting credentials. Decisions will be transcript, and letters of recommendation from two announced by December 15. If applying under Early faculty members and a responsible official of the Decision, students may submit non-binding college currently or last attended. The Admission applications to other colleges with the Committee will notify each student regarding the understanding that they will withdraw all required credentials. Transfer students must be applications if admitted to Haverford. Application eligible to enter the sophomore or junior class and for Early Decision carries a commitment to enroll at must spend a minimum of two years at Haverford. Haverford, if admitted. The application deadline is March 31 for September admission; decisions are announced by May 15. Applications for Regular Decision must be filed by New students may not start in January. January 15. If offered admission to Haverford, the College expects a firm commitment about each Advanced Standing student's plans by May 1, the date used by many colleges to give students ample opportunity to weigh Qualified first-year students may be permitted to all their choices before making a commitment. omit one of the introductory courses in a given department and proceed directly to intermediate When a candidate's application is approved, courses in that department. Some departments give admission is offered for September of the same year. placement examinations during Customs Week to Some students may want to work, to travel, or to determine a student's qualifications; other have some other non-academic experience before departments use less formal criteria. starting at Haverford. On request, an admitted student may defer matriculation at Haverford for

25 Students who have taken high school courses under provided to all admitted students who were judged the Advanced Placement Program may take the tests eligible according to the College's formula and in these subjects offered by the College Board each procedures. Although no aid is awarded for more May. One credit will be awarded for a score of five than one year at a time, it is normal practice to and one-half credit will be awarded for a score of continue to meet a student's need as reassessed four. Advanced credit does not necessarily involve annually according to the College's allocation placement nor does placement necessarily involve formula. credit. New Students For students entering the College from the International Baccalaureate Program, credit may be The Admission staff admits students without regard granted only for IB Higher Level courses completed to their financial need. For any student who is a with a grade of five or above, Each case will be United States citizen or permanent resident, an reviewed separately before credit is approved. application for financial aid will have no bearing on your admission decision. There are limitations to Credit may also be granted for work a student does College-funded aid; principles and procedures used at another college before entering Haverford. To be to award College aid and instructions and deadlines considered for such credit, a transcript of that work for aid applications are outlined on the Financial must be sent to the dean of the College. Aid section of the College's website www.haverford.edu/financialaid. All students A maximum of four course credits altogether may be applying for admission to Haverford and interested granted to entering first-year students on the basis of in College financial aid must read this information the Advanced Placement examinations, International before they apply and make sure both of their Baccalaureate Higher Level examinations, or for parents do so, too. courses taken at another college. Returning Students

For additional information on admission and on A student who is currently enrolled at the College procedures and requirements for applying, please go to and who wishes to apply or reapply for aid must file www.haverford.edu/admission/. application materials by April 20 preceding the year for which aid is requested. Instructions, deadlines, and forms are all available on the Financial Aid EXPENSES section of the College's website The tuition charge for all regular students is www.haverford.edu/financialaid. $38,735 for the 2009-10 academic year. The residence fee is $11,890 for the academic year. RATE OF GRADUATION There is also a Students' Association fee of $350 per In compliance with the federal Student Right-to- year. These fees—tuition, residence and Students' Know Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-542), Association —total $50,975 for the year. There is Haverford College provides the following also a $25 fee for each semester Chemistry information to prospective and currently enrolled laboratory course. students.

The residence fee covers room and board charges Class entering Fall 2003 (Class of 2007) Size at when the College is in session. This includes heat, entrance, 313; Graduated 3 years later, 2; Graduated electric light, and the use of bedroom furniture 4 years later, 274; Graduated 5 years later, 11; including bureau, table, chair, and a bed. Students Graduated 6 years later, 2. Total graduated, 289, or supply any other desired furniture, plus blankets, 92.3% of the original class. towels, and bed-linen. The Students' Association fee covers the student activities fee and admission to a series of entertainment and cultural events.

First-year students and other new students are charged a one-time fee of $190 to cover the cost of their orientation period, called Customs Week.

For additional information, please visit: haverford.edu/business/studentaccounts.php

FINANCIAL AID Financial aid decisions are made solely according to a need-based allocation formula developed by the College. In other words, Haverford does not offer any financial aid on the basis of academic, musical, athletic, or any other measure of merit. Aid is 26 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

List ofDoartments 28

Numbering System and Symbols 29

Department Descriptions 30

27 LIST OF DEPARTMENTS Africana and African Studies* Anthropology* Arabic** Archaeology — Classical and Near Eastern (BMC)• Arts: Dance and Theater (BMC)**• Astronomy Athletic Program** Biochemistry and Biophysics* Biology Chemistry• Classics• Comparative Literature• Computer Science• Creative Writing (BMC)*• East Asian Studies• Economics• Education and Educational Studies*• English Environmental Studies (BMC)* Fine Arts French and French Studies• Gender and Sexuality Studies*• Geology (BMC)• German and German Studies• Growth and Structure of Cities (BMC)• Hebrew and Judaic Studies*• History History of Art (BMC)• Independent College Programs Italian (BMC)• Latin American and Iberian Studies* Linguistics (Swarthmore)• Mathematics• Mathematical Economics* Music• Neural and Behavioral Science* Peace and Conflict Studies* Philosophy. Physics• Political Science Psychology. Religion Romance Languages (BMC) Russian (BMC)• Sociology. Spanish• Writing Program**

* Area of Concentration ** Program •. Minor

28 Numbering System and Symbols

NUMBERING SYSTEM AND SYMBOLS 001-009 indicate elementary courses. 100-199 indicate first-year and introductory courses. 200-299 indicate second-year courses. 300-399 indicate advanced courses. 400-499 indicate special categories of work (e.g., 480 for independent study courses).

The letter "a" following a number indicates a one-credit course given in the first semester.

The letter "b" following a number indicates a one-credit course given in the second semester.

The letter "c" following a number indicates a one-credit course given two hours a week throughout the year.

The letter "d" following a number indicates a half-credit course given during September-October.

The letter "e" following a number indicates a half-credit course given during November-December.

The letter "f" following a number indicates a half-credit course given throughout the first semester.

The letter "g" following a number indicates a half-credit course given during February-March.

The letter "h" following a number indicates a half-credit course given during April-May.

The letter "i" following a number indicates a half-credit course given throughout the second semester.

The letter "j" following a number indicates a half-credit course given throughout the year.

Full-year courses (two credits) carry a numerical designation only. They must be carried through two semesters. In some cases, one semester of such a course may be taken with credit, but only with permission of the chairperson of the department concerned.

The following designations refer to the distribution system:

SO — Course which fulfills a social science requirement NA — Course which fulfills a natural science requirement HU — Course which fulfills a humanities requirement QU — Course which fulfills the quantitative requirement

29 AFRICAN AND AFRICANA STUDIES

AFRICANA STUDIES AFRICAN STUDIES FACULTY Africana studies is a developing synthetic field that At Haverford: brings a global frame of reference and a variety of Assistant Professor of Political Science Susanna Wing disciplinary perspectives to the study of Africa and the African Diaspora. Drawing on anthropology, At Bryn Mawr College: economics, history, linguistics and literature, music, Associate Professor of History Kalala Ngalamulume philosophy, political science and sociology, the field reflects processes of emancipation, decolonization AFRICAN STUDIES and development—against a background of Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges, along with the international economic change—in Africa itself and University of Pennsylvania and Swarthmore College, in societies worldwide with populations of African are members of the African Studies Consortium. origin. The four institutions have established an Undergraduate Center for African Studies, AFRICANA STUDIES REQUIREMENTS headquartered at the University of Pennsylvania. Africana studies is a bi-college program, offered as a The center is supported in part by the U.S. minor at Bryn Mawr or as an area of concentration Department of Education. Consortium resources at Haverford. Requirements for the program: (1) allow students on the four campuses to pursue a Independent College Programs 101a, "Introduction wide variety of interests in African studies. to African and Africana Studies"/History 102a "Introduction to Africana Civilizations"; (2) five AFRICAN STUDIES REQUIREMENTS more courses from the list reproduced in the college Independent College Programs 101a, Introduction catalogs, or from a list of new courses periodically to African and Africana Studies/History 102a approved; (3) at least one of these courses must deal Introduction to Africana Civilizations, is the with the African Diaspora; (4) a senior thesis or foundation course for African studies as well as for seminar length essay in an area of Africana studies. the Africana studies program at Haverford and Bryn Students are urged to include in their program Mawr Colleges. The course is suitable for first-year courses beyond the introductory level that deal with students, utilizes on-site resources of the four continental Africa and the African Diaspora. campuses, and enrolls undergraduates from all four Successful completion of the Africana studies institutions. This course is co-taught each year by minor/concentration is noted on student transcripts two instructors from different disciplines. at graduation. A full African studies program includes the Students majoring in a department that requires a introductory foundation course; study of an African thesis satisfy the requirement by writing on a topic language or languages; study abroad at an African approved by his or her department and by the university; and advanced course work on Africa at coordinator[s] of the Africana studies program. If any of the four institutions. the major department does not require a thesis, an equivalent written exercise that is a seminar-length African languages are regularly offered at the essay is required. The essay may be written within University of Pennsylvania (Yoruba, Hausa, the framework of a particular course or as an Amharic, Wolof, Swahili) and Bryn Mawr College independent study project. The topic must be (Introductory Swahili). approved by the instructor in question and by the Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges regularly coordinator[s] of the Africana studies program. sponsor public talks about African issues, featuring visiting African scholars from several disciplines. In addition to meeting these common requirements, students concentrating in Africana studies at Haverford College must also satisfy a, distribution AFRICAN STUDIES COORDINATORS requirement. Of the six courses they take, at least At Haverford: two, but no more than three, must be taken in their Assistant Professor of Political Science Susanna Wing home department; the remaining three to four courses must be taken in at least two other At Bryn Mawr College: departments. Independent College Programs 101a, Associate Professor of History Kalala Ngalamulume "Introduction to African and Africana Studies"/History 102a "Introduction to Africana Civilizations", provides a foundation and a frame of AFRICAN AND AFRICANA STUDIES reference for advanced work. Students are advised to COURSES enter the Africana studies program by taking this COURSES AT HAVERFORD COLLEGE: course as early as possible and to complete it by the end of the junior year. ANTHROPOLOGY 205 Social Anthropology 30 African and Africana Studies

2476 Anthropology and Literature: Ethnography 231a Religious Themes in African-American of Black South African Writing 1888-1988 Literature 249b Colonialism, Law, and Human Rights in 24213 Topics in African American Religious Africa History 327 Ritual, Performance and Symbolic Practice 24513 Slavery, Catechism, and Plantation Missions in Antebellum America BIOLOGY 330a Seminar: Religious History of African 124 Perspectives in Biology - Tropical Infectious American Women Diseases 332 Seminar: Theoretical Approaches to the Study 129 Perspectives in Biology - Vexations of of Black Religion Vaccines 3476 Souls of Black Folk: Du Bois and the Problem of Religion ENGLISH 270b Portraits in Black SOCIOLOGY 275a Thinking Globally, Writing Locally: 2356 Class, Race, and Education Anglophone Caribbean Literature 276b Literature and Politics of South African SPANISH Apartheid 34013 The Moor in Spanish Literature 281g Fictions of Empire 361b Topics in African-American Literature COURSES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE:

FRENCH ANTHROPOLOGY 250 Introduction aux litteratures francophones 223 Anthropology of Dance (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) 228 East African Social/Political/Cultural 255g Cinema Francais/Francophone et Development Colonialisme (Cross-listed in Comparative 253 Childhood in the African Experience Literature) 312 Advanced Topics: "Semb2ne Ousmane: CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN Ecrivain et cineaste senegalais" (Cross-listed in ARCHAEOLOGY Comparative Literature) 101 Introduction to Egyptian and Near Eastern Archaeology INDEPENDENT COLLEGE PROGRAMS 230 Archeology and History of Ancient Egypt 101a Introduction to African and Africana Studies ECONOMICS HISTORY 314 Economics of Poverty and Discrimination 243a African American Political and Social Thought: Black Modernism, 1895-1945 EDUCATION 343a Black Paris: Art and Ideology in a Modernist 200 Critical Issues in Education Diaspora, 1925-1975 210 Language/Power/Advocacy in Education 266 Schools in American Cities MUSIC 227a Jazz and the Politics of Culture ENGLISH 207 Big Books of American Literature: PHILOSOPHY Representing the Intersections of Nation, Class, 232a African-American Philosophy Race, Gender 233 Philosophy and Race 217 Latina/o Literature and Culture 218 Law and Literature POLITICAL SCIENCE 234 Postcolonial Literature in English 12313 American Politics: Difference and 246 Pan-African Women Writers Discrimination 262 African-American Literature 230 The Politics of Genocide: Deterring, 255 Counter-Cinema Overcoming, Terminating 279 Modern African Fiction 235a African Politics 331 Queer Theory/Queer Literature 2476 Political Economies in Developing Countries 343 Translating America 369 Women Poets: Rich, Brooks, Plath RELIGION 379 The African Griotte 132b Varieties of African American Religious 392 National Bodies Experience 137 Black Religion and Liberation Theology FRENCH 155 Themes in the Anthropology of Religion 207 Missionnaires et Cannibales 169 Black Religion and Liberation Thought: An 320 La et ses Orients Introduction 214 Prophetic Imaginations in the American Tradition

31 GENERAL STUDIES 103 Introduction to Swahili Language and Culture I 105 Introduction to Swahili Language and Culture II

GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES 237 Urbanization in Africa

HISTORY 102 Introduction to Africana Civilizations 200 European Expansion and Competition 202 American History: Civil War to Present 235 Africa Since 1800 237 Urbanization in Africa 245 Recent U.S. History 265 American Colonial Encounters 323 Topics in African History 357 Topics in British Empire: Early Modern Pirates

POLITICAL SCIENCE 243 African/Caribbean Perspectives in World Politics

SOCIOLOGY 102 The New African Diaspora 215 Challenges and Dilemmas of Diversity 217 The Family in Social Context 225 Women in Society 314 Immigrant Experiences 350 Movements for Social Justice in the US

SPANISH 215 La Literatura Afro-Hispanica

WRITING PROGRAM 2556 Rhetoric of Slavery, Visions and Revisions

32 ANTHROPOLOGY (1) One 100-level introductory course, either: At Haverford we teach social and cultural ANTH 103a, Introduction to Anthropology (fall) or anthropology. Social and cultural anthropologists BMC ANTH 102, Introduction to Anthropology study human beings and human communities. We (spring); or ANTH 110b, Anthropology of Food are interested in the family, social organization, and Eating; or ANTH 155a, Themes in the modes of subsistence, exchange practices, politics Anthropology of Religion. and power, ritual and religion, gender, and all (2) ANTH 303b, History and Theory of forms of expressive behavior. Once anthropologists Anthropology. primarily studied small-scale indigenous (3) One area course, such as ANTH 241, communities (so-called "primitive societies") and Mediterranean; ANTH 245, Africa; ANTH 244, rural populations, but now anthropologists also China; or a similar course on another campus. study state societies, urban communities, and (4) One other 200-level course in this department. globalization. Our discipline has three central traits. (5) One 300-level course in this department. First, we are comparative. This means that we (6) A two-credit, intensive Senior Thesis Seminar, compare social and cultural phenomena in one during the spring semester of the senior year place to those in another, and that we explore the (Anthropology 450/451). particular features of a specific people and place in relation to general theories about humans and The remaining courses may be courses offered in the human societies. This comparative method allows department, in an anthropology department on us to tease out what is unique and distinctive about another campus, Or in approved related fields. the subject we are studying and what generally Typically no more than one biological anthropology tends to be true about that sort of thing. Second, or archaeology course may be counted for the we are holistic. We try to get a sense of the context Haverford major. Courses outside the department in which a particular incident or practice is must be approved by the student's advisor. (Note: occurring, as a way of developing a fuller When required courses are not offered, equivalents understanding of that specific practice and of that will be designated.) Students are expected to place and those people and how things work there. familiarize themselves with the use of e-mail, Third, we engage in participant-observation Blackboard, and the faculty server. fieldwork. Social and cultural anthropologists live in the communities they are studying for extended periods of time, in order to build a perspective that ANTHROPOLOGY MINOR integrates an insider's and an outsider's points of view. REQUIREMENTS The minor in anthropology consists of six courses, ANTHROPOLOGY FACULTY including: an Introduction to Anthropology (this requirement may be satisfied by an Introduction to Associate Professor Zolani Ngwane, Chair Anthropology at either campus, or by other Associate Professor Maris Gillette (on leave Spring introductory courses); ANTH 303b, History and 2010) Theory of Anthropology; an ethnographic area Stinnes Professor of Global Studies Laurie !Cain Hart course; and three other courses at the 200 or 300 Assistant Professor Jesse Weaver Shipley level, including one course at the 300 level. As a Visiting Assistant Professor Banu Nilgun Uygun general rule, a minimum of three courses must be Mellon Post-doctoral Fellow and Visiting Assistant taken in the Haverford department. Professor Ruti Talmor John R. Coleman Professor of Social Sciences Wyatt (Note: When required courses are not offered, MacGaffey, Emeritus equivalents will be designated.) Students are expected to familiarize themselves with the use of Affiliated Faculty at Bryn Mawr College: e-mail, Blackboard, and the faculty server. Professor of Growth and Structure of Cities Gary McDonogh ANTHROPOLOGY REQUIREMENTS Faculty of the Department of Anthropology, Bryn Mawr College FOR HONORS Honors are decided at the discretion of the faculty ANTHROPOLOGY MAJOR in the department of Anthropology. They are based REQUIREMENTS upon overall excellence in the major. "Excellence" is defined by three criteria: outstanding work in the Students are required to take a total of 11 course senior thesis (final written work and oral credits in the major, including five required courses presentation), strong cumulative performance in all within the department. Individual programs require anthropological coursework (typically a grade point the advisor's approval. average of 3.7 or higher), and a record of consistent intellectual commitment and participation in the

33 department. High Honors will be awarded, upon ethnographic materials in socio-cultural anthropology. occasion, for exceptional contributions in all areas. Visual ethnography investigated as a mode for representing culture and a site of cultural practice. Special attention paid to questions of collaboration ANTHROPOLOGY COURSES and documentary for social change. Students produce ethnographic films in crews for final projects. 103 Introduction to Anthropology SO Prerequisite: Anth 103 at Haverford or 102 at Bryn L.Hart Mawr. Typically offered in alternate years. An introduction to the basic ideas and methods of social anthropology. Examines major theoretical and ethnographic concerns of the discipline from its 208 Museum Anthropology SO origins to the present, such as family and kinship, M. Gillette production and reproduction, history and evolution, What kinds of uses, values, and meanings do people symbolism and representation, with particular attribute to objects? Why do museums exist as special attention to such issues as race and racism, gender and sites for housing objects? What do museums do to sexuality, class, and ethnicity. Prerequisite: Not open objects, how, and why? This course is a comparative to students who have completed BMC Anth 102. and historical introduction to museums and objects, and an overview of the kinds of things anthropologists do in and around museums. Students conduct 155 Themes in the Anthropology of Religion SO research on museums (museums as the object of (Cross-listed in Religion and African and Africana research) and museum research (research as museum Studies) professionals). Offered occasionally. ZNgwane

209 Anthropology of Education: State of the 204 Anthropology of Gender SO (Cross-listed in Debate SO Gender and Sexuality Studies) ZNgwane B. Uygun Education and schooling in anthropological literature. The cultural construction of gender and sexuality, We will compare the concepts of "socialization" in kinship, inheritance, and marriage; the performative British Social Anthropology with "cultural dimensions of sexual identity; the cultural politics of transmission" in American Cultural Anthropology to motherhood; myths of matriarchy; ideologies of look for the different ways in which the role of masculinity and femininity. Not open to students education in social reproduction and transformation who have completed Anthropology 21613 or Bryn has been framed over time. In addition to basic works Mawr Anthropology 106. Offered occasionally. by thinkers such as Durkheim, Malinowski, Mead, Benedict and Boas, we will read a selection of ethnographies of schooling from the United States, 206 Anthropology of Art SO Africa and . Prerequisite.. One course in L.Hart Anthropology or Education. Offered occasionally. This course looks at the social and cultural foundations of a category of things referred to as "art." We examine the properties of these things and of the 216 Women and Power in Comparative people who make, trade, exhibit, and look at art, and Perspective SO (Cross-listed in Gender and ask why they (we) do that. This involves a) Sexuality Studies) understanding, and making theory about, the general M. Gillette development of the concept and uses of "art" in This course explores issues of power and its operation European civilization, as well how and why objects through examining women and women's experience. from "exotic" (that is, colonized) societies (in Course readings combine theoretical materials on particular Africa, Native America, and Australia) have power and women's empowerment with ethnographic been identified and collected as a particular kind of art studies that allow us to investigate theoretical ("primitive art") and b) exploring the "power of questions in specific contexts. We consider the nature images" in diverse societies and social contexts. These of power, the sources of social inequality, and the questions allow us to challenge our received potential for powerful action on individual and conceptions of what art is and does and to broaden collective levels. Offered occasionally. our understanding of human creativity beyond conventional notions of art, taste, and value, and power. Prerequisite: One course in ANTH or consent 225 Anthropology of Postcolonialism SO of the instructor. Typically offered in alternate years. M. Gillette An examination of cultural and social transformation in the former USSR, Central/Eastern Europe, China, 207 Visual Anthropology SO and Cuba through readings in recent ethnography. J.Shipley How do socialist-era institutions and ideologies Examines the history and development of continue to influence people's contemporary efforts to anthropology's relationship to the visual, focusing create a new kind of society and market? In what sense particularly on ethnographic film. Explores the can we speak of shared national histories and cultures relationship between ethnographic texts and visual as determinative of these processes - or is it culture 34 Anthropology itself that is changing? Prerequisite: Anthropology 102 problems of writing and social power. Specifically, we or 103. Offered occasionally. will look at how such writing contributed to the construction and transformation of black subjectivity. Course material will include 19th and 20th century 235 Social Practice of Media SO texts by black South Africans including life narratives, Shipley particularly collaborated autobiographies by women in This course will examine cross-culturally how the the 1980's. Prerequisite: one course in literature or mass media print and electronic, old and new have anthropology. Typically offered in alternate years. become critical to the constitution of subjectivities, collectivities, and histories in the contemporary world and are the primary means for the circulation of 249 Colonialism, Law, Human Rights in Africa SO symbolic forms across space and time. Attention is (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) paid to how the production, reception, and fShipley circulation of media forms and technologies are This course examines the colonial legacies of integrated into social practice at the local, national, contemporary discourses of human rights and and transnational levels. Offered occasionally. development as they are relevant in contemporary global politics. By taking an historical approach to the idea of rights we will make connections between 241 Anthropology of the Mediterranean: Seminar sovereignty, the rule of law, and the rights of on Greece SO (Cross-listed in Comparative citizenship. We will use a critical eye to explore the Literature and Latin American and Iberian Studies) conditions of possibility that allow states, L.Hart development organizations, donor agencies, and This course focuses on pluralism and cultural individuals to unwittingly reproduce centuries old interaction in circum-Mediterranean societies. It tropes of poverty, degradation, and helplessness of includes such topics as: orientalism and the non-Western peoples. Using historical descriptions of problematics and politics of ethnographic production the encounters between Europeans and Africans in in and on peripheral societies; the use and abuse of West Africa and South Africa we will unpack concepts of cultural continuity; ethno-religious assumptions about African societies. We will also interaction in rural and urban settings; imperial explore liberalism and it connections to British legacies and nation-state ideologies in 21st century colonialism its contemporary incarnations. cultural politics; local and transnational economic Prerequisite: One course relating to Africa, African systems; migration patterns, conflicts, and politics, African literature. contemporary social transformations. Typically offered in alternate years. 256 Political Anthropology SO Staff 244 Anthropology of China SO (Cross-listed in This course considers politics as what groups of East Asian Studies and Gender and Sexuality people do to affect their social conditions, and Studies) examines how their ability to affect those conditions is M.Gillette organized and controlled. Through the reading of This course is a basic introduction to the ethnography and anthropological theory, we will raise anthropology of China. The scope of our inquiry is questions about how "leaderless" societies organize about one century: we begin with traditional China social action, about the interrelations of gender, and end with the present. Our primary site is the bodies, and politics, and about the ways in which Chinese mainland (rather than Taiwan, , power is exercised and contested in different societies. or the Chinese diaspora). Our goals include learning We will discuss how modern states arose and what specific information about China, Chinese society, impact they have had on the peoples they incorporate and Chinese culture; examining a range of diverse and on options for political action in contemporary anthropological approaches to the study of human complex global political systems. Prerequisite: One beings; exploring the political dimensions of other course in ANTH or Peace Studies, or consent of representation; and reflecting on the relationship the instructor. Offered occasionally. between political systems, the economy, and social formations. Prerequisite: One course in ANTH or EAST. Typically offered in alternate years. 257 Ethnic Conflict SO L.Hart The comparative study of ethnic identity and 247 Anthropology and Literature: Ethnography of collective violence. Ideological systems of classification Black South African Writing 1888-2008 SO and differentiation, such as kinship, race, class, (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) ethnicity and nationality. Case studies of ZNgwane contemporary struggles and conflicts, informed by Through analysis of the development of writing in classic and recent anthropological theory. Prerequisite: colonial and apartheid South Africa this course One other course in Anthropology or Peace Studies or examines the "crisis of representation" of the past two permission of the instructor. Typically offered in decades in literature and anthropology. We will alternate years. consider debates about the textual status of ethnographic monographs and the more general 35 258 Politics of Culture and Identity SO (Cross- 303 History and Theory of Anthropology SO listed in Peace and Conflict Studies) fShipley Staff The development of anthropological thought in the This course will examine how "culture" and "identity" West. Enlightenment theories of society and the have become increasingly important frameworks human subject, the study of social organization in through which claims to resources, rights, and power 19th and early 20th centuries (including Marx and are articulated. Drawing on a diverse set of case Durkheim), social anthropology and cultural studies, we will ask how we can approach politics of anthropology . Structuralism, Marxist anthropology, culture and identity ethnographically, and what role postmodernism and the crisis of representation in the anthropology might have to play in such struggles. 1980s and 1990s. Prerequisite: One course in ANTH, Prerequisite: Anthropology 102 or 103. Offered excluding BMC ANTH 303. Typically offered every occasionally. Spring.

259 Ethnography of Islam SO 322 Ethnographic Methods SO M. Gillette M. Gillette Comparative ethnographies of Muslim societies. Islam Qualitative research methods, with a focus on as a field of anthropological inquiry and theorizing. participant-observation. Theoretical debates, ethical Ethnographic representation and the construction of questions, and practical issues concerning the craft of ethnographic authority. Islam in the western ethnographic field work will both be addressed. imagination. Prerequisite: One course in ANTH or Students will conduct several small-scale field exercises consent of the instructor. Offered occasionally. and design and implement a larger ethnographic project. Prerequisite: ANTH 102 or 103. Preference to ANTH majors/minors and PEAC concentrators. 261 Memory, History, Anthropology SO Typically offered in alternate years. M. Gillette The social aspects of memory. Collective representations and memorial genres. Institutional 327 Ritual, Performance and Symbolic Practice SO memory and the effects of institutions on individual (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) memory. Memory in oral and literate societies. J.Shipley Memory as a political act and a tool of political This course examines theories of performance and legitimacy. Mourning and trauma. Role of narrative practice as a way for understanding how specific in memory and the relationship between non- events and actions relate to social structure, history, narrative forms and memory. How memory relates to and memory. We will explore how bodies become the present and to the past. The course will examine a produced and contested in the performance of number of influential theoretical texts on memory and political and personal productive and sensuous look at selected case studies. Prerequisite: One course activity. The course's central thematic explores the in anthropology or consent. Offered occasionally. tension between theories of performance and theories of practice which highlight key philosophical issues within anthropology and social thought more 263 Anthropology of Space and Architecture SO generally: power and its enactment, the relationship L.Hart between personal experience and macro-sociological Space, place and architecture in anthropological processes, the nature of consciousness, structure versus theory; the contributions of anthropology to our agency, and stasis versus change. Prerequisite: One understanding of the built and imagined environment. course in Anthropology or consent. in diverse cultures. Topics include: the body and its orientation in space; the house, kinship and cosmology; architecture as a communicative/semiotic 350 Social and Cultural Theory: Housing, Culture, system; space and sociopolitical segregation and and Society SO integration; space and commodity culture. May be L.Hart taken for Bryn Mawr Cities credit. Prerequisite: One This class is an intensive, advanced reading seminar course in ANTH or CITY. Offered occasionally. on contemporary ethnography with an emphasis on how the craft of anthropology draws on its disciplinary resources to address the predicaments of 270 Psychoanalysis and Anthropology SO social marginalization in the contemporary L.Hart 'globalizing' world. We will test the fate of key 20th This course will trace areas of convergence of century theoretical movements in anthropology anthropology and psychoanalysis from the beginnings (structural functionalism, culture and personality, of the discipline of anthropology to the present structuralism, neo-Marxism, literary post-modernism, through selected topics, including: kinship, society etc.) through their application in ethnography. and the self: sexual difference; the interpretation of Seminars will be organized through student dreams; anthropological hermeneutics, ethnographic presentations and responses. fieldwork and clinical practice (listening, transference, countertransference), magic and fetishism, individual and collective violence. Prerequisite: Anthropology 102 or 103. Offered occasionally. 36 Anthropology

355 Anthropology and the New Faces of Modernity M. Gillette SO This course focuses on the production and collecting Z.Ngwane practices of Chinese porcelain. It provides a basic An examination of recent trends in reflection on introduction to research on material culture, Chinese modernity in the human and social sciences. This high-fired ceramics, and the practices of collectors and course addresses questions about social subjectivity, porcelain producers. Students who complete this class globalization and the endurance of modernity through will gain a good basic understanding of the technical a number of ethnographic snapshots from different and social aspects of Chinese ceramic production, parts of the world. Prerequisite: One 200-level course forms and decoration of Chinese ceramics, the in Anth or consent. Typically offered in alternate porcelain center of Jingdezhen, and the political and years. cultural aspects of Chinese porcelain consumption. In addition to engaging with course materials, each student will design and complete a major independent 358 Anthropology of Capitalisms SO research project related to ceramics or an aspect of M. Gillette Chinese material culture. Prerequisite: One course in This course explores capitalism from an Anth, East, or permission. Offered occasionally. anthropological perspective. We combine study of theoretical work on capitalist processes and the nature of capitalism with ethnographic studies of how 451 Senior Seminar: Supervised Research and capitalism operates in particular places at particular Writing SO times. Our work includes examining and producing L.Hart, ZNgwane, J.Shipley materials in multiple media, including written texts, Supervised Research and Writing, is the second in the film, and oral presentations. Students will conduct two-course sequence for seniors in Anthropology. ethnographic studies of capitalisms over the course of Students will complete a thesis using primary sources the semester, and will work together in crews to make and/or fieldwork and will participate in a thesis films about capitalisms. Each crew will produce at writing workshop. Prerequisite: Sr standing in ANTH least two short films. Prerequisite: Anthropology 207 at HC. Typically offered every Spring. or 303 or consent. Typically offered in alternate years. 460 Teaching Assistant SO 361 Advanced Topics in Ethnographic Area Staff Studies: Modern SO Discussion leader and course assistant in B.Uygun Anthropology 103, Anthropology 110, or other Advanced work in the study of an ethnographic area selected anthropology courses; includes responsibility offered in the department. In addition to for selected tutorials. Final Paper. Typically offered ethnographic monographs, course materials will every Semester. include missionary records, memoirs, and realist fiction where appropriate. The course is intended to develop skills of social and cultural analysis and to 480 Independent Study SO deepen the student's understanding of an Staff ethnographic area. The topic for 2008 is modern Offered occasionally. Turkey. Prerequisite: One course in an appropriate ethnographic area or consent. Offered occasionally. COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 365 Advanced Readings in Visual Anthropology ANTHROPOLOGY SO 101-102 Introduction to Anthropology Staff 203 Human Ecology This is an advanced course in visual anthropology 204 North American Archaeology which explores the history and development of 209 Human Evolution anthropology s relationship to visual practices both as 210 Medical Anthropology a mode for representing culture and as a site of 232 Nutritional Anthropology cultural practice. One of the central themes of the 243 Cultures of Technology: Aesthetics, Senses course is the relationship between representation, and the Body power, and knowledge as manifest in cross-cultural 253 Childhood in the African Experience representation. This course touches on more recent 261 Palestine and Israeli Society work within visual anthropology that moves away 281 Language in Social Context from ethnographic film to focus on questions of 286 Social Construction of Irish Identity cultural aesthetics, styles, and visual culture more 303 History of Anthropological Theory broadly. Prerequisite: Anth 207 or consent. Offered 312 Anthropology of Reproduction occasionally. 342 Middle Eastern Diasporas 354 Identity, Ritual and Cultural Practices in 415 Research Seminar in the Material Culture of Contemporary China: Producers and Collectors of Chinese Ceramics SO (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies) 37 GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES 185 Urban Culture and Society 190 Form of the City 209 Medical Anthropology 335 Mass Media and the City 360 Topics in Urban Culture and Society

38 ARABIC

ARAB 5011, 5012 Third-Year Modern Standard Arabic language instruction is offered through Tri- College cooperation. Courses are available at Bryn Arabic W.Hamarneb Mawr, Haverford and Swarthmore Colleges. The This is a year-long course. It is designed to (1) teaching of Arabic is a component of the three conduct a quick review of the basic structures, colleges' efforts to increase the presence of the grammar and the first 1,000 most frequent words of Middle East in their curricula. Bryn Mawr offers modern standard Arabic (MSA) learned in earlier courses on the Middle East in the departments of courses; (2) introduce the next 1,500 high-frequency Anthropology, Classical and Near Eastern words in a variety of contexts with strong cultural Archaeology, Comparative Literature, General content; (3) drill students in the more advanced Studies, History, and Political Science. grammatical structures of MSA; and (4) train students in developing reading skills that will assist them in ARABIC FACULTY comprehending a variety of MSA authentic reading Bryn Mawr College passages of various genres and performing reading Sooyong Kim, Visiting Assistant Professor tasks ranging from intermediate high to advanced levels on the ACTFL scale. Offered at Swarthmore. Swarthmore College Sawsan Abbadi, Lecturer Aman Attieh, Assistant Professor ARAB B403 Independent Study Walid Hamarneh, Assistant Professor Staff Yamine Mermer, Lecturer

ARABIC COURSES ARAB H001, H002 Intensive First Year Modern Standard Arabic S.Kim, Y.Mermer, S.Abaddi This is a year-long course. This intensive introduction to Arabic aims to develop the four language skills of speaking, writing, listening, and reading. The spoken component covers formal and casual forms of speech. Cultural aspects are also built into the course. This course sequence helps students to rapidly advance in Arabic and prepares them for more advanced work on literary Arabic, as well as to work, travel or study abroad. By the end of the sequence, most students will reach the intermediate-low level, according to the ACTFL proficiency rating. Offered at Bryn Mawr and Haverford in alternate years; in 2009-10 at Haverford. Drills taught on both campuses.

ARAB B003, B004 Second Year Modern Standard Arabic A.Attieh, S.Abbadi This is a year-long course. This course is designed to build on comprehension, listening, reading, and writing skills developed in the previous course sequence. Students gain increased vocabulary and understanding of more complex grammatical structures, and will be able to approach prose, fiction, and non-fiction written in Arabic. Students will also increase their proficiency in Arabic script and sound system; learn key grammatical concepts; and practice conversation and dictation. Instruction combines intensive oral practice with writing and reading in the modern language. Offered at Bryn Mawr and Haverford in alternate years; in 2009-10 at Bryn Mawr. Drills taught on both campuses..

39 ARTS PROGRAM AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE

Students may complete a minor in Creative Writing, course counts toward the minor in Dance or in Dance or Theater and may submit an application to Theater. major in Creative Writing, Dance or Theater through the independent major program. Students CREATIVE WRITING may complete a major in Fine Arts or a major or Courses in Creative Writing within the Arts minor in Music at Haverford College. English Program are designed for students who wish to majors may complete a concentration in Creative develop their skills and appreciation of creative Writing. writing in a variety of genres (poetry, prose fiction and nonfiction, playwriting, screenwriting, etc.) and ARTS PROGRAM FACULTY for those intending to pursue studies in creative Lecturer in Dance David Brick writing at the graduate level. Any English major may Senior Lecturer and Associate Director of Dance include one Creative Writing course in the major Madeline Cantor plan. Students may pursue a minor as described Associate Professor and Director of Dance Linda below: While there is no existing major in Creative Caruso-Haviland Writing, exceptionally well-qualified students with a Lecturer In Theater James Christy GPA of 3.7 or higher in Creative Writing courses Lecturer in Creative Writing Tom Ferrick, Jr. completed in the Tri-College curriculum may Lecturer in Creative Writing Amy Herzog consider submitting an application to major in Senior Lecturer and Designer/Technical Director of Creative Writing through the independent major Theater Hiroshi Iwasaki program after meeting with the Creative Writing Associate Professor and Director of Creative Writing Program director. When approved, the independent Program Karl Kirchwey major in Creative Writing is often pursued as a Professor and Director of Theater and Chair of the double major with another academic major subject. Arts Program Mark Lord Lecturer in Creative Writing Elizabeth Mosier CREATIVE WRITING MINOR Instructor in Theater Catherine Slusar REQUIREMENTS Visiting Assistant Professor, English Department and Requirements for the minor in Creative Writing are - Creative Writing Asali Solomon six units of course work, generally including three Lecturer in Creative WritingJ.C. Todd beginning/intermediate courses in at least three Lecturer in Creative Writing Daniel Torday different genres of creative writing (chosen from ARTW 159, 231, 236, 240, 251, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 268, 269) and three electives, ARTS PROGRAM COURSES including at least one course at the 300 level (ARTW 360, 361, 362, 364, 366, 367, 371, 373, Courses in the arts are designed to prepare students 382), allowing for advanced work in one or more who might wish to pursue advanced training in their genres of creative writing which are of particular fields and are also for those who want to broaden interest to the student. The objective of the minor their academic studies with work in the arts that is in Creative Writing is to provide both depth and conducted at a serious and disciplined level. Courses range, through exposure to several genres of creative are offered at introductory as well as advanced levels. writing. Students should consult with the Creative Writing Program director by the end of their ARTS IN EDUCATION sophomore year to submit a plan for the minor in ARTS IN EDUCATION COURSES order to ensure admission to the appropriate range of courses. ARTA B251 Arts Teaching in Educational and Community Settings (Cross-listed as EDUC B251) MCantor CONCENTRATION IN CREATIVE This is a Praxis II course intended for students who WRITING have substantial experience in an art form and are English majors may elect a three-course interested in extending that experience into teaching concentration in Creative Writing as part of the and learning at educational and community sites. English major program. Students interested in the Following an overview of the history of the arts in concentration must meet with the Creative Writing education, the course will investigate underlying Program director by the end of their sophomore year theories. The praxis component will allow students to to submit a plan for the concentration and must also create a fluid relationship between theory and practice confirm the concentration with the chair of the through observing, teaching and reflecting on arts English Department. practices in education contexts. School or community placement 4-6 hours a week. Prerequisite: at least an intermediate level of experience in an art form. This

40 Arts Program at Bryn Mawr College

CREATIVE WRITING COURSES importance of literary translation. Not offered in 2009- 10. ARTW B159 Introduction to Creative Writing I Todd This course is for students who wish to experiment ARTW B260 Writing Short Fiction I with three genres of creative writing: short fiction, Torday, Solomon poetry and drama. Priority will be given to interested An introduction to fiction writing, focusing on the first-year students; additional spaces will be made short story. Students will consider fundamental available to upper-year students with little or no elements of fiction and the relationship of narrative experience in creative writing. Students will write or structure, style and content, exploring these elements revise work every week; roughly four weeks each will in their own work and in the assigned readings in be devoted to short fiction, poetry and drama. There order to develop an understanding of the range of will be individual conferences with the instructor to possibilities open to the fiction writer. Weekly discuss their progress and interests. Half of class time readings and writing exercises are designed to will be spent discussing student work and half will be encourage students to explore the material and styles spent discussing syllabus readings. that most interest them, and to push their fiction to a new level of craft, so that over the semester their writing becomes clearer, more controlled, and more ARTW B231 Poetry as Performance absorbing. Williams-Witherspoon Takes the poem off the printed page from poetry to performance and considers poetry form, style, theory, ARTW B261 Writing Poetry I and techniques of "Spoken Word" artistry. KKirchwey Performance theory will be coupled with cutting-edge This course will provide a survey of craft resources work in the anthropology of performance. Students available to students wishing to write print-based (as will maintain a poetry journal, write and edit original opposed to spoken-word) poems in English: figure, poetry, complete syllabus readings, write weekly line, measure, meter, rhyme and rhythm. In concert response papers and participate in discussions and with close reading of model poems, students will gain performances. The course culminates in a radio experience writing in a variety of verse forms, broadcast and a full-length performance piece. Not including haiku, Anglo-Saxon accentual verse, sonnet, offered in 2009-10. free verse and prose poem. The course objective will be to provide students with the skills to explore poetic form, both received and invented, and to develop a ARTW B236 Contemporary Literature Seminar voice with which to express themselves on the printed (Cross-listed as ENGL B236) page. KKirchwey Surveys the work of literary writers reading in the Creative Writing Program Reading Series. Students ARTW B262 Playwriting I (Cross-listed as ARTT will read and discuss at least one work by each of the B262) authors appearing, and whenever possible will meet A.Herzog individually with the authors in class as well as An introduction to playwriting through a attending their public readings. Authors represented combination of reading assignments, writing exercises, have included poets Lucille Clifton, Derek Walcott discussions about craft and ultimately the creation of a and Richard Wilbur, fiction writers E.L. Doctorow one-act play. Students will develop their unique voices and James Salter, and memoirist Patricia Hampl. This as they learn the technical aspects of writing for the is a half-credit course; students may receive credit for stage. Readings will include plays by John Guare, either or both semesters. Approximately 15 pages of Lynn Nottage, Jose Rivera, Tony Kushner, Suzan- critical prose writing will be required for each half- Lori Parks, Edward Albee, Paula Vogel, and others. credit. Not offered in 2009-10. Short writing assignments will complement the reading assignments. The final assignment will be to write an original one-act play. ARTW B240 Literary Translation Workshop(Cross-listed as COML B240) KKirchwey ARTW B263 Writing Memoir I Open to creative writing students and students of KKirchwey literature, the syllabus includes some theoretical The purpose of this course is to provide students with readings, but the emphasis is practical and analytical, practical experience in writing about the events, places considering parallel translations of certain enduring and people of their own lives in the form of memoir. literary texts as well as books and essays about the art Initial class discussions attempt to distinguish memoir of translation. Literary translation will be considered from related literary genres such as confession and as a spectrum ranging from Dryden's "metaphrase" autobiography. Writing assignments and in-class (word-for-word translation) all the way through discussion of syllabus readings explore the range of imitation and adaptation. The course will include memoirs available for use as models (excerpts by class visits by working literary translators. The Italian writers including James Baldwin, Lorene Cary, Annie verbs for "to translate" and "to betray" are neighbors; Dillard, Arthur Koestler, Rick Moody, Lorrie Moore, throughout, the course concerns the impossibility and and Tim O'Brien) and elements such as voice and 41 perspective, tone, plot, characterization and symbolic evolving fairy tale. Students will receive guidance for and figurative language. Not offered in 2009-10. their creative work through in-class exercises, peer review and private conferences with the instructor.

ARTW B264 News and Feature Writing T.Ferrick ARTW B360 Writing Short Fiction II Students in this class will learn how to develop, D. Torday report, write, edit and revise a variety of news stories, An exploration of approaches to writing short fiction beginning with the basics of reporting and writing the designed to strengthen skills of experienced student news and advancing to longer-form stories, including writers as practitioners and critics. Requires writing at personality profiles, news features and trend stories, least five pages each week, workshopping student and concluding with point-of-view journalism pieces, and reading texts ranging from realist stories to (columns, criticism, reported essays). The course will metafictional experiments and one-page stories to the focus heavily on work published in The Philadelphia short novella, to explore how writers can work within Inquirer and The New York Times, Several working tight confines. Prerequisite: ARTW 260 or work journalists will participate as guest speakers to explain demonstrating equivalent expertise in writing short their craft. Students will write stories that will be fiction, comprising a writing sample of 5-10 pages in posted on the class blog, the English House Gazette. length (prose fiction) to be submitted to the Creative Writing Program in order to be considered for this course. ARTW B265 Creative Nonfiction D. Torday This course will explore the literary expressions of ARTW B361 Writing Poetry II nonfiction writing by focusing on the skills, process KKirchuley and craft techniques necessary to the generation and This course presumes that reading and writing are revision of literary nonfiction. Using the information- inextricably linked, and that the only way to write gathering tools of a journalist, the analytical tools of intelligent and interesting poetry is to read as much of an essayist and the technical tools of a fiction writer, it as possible. Writing assignments will be closely students will produce pieces that will incorporate both connected to syllabus reading, and may include factual information and first person experience. working in forms such as ecphrastic poems, dramatic Readings will include a broad group of writers ranging monologues, prose poems, translations, imitations and from E.B. White to Joseph Mitchell, George Orwell parodies. Prerequisite: ARTW 261 or work to David Foster Wallace, David Sedaris to Dave demonstrating equivalent familiarity with the basic Eggers, Joan Didion to John Edgar Wideman, among forms of poetry in English, comprising a writing many others. sample of 5-7 poems to be submitted to the Creative Writing Program in order to be considered for this course. ARTW B266 Screenwriting N.Doyne This combination discussion/workshop course is an ARTW B362 Playwriting II(Cross-listed as ARTT introduction to dramatic writing for film. Basic issues B362) in the art of storytelling will be analyzed: theme, Herzog dramatic structure, image and sound. The course will This course challenges students of playwriting to be an exploration of the art and impulse of further develop their unique voices and improve their storytelling, and it will provide a safe but rigorous technical skills in writing for the stage. We will setting in which to discuss student work. What is a examine how great playwrights captivate a live story? What makes a character compelling, and audience through their mastery of character, story and conflict dramatic? How does a story engage our structure. Students will complete bi-weekly emotions? Through written exercises, close analysis of playwriting assignments of 10-12 pages and, texts and the screening of film, we will come to better ultimately, a one-act play of 30-40 pages. Readings understand the tools and dictates of film writing. Not include plays by Beckett, Chekhov, Lorraine offered in 2009-10. Hansberry, Ibsen, Arthur Miller, Tennessee Williams, August Wilson and others. Prerequisite: ARTW 262; or suitable experience in directing, acting or ARTW B269 Writing for Children playwriting, as demonstrated in a work sample of 10 Mosier pages of dialogue to be submitted to the Creative In this course, students have the opportunity to write Writing Program in order to be considered for this imaginatively for children and young adults. Through course. Not offered in 2009-10. reading and in-class discussion, we will examine the specific requirements of the picture book, the chapter book and the young adult novel. This analytical study ARTW B364 Longer Fictional Forms of classic and contemporary literature will inspire and D.Torday inform students' creative work through the discoveries An advanced workshop for students with a strong they make about style and structure, creating background in fiction writing who want to write compelling characters, the roles of illustration and longer works: the long short story, novella and novel. page composition in story narration, and the ever- Students will write intensively, and complete a long 42 Arts Program at Bryn Mawr College story, novel or novella (or combination thereof) DANCE totaling up to 20,000 words. Students will examine Dance is not only an art and an area of creative the craft of their work and of published prose. impulse and action; it is also a significant and Prerequisite: ARTW 260 or proof of interest and enduring human behavior that can serve as a core of ability, comprising a writing sample of 5-10 pages of inquiry within the Liberal Arts. The Dance Program prose fiction to be submitted to the Creative Writing has, accordingly, designed a curriculum that Program in order to be considered for this course. provides varied courses in technique, composition, theory and performance for students at all levels of ARTW B366 Writing Memoir II skill, interest and commitment. A full range of KKirchwey technique courses in modern, ballet, jazz and This course will enable students to complete one or African dance is offered regularly. More specialized two longer memoirs in the semester. The syllabus movement forms, such as classical Indian and readings will focus on book-length memoirs by flamenco, are offered on a rotating basis. The core authors such as Frank Conroy, Patricia Hampl, academic curriculum includes advanced technique Kathryn Harrison, Mary McCarthy, Vikram Seth, courses, performance ensembles, dance composition, John Edgar Wideman and Tobias Wolff. Discussions independent work, courses in dance research and in of syllabus reading (part of the syllabus reading will be Western dance history as well as courses that present selected by the students) will alternate with perspectives extending beyond this theatrical or discussions of weekly student writing assignments. social tradition. Students can minor in dance or Prerequisite: ARTW 263 or work demonstrating submit an application to major through the equivalent expertise, comprising a memoir or personal independent major program. essay of 5-10 pages in length to be submitted to the DANCE MINOR REQUIREMENTS Creative Writing Program in order to be considered Requirements for the dance minor are six units of for this course. Not offered in 2009-10. coursework, three required (ARTD 140, 142, and one credit which may be distributed among the ARTW B382 Poetry Master Class following: 230, 231, 330, 331, or 345) and three KKirchwey electives. Students may choose to emphasize one Four leading contemporary poets who are also aspect of the field, but must first consult with the accomplished teachers will each conduct a three-week- dance faculty regarding their course of study. long unit in this course. Students will have their poems reviewed by each of the visiting poets, who will DANCE COURSES also present a public reading of their work. Poet- teachers will include Cornelius Eady, Marilyn Hacker, ARTD B140 Approaches to Dance: Themes and Mary Jo Salter and Gerald Stern. Prerequisite: ARTW Perspectives B231 or ART W B261 (ARTW B361 is also strongly L. Caruso-Haviland recommended) or equivalent proficiency in writing This course introduces students to dance as a multi- text-based verse. A writing sample of 5-7 poems must layered, significant and enduring behavior that ranges be submitted to the Creative Writing Program in from art to play to ritual to politics and beyond. It order to be considered for this course. Not offered in engages students in the creative, critical and 2009-10. conceptual processes that emerge in response to the study of dance. It also explores the research potential ARTW B403 Supervised Work that arises when other areas of academic inquiry, Staff including criticism, ethnology, history and Students who have completed beginning-, philosophy, interact with dance and dance intermediate-, and advanced-level courses in a scholarship. Lectures, discussion, film, video and guest particular genre of creative writing and who wish to speakers are included. Not offered in 2009-10. pursue further work on a tutorial basis may meet with the Creative Writing Program director to propose ARTD B142 Dance Composition I completing a one-semester-long independent study D. Brick course with a member of the Creative Writing An introduction to the process of making dances that Program faculty. explores basic elements including space, time, rhythm, energy, dynamics, qualities of movement and gesture, Haverford College currently offers the following and both traditional and postmodern structures. courses in creative writing: Compositional theory will be approached through the practice of making dance studies, starting with simple ENGL H291 Poetry Writing: A Practical solo phrases and moving towards complex and Workshop interactive group forms and processes. Students will ENGL H292 Poetry Writing II: Contemporary be expected to develop and broaden their Voices understanding of dance as an art form and their ENGL H293 Fiction Writing: From the abilities to see and critique dances. Readings and Conventional to the Experimental viewings pertaining to the choreographic process will ENGL H294 Fiction Writing

43 be assigned. Concurrent attendance in any level ARTD B254 Nation, Gender and Class in Latin technique course is required. American Dance Tome Social and theatrical dance in Latin America, focusing ARTD B240 Dance History I: Roots of Western on salsa, tango and ballet as samples of native, Theater Dance imported and exported forms practiced on the L. Caruso-Haviland continent. Highlights how dance embodies issues of This course investigates the historic and cultural forces nationality, class and gender relevant to Latin affecting the development and functions of pre-20th- American countries. Readings, visual media, class century dance as well as its relationship to and impact discussions and presentations, guest lectures, field trip, on the development of Western culture. It will and some instruction in salsa/tango. Prerequisite: a consider nontheatrical forms and applications, but dance academic course or a course in anthropology, will give special emphasis to the development of sociology or Latin American, Latino, and Iberian theatre dance forms. It will also introduce students to peoples and cultures, or permission of the instructor. the varied forms of the historic documentation of Not offered in 2009-10. dance and to a view of history not only as a linear progression of events but also as process, change and cultural shift. Lecture, discussion and audiovisual ARTD B266 Dancing Desire in Bollywood Films materials. Not offered in 2009-10. (Cross-listed as ANTH B266) Chakravorty Explores the shifts in sexuality and gender ARTD B241 Dance History II: A History of construction of Indian women from national to Contemporary Western Theater Dance transnational symbols through the dance sequences in L. Caruso-Haviland Bollywood. Examines the place of the erotic in The study of the development of contemporary forms reconstructing gender and sexuality from past notions of dance with emphasis on theater forms within the of romantic love to desires for commodity. Primary broader context of Western art and culture. Lecture, focus will be on approaches to the body from discussion and audiovisual materials. Not offered in anthropology and sociology to performance, dance 2009-10. and media studies. Not offered in 2009-10.

DANCE TECHNIQUE ARTD B242 Dance Composition II Three levels of ballet and modern dance are offered M. Cantor each semester. Improvisation, African dance and jazz The goal of this course is to build on work are offered each year. Courses in techniques accomplished in Composition I and to develop an developed from other cultural forms, such as hip- understanding of and skill in the theory and craft of hop, classical Indian dance or flamenco, are offered choreography. This includes deepening movement on a rotating basis as are conditioning techniques invention skills; exploring form and structure; such as Pilates. All technique courses are offered for investigating sources for sound, music, text and physical education credit but students may choose to language; developing group design; and broadening register in some intermediate and advanced level critical understanding. Students will work on a courses for academic credit. selected number of projects and will have some opportunity to revise and expand work. Readings and DANCE TECHNIQUE COURSES viewings will be assigned and related production problems will be considered. Concurrent attendance ARTD B230 Intermediate Technique: Modern in any level technique course is required. Segarra

ARTD B250 Performing the Political Body: Dance ARTD B231 Intermediate Technique: Ballet and Power Laico L. Caruso-Haviland This course explores how artists, activists, and intellectuals have used dance and performance to ARTD B330 Advanced Technique: Modern support political goals and ideologies or to perform L. Caruso-Haviland, Malcolm-Naib cultural interventions in the public sphere according to particular expectations of social and political ARTD B331 Advanced Technique: Ballet responsibilities. From a wide range of possibilities we Mintzer will focus on how dance as an embodied practice is a useful medium for analyzing ideologies and practices of power particularly with reference to gender, class, ARTD B342 Advanced Choreography and race. Students will also investigate the body as an M. Cantor, L. Caruso-Haviland active agent of social change and political action. The Independent study in choreography under the course includes an in-class mini-performance project, guidance of the instructor. Students are expected to but willingness to explore movement or other produce one major choreographic work and are performance approaches is more important than prior responsible for all production considerations. dance training. 44 Arts Program at Bryn Mawr College

DANCE PERFORMANCE THEATER COURSES Dance Ensembles (modern, ballet, jazz, African, and Dance Outreach) are designed to offer students ARTT B150 Introduction to Theater significant opportunities to develop dance H./wasaki technique, particularly in relationship to dance as An exploration of a wide range of dramatic works and performance art. Original works or reconstructions history of theater through research, analysis and from the historic or contemporary repertory discussion to develop understanding and foundations choreographed by faculty or guest choreographers for a theatrical production. are rehearsed and performed. The Dance Outreach Project is a dance performance/education program ARTT B230 Topics in American Drama (Cross- that tours Philadelphia and suburban schools and listed as ENGL B230) community groups. Dance Ensembles are open to Hemmeter intermediate- and advanced-level dancers by Considers American plays of the 20th century, audition or permission of the instructor, and may be reading major playwrights of the canon alongside taken for physical education credit or academic other dramatists who were less often read and credit. Concurrent attendance in any level technique produced. Will also study later 20th-century course is required. dramatists whose plays both develop and resist the DANCE PERFORMANCE COURSES complex foundation established by canonical American playwrights and how American drama ARTD B345 Dance Ensemble reflects and responds to cultural and political shifts. Cantor, Caruso-Haviland, Cruz Considers how modern American identity has been Dance ensemble offers course sections in African, constructed through dramatic performance, Ballet, Jazz and Modern Dance. considering both written and performed versions of these plays. Not offered in 2009-10.

ARTD B390 Senior Project/Thesis Cantor, Caruso-Haviland ARTT B250 Twentieth-Century Theories of Acting M.Lord An introduction to 20th-century theories of acting ARTD B403 Supervised Work emphasizing the intellectual, aesthetic and Cantor, Caruso-Haviland, Malcolm-Naib sociopolitical factors surrounding the emergence of Research in a particular topic of dance under the each director's approach to the study of human guidance of an instructor, resulting in a significant behavior on stage. Various theoretical approaches to final paper or project. the task of developing a role are applied in workshop and scene study. Not offered in 2009-10. THEATER The curricular portion of the Bryn Mawr and ARTT B251 Fundamentals of Acting Haverford Colleges' Theater Program focuses on the point of contact between creative and analytic work. Slusar An introduction to the fundamental elements of Courses combine theory (reading and discussion of . acting (scene analysis, characterization, improvisation, dramatic literature, history and criticism) and vocal and gestural presentation, and ensemble work) practical work (creative exercises, scene study and through the study of scenes from significant 20th- performance) to provide viable theater training within a liberal-arts context. century dramatic literature.

THEATER MINOR REQUIREMENTS ARTT B252 Fundamentals of Technical Theater Requirements for the minor in Theater are six units H./wasaki of course work, three required (ARTT 150, 251 and A practical, hands-on workshop in the creative process 252) and three elective. Students must consult with of turning a concept into a tangible, workable end the Theater faculty to ensure that the necessary areas through the physical execution of a design. Exploring in the field are covered. Students may submit an new and traditional methods of achieving a coherent application to major in Theater through the synthesis of all areas of technical production. independent major program.

THEATER PERFORMANCE ARTT B253 Performance Ensemble Numerous opportunities exist to act, direct, design M.Lord and work in technical theater. In addition to the An intensive workshop in the methodologies and Theater Program's mainstage productions, many aesthetics of theater performance, this course is open student theater groups exist that are committed to to students with significant experience in musical theater, improvisation, community performance. In collaboration with the director of outreach, Shakespeare, film and video work, etc. All Theater, students will explore a range of performance Theater Program productions are open and casting techniques and styles in the context of rehearsing a is routinely blind with respect to race and gender. performance project. Admission to the class is by

45 audition or permission of the instructor. The class is ARTT B351 Acting II offered for a half-unit of credit. MLord Builds on the methods learned in ARTT 251, with an emphasis on strategies of preparing short solo ARTT B254 Fundamentals of Theater Design performances. In addition to intensive exercises in Iwasaki, Bochansky naturalistic and anti-naturalistic performance An introduction to the creative process of visual techniques, the course provides opportunities for design for theater; exploring dramatic context and exploration of principles of design, directing, influence of cultural, social and ideological forces on dramaturgy and playwriting as they pertain to specific theater and examining practical applications of various projects conceived by members of the class. technical elements such as scenery, costume and Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Not offered in lighting while emphasizing their aesthetic integration. 2009-10. Not offered in 2009-10.

MITT B353 Advanced Performance Ensemble ARTT B255 Fundamentals of Costume Design MLord H.Iwasaki An advanced, intensive workshop in theater Hands-on practical workshop on costume design for performance. Students explore a range of performance performing arts; analysis of text, characters, techniques in the context of rehearsing a performance movement, situations; historical and stylistic research; project, and participate in weekly seminars in which cultivation of initial concept through materialization the aesthetic and theatrical principles of the play and and plotting to execution of design. production will be developed and challenged. The course may be repeated. ARTT B259 Mask and Puppet Performance and Design ARTT B356 Endgames: Theater of Samuel Beckett Cromie (Cross-listed as ENGL B356) Not offered in 2009-10. M.Lord An exploration of Beckett's theater work conducted ARTT B262 Playwriting I(Cross-listed as ARTW through both reading and practical exercises in B262 performance techniques. Points of special interest A.Herzog include the monologue form of the early novels and its translation into theater, Beckett's influences (particularly silent film) and collaborations, and the ARTT B270 Ecologies of Theater: Performance, relationship between the texts of the major dramatic Play, and Landscape(Cross-listed as COML B269) works and the development of both modern and MLord postmodern performance techniques. Not offered in Students in this course will investigate the notion of 2009-10. theatrical landscape and its relation to plays and to the worlds that those landscapes refer. Through readings in contemporary drama and performance and through ARTT B359 Directing for the Stage the construction and evaluation of performances, the Staff class will explore the relationship between human A semiotic approach to the basic concepts and beings and the environments they imagine, and will methods of stage direction. Topics explored through study the ways in which those relationships impact readings, discussion and creative exercises include how we think about our relationship to the world in directorial concept, script analysis and research, stage which we live. The course will culminate in a series of composition and movement, and casting and actor public performances. Not offered in 2009-10. coaching. Students rehearse and present three major scenes.

ARTT B296 Introduction to Medieval Drama (Cross-listed as ENGL B296) ARTY B362 Advanced Playwriting (Cross-listed as Taylor ARTW B362) Not offered in 2009-10. A.Herzog Not offered in 2009-10.

ARTT B344 Advanced Theater Design H.lwasaki ARTT B403 Supervised Work A workshop for those who have completed either Staff Fundamentals of Theater Design, Costume Design or Technical Theater Production or have an equivalent experience, for students to explore their specific area of interest. The focus is on translating the theories into concrete designs. Prerequisite: ARTT 252, 254 or 255 or equivalent experience. Not offered in 2009--10.

46 ASTRONOMY

The astronomy department's curriculum is centered John Farnum Professor of Astronomy Stephen P. on studying the phenomena of the extraterrestrial Boughn Universe and on understanding them in terms of Assistant Professor of Astronomy Beth Willman the fundamental principles of physics. We emphasize student research with faculty members ASTRONOMY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS and upper level courses contain substantial project- 1. Physics 105 (or 101), Physics 106 (or 102), and/or research-based investigation. Our Physics 213, Physics 214. department offers two majors: astronomy or 2. Two mathematics courses; Mathematics 121 and astrophysics. Both majors provide substantial all 200-level or higher mathematics courses can be training in quantitative reasoning and independent used to satisfy this requirement. thinking through work in and out of the classroom. 3. Astronomy 205, Astronomy 206, four 300-level The astronomy major is appropriate for students astronomy courses, one of which may be replaced by that desire an in-depth education in astronomy that an upper-level physics course can be applied to a wide-range of career trajectories, 4. Astronomy 404, which may be replaced by but who do not necessarily intend to pursue approved independent research either at Haverford graduate study in astronomy. The astrophysics or elsewhere major is appropriate for students who wish to 5. Written comprehensive examinations. pursue the study of astronomy with additional attention to the physical principles that underlie Bryn Mawr equivalents may be substituted for the astrophysical phenomena. The depth of the physics non-astronomy courses. Astronomy/Physics 152 is training required for a degree in astrophysics will recommended but not required. prepare students who wish to pursue a career in astronomy or astrophysics, or to enter graduate ASTROPHYSICS MAJOR study in astronomy or astrophysics. The department also offers a minor in astronomy. REQUIREMENTS 1. Physics 105 (or 101), Physics 106 (or 102), Although a variety of pathways can lead to a major Physics 213, Physics 214, Physics 211 (usually taken in the department, prospective astronomy or concurrently with Physics 213). astrophysics majors are advised to study physics (Physics 105 and 106, or 101 and 102, or Bryn 2. Two mathematics courses. Mathematics 121 and Mawr equivalents) beginning in their first year, and all 200-level or higher mathematics courses can be to enroll in Astronomy 205/206 and Physics used to satisfy this requirement. 213/214 in their sophomore year. It is also recommended to take Astronomy/Physics 152 in 3. Astronomy 205, Astronomy 206, and any two the second semester of the first year. 300-level astronomy courses.

The department offers three courses, Astronomy 4. Physics 302, Physics 303, and Physics 309. 101a, Astronomy 112, and Astronomy 1146, which can be taken with no prerequisites or prior 5. The Senior Seminar, Physics 399, including a talk experience in astronomy. The department also and senior thesis on research conducted by the offers a half-credit course, Astronomy/Physics 152, student. This research can be undertaken in a 400- intended for first-year students who are considering level research course with any member of the Physics a physical science major and wish the opportunity or Astronomy departments or by doing to study some of the most recent developments in extracurricular research at Haverford or elsewhere, astrophysics. e.g., an approved summer research internship at another institution. The thesis is to be written under Students may major in astronomy or astrophysics, the supervision of both the research advisor and a but not both. Astrophysics majors may not double Haverford advisor if the research advisor is not a major in either physics or astronomy, nor can they Haverford faculty member. minor in either physics or astronomy. Astronomy majors may pursue a double major or a minor in Bryn Mawr equivalents may be substituted for the physics. A concentration in scientific computing is non-astronomy courses. Astronomy/Physics 152 and available for astronomy and astrophysics majors. Physics 308 are recommended but not required. The department coordinator for this concentration is Beth Willman. ASTRONOMY MINOR REQUIREMENTS 1. Physics 105 (or 101); Physics 106 (or 102) ASTRONOMY FACULTY 2. Astronomy 205; Astronomy 206; one 300-level Bettye and Howard Marshall Professor of Natural astronomy course. Sciences R. Bruce Partridge, Emeritus

47 Astronomy/Physics 152 is recommended but not underlying physical principles. Topics include black required. holes, quasars, neutron stars, supernovae, dark matter, the Big Bang, and Einstein's relativity theories. ASTRONOMY REQUIREMENTS FOR Prerequisite: Physics 101a or 105a and concurrent HONORS enrollment in Physics 1026 or 10613 (or Bryn Mawr equivalents). All astronomy and astrophysics majors are regarded as candidates for Honors. For both majors, the award of Honors will be made in part on the basis of 205 Introduction to Astrophysics I NA superior work in the departmental courses and in S.Boughn certain related courses. For astronomy majors, the General introduction to astronomy including: the award of Honors will additionally be based on structure and evolution of stars; the structure and performance on the comprehensive examinations, formation of the Milky Way; the interstellar medium; with consideration given for independent research. and observational projects using the Strawbridge For astrophysics majors, the award of Honors will Observatory telescopes. Prerequisite: Physics 105 and additionally be based on the senior thesis and talk. 106 & Math 114 or equivalent.

ASTRONOMY COURSES 206 Introduction to Astrophysics II NA B. Willman 101 Astronomical Ideas NA Introduction to the study of: the properties of galaxies B. Willman and their nuclei; cosmology; the Hot Big Bang model; Fundamental concepts and observations of modern the properties and evolution of the solar system; astronomy, such as the properties of planets, the birth planetary surfaces and atmospheres; and exo-planets. and death of stars, and the properties and evolution of Prerequisite: Astro 205a, Math 114b or equivalent or the Universe. Not intended for students majoring in permission of the instructor. the physical sciences. Typically offered in alternate years. 313 Observational Optical Astronomy NA S.Boughn 112 Survey of the Cosmos NA/QU One credit, full year course. Five observing projects Staff that involve using a CCD camera on a 16-inch Properties and evolution of the Universe and of large Schmidt-Cassegrain telescope. Projects include systems within it. The qualitative aspects of general spectroscopy; variable star photometry; H-alpha relativity including black holes and of mathematical imaging; imaging and photometry of galaxies and star models for the geometry of the Universe are studied, clusters; instruction in the use of image processing along with the history of the Universe from its early software and CCD camera operation. Students work exponential expansion to the formation of galaxies. in groups of two with minimal faculty supervision. The role of observations in refining modern scientific Formal reports are required. Prerequisite: Astronomy understanding of the structure and evolution of the 205a. Universe is stressed. The approach is quantitative, but any mathematics beyond straightforward algebra is 320 Cosmology and Extragalactic Astronomy NA taught as the class proceeds. No prerequisites but B. Willman Astronomy 101 is useful. Typically offered in alternate The study of the origin, evolution and large-scale years. structure of the Universe (Big Bang Theory). Review of the relevant observational evidence. A study of 114 Planetary Astronomy NA remote galaxies, radio sources, quasars, and Staff intergalactic space. Prerequisite: Astronomy 206b. A survey of the overall structure of the Solar System, Typically offered in alternate years. the laws governing the motions of the planets and the evolution of the Solar System. Next, we study general 321 Stellar Structure and Evolution NA processes affecting the surface properties of planets. S.Boughn This takes us to a detailed treatment of the properties The theory of the structure of stellar interiors and of several planets. We end by studying the (surprising) atmospheres and the theory of star formation and properties of planets found in other stellar systems. stellar evolution, including compact stellar remnants. Typically offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Astronomy 205 and Physics 214. Typically offered in alternate years. 152 Freshman Seminar in Astrophysics NA (Cross- listed in Physics) 333 Modern Galactic Astronomy NA S.Boughn B. Willman This half-credit course is intended for prospective The study of the structure, formation, and evolution physical science majors with an interest in recent of the Milky Way Galaxy using a number of developments in astrophysics. Topics in modern observational tools including stellar populations and astrophysics will be viewed in the context of 48 Astronomy the interstellar medium. Students will conduct individual research projects.

404 Research in Astrophysics NA S.Boughn, B. Willman Intended for those students who choose to complete an independent research project in astrophysics under the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

480 Independent Study NA S.Boughn Intended for students who want to pursue some topic of study that is not currently offered in the curriculum. In order to enroll, a student must have a faculty sponsor. Prerequisite: Astronomy 206.

49 ATHLETICS personnel reflect the Athletic Department's desire to Haverford College's Athletic Department is create an athletic program which will be a source of committed to the belief that physical education is pride and enthusiasm for all members of the an integral component of each student's liberal arts Haverford College Community. The athletic education and offers a wide range of athletic program boasts a broad-based 23 varsity teams: opportunities for both men and women — men's varsities in baseball, basketball, cricket, cross- Intercollegiate Varsity Teams, Competitive Club country, fencing, lacrosse, soccer, squash, tennis, Teams, Intramural Programs, Instructional Classes, indoor track and outdoor track; women's varsities in and Recreational Activities —designed to meet the basketball, cross-country, fencing, field hockey, diverse and changing interests of its student body lacrosse, soccer, softball, squash, tennis, indoor within the college's mission of excellence and track, outdoor track and volleyball. Junior varsities individual growth. All Haverford students must are organized for sports when interest and complete a six-quarter athletic requirement during appropriate competition is present. their first two years of college. CLUB SPORT PROGRAM ATHLETICS STAFF The Haverford College Athletic Department will Wendall Smith, Director of Athletics work collaboratively with Student Activities to Colin Bathory (Indoor Facilities Manager) provide facilities and guidance in order to facilitate David Beccaria (Baseball) the students' training and competitive goals at the Amy Bergin (Volleyball) club level. Currently recognized Haverford Club William C. Brady (Soccer) Sports are: men's and women's , men's Melissa Cruice (Assistant Athletic Trainer / and women's crew, men's and women's golf, men's Compliance Coordinator) rugby, women's soccer, men's volleyball and men's Thomas Donnelly (Cross-Country, Track & Field) and women's ultimate frisbee. Collen Quinn Fink (Field Hockey / Outdoor Facilities Manager) INTRAMURAL, INSTRUCTIONAL AND Jamie Gluck (Soccer) Kamran Rashid Khan (Cricket) RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS Matthew Kirsch (Sports Information Director) The Haverford College Athletic Department will Ann Koger (Tennis ) provide facilities, guidance, instruction, and other Curt Mauger (Head Athletic Trainer) resources to create, support, and maintain a broad Bobbi Morgan (Basketball) based offering of programs to promote the health Michael Mucci (Basketball) and fitness needs throughout Haverford's student, Michael Murphy (Lacrosse) faculty, and staff community. The Haverford Gregg Petcoff (Senior Sports Information College Athletic Department will encourage each Director) student's involvement in physical activities in order Francis Rizzo (Cross-Country, Track & Field) to promote and establish a foundation for a lifelong Sean Sloane (Tennis) commitment to and involvement in fitness and Christopher Spencer (Fencing) health. Intramural leagues in soccer, basketball and Cory Waits (Fitness Center Director, Strength and softball are held yearly while other leagues are Conditioning Coach) sponsored, when needed, to meet student interest. Jenifer Ward (Softball) Instructional classes in any one year may include Julie Shaner Young (Lacrosse) aerobics, athletic training/first aid/CPR, badminton, TBA (Men's/Women's Squash) bowling, coaching, dance, fencing, golf, martial arts and self-defense, officiating, running techniques, INTERCOLLEGIATE VARSITY sports skills, squash, tennis, weight training, and yoga. Courses at Bryn Mawr College may be PROGRAM counted for credit toward Haverford's requirement The Haverford College Athletic Department is and include archery, dance (jazz, ballet, social, committed to integrating athletics within the modern, improvisational and ethnic), life educational mission of the college and creating and saving/water safety, and swimming. supporting a culture of success which encourages and supports each student-athlete's pursuit of both REGISTRATION/CREDIT academic and athletic excellence. While maintaining Students register for athletic participation during a balance between academic and athletic their first two years in the same periods designated achievement, each coach seeks to establish a positive for academic registration. Schedules for courses, competitive environment which will foster the intramural and intercollegiate activities will be intellectual, physical and personal development of available at those times. It is expected that students each student-athlete based upon the values of will schedule activities for athletic credit sportsmanship, integrity, leadership, trust, respect, immediately after they have completed their loyalty and concern for others. Policies and academic registration. Credit toward the athletic

50 Athletics requirement is granted on the basis of attendance and participation in activities; skill proficiency is not considered. If a student stops participating in one activity during a particular quarter, he or she should arrange to transfer immediately into another one to earn the credit for that quarter. Most intercollegiate sports cover two quarters as does the athletic training/first aid course. Intramural leagues may span one or two quarters depending on the season. Instructional courses are generally of one quarter's duration.

51 BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS

Much of today's scientific effort is directed toward Core Curriculum (required of all majors): an understanding of biological processes from the physical and chemical points of view. Curricular Biology 200 (cell biology; full year course), and one initiatives at Haverford, begun as a result of a grant semester of Biology 300 (Laboratory in from the Howard Hughes Medical Institute, led to Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, cross-listed as the development of biologically oriented courses of Chemistry 300). Chemistry 100-101 (or 105; study in the chemistry and physics departments. general chemistry). Mathematics: one semester of The concentration in biochemistry and biophysics courses numbered 114 (calculus II) or higher. recognizes current and undoubtedly enduring Physics 101-102 or 105-106 (introductory physics). trends in interdisciplinary science by establishing in If these courses are not taken at Haverford or Bryn the curriculum a formal program of classroom and Mawr, the substitute course(s) must be approved for laboratory training at the interface between the college credit by the relevant departments. physical and biological sciences. To be a member of the concentration a student must major in one of Beyond this foundation, students must take the the three sponsoring departments: biology, following advanced interdisciplinary coursework: chemistry, or physics. On the student's transcript, the concentration may be recorded as one in Biology Majors' Requirements for the biochemistry, biophysics, or Biochemistry Area of Concentration: biochemistry/biophysics, depending on the 1. Chemistry 221 (organic chemistry II) and individual program of study. However, students Chemistry 304 (physical basis of chemistry and may not obtain both a chemistry minor and a biology). biochemistry concentration, and they may not 2. Chemistry 301 or 302 (laboratory in chemical obtain both a physics minor and a biophysics structure and reactivity), or the combination of the concentration. following half-semester courses: Chemistry 311 (advanced organic synthesis laboratory) and 312 BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS (nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy laboratory). FACULTY 3. Two half-semester advanced courses from the Professor of Chemistry Karin Akerfeldt, following list: Chemistry 351 (bioinorganic Concentration Advisor chemistry), 352 (topics in biophysical chemistry) Professor of Biology Jennifer Punt, Concentration and 357 (topics in bioorganic chemistry; this course Advisor may be taken multiple times with different topics). Professor of Chemistry Robert C. Scarrow, 4. Two half-semester courses from the following list: Concentration Advisor Biology 301 (genetics), Biology 302 (cell Associate Professor of Physics Suzanne Amador architecture), Biology 303 (structure and function of Kane, Concentration Advisor macromolecules), 304 (biochemistry: metabolic Associate Professor of Biology Robert Fairman, basis of disease), and 306 (inter- and antra-cellular Concentration Advisor communication). One of the electives must be 301 Assistant Professor of Chemistry Casey H. or 303. Londergan, Concentration Advisor Courses meeting concentration requirements may be BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS used for the biology major in lieu of one semester of REQUIREMENTS Biology 300. To earn an Area of Concentration, a student must complete an interdisciplinary course of study beyond Biology Majors' Requirements for the Biophysics the requirements of a single natural science Area of Concentration: department. We describe below only the four more 1. Mathematics 121 (calculus) or 216 (advanced calculus); and 204 (differential equations) or 215 popular programs of study within the concentration. Students interested in other options, such as a (linear algebra). Physics 213 (waves and optics), 214 (quantum concentration in both biochemistry and biophysics, 2. mechanics), and Physics 211 (laboratory in should consult with the faculty representatives listed electronics and waves; half-credit course). above to design a course of study encompassing the required courses and any proposed substitutions. 3. Chemistry 304 (physical basis of chemistry and biology) or Physics 303 (statistical physics). Note that all concentrators must also complete a 4. One semester of advanced physics laboratory, such as Physics 316 (electronic instrumentation and major in either biology, chemistry, or physics. This will require course work in the student's major computers) or Physics 326 (advanced physics department in addition to what is outlined below. laboratory).

52 Biochemistry and Biophysics

5. Physics 320 (introduction to biophysics), or a similar course approved by the concentration coordinating committee. 6. Two half-semester courses from the following list: Biology 301 (genetics), Biology 302 (cell architecture), Biology 303 (structure and function of macromolecules), 304 (biochemistry: metabolic basis of disease), and 306 (inter- and intra-cellular communication). One of the electives must be 301 or 303.

Courses meeting concentration requirements may be used for the biology major in lieu of one semester of Biology 300.

Chemistry Majors' Requirements for the Biochemistry Area of Concentration: 1. Two half-semester courses from the following: Chemistry 351 (bioinorganic chemistry), 352 (topics in biophysical chemistry) and 357 (topics in bioorganic chemistry; this course may be taken multiple times with different topics). 2. Two half-semester courses from the following list: Biology 301 (genetics), Biology 302 (cell architecture), Biology 303 (structure and function of macromolecules), 304 (biochemistry: metabolic basis of disease), and 306 (inter- and intra-cellular communication). One of the electives must be 301 or 303.

Courses meeting concentration requirements may be used for the chemistry major in lieu of Chemistry 302 (or 311/312).

Physics Majors' Requirements for the Biophysics Area of Concentration: Either Physics 320 (introduction to biophysics) or two half-semester courses from the following list: Biology 301 (genetics), Biology 302 (cell architecture), Biology 303 (structure and function of macromolecules), 304 (biochemistry: metabolic basis of disease), 306 (inter- and intra-cellular communication) and 309 (molecular neurobiology).

300-level biology courses meeting concentration requirements may be used for the physics major in lieu of one or two of the six required 300-level physics courses.

53 BIOLOGY

Our understanding of the structure and function of the Pre-Health Advisor regarding their course living organisms at the cellular and molecular levels selection. is evolving rapidly. The traditional lines that used to demarcate the areas of genetics, biochemistry, BIOLOGY FACULTY microbiology, and cell physiology have dissolved, Professor Slavica Smit Matacic, Emeritus particularly in the research laboratory. This Professor Melvin Santer, Emeritus necessitates an approach to the teaching of biology Elizabeth Ufford Green Professor of Natural Sciences that emphasizes the common molecular basis of Judith A. Owen these disciplines and the involvement of students in Professor Karl Johnson, Chair the process of discovery so that they have the Professor Philip Meneely conceptual tools to both follow and contribute to Professor Jennifer Punt the rapid advances. An overview of the Biology Associate Professor Robert Fairman curriculum is described below. Associate Professor Iruka Okeke Assistant Professor Rachel Hoang Students interested in learning about biology but Assistant Professor Andrea Morris not intending to major in this field can enroll in Lab Instructor Katherine Heston our Perspectives in Biology courses. These are appropriate for students from all backgrounds and BIOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS disciplines and are separate from the major track. a. Both semesters of Biology 200a and 2006, taken The major curriculum begins in the sophomore in the sophomore year. Two semesters of general year with Cell Structure and Function, for which chemistry (100/101 or the equivalent) are a general chemistry is a prerequisite. The junior year prerequisite for Biology 200a. curriculum consists of two laboratory courses and a suite of half-semester lecture courses. In the senior b. One semester of organic chemistry is required for year, students select one from a series of advanced the major and a second semester of organic seminar courses in which scientific reviews and chemistry is strongly recommended. One semester articles drawn from the primary literature are of physical chemistry may also be useful for those examined and discussed in detail. These courses are intending to pursue graduate work in biology. designed to immerse students in contemporary developments in a particular area of cell, molecular, c. Two semesters of the junior laboratory, Biology or developmental biology and are intended to 300a and 300b; four half-semester advanced topics develop critical faculties as well as creative talents. courses, at least two of which are considered "core" Seniors also participate in a research tutorial courses (Biology 301-306 and 312). Students may pursuing original research and reading and also select from multiple "systems" courses that reporting on the current literature under the apply core principles to an understanding of supervision of a faculty member. Senior complex biological interactions (Biology 307-310 Department Studies is a half credit course, in which and 332). Occasionally, an upper-level course from seniors participate in an external seminar program Bryn Mawr or Swarthmore is accepted as a and present their research to the Department. substitute for one or two of the half-semester lecture courses, but only with the specific permission of the Several interdisciplinary Areas of Concentration are student's major advisor. supported within the Biology major, including biochemistry, biophysics, scientific computing, and d. One half-semester course in the Haverford neural and behavioral studies. Students wishing to Biology Department at the 350 level (Chosen from combine the biology major with another major may Biology 350-363; no substitutions permitted). do so in accordance with college guidelines for Students are encouraged to take more than one of double majors. Such students must complete the these courses to enhance their Biology experience. full requirements of the biology major, including the senior thesis. At the present time, the Biology e. A minimum of two 400-level Senior Research Department does not offer a minor. Tutorial credits, generally taken over both semesters of the senior year, including active participation in Students may substitute Bryn Mawr biology courses weekly lab meetings and submission of a notebook for certain Haverford requirements with prior and a thesis describing the progress and results of faculty approval. Bryn Mawr Biology 101 and 102 the project. The tutorial may be taken for single or cannot be substituted for the major requirement of double credit each semester. Biology 200a and 200b. f. Senior Department Studies, Biology 499. Students interested in pursuing careers in medicine, public health, or related fields should consult with Biology majors wishing to complete Areas of Concentration in biochemistry, biophysics, scientific 54 Biology

computing, and neural and behavioral sciences semester. Enrollment limited to 30. Prerequisite: To should consult relevant sections of the course be considered for the lottery, students must register catalog. • for both Biol 123e & 128d. One lottery, valid for BOTH courses, will be run. Does not count toward the As preparation for graduate studies in biology, the major. biology department strongly recommends Physics 105 and 106 and Chemistry 221 and 304. 124 Perspectives in Biology: Tropical Infectious BIOLOGY COURSES Disease NA (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) 221 The Primate Origins of Society SO (Cross- 1.0keke listed in Psychology) An examination of factors that contribute to the S.Perloe emergence and endemicity of selected infectious Prerequisite: An intro course in one of the following: diseases in tropical developing countries, with a focus Anth, Biol, Psyc, or Sod or consent. on diseases where transmission routes are unique to tropical developing countries or unknown. Examples PERSPECTIVES IN BIOLOGY COURSES FOR will include waterborne, vaccine-preventable and STUDENTS NOT INTENDING TO MAJOR zoonotic (animal transmitted) infections. Course IN THE SCIENCES participants will examine the microbiological, epidemiological and public health factors that control No prerequisites: not open to students who have taken the emergence or persistence of infectious diseases in HC BioI200 or BMC Bio1101 or Bio1102. the tropics. One half semester. Enrollment limited to 30. Does not count toward the major.

122 Writing in Public Health NA (Cross-listed in Writing Program) 125 Perspectives in Biology: Genetic Roil and the JOwen Royal Families NA The study of public health and the development of R.Fairman public health policy are multidisciplinary activities Family pedigrees reveal the inherited nature of a which engage students and practitioners in the areas variety of human conditions and provide a powerful of science, medicine, mathematics, public policy, way to identify individual genes and to study the economics and politics. This course will address both molecular consequences of mutation, particularly national and global public health issues. In the first through the development of specific diseases, such as half of the semester, students will read and write about hemophilia and porphyria. The Royal Families of the increasing rate at which Americans are afflicted Europe offer well-documented family histories in with type 2 diabetes, analyze why it preferentially which frequent intermarriages provide unparalleled affects certain racial and ethnic groups and develop and often tragic glimpses into both the genetic and their own ideas about how to ameliorate this incipient molecular basis of disease and other aspects of the public health disaster. The second half of the course human condition. One half semester. Enrollment will focus on the ongoing problem of infectious limited to 30. Prerequisite: To be considered for the disease in America and in the countries of the third lottery, students must register for both Biol 125g & world. Despite more than a century of research, we 127h. One lottery. valid for BOTH courses, will be have still not solved the global health problems run. Does not count toward the major. associated with influenza, malaria, tuberculosis and other infectious diseases. Students will learn about the 126 Passion, Proof and Persuasion: The Nature of biology of some of these diseases and study the Scientific Inquiry NA (Cross-listed in Writing mechanisms which are currently being used to Program) minimize their impact on the health of different J Owen populations. Prerequisite: Open only to first-year An exploration of the narratives underlying scientific students as assigned by the Director of College discovery. Using select scientific memoirs and Writing. (Satisfies the first year writing requirement.) Does not count toward the major. biographies as a guide, we will explore motivations that drive scientists and scientific breakthroughs. We will then analyze the work of a single biologist from 123 Perspectives in Biology: Scientific Literacy NA multiple perspectives and examine how scientific KJohnson controversy is portrayed in the media and in fiction. An introduction to the biological literature through Finally, by evaluating the writings of scientists and reading and discussion of articles from the current journalists, we will work together to determine the primary and popular literatures. Our texts will include most effective models of communication of scientific the week's issues of Science, Nature and The Science advances. Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students Times. We will follow new breakthroughs and as assigned by the Director of College Writing. Does discoveries as they are reported to the scientific not count toward the major. community and consider both evolution and revolution in scientific thought in real time from the viewpoint of the larger scientific community. One half

55 127 Perspectives in Biology: Human Genetic Enrollment limited to 30. Prerequisite: To be Diversity NA considered for lottery preference, students must P.Meneely register for Bio1131H also. One lottery, valid for A major scientific milestone marking the start of the BOTH courses, will be run. Does not count toward the 21st century was the publication of the human major. genome sequence. With the subsequent reading of many human genomes, comparisons reveal clues to OTHER NON-MAJORS COURSES WITH NO the natural history of the human species. Starting with CHEMISTRY PREREQUISITES basic concepts of human genetics and topics such as natural selection, founder effects and genetic drift, the 187 Scientific Computing: Discrete Systems NA course will examine issues of human origins and (Cross-listed in Computer Science) migrations, diversity and the relationship between different populations and ethnic groups. One half P.Meneely, D.Wonnacott One semester of any (social or natural) semester. Enrollment limited to 30. Prerequisite: To Prerequisite: Offered occasionally. be considered for the lottery, students must register science is recommended. for both Biol 125g & 127h. One lottery, valid for BOTH courses, will be run. Does not count toward the 217 Biological Psychology NA (Cross-listed in major. Psychology) W.Sternberg An intro course in Psyc or Biol or 128 Perspectives in Biology: How Do I Know Who Prerequisite: I Am? NA consent. J. Owen The capacity of the body to recognize its own cellular 220 Unlocking Key Concepts in Biology NA and molecular components underlies the functioning A.Morris of a successful immune system capable of recognizing A course for BIOL 200 students designed to enhance and appropriately handling invasion and neoplasm. problem solving skills and data analysis in genetics Some emphasis will be placed on how this problem and cell biology. The class meets once a week through has been differentially solved by phylogentically the semester to work through problems related to disparate organisms. One half semester. Enrollment material covered concurrently in BIOL 200, limited to 30. Prerequisite: To be considered for the specifically genetics and cell biology. Prerequisite: lottery, students must register for both Biol 123e & Concurrent enrollment in BIOL 200 and consent. 128d. One lottery, valid for BOTH courses, will be run. Does not count toward the major. A CORE PROGRAM OF COURSES IN MOLECULAR, CELL AND 129 Perspectives in Biology: The Vexations of DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY WITH PREREQUISITES IN CHEMISTRY Vaccines NA J.Punt Vaccines exploit the memory of our immune systems, 200 Cell Structure and Function NA specifically their ability to produce an overwhelming KJohnson, P.Meneely, KHeston defensive response to the second exposure to a Three hours of lecture and one laboratory period per pathogen. First used as a treatment for smallpox by week. A one-year course in cellular and molecular Chinese and Turks in the 15th century, vaccination is biology. Biology 200a considers the cell as a unit of now the cornerstone of preventative health programs biological activity. There is an introduction to the and has eradicated some diseases worldwide. In this major macromolecules of the cell which includes a course, we will discuss the history of vaccination, its discussion of their synthesis and breakdown and a biological and cellular bases, and the difficulties section on the gene as a unit of biological information involved in generating vaccines for current scourges. and the flow and transmission of genetic information. Finally, we will critically evaluate the controversies The laboratory introduces the student to cell and surrounding vaccination in some communities. One molecular biology, biochemistry and genetics. half semester. Enrollment limited to 30. Does not Prerequisite: Chem 100a, 101b, or equiv. It is strongly count toward the major. recommended that students enroll in Organic Chem at Haverford or Bryn Mawr concurrently with Bid 200a. Those who do not take chemistry in their first 130 Perspectives in Biology: Origins-Evolution and year should seek the advice of the Dept. Chairperson Animal Diversity NA before enrolling in Biol 200. R.Hoang This course will explore the history and theory of evolution. Key concepts will be introduced as we 300 Laboratory in Biochemistry and Molecular consider a range of topics from Darwin, "selfish Biology NA (Cross-listed in Chemistry) genes", the origin of man, the way "origins" are J.Punt/Staff viewed in a variety of cultures, arguments for and One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. An against evolution, and some of the implications that introduction to the application of modern evolutionary theory has for society. One half-semester. experimental approaches in the study in interesting 56 Biology

biological questions. Techniques employed are drawn paid to the biochemistry of plasma and internal cell from: cloning and nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) membranes and pathways are discussed from a disease manipulation, including polymerase chain reaction perspective. Prerequisite: Biology 200 or equiv or (PCR) and site-directed mutagenesis; protein consent. expression, purification and characterization, with emphasis on circular dichroism and fluorescence spectroscopy; immunofluorescence, confocal and 307 The Cell in Development NA electron microscopy, and fluorescence-activated cell P.Meneely sorting (FACS) analysis. Enrollment limited to 40 (20 The development of selected model organisms, both per section). If more than 40 students request invertebrate and vertebrate, is used to examine the enrollment, preference will be given to biology majors principles of fertilization, cleavage, gastrulation, and students enrolled in the Area of Concentration in morphogenesis, and pattern formation. Mechanisms biochemistry or biophysics. Prerequisite: BIOL 200 by which genetic information is stored, segregated and and CHEM 220 or equiv or consent. activated during cell determination and differentiation are explored. Prerequisite: Biology 200 and 301 or consent of instructor. 301 Advanced Genetic Analysis NA P.Meneely The molecular mechanisms governing the 308 Immunology NA transmission, mutation and expression of genes. J.Owen Particular emphasis is placed on the use of This course will provide an introduction to the experimental genetic methods to analyze other areas of rapidly expanding discipline of immunology. Students biology. Prerequisite: Biology 200 or equiv or consent. will learn about the molecular and cellular basis of the immune response through the study of the genetics and biochemistry of antigen receptors, the 302 Cell Architecture NA biochemistry of immune cell activation, the cell KJohnson physiology of the immune system, immune memory, An examination of cellular structure and function. immune tolerance induction and immune-mediated Topics include the cytoplasmic matrix and the cell death. Prerequisite: Biology 200 or consent. endomembrane system, with particular emphasis upon the dynamic qualities of living cells. Prerequisite: Biology 200 or its equivalent or consent of instructor. 309 Molecular Neurobiology NA A.Morris This course will focus on molecular approaches to 303 Structure and Function of Macromolecules NA study nervous system development, function and R.Fairman pathology. Topics including the generation of A study of the structure and function of proteins, neurons and glia, electrical signaling, learning and including enzymes, assembly systems and proteins memory and Alzheimer's disease will be discussed involved in interactions with nucleic acids and using examples from a variety of model systems. membranes. Prerequisite: Biol 200 & Chem 221 or Prerequisite: Biology 200 or consent of instructor. equiv to be taken previously or concurrently or consent. 310 Molecular Microbiology NA IOkeke 304 Biochemistry: Metabolic Basis of Disease and A study of prokaryotic biology with emphasis on cell Adaptation NA structure, gene organization and expression, which J.Punt will incorporate selected readings from the primary This course will introduce students to advanced literature. Topics include the bacterial and viral cell biosynthetic processes associated with carbohydrate, structure, the genetics of bacteria and bacteriophage, nucleic acid, protein and lipid metabolism. A coverage gene regulation, horizontal gene transfer and of the pathways and the experiments which defined microbial genomics. The course will be taught via them will be accompanied by discussions of their lecture, class presentation and discussion, and direct relevance to disease, abnormality and workshops. Prerequisite: Biology 200 and Chem 221a evolutionary adaptation. Prerequisite: Biol 200 & or consent of the instructor. Chem 221 or equiv or consent.

312 Development & Evolution NA 306 Inter- and Intra-Cellular Communication NA R.Hoang R. Garrett This course introduces important links between A study of the mechanisms by which individual cells developmental and evolutionary biology. Genetic in a multicellular organism communicate via the changes that produce variations between organisms exchange of molecular signals. The course will focus are an important aspect of evolutionary change. Since on the release of molecular messengers, their development can be viewed as the process that links interactions with specific receptor-bearing target cells genetic information to the final form of an organism, of appropriate responses such as increased metabolic the fields of development and evolution clearly impact activity and/or cell division. Considerable attention is one another. We will look at Drosophila and

57 zebrafish, where developmental mechanisms have tumors will be used as case studies to discuss the role been elucidated in remarkable detail. We will then of crucial patterning genes and signaling molecules. look beyond these model systems to comparative Enrollment limited to 15 students. Prerequisite: studies that examine development in a range of Biology 309 or consent. organisms, considering how these provide insight into evolutionary mechanisms, and how underlying 351 Molecular Motors and Biological Nano- differences in development may account for the Machines NA differences we see between organisms. Prerequisite: Biology 200 or consent of instructor. KJohnson The world of the cell contains a rich array of molecular machinery that carries out life's dynamic 330 Laboratory in Neural and Behavioral Science: processes. Interdisciplinary studies of these Molecular Development NA mechanisms employing a variety of biological, A.Morris chemical and physical approaches are revealing a A half-semester lab course introducing molecular and wealth of detail spanning from visible phenomenon to cellular approaches to understanding the development the scale of atoms and molecules. Extensive reading of of the nervous system. A variety of model organisms the primary literature will be used as a basis for will be used to investigate neural induction, student-led discussions. Topics will be selected from a patterning, neural crest cell migration and axon list including viral assembly, cellUlar clocks, guidance. Prerequisite: Biology 200 or consent. mechanoenzyme engines, biosynthetic machinery and the assembly and regulation of cytoskeletal arrays. These systems provide novel insights into how work is 331 Bio1H331: Computational Genomics NA/QU accomplished (and regulated) in a nano-scale P.Meneely environment and serve as models for the development Complete DNA sequence information is now of microtechnologies for science and medicine. available for hundreds of species. Computer-based Enrollment limited to 15 students. Prerequisite: comparisons of genes or genomes between different Biology 302 or consent of instructor. species are routine for many biological investigations. This course uses a lecture and workshop format to introduce students to the evolutionary and 352 Cellular Immunology NA computational basis for such comparisons, as well as J. Owen the statistical tools to evaluate these comparisons. Topics include description and classification of the Prerequisite: Bio 301 required, Bio 303 recommended, cells and tissues of the immune system; cell some familiarity with statistics and probability. collaboration in the immune response; transplantation Permission of instructor. antigens and their role in graft rejection and recognition of virally-infected cells; immune tolerance; lymphokines. There will be student 332 Bio1H332: Biological Networks and Systems presentations of articles in the original immunological NA/QU literature, followed by critical discussion. Enrollment P.Meneely limited to 15 students. Prerequisite: Biology 3006, Biological molecules interact in complex ways. Biology 308 or consent of instructor. Genomic analysis has identified many of the genes and gene products that comprise the component parts of an organism. This course discusses how the 353 Apoptosis: A Matter of Life and Death NA interactions among these molecules are studied and 'Punt what properties of the biological system emerge from Cell death is as important to an organism as cell the complex networks of interactions. Prerequisite: differentiation and proliferation. In order to shape Biology 301 or equiv or consent. organs, limbs, and digits, form neural pathways, build a useful repertoire of specificities in the immune ADVANCED HALF-SEMESTER COURSES IN system, and start and stop inflammatory reactions, an MOLECULAR, CELLULAR, AND organism needs to be able to regulate cell death via a DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY highly regulated process we call apoptosis. A lack of regulation between cell death and proliferation underlies many disease states, including cancer and 350 Pattern Formation in the Nervous System NA AIDS. In this course we will explore current advances A.Morris in our understanding of the molecular basis for cell A fundamental process in the development of the death (apoptosis), its regulation, its relationship to cell vertebrate nervous system is the partitioning of differentiation and proliferation, and its role in disease nervous system into distinct domains of cellular processes. The material will be presented in seminar differentiation, for example the brain vs. the spinal format where primary literature will be read cord. This seminar course will explore, through a extensively and students will take the lead in the series of student research article presentations, the discussion and debate of current controversies. molecular processes by which pattern is established in Enrollment limited to 15 students. Prerequisite: the nervous system and the morphological Biology 200 and 3006 or consent of instructor. consequences of improper patterning. Human birth defects and pathologies such as spina bifida and brain 58 Biology

357 Topics in Protein Science NA and their use as therapeutic agents. Enrollment R.Fairman limited to 15 students. Prerequisite: Biology 300b or This course will study current topics in protein consent. science using the primary research literature. We will particularly focus on these issues as they relate to SENIOR RESEARCH, INDEPENDENT function. Topics may include protein:DNA STUDY AND SENIOR DEPARTMENTAL interactions, protein:protein interactions, and STUDIES (TEN HOURS PER WEEK PER chaperones and their role in protein folding, protein CREDIT) aggregation and disease. Enrollment limited to 15 students. Prerequisite: Biology 200 and 30013 or consent of instructor. 402 Senior Research Tutorial in Genetics and Meiosis NA P.Meneely 358 Developmental Genetics NA The principles and mechanisms by which the R.Hoang chromosome number is reduced and segregated This course will examine the structure of sex during the production of gametes are studied in the chromosomes, and how differences in sex nematode Caeriorhabditis elegans. Genetic, molecular, chromosome constitution give rise to the and microscopic methods are used to isolate and morphological differences between males and females. examine mutant strains which fail to execute meiosis The emphasis will be on the genetic and molecular properly. Laboratory work is supplemented by basis of sex determination, using the primary research readings from the current literature on meiosis and C. literature. Model organisms will include invertebrates elegans. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. such as Caenorhabditis elegans and Drosophila melanogaster and vertebrates such as placental and non-placental mammals and reptiles. Prerequisite: 403 Senior Research Tutorial in Protein Folding Biology 301 or consent of instructor. and Design NA R.Fairman The laboratory focuses on protein folding and design, 359 Molecular Oncology NA with a particular emphasis on the use of proteins in R. Garrett nanoscience. Students will have the opportunity to This seminar will be a discussion of current concepts apply chemical and genetic approaches to the and literature on the molecular and cellular basis of synthesis of proteins for folding and design studies. cancer. To the physician, cancer is a broad spectrum Such proteins are characterized in the laboratory using of dozens of different diseases. On the molecular level, biophysical methods (such as circular dichroism by contrast, the outlines of a unifying genetic spectroscopy, analytical ultracentrifugation, and explanation for neoplasia are becoming clear. The atomic force microscopy). Functional and structural seminar will explore the basis for this genetic approaches can also be applied as necessary to answer paradigm of cancer and what it portends for future specific questions relating to protein science. management of the disease. Topics will include: the Laboratory work is supplemented with readings in the mechanism of neoplastic transformation; the role of original literature. Prerequisite: Consent of the proto-oncogenes in normal and cancer cells; the instructor, tumor suppressor genes; the molecular and genetic pathogenesis of cancer; molecular genetics in diagnosis and treatment of cancer. Enrollment limited to 15 404 Senior Research Tutorial in Molecular students. Prerequisite: Biology 300 or consent. Microbiology NA I.Okeke Studies in bacterial genetics and pathogenesis. 360 Bacterial Pathogenesis NA Molecular methods will be used to identify and I.Okeke characterize features of diarrhea-causing Escherichia The course will begin with lectures to overview coli that are absent in commensal strains. Laboratory current concepts in bacterial pathogenesis. Initial work is supplemented by readings from current readings will be taken from texts or reviews on the literature. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. subject, and the rest of the course will consist of focused discussions on current research in the field and student presentations on the primary literature. 406 Senior Research Tutorial in Cellular Enrollment limited to 15 students. Prerequisite: Immunology NA Biology 200 and 30013 or consent of instructor. j Owen Faculty- guided student research is supplemented by weekly lab meetings at which students present papers 363 Stem Cell Biology NA from the original literature. The end phase of an S.Emerson immune response is characterized by cell fate decisions This course will develop an understanding of the in which actively engaged lymphocytes either undergo molecular mechanisms that regulate stem cell self- apoptosis or differentiate into memory cells. Students renewal and differentiation. These issues will be in this laboratory study and manipulate the expression examined by exploring the primary literature on of pro-and anti-apoptotic molecules in order to topics such as hematopoietic (bone marrow) stem cells 59 understand the process as it affects both B and T cells. 411 Senior Research Tutorial on The Control of Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Cell Shape: Molecular & Evolutionary Approaches NA 407 Senior Research Tutorial in Cell Motility and R.Hoang the Cytoskeleton NA All embryos undergo a series of highly elaborate cell KJohnson movements to produce their final shape and form. Studies on the structure and function of microtubules Understanding the molecular basis of these and other cytoskeletal components. Techniques movements provides important insight into the employed include the generation of mutants and their underlying molecular mechanisms, and enables us to characterization by genetic analysis; the manipulation ask how changes in these mechanisms give rise to of DNA, RNA and protein, including studies of differences between organisms. Students therefore transformation and expression; and the production of approach this subject from both molecular and antibodies and their use in immunofluorescence and evolutionary perspectives. Using the fruit fly as a immunoelectron microscopy. Laboratory work is model system, we are looking inside cells to ask how supplemented by readings from the current literature. intricate changes to the cytoarchitecture of individual Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. cells drive movements of entire layers of cells. We hope to further understand how these same 408 Senior Research Tutorial on Life and Death developmental processes go awry in situations of Decisions of Developing Lymphocytes NA human disease (e.g. cancer metastasis). We are also examining cell movements in a variety of insects to J.Punt ask how the developmental mechanisms themselves The fate of developing T cell depends on the evolve and change. Projects draw on a variety of interactions it experiences through its T cell receptor as it traffics through the thymus. Interestingly, techniques including cell and molecular biology, identical interactions can have markedly different embryology, genetics, genomics and cell imaging. consequences depending on the T cell developmental Laboratory work is supplemented by readings from Prerequisite: Consent of stage. Immature T cells (thymocytes) respond to the current literature. strong T cell receptor signals by dying, while their instructor. direct descendents, mature T cells, respond to the very same stimulation by proliferating. We are working to 412 Senior Research Tutorial in Hematopoietic determine the molecular reasons behind this Stem Cell Biology NA difference in responsiveness. By identifying and S.Emerson comparing the intracellular signals experienced by The development and maintenance of vertebrate immature and mature T cells we are working to solve blood is tasked to rare quiescent multipotent this developmental mystery. Laboratory work is hematopoietic stem cells, which must balance supplemented by readings from current literature. programs for self-renewal and differentiation. This Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. balance is determined both intrinsically through a number of different signaling pathways, including the 409 Senior Research Tutorial in Molecular NF-Y transcription factor, and extrinsically by the Neurobiology NA microenvironmental niche in which they reside. We A.Morris employ a combination of cellular and molecular The developing nervous system of vertebrate embryos techniques to investigate these two aspects of hematopoietic stem cell regulation. Laboratory work is rapidly becomes patterned into distinct domains of supplemented with readings from the current neural cell differentiation. In order to identify what Consent of instructor. genes are responsible for the establishment of this literature. Prerequisite: pattern, a variety of molecular screening techniques are employed. The expression pattern of these genesis 480 Independent Study NA then determined by in situ hybridization and their R.Fairman function analyzed in vivo and in vitro, using microinjection and biochemical assays. Laboratory work is supplemented by readings from the current 493 Interdisciplinary Examinations of Biologically literature. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Significant Research NA (Cross-listed in Chemistry and Physics and Psychology) R.Fairman 410 Senior Research Tutorial at Off-Campus Seminar for HHMI Scholars and any junior or senior Research Labs NA science major committed to an interdisciplinary R.Fairman approach to the study of original research. Research in an area of cell, molecular, or development biology is conducted under the supervision of a member of a nearby research laboratory who has 499 Senior Department Studies NA volunteered time and space for a Haverford student. JOwen All students enrolled in Biology 410 must have a Participation in the department's Philip's Visitors designated on-campus, as well as an off-campus Program; attendance at seminars by visiting speakers; supervisor. Prerequisite: Biology 300 and consent of senior seminar meetings, consisting of presentation both the department and the off-campus supervisor. and discussion of research plans and research results 60 Biology by students and faculty; and students' presentations of papers on contemporary developments in experimental biology. Prerequisite: Consent of Dept.

COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE Multiple upper level biology courses at Bryn Mawr can satisfy requirements for the Haverford Biology major, with consent of the major advisor.

61 CHEMISTRY

focused work that can greatly enrich the senior The program in chemistry is designed to meet the thesis research experience. In recent years, fifteen to needs of students who are pursuing chemistry either twenty students per summer have received stipends for a variety of pre-professional reasons or to to participate in research in the chemistry increase their knowledge of the natural sciences. department. Therefore, Haverford has a chemistry major program that provides preparation for careers in Chemistry majors wishing to study abroad during science, medicine, law, business, K-12 education as the junior year should confer with the faculty well as a number of other professions. advisor and should plan to take at least one chemistry course per semester at the foreign The major program recognizes that chemistry as a institution. The chemistry department has currently discipline is a core science but is also intertwined in approved international study abroad programs at a number of other fields, including physics, biology Oxford University (England), University College and math/computer science. In fact, some of the London (England), University of Melbourne most exciting areas in science today are found in (Australia) and University of Aberdeen (Scotland). the interdisciplinary fields of chemical physics, Chemistry majors have also satisfied major chemical biology, theoretical/computational requirements using courses from domestic programs chemistry and materials science. The chemistry such as the Semester in Environmental Science at major allows the student flexibility in designing a the Marine Biological Laboratory in Woods Hole, program that can be directed toward such Massachusetts. interdisciplinary areas or to one of the more traditional areas of organic, physical, or inorganic CHEMISTRY FACULTY chemistry. In addition, the chemistry department is John Farnum Professor of Chemistry Colin MacKay, one of the sponsor departments of the Emeritus concentration in biochemistry and biophysics. Professor Claude E. Wintner, Emeritus Professor Karin Akerfeldt Students have three possible entry points into the Professor Terry Newirth, Chairperson program. The particular entry point or placement Professor Robert Scarrow depends on the level of preparation of the Associate Professor Frances Rose Blase individual student and is determined by the Assistant Professor Casey Londergan combination of results from a placement Assistant Professor Alexander Norquist questionnaire, secondary school records, scores Assistant Professor Joshua Schrier from standardized and advanced placement tests, Assistant Professor Helen White and individual consultation. All three starting General Chemistry Laboratory Instructor Dennis points can result in the completion of the chemistry Collin major program. For the first entry point, no Organic Chemistry Laboratory Instructor Michael J. previous chemistry experience is required and Kukla students enter the first year of the general chemistry sequence (Chemistry 100 and 101). The second entry point is for those students with strong high CHEMISTRY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS school preparation. They may omit Chem 100 and can choose to enter the chemistry sequence starting MAJOR REQUIREMENTS with an advanced general chemistry course (105) in Each student confers with the major advisor to plan the second semester, then continuing with 220, 221 a program that takes into account specific interests in the sophomore year. These first-year students and career aims. The major requirements have been have an extra course slot available in their first designed to meet the educational needs of students semester that might be used for a mathematics interested in careers in chemistry, biochemistry, and/or a physics course. Finally, the third option engineering, medicine, K-12 education, business, available to a few students is to take organic law, and other professions. An American Chemical chemistry (220, 221) in the first year, continuing Society (ACS) certified major requires additional with junior-level chemistry in the sophomore year. coursework and is recommended for students interested in pursuing graduate study in science and All students as seniors are required to participate in engineering, or who wish to directly enter the job a research program for advanced course credit. This market in a chemistry related field after graduation. research experience nurtures talents and abilities, encourages independent problem solving and builds CHEMISTRY MAJOR on concepts and principles discussed in prior formal The core required courses are Chemistry 100 (or class work. It also can help the student define placement in Chemistry 105), either 101 or 105 (or choices for careers after graduation. Summer placement in Chemistry 220), 220, 221, 301, 302 research experience is particularly encouraged. The (or 311/312), 304, at least one semester of 380 or summer experience provides a background of 36x (research tutorials), one semester of inorganic 62 Chemistry chemistry (Chemistry 320 (0.5 semester) and one laboratory component (such as Chemistry 301 or half semester course from the following: 351, 353 302 (or 311/312), or Bryn Mawr Chemistry 251 and 354) and 391 (senior seminar). Chemistry and 252). At least three of the courses taken for the majors must also complete two semesters of chemistry minor must be taken at Haverford additional advanced chemistry courses numbered College. The senior seminar (Chemistry 391) is not 303-369, one of which may be a research tutorial required, but attendance at seminars, including the (Chemistry 36x or Chemistry 380); one semester of Philips Visitor Series in Chemistry, is strongly mathematics courses numbered 114/115 (calculus recommended. II) or higher; and either introductory physics (Physics 101/102 or 105/106) or both semesters of CHEMISTRY REQUIREMENTS FOR Biology 200. HONORS All students who participate in senior research will CHEMISTRY MAJOR WITH be considered for departmental honors. Successful BIOCHEMISTRY CONCENTRATION honors candidates will be expected to do superior Biochemistry concentrators are allowed to substitute work in major courses and to complete a research either semester of Biology 300 for Chemistry 302 problem at a level superior both in quality and (or Chemistry 311/312). (Chemistry 301 (Superlab quantity of effort to that expected in normal course I) is required for all chemistry majors and cannot be replaced.) Concentrators also must take one work.. semester of an advanced biology course (see the Biochemistry and Biophysics section of this catalog CHEMISTRY COURSES for a current list of advanced Biology courses), and 100 General Chemistry I: Principles and two half semester advanced chemistry courses with a Applications of Chemistry NA/QU biological emphasis. These include Chem 351 (0.5 H.White, A.Norquist, EBlase, D. Collin semester, bioinorganic), Chem 352 (0.5 semester, Properties of atoms and molecules, stoichiometry, biophysical) or Chem 357 (0.5 semester, acid-base equilibria, thermochemistry, and kinetics as bioorganic). Biology 200a, 200b, Physics 101/102 the foundation for future work in chemistry. One of or 105/106 are required for biochemistry the sections is designed for students with limited or concentrators. no exposure to high school Chemistry courses; it is limited to placement by the department and consists CHEMISTRY MAJOR WITH SCIENTIFIC of five lectures and one laboratory period. Two other COMPUTING CONCENTRATION sections do not have enrollment limits and consist of See the Computer Science page for details on this three lectures, one required recitation, and one concentration. In the chemistry department, courses laboratory period. Placement of students into the which can contribute to this concentration are three sections of the course will be determined by the Chem 304, Chem 305, and Chem 362; students are Chemistry Department based on an on-line also encouraged to enroll in Chem B322 when placement questionnaire, secondary school records, offered. The department coordinator for this and scores from standardized and advanced placement concentration is Joshua Schrier. tests. Typically offered every Fall. ACS-CERTIFIED CHEMISTRY MAJOR In order to receive ACS-certification, students must 101 General Chemistry II: Atoms and Molecules in satisfy all of the major requirements (with or Isolation and Interaction NA/QU without a biochemistry concentration) and must R.Scarrow, D.Collin complete Chemistry 305 as an additional (third) Three lectures, one required recitation, and one semester of advanced course work. The following laboratory period. Survey of principles and requirements also apply for ACS-certification and applications of thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, may be met with the same courses used to meet atomic and molecular structure and bonding, and major requirements: Physics 101/102 or 105/106; chemical equilibria to provide a basis for an and, at least one semester of biochemistry. This last appreciation of chemical reactivity, including requirement may be satisfied by Biology 200 foundations of nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite; Grade (second semester), by Bryn Mawr Chemistry 242, or of 2.0 in Chem 100a or placement by Department. by two half-semester courses of Chemistry 351, 352, Typically offered every Spring. or 357. 105 Advanced General Chemistry: The Chemical CHEMISTRY MINOR REQUIREMENTS Basis of the Biosphere NA/QU The required courses are: Chemistry 100 (or J.Schrier, A.Norquist Three lectures, one laboratory period and one placement in Chemistry 105), 101 (or 105), 220, laboratory planning meeting. A treatment in some 221, 304, and one semester of advanced chemistry depth of the concepts that shape our understanding of chosen from courses numbered between 301 and the chemical reaction: energetics, dynamics, and 369. Students who begin by placement in Chemistry structure. The lectures will emphasize applications of 220 must take an additional (fifth) chemistry course chemistry to biology, environmental science, and credit with an analytical or physical chemistry

63 materials science. The laboratory will involve a 300 Laboratory in Biochemistry and Molecular student discovery and investigation of unknown Biology NA (Cross-listed in Biology) compounds and their physical and chemical R. Garrett, KJohnson, A.Morris, J.Owen, J.Punt, Staff properties. Prerequisite: Placement by the Prerequisite: BIOL 200 and CHEM 220 or equiv or Department. Typically offered every Spring. consent.

151 Case Studies in Chemistry NA 301 Lab in Chemical Structure and Reactivity NA Staff R.Scarrow, J.Schrier Three lectures. A non-science majors course that will Two lectures and two laboratory periods. An discuss the fundamental principles of chemical introduction to the methods of research in chemistry. bonding, structure and reactivity. Does not count Inorganic, organic, physical chemistry, and toward the major. biochemical concepts are integrated in a broad laboratory study of structure and its relationship to chemical reactivity. Physical methods are used in 152 Chemistry: Its Application to the Everyday studies of organic, inorganic, and biochemical World NA Staff reactions. Chemical synthesis and the modern methods of instrumental analytical chemistry are Three lectures. A non-science majors course that will particularly stressed. Instruments such as lasers, the discuss the many ways science and chemistry affect 300 MHz NMR spectrometer, powder x-ray our lives. Fundamental principles of chemical diffraction, and the gas chromatograph-mass bonding, structure and reactivity will be discussed. spectrometer are used by students, with faculty Concepts will be developed both qualitatively and supervision. Prerequisite: Chem 221B, (Co-requisite: quantitatively to link phenomena that can be observed 304A). Typically offered every Fall to basic properties of matter. Does not count toward the major. Offered occasionally. 302 Lab in Chemical Structure and Reactivity NA T.Newirth, H. White 154 Nanotechnology NA aLondergan Two lectures and two laboratory periods. An introduction to the methods of research in chemistry. Three lectures. Directed to non-science majors. Inorganic, organic, physical chemistry, and Concepts and current understanding in synthesis and biochemical concepts are integrated in a broad practical application of natural and man-made devices laboratory study of structure and its relationship to on the nanoscale. Topics include popular conception chemical reactivity. Physical methods are used in of nanodevices, current research implementation of studies of organic, inorganic, and biochemical nanoscale devices, biological self-assembly, and devices reactions. Chemical synthesis and the modern based on biomolecular media. Prerequisite: none. Does methods of instrumental analytical chemistry are not count toward the major. Offered occasionally. particularly stressed. Instruments such as lasers, the 300 MHz NMR spectrometer, and the gas 220 Organic Chemistry I: Introduction to Organic chromatograph-mass spectrometer are used by Chemistry students, with faculty supervision. Prerequisite: Chem M.Kukla 221B and 304A. Typically offered every Spring. Three lectures, one required recitation, and one laboratory period. The basic structural, mechanistic, 304 Physical Chemistry I: The Physical Basis of and synthetic concepts of organic chemistry, and the Chemistry and Biology NA/QU properties of the common organic functional groups, J.Schrier are surveyed. Prerequisite: Grade of 2.0 in Chem 101b Three lectures. A quantitative approach to the or 105b, or placement by Department. Typically description and prediction of behavior in chemical offered every Fall systems. Topics to be covered include: introductory quantum mechanics and energy in molecules, 221 Organic Chemistry II: Topics in Organic statistical mechanics and energy partitioning, Chemistry NA thermodynamics of molecules and larger systems, EBlase, M.Kukla physical and chemical equilibrium, and chemical Three lectures, one required recitation, and one kinetics. Systems of interest range from single laboratory period. Topics in stereochemistry, reaction molecules to complicated condensed-phase mechanisms, biochemistry and natural-products macromolecular assemblies; specific experimental chemistry, building on the fundamentals developed in examples of single molecule observation, phase Chemistry 220. Prerequisite: Grade of 2.0 in changes in lipids and liquid crystals, and observations Chemistry 220a. Typically offered every Spring. of protein folding will be discussed in the context of the course material. Prerequisite: one semester of Math numbered 114 or higher; Math 121 or 216 is highly recommended. Typically offered every Fall.

64 Chemistry

305 Quantum Chemistry NA 354 Solid State Chemistry NA J.Schrier A.Norquist Two lectures. The quantum theory of atoms and Three lectures for one-half semester (one-half course molecules as applied to problems in molecular credit) An examination of the reactivity of solids. structure, computational chemistry, and basic Synthetic techniques and structural analyses will be spectroscopic techniques. Emphasis on computer- emphasized. Prerequisite: Chem 304 or Phys 214 & based solutions and visualization. Prerequisite: Math Chem 101 or 105. Offered occasionally. 121 or 216. Typically offered every Spring. 355 Topics in Advanced Organic Chemistry NA 320 Concepts of Inorganic Chemistry NA F. Blase A.Norquist Three lectures for one-half semester (one-half course Three lectures for one-half semester (one-half course credit). Variable content, depending on the interests credit). An introduction to structure and reactivity of of students and faculty. Topics are selected in inorganic molecules and materials. Topics include: consultation with students electing the course. theories of chemical bonding, symmetries of Previous topics have been modern synthetic methods, molecules and solid state materials, acid-base, asymmetric synthesis, natural product chemistry, oxidation-reduction reactions, and structures and biosynthesis, chemistry of coenzymes, combinatorial nomenclature of coordination complexes. Prerequisite: approaches to synthesis, free radical chemistry, Chemistry 304a. Typically offered every Spring. organometallic chemistry. Topics selected differ from those selected for 357 in the previous year. Prerequisite: Chemistry 221. Offered occasionally. 340 Molecular Spectroscopy NA C.Londergan Two lectures for one-half semester (one-half course 357 Topics in Bioorganic Chemistry NA credit). Quantum mechanical description of current F.BLIse, T.Newirth techniques in the spectroscopy of molecules. Three lectures for one-half semester (one-half course Prerequisite: Chemistry 305 or Physics 214 or consent credit). The course will focus on organic chemistry as of instructor. Typically offered in alternate years. applied to biological systems, drug development for diseases, biomaterials, protein design and glycobiology. Prerequisite: Chemistry 221b. 351 Bioinorganic Chemistry NA R.Scarrow Three lectures for one-half semester (one-half course 358 Environmental Chemistry NA credit). Biological cells require metals such as zinc, H. White iron, copper, manganese, and molybdenum; metal- Three lectures for one-half semester (one-half course binding abilities of various functional groups within credit). This course will examine chemical processes proteins and nucleic acids, metal-based reactivity that occur in natural waters, soils and the atmosphere. involved in reaction mechanisms of specific Specific topics will be chosen with input from metalloenzymes, and medically-relevant topics such as enrolled students, who will be expected to share in bioaccumulation and storage of metal ions, the discussion leadership. Prerequisite: Chem 304a or toxicity of heavy metals, and use of metal-containing Geol B302 or consent. Typically offered in alternate drugs in treating disease will be discussed. Prerequisite: years. Chem 221 or 304 or consent. Students should have completed 320g or a Biol course involving protein structure. Typically offered every Spring. 380 Independent Research in Chemistry NA R.Scarrow This course is designed for chemistry majors who 352 Topics in Biophysical Chemistry NA want to pursue a library research experience. Students Staff will work closely with a faculty member on a topic in Two lectures for one-half semester (one-half course the current chemical literature to prepare a thesis credit). Survey of spectroscopic methods of probing paper. Prerequisite: Chemistry 221 and Chemistry the structure and function of biopolymers, 304. accompanied by interpretive reading of the literature on topics of current interest, with an emphasis on the dynamics of protein folding. Prerequisite: Chemistry 391 Departmental Seminar NA 304A. Typically offered every Spring. A.Norquist One meeting per week throughout the year (one-half course credit). Presentation and discussion of current 353 Topics in Materials Science NA research topics in the various areas of chemistry by A.Norquist faculty, students and outside speakers. Prerequisite: Chem 304 or Phys 214 & Chem 101b or Chem 105b Typically offered every Spring. 480 Independent Study NA A.Norquist

65 493 Interdisciplinary Examinations of Biologically metalloproteins and inorganic coordination Significant Research NA (Cross-listed in Biology compounds. (Not open to seniors.) Prerequisite: and Physics and Psychology) Consent. Does not count toward the major. R.Fairman

RESEARCH TUTORIALS 268 Research Tutorial in Environmental Chemistry Students may register for a research tutorial in an area NA of active faculty research. In these tutorials the student H. White attempts to define and solve a research problem under One-half credit course for the year designed for the close supervision of a faculty member. students interested in the chemistry research experience in the field of biogeochemistry, a multidisciplinary approach focused at understanding 261 Research Tutorial in Physical Chemistry NA the chemical composition and processes of Earth's CLondergan biosphere. (Not open to seniors.) Prerequisite: One-half credit course for the year designed for Consent. Does not count toward the major. students interested in the chemistry research experience in physical chemistry, condensed phase chemical physics, and biophysical chemistry, with 269 Research Tutorial in Materials Science NA emphasis on spectroscopic studies of peptides and A.Norquist proteins. (Not open to seniors.) Prerequisite: Consent. One-half credit course for the year designed for Does not count toward the major. students interested in the chemistry research experience in the synthesis and structural characterization of organically templated microporous 262 Research Tutorial in Theoretical Chemistry materials. (Not open to seniors.) Prerequisite: NA Consent. Does not count toward the major. J.Schrier One-half credit course for the year designed for students interested in the chemistry research 361 Research Tutorial in Physical Chemistry NA experience in theoretical physical chemistry, with CLondergan emphasis on methods for prediction of optical, Directed research in physical chemistry, condensed electronic, and mechanical properties of organic and phase chemical physics, and biophysical chemistry, inorganic semiconductor nanostructures. (Not open with emphasis on spectroscopic studies of site-specific to seniors.) Prerequisite: Consent. Does not count environmental and conformational dynamics in toward the major. peptides and proteins. Prerequisite: Consent.

263 Research Tutorial in Organic Chemistry NA 362 Research Tutorial in Theoretical Chemistry F.Blase, T.Newirth NA One-half credit course for the year designed for JSchrier students interested in the chemistry research Directed research in computational and theoretical experience in synthetic organic chemistry and physical chemistry, with emphasis on development physical-organic chemistry. Topics include total and application of methods for prediction of optical, synthesis of biologically significant molecules, new electronic, and mechanical properties of organic and methods of enantioselective synthesis, and the study inorganic semiconductor nanostructures. Prerequisite: of organic reaction mechanisms. (Not open to Consent. seniors.) Prerequisite: Consent. Does not count toward the major. 363 Research Tutorial in Organic Chemistry NA F.Blase, T.Newirth 264 Research Tutorial in Bioorganic Chemistry NA Directed research in synthetic organic chemistry, and K Akelfeldt physical-organic chemistry. Topics include total One-half credit course for the year designed for synthesis of biologically significant molecules, new students interested in the chemistry research methods of enantioselective synthesis and the study of experience in protein structure-function relationship organic reaction mechanisms. Prerequisite: Consent. studies and the design and synthesis of a broad range of peptides, proteins and biologically inspired novel 364 Research Tutorial in Bioorganic Chemistry NA materials. (Not open to seniors.) Prerequisite: K AkepfeUt Consent. Does not count toward the major. Directed research in bioorganic chemistry. Topics include protein structure-function relationship studies 265 Research Tutorial in Bioinorganic Chemistry and the design and synthesis of a broad range of NA peptides, proteins and biologically inspired novel R.Scarrow materials, Prerequisite: Consent One-half credit course for the year designed for students interested in the chemistry research experience in spectroscopic and kinetic studies of 66 Chemistry

365 Research Tutorial in Bioinorganic Chemistry NA R.Scarrow Topics include spectroscopic and kinetic studies of metalloproteins and inorganic coordination compounds. Prerequisite: Consent.

368 Research Tutorial in Environmental Chemistry NA H. White Directed research in environmental chemistry, centered in the field of biogeochemistry, a multidisciplinary approach focused at understanding the chemical composition and processes of Earth's biosphere. Prerequisite: Consent

369 Research Tutorial in Materials Science NA A.Norquist Topics include synthesis and structural characterization of organically templated microporous materials. Prerequisite: Consent.

SELECTED COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE The following courses may be used to satisfy the advanced course requirement of the chemistry major. 242 Biological Chemistry 311, 312 Advanced Organic Chemistry 321, 322 Advanced Physical Chemistry 332 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 345 Advanced Biological Chemistry

67 CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE

The curriculum of the department focuses on the CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN cultures of the Mediterranean regions and the Near ARCHAEOLOGY MINOR East in antiquity. Courses treat aspects of society and material culture of these civilizations as well as REQUIREMENTS issues of theory, method and interpretation. The minor requires six courses. Core requirements are two 100-level courses distributed between the Students may complete a major or minor in ancient Near East and Egypt and ancient Greece and Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology. Rome in addition to four other courses selected in consultation with the major advisor. CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN ARCHAEOLOGY FACULTY GEOARCHAEOLOGY Assistant Professor and Graduate Advisor Mehmet- CONCENTRATION Ali Mac The Departments of Anthropology, Classical and Rhys Carpenter Professor and Acting Chair, Semester Near Eastern Archaeology, and Geology offer a //A.A. Donohue (on leave semester I) concentration in geoarchaeology for existing majors Assistant Professor Astrid Lindenlauf in these departments. Please consult with Professor Associate Professor and Major Advisor Peter Magee Magee regarding this program. Professor and Chair (on leave semester II) James C. Wright Requirements for the concentration:

CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN A. Two 100-level units from Anthropology, Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology or ARCHAEOLOGY MAJOR Geology, of which one must be from the REQUIREMENTS department outside the student's major. The major requires a minimum of 10 courses. Core B. ANTH/ARCH/GEOL 270: Geoarchaeology requirements are two 100-level courses distributed (Magee, Barber). between the ancient Near East and Egypt and C. BIOL/ARCH/GEOL 328: Geospatial Data ancient Greece and Rome and two semesters of the Analysis and GIS (staff). senior conference. At least two upper-level courses D. Two elective courses, to be chosen in should be distributed between classical and Near consultation with the major advisor, from Eastern subjects and one other should concern among current offerings in Anthropology, method and theory in archaeology (ARCH 330 and Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology and ANTH 220). Additional requirements are Geology. One of these two courses must be determined in consultation with the major advisor. from outside the student's major. Suggested Additional coursework in subjects related to courses include but are not limited to ANTH archaeology may be accepted for major credit; such 203 (Human Ecology), ANTH 220 (Methods courses are offered in the Departments of and Theory), ANTH 225 (Paleolithic Anthropology, Geology, Greek, Latin and Classical Archaeology), ANTH 240 (Traditional Studies, Growth and Structure of Cities, and Technologies), ARCH 308 (Ceramic Analysis), History of Art. ARCH 332 (Field Techniques), GEOL 202 (Mineralogy), GEOL 205 (Sedimentology), Each student's course of study to meet major GEOL 310 (Geophysics), and GEOL 312 requirements will be determined in consultation (Quaternary Climates). with the undergraduate major advisor in the spring semester of the sophomore year. Students considering majoring in the department are CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN encouraged to take the introductory courses early in ARCHAEOLOGY REQUIREMENTS FOR their undergraduate career and should also seek advice from departmental faculty. Students who are HONORS interested in interdisciplinary concentrations or in Honors are granted on the basis of academic study abroad during the junior year are strongly performance as demonstrated by a cumulative advised to seek assistance in planning their major average of 3.5 or better in the major. early in their sophomore year.

68 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology at Bryn Mawr College

CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN Canadian Institute in Greece, is excavating a Mycenaean chamber tomb cemetery in the valley. ARCHAEOLOGY INDEPENDENT Undergraduate and graduate students in RESEARCH archaeology participate in this project, which focuses on excavation techniques, skeletal analysis and museum studies. Majors who wish to undertake independent research, especially for researching and writing a The department is collaborating with Professor Ash lengthy paper, must arrange with a professor who is Ozyar (Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1991) of willing to advise them, and consult with the major Bogazici University in Istanbul, in the Tarsus advisor. Such research normally would be Regional Project, Turkey, sponsored by Bogazici conducted by seniors as a unit of independent study University. This is a long-term investigation of the (403), which must be approved by the advising mound at Gozlii Kale at Tarsus, in Cilicia, which professor before registration. was first excavated by Hetty Goldman, A.B. 1903. Both undergraduate and graduate students in CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN archaeology participate in this project. ARCHAEOLOGY LANGUAGES Majors who contemplate graduate study in classical CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN fields should incorporate Greek and Latin into their ARCHAEOLOGY MUSEUM programs. Those who plan graduate work in Near Eastern or Egyptian may take appropriate ancient INTERNSHIP languages at the University of Pennsylvania, such as The department is awarded annually two internships Middle Egyptian, Akkadian and Sumerian. Any by the Nicholas P. Goulandris Foundation for student considering graduate study in classical and students to work for a month in the Museum of Near Eastern archaeology should study French and Cycladic Art in Athens, Greece, with an additional German. two weeks at an archaeological field project. This is an all-expense paid internship for which students CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN may submit an application.

ARCHAEOLOGY STUDY ABROAD Opportunities to work with the College's A semester of study abroad is encouraged if the archaeology collections are available throughout the program is approved by the department. Students academic year and during the summer. Students are encouraged to consult with faculty, since some wishing to work with the collections should consult programs the department may approve may not yet the curator/academic liaison or collections manager be listed at the Office of International Programs. for art and artifacts. Major credit for courses taken is given on a case-by- case basis after review of the syllabus, work CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN submitted for a grade, and a transcript. Normally credit will not be given for more than one course ARCHAEOLOGY COURSES and not for courses that are ordinarily offered by the department. ARCH B101 Introduction to Egyptian and Near Eastern Archaeology CLASSICAL AND NEAR EASTERN MAtac A historical survey of the archaeology and art of the ARCHAEOLOGY FIELDWORK ancient Near East, Egypt, and the prehistoric Aegean. Three hours of class, one hour of special topics a The department strongly encourages students to week. Not offered in 2009-10. gain fieldwork experience and assists them in getting positions on field projects in North America and overseas. The department is undertaking ARCH B102 Introduction to Classical Archaeology several field projects in which undergraduates may A.Donohue be invited to participate. A historical survey of the archaeology and art of Greece, Etruria and Rome. Three hours of class, one Not offered in 2009- Professor Peter Magee conducts a for-credit field hour of special topics each week. school at Muweilah, al-Hamriya and Tell Abraq in 10. the United Arab Emirates. Undergraduate and graduate students in archaeology participate in this ARCH B104 Archaeology of Agricultural and project, which usually takes place during the winter Urban Revolutions From Egypt to India ( cross- break. listed as CITY B104) P.Magee Professor James Wright directs the Nemea Valley This course examines the archaeology of the two most Archaeological Project in Greece. Currently, the fundamental changes that have occurred in human collaboration with Professor R. Angus Smith society in the last 12,000 years, agriculture and (Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 2002) of Brock urbanism, and we explore these in Egypt and the Near University in Canada, and under the auspices of the

69 East as far as India. We also explore those societies ARCH B201 Preclassical Greek Art and that did not experience these changes. Archaeology A.Donohue The art and archaeology of Greece and its ARCH B110 The World Through Classical Eyes Mediterranean neighbors between the end of the (Cross-listed as CSTS B110) Bronze Age and the Persian invasion (circa 1100 to A.Donohue 480 B.C.E.), the period which saw the rise of the city- A survey of the ways in which the ancient Greeks and state, the introduction of democracy and the spread of Romans perceived and constructed their physical and Greek civilization by colonization and trade. The social world. The evidence of ancient texts and architecture, painting, sculpture and minor arts will monuments will form the basis for exploring such be studied with attention to their historical and subjects as cosmology, geography, travel and cultural contexts. Not offered in 2009-10. commerce, ancient ethnography and anthropology, the idea of natural and artificial wonders, and the self- definition of the classical cultures in the context of the ARCH B203 Ancient Greek Cities and oikoumene, the "inhabited world." Not offered in Sanctuaries(Cross-listed as CITY B203) 2009-10. J. Wright A study of the development of the Greek city-states and sanctuaries. Archaeological evidence is surveyed in ARCH B115 Classical Art (Cross-listed as CITY its historic context. The political formation of the B115, CSTS B115, and HART B115) city-state and the role of religion is presented, and the A.Donohue political, economic and religious institutions of the An introduction to the visual arts of ancient Greece city-states are explored in their urban settings. The and Rome from the Bronze Age through Late city-state is considered as a particular political Imperial times (circa 3,000 B.C.E. to 300 C.E.). economy of the Mediterranean and in comparison to Major categories of artistic production are examined the utility of the concept of city-state in other in historical and social context, including interactions cultures. Not offered in 2009-10. with neighboring areas and cultures; methodological and interpretive issues are highlighted. ARCH B205 Greek Sculpture (Cross-listed as HART B204) ARCH B120 The Archaeology, Anthropology and A.Donohue Sociology of Rubbish One of the best preserved categories of evidence for A.Lindenlauf ancient Greek culture is sculpture. The Greeks This course aims to introduce students to a range of devoted immense resources to producing sculpture approaches to the study of disposal practices in past that encompassed many materials and forms and and present societies. Particular attention will be paid served a variety of important social functions. This to the interpretation of spatial disposal patterns, the course examines sculptural production in Greece and power of dirt(y waste) to create boundaries and neighboring lands from the Bronze Age through the difference, and types and motivations of recycling. fourth century B.C.E. with special attention to style, Not offered in 2009-10. iconography and historical and social context.

ARCH B125 Classical Myths in Art and in the ARCH B206 Hellenistic and Roman Sky(Cross-listed as CSTS B125 and HART B125) Sculpture(Cross-listed as HART B206) A. Lindenlauf A.Donohue This course explores Greek and Roman mythology This course surveys the sculpture produced from the using an archaeological and art-historical approach, fourth century B.C.E. to the fourth century C.E., the focusing on the ways in which the traditional tales of period beginning with the death of Alexander the the gods and heroes were depicted, developed and Great that saw the transformation of the classical transmitted in the visual arts such as vase painting and world through the rise of Rome and the establishment architectural sculpture, as well as projected into the and expansion of the Roman Empire. Style, natural environment. iconography and production will be studied in the contexts of the culture of the Hellenistic kingdoms, ARCH B160 Daily Life in Ancient Greece and the Roman appropriation of Greek culture, the role of Rome(Cross-listed as CITY B160 and CSTS B160) art in Roman society and the significance of A.Donohue Hellenistic and Roman sculpture in the post-antique The often-praised achievements of the classical classical tradition. Not offered in 2009-10. cultures arose from the realities of day-to-day life. This course surveys the rich body of archaeological ARCH B209 Aegean Archaeology and literary evidence pertaining to how ancient J. Wright Greeks and Romans—famous and obscure alike— The prehistoric cultures of the Aegean area lived and died. Topics include housing, food, concentrating on Minoan Crete, Troy, the Aegean clothing, work, leisure and family and social life. Not Islands, and Mycenaean Greece. Not offered in 2009- offered in 2009-10. 10. 70 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology at Bryn Mawr College

ARCH B220 Araby the Blest: The Archaeology of archaeological remains, but also makes use of the Arabian Peninsula from 3000 to 300 B.C.E. documentary evidence. Not offered in 2009-10. P.Magee A survey of the archaeology and history of the Arabian peninsula focusing on urban forms, transport and ARCH B234 Picturing Women in Classical cultures in the Arabian peninsula and Gulf and their Antiquity (Cross-listed as CSTS B234 and HART interactions with the world from the rise of states in B234) Mesopotamia down to the time of Alexander the A.Lindenlauf Great. Not offered in 2009-10. We investigate representations of women in different media in ancient Greece and Rome, examining the cultural stereotypes of women and the gender roles ARCH B224 Women in the Ancient Near East that they reinforce. We also study the daily life of P. Magee women in the ancient world, the objects that they A survey of the social position of women in the were associated with in life and death and their ancient Near East, from sedentary villages to empires occupations. of the first millennium B.C.E. Topics include critiques of traditional concepts of gender in archaeology and theories of matriarchy. Case studies ARCH B240 Archaeology and History of Ancient illustrate the historicity of gender concepts: women's Mesopotamia work in early village societies; the meanings of M.Atar Neolithic female figurines; the representation of A survey of the material culture of ancient gender in the Gilgamesh epic; the institution of the Mesopotamia, modern Iraq, from the earliest phases "Tawananna" (queen) in the Hittite empire; the of state formation (circa 3500 B.C.E.) through the indirect power of women such as Semiramis in the Achaemenid Persian occupation of the Near East Neo-Assyrian palaces. Reliefs, statues, texts and more (circa 331 B.C.E.). Emphasis will be on art, artifacts, indirect archaeological evidence are the basis for monuments, religion, kingship and the cuneiform discussion. Not offered in 2009-10. tradition. The survival of the cultural legacy of Mesopotamia into later ancient and Islamic traditions will also be addressed. ARCH B226 Archaeology of Anatolia M.Ataf One of the cradles of civilization, Anatolia witnessed ARCH B244 Great Empires of the Ancient Near the rise and fall of many cultures and states East (Cross-listed as CITY B244, HIST B244, and throughout its ancient history. This course approaches POLS B244) the ancient material remains of Anatolia from the M.Ataf perspective of Near Eastern archaeology, examining A survey of the history, material culture, political and the art, artifacts, architecture, cities, and settlements of religious ideologies of, and interactions among, the this land from the Neolithic through the Achaemenid five great empires of the ancient Near East of the periods. Some emphasis will be on the Late Bronze second and first millennia B.C.E.: New Kingdom Age and the Iron Age, especially phases of Hittite and Egypt, the Hittite Empire in Anatolia, the Assyrian Assyrian imperialism, Late Hittite states, Phrygia, and Babylonian Empires in Mesopotamia, and the Not offered in 2009-10. Lydia, and the Urartu. Persian Empire in Iran.

ARCH B228 The Archaeology of Iran: From the ARCH B252 Pompeii (Cross-listed as CITY B259) Neolithic to Alexander the Great Staff P.Magee Introduces students to a nearly intact archaeological Examines the archaeology of Iran and its eastern site whose destruction by the eruption of Mt. neighbors from circa 8000 B.C.E. to the coming of Vesuvius in 79 C.E. was recorded by contemporaries. Alexander at the end of the fourth century B.C.E. The discovery of Pompeii in the mid-1700's had an Focus on the emergence of agriculture and urbanism enormous impact on 18th- and 19th-century views of and the appearance of the Achaemenid Empire, the Roman past as well as styles and preferences of the examined in the light of contacts with states in modern era. Informs students in classical antiquity, Mesopotamia and South Asia and the abilities of the urban life, city structure, residential architecture, ancient inhabitants of Iran to exploit their home decoration and furnishing, wall painting, minor environment. arts and craft and mercantile activities within a Roman city. Not offered in 2009-10.

ARCH B230 Archaeology and History of Ancient Egypt ARCH B255 Sport and Spectade in Ancient Greece M.Atac and Rome (Cross-listed as CITY B260, CSTS The cultural, social and political development of B255, and HIST B285) Egypt from the beginning of settled communities in Scott, Wright the Nile Valley to the end of the New Kingdom (circa Sport and spectacle in ancient Greece and Rome and 5000 to 1100 B.C.E.), in both the African and the how they compare to the institutions of education and wider Near Eastern contexts. Emphasizes sport in modern society. Topics are the Olympic 71 games and other sanctuaries with athletic ARCH B305 Ancient Athens (Cross-listed as CITY competitions, the built structures for athletics B305) (stadium, gymnasium, baths, amphitheaters, circuses, A.Lindenlauf and hippodrome) and spectacles, such as gladiatorial Detailed analysis of the monuments, archaeology and combat. Not offered in 2009-10. art of ancient Athens—the home of such persons as Pericles, Plato and Sophocles. The course considers the art and monuments of ancient Athens against the ARCH B263 Roman Archaeology historical background of the city, and is a case study Staff in understanding the role of archaeology in The art and architecture of Rome from the Republic reconstructing the life and culture of the Athenians. through the Empire in Europe, North Africa and the Near East. Not offered in 2009-10. ARCH B308 Ceramic Analysis P.Magee ARCH B268 Greek and Roman Architecture Pottery is a fundamental means of establishing the (Cross-listed as CITY B268 and HART B268) relative chronology of archaeological sites and of Staff understanding past human behavior. Included are The course will introduce the structure of Greek and theories, methods and techniques of pottery Roman cities and sanctuaries, the variety of building description, analysis and interpretation. Topics types and monuments found within them, and how include typology, seriation, ceramic characterization, local populations used and lived in the architectural production, function, exchange and the use of environment of the classical world. Not offered in computers in pottery analysis. Laboratory work on 2009-10. pottery in the department collections. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. ARCH B270 Geoarchaeology (Cross-listed as ANTH B270 and GEOL B270) ARCH B312 The Eastern Mediterranean in the Barber, Magee Late Bronze Age Societies in the past depended on our human j. Wright ancestors' ability to interact with their environment. This course will cover economic and cultural Geoarchaeology analyzes these interactions by interactions among the Levant, Cyprus, Anatolia, combining archaeological and geological techniques to Egypt and the Aegean. We will study the politics and document human behavior while also reconstructing powers in the Eastern Mediterranean circa 1500 to the past environment. Course meets twice weekly for 1100 B.C.E..—the Egyptian and Hittite empires, the lecture, discussion of readings and hands on exercises. Mitanni, Ugarit and Syro-Palestinian polities, Cyprus Prerequisite: one course in anthropology, archaeology and the Mycenaeans. Topics include: metallurgy, or geology. mercantile systems, seafaring, the Sea Peoples, systems collapse, and interpretive issues when working with ARCH B274 Bioarchaeology (Cross-listed as archaeological and historical sources. Not offered in ANTH B274) 2009-10. Rhodes Not offered in 2009-10. ARCH B322 The Archaeology of the Roman Empire ARCH B301 Greek Vase Painting Staff A.Lindenlauf An examination of the growth of the Roman Republic Not offered in 2009-10. into the Roman Empire at its height, from its acquisitions of the Hellenistic kingdoms (second and first centuries, B.C.E.) to its domination of Europe, ARCH B303 Classical Bodies (Cross-listed as North Africa and the Near East. Prerequisite: ARCH HART B305) B102. Not offered in 2009-10 A.Donohue An examination of the conceptions of the human body evidenced in Greek and Roman art and ARCH B323 On the Trail of Alexander the Great literature, with emphasis on issues that have persisted A.Lindenlauf in the Western tradition. Topics include the This course explores the world of Alexander the Great fashioning of concepts of male and female standards and the Hellenistic world based on a variety of of beauty and their implications; conventions of visual sources. Particular focus is put on the material culture representation; the nude; clothing and its symbolism; of Macedonia and Alexander's campaigns that the athletic ideal; physiognomy; medical theory and changed forever the nature and boundaries of the practice; the visible expression of character and Greek world. Prerequisite: a course in Classical emotions; and the formulation of the "classical ideal" Archaeology or permission of the instructor. in antiquity and later times. Not offered in 2009-10. Enrollment limited to 20 students, selected from Archaeology majors and minors.

72 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology at Bryn Mawr College

ARCH B328 Analysis of Geospatial Data Using ARCH B425 Praxis III: Independent Study GIS (Cross-listed as GEOL B328, BIOL B328, and Staff CITY B328) Staff

ARCH B330 Archaeological Theory and Method J. Wright An historical introduction to archaeological theory and methods. Topics: archaeology's origins in the Renaissance; the formation of archaeology and geology and social scientific approaches to the human past; competing philosophies of knowledge, phenomenology and postmodern constructions of knowledge. Not offered in 2009-10.

ARCH B342 Greek Architectural Sculpture Staff This course examines in depth a large and important body of remains from the Archaic, Classical and Hellenistic periods, that puts the sculpture in its architectural and cultural contexts, allowing study of original examples of Greek art that are couched in a relatively well established chronology. Not offered in 2009-10.

ARCH B352 Ancient Egyptian Architecture: The New Kingdom M.Atar A proseminar that concentrates on the principles of ancient Egyptian monumental Architecture with an emphasis on the New Kingdom. The primary focus of the course is temple design, put palaces, representative settlements, and examples of Graeco-Roman temples of the Nile Valley will also be dealt with.

ARCH B359 Topics in Classical Art and Archaeology (Cross-listed as CSTS B359 and HART B358) A. Donohue A research-oriented course taught in seminar format, treating issues of current interest in Greek and Roman art and archaeology. Prerequisites: 200-level coursework in some aspect of classical or related cultures, archeology or art history. Not offered in 2009-10.

ARCH B369 Topics in Medieval History (Cross- listed as HIST B369 and CSTS B369) Truitt, Schwartz Not offered in 2009-10.

ARCH B398, B399 Senior Seminar P.Magee, JWright A weekly seminar on common topics with assigned readings and oral and written reports.

ARCH B403 Supervised Work Staff

73 CLASSICS

The Classics department (in cooperation with the CLASSICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS Bryn Mawr department of Greek, Latin, and Greek or Latin: Six courses drawn from the range of Classical Studies) offers instruction at all levels in courses counted towards Classical Culture and Greek and Latin language and literature. In Society are required. Of these, two must be in either addition, courses in Classical Studies provide Latin or Greek beyond the elementary level and at opportunities to study ancient history, literature, least one must be in Classical Culture and Society at and culture in English translation. Since the study the 200 level. of Greek and Roman civilization includes work in a number of different disciplines, courses of interest Classical Culture and Society: Six courses drawn to the student of Classics may also be found in a from the range of courses counted towards Classical variety of departments at Haverford and Bryn Culture and Society are required. Of these, two Mawr (Archaeology, Comparative Literature, must be in Greek or Latin at the 100 level or above History, Philosophy, and Religion). The major and at least one must be in Classical Culture and programs in Classics reflect the diversity of the Society at the 200 level. field: students may major in Classical Languages (Greek and Latin), Greek or Latin (with a related modern field), or Classical Culture and Society. CLASSICS REQUIREMENTS FOR Majors are encouraged to study abroad in either Athens or Rome during a semester of their junior HONORS year. Superior performance in course work and the senior thesis constitutes the basis for Departmental CLASSICS FACULTY Honors. Professor of Classics and Comparative Literature Deborah H. Roberts, Chair COURSES IN GREEK LANGUAGE AND Assistant Professor Robert LITERATURE Assistant Professor Bret Mulligan 001 Elementary Greek HU CLASSICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS R. Germany Classical Languages: Eight semester courses beyond Introduction to ancient Greek, with selected readings the elementary level divided between Greek and in poetry and prose. This is the first semester of a Latin, of which at least two in each language must year-long course. Typically offered every Fall. be at the 200 level or above, and Senior Seminar (398/399). 002 Elementary Greek HU R. Germany Greek or Latin: Six semester courses beyond the Completion of the basics of ancient Greek, followed elementary level in one ancient language, of which by readings in Lysias and Plato. This is the second at least four must be at the 200 level or above; semester of a year-long course. Typically offered eve?), Senior Seminar (398/399); a minimum of three Spring. semester courses beyond the introductory level in a related field (another language, archaeology, comparative literature, English, history, religion, 101 Introduction to Greek Literature: Herodotus philosophy). and Greek Lyric HU B.Mulligan Classical Culture and Society: Two courses in either Introduction to the study of Greek literature through Latin or Greek beyond the elementary level; one readings in Herodotus' Histories and selections of course in Greek or Roman history; three courses, at Greek lyric poetry. Emphasis will be on developing least two of which must be at the 200 level or above, reading skills and on critical interpretation and in one of the following concentrations: archaeology discussion. Prerequisite: Greek 001-002 or the and art history, history and society, literature and equivalent. Typically offered yearly in alternation with the classical tradition, philosophy and religion; three Bryn Mawr. electives dealing with classical antiquity, at least one of which must be at the 200 level or above, and at least one of which (except in the case of history and 102 Introduction to Greek Poetry: Homer HU society concentrators) must be drawn from courses B.Mulligan in history and society; Senior Seminar (Classics Readings in Homer's Iliad or Odyssey, with critical 398/399). This is a bi-college (Haverford/Bryn interpretation and discussion. Prerequisite: Greek 101 Mawr) major. or the equivalent. Typically offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr.

74 Classics

170 Readings in Koine Greek HU 101 Introduction to Latin Literature: The Staff Language of Love and Hate in the Roman Republic Readings in the Greek Septuagint and New HU Testament. Prerequisite: GREK001 or equivalent or D.Roberts permission of instructor. Does not count toward the Introduction to the study of Latin literature through major. readings from Catullus' poetry and Cicero's Pro Caelio. Class will include some grammar review, but emphasis will be on developing reading skills and on 201 Advanced Greek: Plato and Thucydides HU critical interpretation and discussion. Prerequisite: R.Hamilton Students should have had either a year of college Latin Reading Plato's Symposium and Thucydides' history or very strong high school preparation. For a course of the Sicilian Expedition. Typically offered eve?), Fall with more extensive grammar review, see Bryn Mawr at Bryn Mawr. Latin 003. Typically offered every Fall.

202 Advanced Greek: Tragedy HU 102 Introduction to Latin Literature: Comedy HU D.Roberts R. Germany Reading Sophocles, Euripides, and selections from Deepening acquaintance with Latin language and Aristotle's Poetics. Prerequisite: Greek 101-102 or the literature through close reading of a Roman comedy. equivalent Typically offired every Spring. Review of Classical Latin grammar by comparison with Archaic Latin. Additional emphasis on colloquial 350 Seminar in Greek Literature HU Latin, meter, stagecraft, and reception. Class will stage D.Roberts a public performance! Prerequisite: Latin 101 or BMC An advanced seminar in Greek language and 003 or very strong HS prep. Typically offered every literature, with special emphasis on the interpretation Spring. and discussion of texts in Greek and the reading of relevant scholarship. Topic to be determined by 170 Stilus: Latin Reading & Stylistics HU faculty; topics of recent seminars include: "Plato and R. Germany the Sophists" and "Translating the Classics: Theory, This course is designed to be an ongoing practicum in History, Practice". May be repeated for credit. Latin stylistics. Students will meet once a week in an Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Greek course or informal setting where they will learn to use Latin consent. Offered occasionally. actively, as a supple, living instrument of written expression. Prerequisite: Open to all students who 480 Independent Study HU have completed Latin 002, regardless of whether they Staff are currently enrolled in any other Latin course; may Offered occasionally. be repeated indefinitely. Does not count toward the major. COURSES IN LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 201 Advanced Latin Literature: Vergil HU Staff 001 Elementary Latin HU Readings in Vergil's Eclogues, Georgics, and/or B.Mulligan Aeneid. Prerequisite: Latin 101-102 or the equivalent Introduction to the Latin language, including Typically offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr. vocabulary, grammar, style, and techniques for reading and translation of poetry and prose; with attention to Roman history, mythology, literature, 202 Advanced Latin Literature: Ovid's Love Poetry religion, and more. This is the first semester of a year- HU long course. Typically offered every Fall. B.Mulligan Focuses on the culminating works of the Latin Elegiac tradition—Ovid's Amores and Ars Amatoria, and 002 Elementary Latin HU their engagement with questions of genre, poetics, B.Mulligan subjectivity, fiction, and truth. Selections from other Completion of the introduction to the Latin language, Roman elegists and important scholarship will be read with readings in prose (especially Cicero and Sallust in English. Prerequisite: Latin 101-102 or the on the Catilinarian Conspiracy) and poetry (especially equivalent Typically offered yearly in alternation with Ovid and Vergil). Prerequisite: LATN001 or Bryn Mawr. equivalent. Typically offered every Spring. 350 Seminar in Latin Literature HU D.Roberts An advanced seminar in Latin language and literature, with special emphasis on the interpretation and discussion of texts in Latin and the reading of relevant scholarship. Topic to be determined by faculty; recent

75 topics have included "Poetry and Patronage in Flavian Comparative Literature) Rome" and "Translating the Classics: Theory, D.Roberts History, Practice." May be repeated for credit. This course, an exploration of tragedy and the tragic Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Latin course or from ancient Greece to the present, is concerned with consent. Offered occasionally. tragedy as a kind of drama, with the idea of the tragic as manifested in a variety of cultural contexts and forms, and with critiques of tragedy. Offered 480 Independent Study HU occasionally. Staff Offered occasionally. 215 Tales of Troy HU (Cross-listed in Comparative COURSES IN CLASSICAL STUDIES NOT Literature) B.Mulligan REQUIRING GREEK OR LATIN An introduction to the myth of the Trojan War and 119 Culture and Crisis in the Golden Age of its role in the history of western literature and culture, Athens HU focusing on the development and adaptation of the B.Mulligan, R. Germany myth in literature, art, music, and film from antiquity Introduction to classical culture though a team-taught to the present day. Offered occasionally. study of the Athenian achievement in literature, politics and philosophy from the Persian Wars to the 219 Rites of Laughter: Ancient Comedy and its trial and death of Socrates, largely through primary Legacy HU (Cross-listed in Comparative sources. The last third of the semester will feature an Literature) open-ended, student-led simulation of the aftermath R, Germany of the Peloponnesian War, in which students will A survey of Greek and Roman comic theater, from its debate social reconciliation after the expulsion of the ritual origins to its classical role in civic cultural life. tyrants, the organization of Athenian government, the Special emphasis will be given to related modern expansion of citizenship, the future of the Athenian forms of entertainment and to ancient and modern empire, and the fate of Socrates. Typically offered in theories of the comic. Prerequisite; None alternate years.

221 The Ancient Novel HU (Cross-listed in 121 The Roman Revolution HU Comparative Literature) R. Germany R. Germany An introduction to the literature and culture of An exploration of the earliest prose fiction in the ancient Rome, focusing on the transformative period Western literary tradition in relation to other ancient of the late republic and early principate, including genres and to the early modern novel, with attention topics such as the Romans' self-image, religion, sex to formulations of gender, heroism, truth, love, and and gender, and the relationship between art and violence. Offered occasionally. politics. Typically offered in alternate years.

290 History of Literary Theory: Plato to Shelley 209 Classical Mythology HU (Cross-listed in HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Comparative Literature and Religion) English) B.Mulligan D.Roberts An introduction to the primary characters and stories An historical survey of literary theory in the West, of Greek and Roman mythology—including cosmic from the Greeks to early 19th-century Europe, with creation, Olympian and other deities, and heroes— attention to key critical terms and concepts. both as they appear in Greek and Roman literature Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above. Typically and art and as they are later represented in modern offered in alternate years. art, music, and film. Typically offered in alternate years.

293 Translation and other Transformations: 212 The Classical Tradition in Western Literature Theory and Practice HU (Cross-listed in HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Comparative Literature) Religion) D.Roberts D.Roberts Prerequisite: Students must be at least at the An exploration of the uses of Greek and Latin intermediate level in at least one language other than literature in later writers, with attention to particularly English. influential ancient authors (Homer, Vergil, Ovid, and others), to a range of modern authors, and to the varieties of literary influence and intertextuality. 398 Senior Seminar HU Offered occasionally. Staff A bi-college, team-taught seminar focused on refining the ability to read, discuss, and critique classical 213 Tragedy and the Tragic: Suffering, culture and the scholarship of various sub-fields of Representation, and Response HU (Cross-listed in 76 Classics

Classical.Studies (e.g. literature, religion, philosophy, law, social history), leading towards the completion of a prospectus for the senior thesis. Typically offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr.

399 Senior Seminar HU R. Germany, B.Mulligan, D.Roberts Typically offered every Spring.

460 Teaching Assistant HU Staff Prerequisite: Qualified students may, with the consent of the instructor, serve as teaching assistants in certain courses. May only be taken twice.

480 Independent Study HU Staff Offered occasionally.

77 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Professor of Philosophy and Director of the Margaret The study of comparative literature situates Gest Center Ashok Gangadean literature in an international perspective, examines John R. Coleman Professor of Social Sciences and connections between literary history, literary Professor of History and East Asian Studies Paul criticism, critical theory, and poetics, and works Smith toward an understanding of the sociocultural Professor of Philosophy Kathleen Wright functions of literature. Interpretive methods from Associate Professor of French and Africana Studies other disciplines that interrogate cultural discourses Koffi Anyinefa also play a role in the comparative study of Associate Professor of Anthropology Laurie Kain Hart literature; among these are philosophy, history, Associate Professor of English Rajeswari Mohan religion, classical and area studies, Africana studies, Associate Professor of Spanish Graciela Michelotti gender studies, cultural studies, music, and the Associate Professor of Anthropology Zolani Ngwane history of art. Associate Professor of French David Sedley Assistant Professor of Classics Brett Mulligan Comparative literature students are required to Assistant Professor of English Debora Sherman have a reading knowledge of at least one foreign Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy Emmanuela language adequate to the advanced study of Bianchi literature in that language. Some comparative Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing Alissa Hartz literature courses may require reading knowledge of Visiting Associate Professor of German Heidi a foreign language as a prerequisite for admission. Schlipphacke Students considering graduate work in comparative Mellon Postdoctoral Fellow in Fine Arts John Muse literature should also study a second foreign language. At Bryn Mawr College: Professor of French Grace Morgan Armstrong COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Professor of English Peter Briggs Professor of English E. Jane Hedley ADVISORY COMMITTEE Professor of English Joseph E. Kramer At Haverford College: Professor of Philosophy Michael Krausz Barbara Riley Levin Professor of Spanish and Professor of History of Art Steven Z. Levine Comparative Literature Israel Burshatin, Chair Professor of Italian Nicholas Patruno William E. Kenan, Jr. Professor of Classics and Professor of Spanish Maria Cristina Quintero Comparative Literature Deborah Roberts Professor of Spanish Enrique Sacerio-GarI Associate Professor of Spanish Roberto Castillo Associate Professor of English and Africana Studies Sandoval Linda-Susan Beard Associate Professor of English Maud McInerney Associate Professor of English Michael Tratner Associate Professor of German Ulrich Schonherr Senior Lecturer in the Arts Program Mark Lord Associate Professor of French David Sedley Assistant Professor of Philosophy Jerry Miller COMPARATIVE LITERATURE MAJOR Assistant Professor of Religion Travis Zadeh REQUIREMENTS At Bryn Mawr College: Comparative Literature 200: Introduction to Fairbanks Professor in the Humanities and Professor Comparative Literature, normally taken by the of German and Comparative Literature Azade spring of the sophomore year; six advanced literature Seyhan courses in the original languages (normally at the Professor of Russian and Comparative Literature 200 level or above), balanced between two literature Elizabeth C. Allen departments (of which English may be one): at least Professor of Spanish Maria Cristina Quintero two of these (one in each literature) must be at the Associate Professor of French Francis Higginson 300 level or above, or its equivalent as approved in Associate Professor of History of Art Homay King advance by the advisor; one course in critical theory; Associate Professor of English Bethany Schneider two electives in comparative literature; Comparative Assistant Professor of Italian Roberta Ricci Literature 398: Theories and Methods in Comparative Literature; and 399: Senior Seminar in COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Comparative Literature. Courses in comparative literature may be drawn from a variety of TEACHING FACULTY departments. A listing of current courses appears At Haverford College: each year in the Bi-College Course Guide. Students Francis B. Gummere Professor of English and interested in pursuing a comparative literature major Professor of Africana Studies Kimberly Benston should discuss their preparation and program of Ruth Marshall Magill Professor of Music Curt courses with the comparative literature chairperson Cacioppo early in their first or second year at the college. Professor of English C. Stephen Finley Professor of Music Richard Freedman 78 Comparative Literature

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE MINOR 210 Spanish and Spanish American Film Studies HU (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin American REQUIREMENTS and Iberian Studies) Comparative Literature 200 and 398, plus four R. Castillo Sandoval advanced literature courses in the original languages Prerequisite: Span 102, placement, or consent. (normally at the 200 level or above) divided between two literature departments, of which English may be one. At least one course of these four must be at the 211 Introduction to Postcolonial Literature HU 300 level. Students who minor are encouraged to (Cross-listed in English) choose their national literature courses from those R.Mohan with a comparative component. Typically offered in alternate years.

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 212 The Classical Tradition in Western Literature REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS HU (Cross-listed in Classical Studies) Students who, in the judgment of the Advisory D.Roberts Committee in Comparative Literature, have done Offered occasionally. distinguished work in their comparative literature courses and in the Senior Seminar will be considered 214 Writing the Nation: 19th-Century Literature for Departmental Honors. in Latin America HU (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin American and Iberian Studies) COMPARATIVE LITERATURE COURSES R. Castillo Sandoval Prerequisite: Spanish 102, placement, or consent of 200 Introduction to Comparative Literature HU instructor. I.Burshatin

215 Tales of Troy HU (Cross-listed in Classical 203 Writing the Jewish Trajectories in Latin Studies) America HU (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin B.Mulligan American and Iberian Studies) Offered occasionally. G.Michelotti Prerequisite: Spanish 102, placement, or consent. 218 The Western Dramatic Tradition HU (Cross- listed in English) 204 The European Bildungsroman HU KBenston A.Ha rtz Typically offered in alternate years. Explores the popular 19th C form of the novel known as the Bildungsroman, or the novel of character development. We will read French, British, and 219 Rites of Laughter: Ancient Comedy and its German novels that focus on a character's search for Legacy HU (Cross-listed in Classical Studies) self-fulfillment, asking, among other things, what role R. Germany the Bildungsroman plays in the history of the novel. Prerequisite: None Authors may include Goethe, Dickens, Flaubert, Eliot, Hardy, and Gide. 220 The Epic in English HU (Cross-listed in English) 205 Studies in the Spanish American Novel HU M.Mclnerney (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin American and Iberian Studies) G.Michelotti 221 The Ancient Novel HU (Cross-listed in Prerequisite: Span 102, placement, or consent. Classical Studies) R. Germany

207 Fictions of Spanish American History HU (Cross-listed in Spanish) 222 Rethinking Latin America in Contemporary R. Castillo Sandoval Narrative HU (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin Prerequisite: Spanish 102, placement, or consent of American and Iberian Studies) the instructor. A. Gomez Unamuno Prerequisite: Spanish 102, placement, or consent.

209 Classical Mythology HU (Cross-listed in Classical Studies) 223 Topic in German Cultural Studies HU (Cross- B.Mulligan listed in German and African and African Studies) Typically offered in alternate years. I.Brust

79 228 The Logos and the Tao HU (Cross-listed in 255 Cinema et colonialisme HU (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies and Philosophy) French and African and Africana Studies) K. Wright KAnyinefit Prerequisite: One 100 level course or its equivalent, or consent. 258 Re-imagining the City: Berlin and Vienna in Literature and Film HU (Cross-listed in German) 230 Beauty, Rhetoric, Aesthetics, Philosophy HU H.Schlipphacke (Cross-listed in Independent College Programs and Prerequisite: Sophomore standing Philosophy) JMuse 262 The Male Body in Contemporary Cinema HU (Cross-listed in German and Gender and Sexuality 232 Inquiring Minds: Inquisition, Writing, and the Studies) Early Modern Subject HU (Cross-listed in Spanish H.Schlipphacke and Latin American and Iberian Studies) I.Burshatin Prerequisite: SPAN102, placement, or consent of the 266 Iberian Orientalism and the Nation HU instructor. (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin American and Iberian Studies and African and Africana Studies) I.Burshatin 235 Spanish American Theater HU (Cross-listed in Prerequisite: Freshman Writing or Span 102 or Spanish) consent. G.Michelotti Prerequisite: SPAN 102, placement, or consent of the instructor. 289 Children's Literature HU D.Roberts This course investigates the beginnings, selected 240 As the World Turned: Milton and Early historical developments, and some of the varieties of Modern Revolutions HU (Cross-listed in English) literature for children, and asks questions about the D.Sedley distinctiveness of such literature, its aims and its Prerequisite: Freshman Writing presumed readership, and the applicability of particular theoretical approaches to children's books. 241 Anthropology of the Mediterranean: Seminar We will look at folk tale and fairy tale, early examples on Greece SO (Cross-listed in Anthropology and of literature specifically for children, some particularly Latin American and Iberian Studies) L.Hart influential texts, and examples from several sub-genres Typically offered in alternate years. of children s literature; we will also spend a week each on picture books and poetry for children. Discussion will focus both on the texts themselves and on critical 242 Representing HU (Cross-listed in Spanish) issues of various kinds. Prerequisite: Sophomore A Saad-Maura standing or above. Preference to COML majors, Prerequisite: SPAN 102, placement, or consent. ENGL majors, and those minoring in EDUC or Teacher Cert Pgm. 243 Trans-Atlantic Exchanges: Conversion & Revolution in Britain HU (Cross-listed in English) L.McGrane 290 History of Literary Theory: Plato to Shelley Typically offered in alternate years. HU (Cross-listed in Classical Studies and English) D.Roberts/R. Germany Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above. Typically 248 The Quran HU (Cross-listed in Religion) offered in alternate years. T.Zadeh

293 Translation and other Transformations: 250 Quixotic Narratives HU (Cross-listed in Theory and Practice HU (Cross-listed in Classical Spanish and Latin American and Iberian Studies) Studies) IBurshatin D.Roberts An exploration of the theory and practice of translation (both historical and current) and of other 251 Music, Film, and Narrative HU (Cross-listed in Music) forms of rewriting. Theoretical readings include works R. Freedman by Dryden, Schleiermacher, Arnold, Benjamin, Venuti, and others; examples of translation will be Prerequisite: Music 203 or equivalent knowledge of drawn from a variety of texts in different languages. music theory. Students will have the opportunity to work on translation projects of their own. Prerequisite:

80 Comparative Literature

Students must be at least at the intermediate level in Prerequisite: Spanish 200-level or consent of the at least one language other than English. instructor

295 Interpretation and the Other: Meaning, 334 Gender Dissidence in Hispanic Writing HU Understanding and Alterity HU (Cross-listed in (Cross-listed in Spanish and Gender and Sexuality English and Philosophy and Religion) Studies and Latin American and Iberian Studies) D.Dawson, S.Finley IBurshatin Offered occasionally. Prerequisite: A 200 level course or consent of the instructor. 301 Topics in Medieval English Literature HU (Cross-listed in English and Gender and Sexuality 343 The Latin American City and its Narratives. Studies) HU (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin American MMcInerney and Iberian Studies) Prerequisite: Two courses in Engl at the 200 level or G.Michelotti consent of instructor. Prerequisite: A 200 level course, or consent of the instructor. 302 Speaking in Tongues HU (Cross-listed in English and Gender and Sexuality Studies) 352 Evita and Her Sisters HU (Cross-listed in M.Mclnerney Spanish and Gender and Sexuality Studies and Prerequisite: Two 200-level courses in English. Latin American and Iberian Studies) G.Michelotti Prerequisite: A 200 level course or consent of the 306 Of Monsters and Marvels: Wonder in Islamic instructor. Traditions HU (Cross-listed in Religion) T.Zadeh Prerequisite: Consent 359 Music - Text - Performance HU (Cross-listed in German) U.Schtinherr 312 Advanced Topics HU (Cross-listed in French Prerequisite: One 200-level course in the Humanities. and African and Africana Studies) KAnytnefa 381 Textual Politics: Marxism, Feminism, and the Deconstruction HU (Cross-listed in English and 315 Novisima literatura hispanoamericana HU Gender and Sexuality Studies) (Cross-listed in Spanish) E.Bianchi G.Michelotti Prerequisite: Two 200-level courses in Engl or Prerequisite: A 200 level course or consent of consent. instructor.

382 On the Sublime HU (Cross-listed in English) 320 Spanish American Colonial Writings HU D.Sherman (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin American and Prerequisite: Two courses in English at the 200 level or Iberian Studies) permission of instructor R. Castillo Sandoval Prerequisite: One 200-level Spanish course or consent. 385 Popular Culture, Cultural Identity and the Arts in Latin American HU (Cross-listed in 321 Topics in German Literature: Literature and Spanish and Latin American and Iberian Studies) New Media: From the Gutenberg-Galaxy to R. Castillo Sandoval Cyberspace HU (Cross-listed in German) Prerequisite: A 200 level course or consent of U.Schonherr instructor.

322 Politics of Memory in Latin America HU 388 Problems in Narrative: Obsession, Trauma, (Cross-listed in Spanish) Hysteria, Oblivion, Bliss HU (Cross-listed in A. Gomez Unamuno English) Prerequisite: Spanish 200 level, or consent of the KBenston instructor. Prerequisite: Two courses in English at 200 level or consent. 323 Inquiring Minds: Inquisition, writing, and the early modern subject HU (Cross-listed in Spanish and Latin American and Iberian Studies) 11Burshatin

81 389 Problems in Poetics: The Interpretation of 215 La literatura afro-hispanica (Also called Lyric HU (Cross-listed in English) Spanish 215) KBenston 216 Interpreting Myths (Also called Classical Prerequisite: Two courses in English at the 200 level or Studies 210) permission of instructor 222 Aesthetics/Nature/Experience of Art (Also called Philosophy 222) 229 Movies and Mass Politics (Also called English 398 Theories and Methods in Comparative 229) Literature HU 230 The Poetics of Desire in the Lyric Poetry of D.Sedley Renaissance Italy and (Also called Italian Advanced work in the history and problems of 231 and Spanish 230) comparative literature. Prerequisite: Open only to 231 Cultural profiles modern exile (Also called students majoring or minoring in Comp Lit. Anthropology & German 231) Occasionally open, with permission, to Jr. Comp Lit 234 Postcolonial Literature in English (Also called majors who plan to study away Typically offered yearly English 234) in alternation with Bryn Mawr. 245 Women's Narratives of Migrancy and Exile (Also called German 245, Anthropology 245, and 399 Senior Seminar HU Growth and Structure of Cities 245) R. Castillo Sandoval, A.Seyhan 279 Introduction to African Literature (Also called Oral and written presentations of work in progress, English 279) culminating in a senior thesis and comprehensive oral 283 The Urban Novel (Also called English 283) examination. 298 Cultural Politics of Memory (Also called English 298) COURSES IN CLASSICAL STUDIES NOT 306 Film Theory (Also called English and History REQUIRING GREEK OR LATIN of Art 306) 308 Spanish Drama of the Golden Age (Also called Spanish 308) 213 Tragedy and the Tragic: Suffering, 318 The Matter of Troy (Also called English 318) Representation, and Response HU (Cross-listed in 323 Culture and Interpretation (Also called Classical Studies) Philosophy 323) D.Roberts 325 Etudes avances de civilisation (Also called Offered occasionally. French 325) 333 Queer Theory/Queer Literature (Also called TOPICS COURSES English 333) The prerequisite for all 300-level topics courses is two 343 Translating America (Also called English 343) courses in English at the 200 level or permission of 350 Voix medievales/ echos modernes (Also called instructor, unless otherwise indicated. Courses vary French 350) from year to year and include the following: 352 Romanticism and Interpretation (Also called English 352) 398 Theories & Methods in Comparative 377 Problems in Postcolonial Literature HU Literature (Cross-listed in English) R.Mohan

SEMINARS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY All religion department seminars may be repeated for credit with change of content.

308 Mystical Literatures of Islam HU (Cross-listed in Religion) T.Zadeh

COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE:

200 Introduction to Comparative Literature 209 Philosophical Approaches to Criticism (Also called German 209) 210 Women and Opera (Also called Italian 210) 211 Primo Levi, the Holocaust, and its Aftermath (Also called Italian 211, Hebrew 211) 212 Borges y sus lectores (Also called Spanish 211) 213 Approches theoriques (Also called French 213)

82 COMPUTER SCIENCE

Computer Science is the representation and THE COMPUTER SCIENCE manipulation of information - the study of the CONCENTRATION FOR theory, analysis, design, and implementation of the data structures that represent information, and the MATHEMATICS MAJORS algorithms that transform them. Computer Science 1. Computer Science 105 and 206 is interdisciplinary, with roots in mathematics, 2. Either Computer Science 240 01.'245 physics and engineering, and with applications in 3. Either Computer Science 340 or 345 virtually every academic discipline and professional 4. One additional computer science course enterprise. numbered 300 or higher 5. One additional computer science course Computer Science at Haverford College numbered 200 or higher, or a related course in (www.cs.haverford.edu) emphasizes these mathematics or physics (such as Math 203, 210, fundamental concepts in conjunction with depth of 218, 231, 235, 236, 237, 250, or Physics 316, 322) thought and clarity of expression. This approach is consistent with the principles of scientific education THE COMPUTER SCIENCE in the liberal arts. The aim is to provide students with a base of skills and capabilities which CONCENTRATION FOR PHYSICS transcend short-term fashions and fluctuations in MAJORS computer hardware and software. Computer 1. Computer Science 105 and 206 Science offers a Major, a Concentration for 2. Physics 316 (Electronic Instrumentation and Mathematics Majors, a Concentration for Physics Computers) Majors, and a Minor. Computer Science also 3. Either Physics 322 (Solid State Physics) or participates and contributes substantially to the Computer Science/Physics 304 (Computational Concentration in Scientific Computing. Details of Physics) these programs are given at 4. Two additional courses numbered 200 or higher www.cs.haverford.edu/curriculum. chosen from the Haverford or Bryn Mawr computer science programs COMPUTER SCIENCE FACULTY Professor Steven Lindell THE CONCENTRATION IN SCIENTIFIC Associate Professor David G. Wonnacott COMPUTING Assistant Professor and Lab Coordinator John P. for Math, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Economics Dougherty and Astronomy majors: See separate section in this catalog. Affiliated Faculty: Professor of Mathematics Lynne Butler J. McLain King Professor of Mathematics Curtis THE COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR Greene 1. Computer Science 105 and 206 William H. and Johanna A. Harris Distinguished 2. Computer Science/Math 231 (Discrete Professor of Computational Science Robert Mathematics) Manning 3. Either Computer Science 240 and (355 or 356), Professor of Biology Philip M. Meneely or Computer Science 245 and 350 Professor of Physics 'Walter Smith 4. Either Computer Science 340 or 345 Assistant Professor of Physics Peter Love COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES At Bryn Mawr College: Professor Deepak Kumar 100 The World of Computing NA/QU Associate Professor Douglas Blank J.Dougherty Assistant Professor Dianna Xu Survey of fundamental ideas in computing (user interfaces, algorithms, translation, history, Internet THE COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR and Web, limits of computation, artificial intelligence, social implications, accessibility), With a weekly 1. Computer Science 105 and 206 laboratory/discussion section and a term project to 2. Computer Science/Math 231 (Discrete extend course concepts and demonstrate quantitative Mathematics) reasoning. Prerequisite: none. Does not count toward 3. Computer Science 240, 245, 340, and 345 the major. Typically offered in alternate years. 4. Computer Science 350 or 355 or 356 5. One additional 300-level course in computer science, and two additional courses numbered 200 101 Fluency with Information Technology NA/QU or higher (or related courses in math or physics) S.Lindell 6. Computer Science 480 project and paper A study of the skills, concepts and capabilities involve in the design, implementation and effective use of 83 information technology. Using a variety of structures for collections (set, vector, list, stack, queue, quantitative techniques, we will explore a range of tree, graph); introduction to object-orientated uses of information technology in various fields. programming. Weekly programming laboratory Prerequisite: none. Does not count toward the major. section. Prerequisite: CMSC 105 (or 110 at Bryn Typically offered in alternate years. Mawr) or consent. Typically offered every Spring.

105 Introduction to Computer Science NA/QU 210 Linear Optimization and Game Theory D.Wonnacott NA/QU (Cross-listed in Mathematics and Introduction to the intellectual and software tools Economics) used to create and study algorithms: formal and L.Butler informal problem specification; problem solving and Prerequisite: MATH 215 or MATH 115 and algorithm design techniques; reliability', proofs, and concurrent registration in MATH 215. Typically testing techniques; program clarity, complexity and offered in alternate years. efficiency; functional and imperative paradigms; associated programming skills. Weekly programming laboratory section. Prerequisite: none. Typically offered 215 Human Computer Interaction NA every Fall. S.Lindell Interaction between people and machines, with a focus on how computer interfaces can be made more 130 Foundations of Rigorous Thinking NA/QU convenient. Issues considered will include the study of S.Lindell cognitive principles, foundations of perception, and Quantitative seminar tq develop reasoning skills guidelines for accessibility, together with safety and through mathematics: logic and sets. Uses symbology social implications. Prerequisite: One course in for abstract objects and formal methods of computing. Computer Science or permission of the instructor. A transition course for non-science students who Offered occasionally. might wish to do further work in computer or cognitive science. Prerequisite: none. Offired occasionally. 235 Information and Coding Theory NA (Cross- listed in Mathematics) S.Lindell 147 A History of Mechanized Thought NA (Cross- This course covers the mathematical theory of the listed in Writing Program) transmission (sending or storing) of information. S.Lindell Included will be encoding and decoding techniques, An exploration of the history of computer and both for the purposes of data compression and for the information systems, from early number systems to detection and correction of errors. Prerequisite: Math binary arithmetic, and from the abacus to the modern 215 (may be taken concurrently). Offered occasionally. computer. Includes a laboratory which explores aspects of digital and analog computing. Prerequisite: none (Satisfies the first year writing requirement.) 240 Principles of Computer Organization NA Offered occasionally. J.Dougher, D.Wonnacott Treatment of the hierarchical design of modern digital computers: boolean logic/algebra; sequential state 187 Scientific Computing: Discrete Systems NA systems; register machines; instruction sets; memory (Cross-listed in Biology) organization; assembly language programming. P.Meneely, D.Wonnacott Lectures cover the theoretical aspects of system A survey of computational techniques with architecture; labs provide implementation experience applications in a variety of natural and social sciences, via a hardware simulator. Prerequisite: CMSC 206 or with an emphasis on problems involving discrete consent. MATH 231 recommended. Typically offered systems such as strings and networks. Computer yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr, programming is in lecture, so no prior programming experience is required. First priority is to students who have declared a concentration in scientific computing 245 Principles of Programming Languages NA (if this goes forward); if space is available, freshmen D. Wonnacott and sophomores share the second highest priority, Study of the design and implementation of modern with juniors and seniors at the lowest priority. programming languages: lexical and syntactic analysis; Prerequisite: One semester of any (social or natural) scoping mechanisms; run-time environments; science is recommended. Offered occasionally. implementation of structured, functional, object- oriented, and concurrent programming languages. Lectures cover theoretical foundations of language 206 Introduction to Data Structures NA/QU design and implementation; labs provide IDougherol opportunities to both use and implement language Overview of the intellectual and software tools used to features. Prerequisite: CMSC 206 or consent. create and study data structures: specification of data CMSC/MATH 231 strongly recommended. Typically types; abstraction and representation; reasoning tools offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr. to study correctness and efficiency; classic data

84 Computer Science

287 High Performance Computing NA 393 Physics of Computation NA JDougherol S.Lindell Prerequisite: CMSC 206 or consent. Offered Advanced seminar covering the fundamental physical occasionally. limits and potentials of computation. Prerequisite: Math 235 or Physics 303 or instructor consent. Offered occasionally. 304 Computational Physics NA/QU (Cross-listed in Physics) P.Love 399 Senior Thesis NA Prerequisite: Jr. standing. Physics 213 and either D. Wonnacott CMSC 105 or extensive experience with a taken for a half credit in both the fall and spring programming language or consent. Typically offered in semesters, whose purpose is to prepare the thesis. alternate years. Prerequisite: senior standing

340 Analysis of Algorithms NA (Cross-listed in 460 Teaching Assistant NA Mathematics) JDougherty S.Lindell Does not count toward the major. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of algorithms and their corresponding data structures from a precise mathematical point of view. Performance bounds, 480 Independent Study NA asymptotic and probabilistic analysis, worst case and JDougherty, S.Lindell, D.Wonnacott average case behavior. Correctness and complexity. The pursuit of advanced material under the direct Particular classes of algorithms such as sorting and supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: searching will be studied in detail. Prerequisite: CMSC permission of instructor 206. Typically offered in alternate years. ELECTIVES

345 Theory of Computation NA (Cross-listed in Mathematics) 394 Advanced Topics in Theoretical Computer S.Lindell Science & Discrete Mathematics NA (Cross-listed Introduction to the mathematical foundations of in Mathematics) computer science: finite state automata, formal D.Lippel languages and grammars, Turing machines, Prerequisite: MATH 333 or consent. Typically offered computability, unsolvability, and computational in alternate years. complexity. Prerequisite: CMSC/MATH 231. Typically offered in alternate years. RELATED COURSES IN MATHEMATICS 203 Applied Statistics 210 Linear Optimization and Game Theory 350 Compiler Design NA 215 Linear Algebra D. Wonnacott 218 Probability and Statistics A practical introduction to modern compiler and 222 Introduction to Scientific Computing interpreter design with a substantial laboratory 250 Combinatorial Analysis component using compiler-writing tools. Prerequisite: CMSC 245. Typically offered yearly in alternation with RELATED COURSES IN PHYSICS Bryn Mawr. 316 Electronic Instrumentation and Computers 322 Solid State Physics

356 Concurrency and Co-Design in Operating COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES OFFERED Systems NA AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE JDougherol 110 Introduction to Computing A practical introduction to the principles of shared- 120 Visualizing Information memory concurrent programming and of 212 Computer Graphics hardware/software co-design, which together underlie 231 Discrete Mathematics modern operating systems; includes a substantial 246 Programming Paradigms laboratory component, currently using Java's high- 325 Computational Linguistics level concurrency and the HERA architecture. 330 Algorithms: Design & Practice Prerequisite: CMSC240 Typically offered in alternate 355 Operating Systems years. 361 Emergence 371 Cognitive Science 392 Advanced Topics in Computer Science NA 372 Artificial Intelligence 'Dougherty 376 Androids: Design & Practice Prerequisite: CMSC 206 or consent. Offered 380 Recent Advances in Computer Science occasionally.

85 THE CONCENTRATION IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING

Many disciplines in the natural and social sciences required for graduation any course that substantially include a significant sub-discipline that is explicitly repeats the content of another course already computational. Examples include astronomy, completed, even though the course numbers may biology, chemistry, economics, and physics. In some suggest an advancing sequence. For example, both fields, such as biology, the use of computation has introductory computer science courses, CS H105 become so widespread that basic literacy in and CS B110, cannot be taken for credit.) computation is increasingly important and may soon become required. The concentration in scientific (A) A one-semester introduction to Computer computing gives students an opportunity to develop Science and programming drawn from the following a basic facility with the tools and concepts involved three courses: CS H105 or CS B110 (Introduction in applying computation to a scientific problem, and to Computer Science); CS H187 (Scientific to explore the specific computational aspects of their Computing — Discrete Problems) own major disciplines. (B) Two courses with a focus on scientific Three of the six courses required for the computing from the following list: concentration focus exclusively on computing: one is an introduction to computer science and • Math H222: Scientific Computing - programming, and the other two focus on the Continuous Problems general issues of the use of computation in a broad • CS H392: Advanced Topics: High range of scientific disciplines. For the remaining Performance Scientific Computing three courses in the concentration, students choose • CS H/B206: Introduction to Data Structures from a list of elective courses offered by a variety of • CS B250: Computational Models in the departments. These courses involve the particular Sciences use of computation relevant for that particular • one additional course from the list in part (A) department. The Scientific Computing web page, above (though B110 and H105 can not both be (http://www.cs.haverford.edu/programs/SC- taken) conc.html) contains some suggested tracks for a variety of majors, although a student may also (C) Three credits worth of electives in which real- design her/his own track in consultation with one of world phenomena are investigated using the coordinators of the concentration. computation, at a significant level as determined by the standards of that discipline. At least one of these THE CONCENTRATION IN SCIENTIFIC three credits must come from a 300-level course or COMPUTING COORDINATORS FOR courses (not senior research). 2009-2010 These courses should be drawn from the following list: Assistant Professor of Astronomy and Physics Peter Love, • Astronomy H321: Stellar Structure and Concentration coordinator Evolution Associate Professor of Biology Robert Fairman, • Biology H300: Superlab Concentration coordinator Advanced Genetic Analysis (1/2 Assistant Professor of Chemistry Casey Londergan, • Biology H301: Concentration coordinator credit) Assistant Professor of Computer Science John • Biology H354: Computational Genomics (1/2 Dougherty, Concentration coordinator credit) Assistant Professor of Economics Indradeep Ghosh, • Biology H357: Protein Design (1/2 credit) Concentration coordinator • Chemistry H304: Physical Chemistry I Willam H. and Johanna A. Harris Associate Professor • Chemistry H305: Physical Chemistry II of Computational Science Robert Manning, • Chemistry B322: Advanced Physical Concentration coordinator Chemistry: Mathematical Modeling & Natural Processes THE CONCENTRATION IN SCIENTIFIC • CS B120: Visualizing Information COMPUTING REQUIREMENTS • CS H225: Fundamentals of Databases The concentration in scientific computing consists • CS H235: Information and Coding Theory of six courses selected from the following list and • Economics H365: Computational Methods in approved by the student's concentration advisor. Economics (Note: As per College rules, the CSC consists of 6 • Economics S032: Operations Research required courses. Of these 6 courses, 2-3 count • Math H204/B210: Differential Equations, in toward both the student's major and concentration. years in which it includes significant computer Students may not count among the 32 course credits

86 The Concentration in Scientific Computing

lab exercises involving modeling and/or simulation • Math H210: Linear Optimization and Game Theory • Math H218: Probability, in years in which it includes significant computer lab exercises involving modeling and/or simulation • Math H286: Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis • Math H394: Advanced Topics in Computer Science and Discrete Math • Math H397: Advanced Topics in Applied Math • Math 5056: Modeling • Physics H304: Computational Physics • Physics B306: Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences • Physics H316: Electronic Instrumentation and Computers • Physics 5026: Chaos, Fractals, Complexity, Self-Organization, and Emergence • Up to 1 credit of senior research (e.g., Astronomy H404, Bio H40x, Chemistry H361, CS H480, Math H399, Physics H41x), if the project has a significant focus on scientific computing

(D) Some part of completion of the concentration must include a project-based experience in which computation is applied to investigate a real-world phenomenon, e.g.,

A senior thesis/experience with significant scientific computing component, or A summer research experience, or A multi-week project for a course that may (or may not) be one of the three electives that fulfill requirement (C).

87 EAST ASIAN STUDIES

Students may complete a major in East Asian C. V. Starr Professorship in Asian Studies and Studies or a minor in Chinese and Japanese. Associate Professor of Chinese and Linguistics Shizhe Huang (on leave Semester I) The Bi-College Department of East Asian Studies Associate Professor Hank Glassman links rigorous language training to the study of East Senior Lecturer Yoko Koike Asian, and particularly Chinese and Japanese, Instructor Minako Kobayashi culture and society. In addition to our intensive programs in Chinese and Japanese languages, EAST ASIAN STUDIES MAJOR departmental faculty offer courses in East Asian philosophy, linguistics, literature, religion, and REQUIREMENTS social and intellectual history. The East Asian 1. Completion of at least the third-year level of Studies program also incorporates courses by (Mandarin) Chinese or Japanese (i.e. 101-102). affiliated Bi-College faculty on East Asian Students who entered college with native fluency in anthropology, cities, economics, philosophy, and one East Asian language (including Korean) must sociology, as well as additional courses on East complete this requirement with another East Asian Asian culture and society by faculty at Swarthmore. language.

The intellectual orientation of the East Asian 2. EAST 200B (Major Seminar: Methods and Studies Department is primarily historical and text- Approaches to East Asian Studies), which highlights based; that is, we focus on East Asia's rich cultural the emergence of East Asia as a coherent cultural traditions as a way to understand its present, region and introduces students to basic through the study of primary sources (in translation bibliographic skills and research approaches. and in the vernacular) and scholarly books and articles. All students wishing to specialize in this 3. Five additional courses in East Asian cultures, as humanistic approach to the study of China, Japan, follows: one 100-level Introduction (from among and (with special approval) Korea are encouraged to EAST 120, 129, 131, or 132); two 200-level consider the East Asian Studies major. But we also courses; and two 300-level seminars. work closely with affiliated faculty in the Bi-Co and Tri-Co community who approach East Asia from 4. A senior seminar (EAST 398, 399, culminating in the perspective of such social science disciplines as the completion of a senior thesis early in the spring Anthropology, Economics, Political Science, semester.) Sociology, and the Growth and Structure of Cities, as well as with faculty in History, Music, Religion, EAST ASIAN STUDIES MINOR and Philosophy. EAS majors are encouraged to take REQUIREMENTS advantage of these programs to supplement their The Department of East Asian Studies offers minors EAS coursework. in both Chinese and Japanese. The requirement is six courses in either language. This minor is EAST ASIAN STUDIES FACULTY currently administered at Bryn Mawr.

Chairs LANGUAGE PLACEMENT TESTS Placement tests for first-time students at all levels are Professor Robert Dostal, Co-Chair at Bryn Mawr conducted in the week before classes start in the fall College, Semester II semester. To qualify for third-year language courses Paul Shorey Professor of Greek Richard Hamilton, students need to finish Second-year courses with a Co-Chair at Bryn Mawr College (on leave semester score of 3.0 or above in all four areas of training: II) Listening, speaking, reading, and writing. In the Associate Professor Hank Glassman, Co-Chair at event that students do not meet the minimum grade Haverford College at the conclusion of Second-year language study, they must consult with the director of the respective At Bryn Mawr College: language program and work out a summer study Associate Professor Yonglin Jiang plan that may include taking summer courses or Assistant Professor Pauline Lin (on leave Semester II) studying on their own under supervision. They must Lecturer Tz'u Chiang take a placement test before starting Third-year Instructor Changchun Zhang language study in the fall. At Haverford College: EAST ASIAN STUDIES REQUIREMENTS John R. Coleman Professor of Social Sciences and Professor of History and East Asian Studies Paul FOR HONORS Jakov Smith Honors in East Asian studies will be awarded by the Associate Professor Hank Glassman departmental faculty on the basis of superior 88 East Asian Studies performance in two areas: coursework in major- special reference to such topics as belief, family, related courses (including language classes), and the language, the arts, and sociopolitical organization. senior thesis. A 3.7 average in major-related Readings include primary sources in English coursework is considered the minimum necessary for translation and secondary studies. consideration for honors.

STUDY ABROAD EAST B200 Major Seminar: Methods and Approaches in East Asian Studies The East Asian Studies Department strongly YJiang recommends study abroad to maximize language This course introduces current and prospective majors proficiency and cultural familiarity. Because study to the scope and methods of East Asian Studies. It abroad provides an unparalleled opportunity to employs readings on East Asian history and culture as study a culture from the inside, students spending a a platform for exercises in critical analysis, semester or year in China, Japan, or Korea will be bibliography, cartography and the formulation of required to prepare an essay of 10 pages on research topics and approaches. It culminates in a significant issues confronting their host country, substantial research essay. Required of East Asian based on information from local newspapers or Studies majors, but open to others by permission, the magazines, television, or personal interviews. No course should be taken before the senior year. departmental credit will be granted for study abroad Prerequisite: One year of Chinese or Japanese. without satisfactory completion of this assignment, whose details should be worked out with the student's advisor. EAST H201 Introduction to Buddhism (Cross- listed in Religion) Formal approval is required by the study abroad H.Glassman advisor prior to the student's travel. Without this Focusing on the East Asian Buddhist tradition, this approval, credit for courses taken abroad will not be course examines Buddhist philosophy, doctrine and accepted by the East Asian studies department. practice as textual traditions and as lived religion.

If studying abroad is not practical, students may consider attending certain intensive summer schools EAST B206 Modern Chinese Literature and Film approved by the East Asian studies department. P.Lin These plans must be worked out in concert with the Introduces the development of modern Chinese program's study abroad advisor and the student's literature and related film since the 19th century in dean. terms of the significant motifs of enlightenment and decadence, The course enriches the understanding of EAST ASIAN STUDIES COURSES heterogeneous "modernities" rather than the homogeneous "modernity" in modern China. Not EAST H120 Chinese Perspectives on the Individual offered in 2009-10. and Society (Cross-listed in History) P.Smith EAST B210 Topics in Chinese Culture: Late A survey of philosophical, literary, legal, and Imperial China: Marco Polo to 18th Century autobiographical sources on Chinese notions of the Staff individual in traditional and modern China. This course is broad chronological survey of Chinese Particular emphasis is placed on identifying how ideal history with a focus on foreign relations. In this and actual relationships between the individual and period, China stood at the center of the emerging society vary across class and gender and over time. world economy. The rise of Inner Asian armies on Special attention will be paid to the early 20th horseback led China to be ruled by Mongolian and century, when Western ideas about the individual Manchurian leaders, fostering new notions of the begin to penetrate Chinese literature and political empire. Interactions with Europeans became more discourse. Not offered in 2009-10. common, from Marco Polo near the beginning of the period to British merchants at the end. Students are EAST B131 Chinese Civilization (Cross-listed in encouraged to relate these changes to their History) understanding of present-day China. Not offered in Y.Jiang 2009-10. A broad chronological survey of Chinese culture and society from the Bronze Age to the present, with EAST B212 Introduction to Chinese Literature: special reference to such topics as belief, family, Literature in Everyday Life language, the arts and sociopolitical organization. Readings include primary sources in English P.Lin The rituals of everyday life marks the passing of our translation and secondary studies. personal histories: they include the basics for EAST H132 Japanese Civilization sustenance, as well as the extravagant and H. Glassman serendipitous occurrences; there is a rhythm to daily A broad chronological survey of Japanese culture and life, and there are interruptions to that rhythm. At the society from the earliest times to the present, with same time, records of daily life also reflect a given 89 period, its culture, people or the individual writers. change, becoming symbols of both the promise and This course explores literature about everyday life the discontents of modernity. At the same time, beginning from the earliest times with the Book of Chinese cities maintained their roles as centers of Songs to the great 18th century novel, the Dream of economic, political, and religious activity. How did the Red Chamber. Topics include: farm life and these shifts affect urban life? We will consider answers gardens, the "things" in life, travels, courtship, to these questions with reference to hygiene, markets, dreams, tea culture, and food. military bases, crime, imperialism, and labor. Not offered in 2009-10.

EAST H218 Chinese Calligraphy As an Art Form (Cross-listed in Fine Arts) EAST H240 Economic Development and Y.Li Transformation: China vs. India (Cross-listed in This course is a 200-level studio/lecture art course. It Economics) combines studio practice and creating art projects S.Jilani with slide lectures, readings and museum visits. A survey of the economic development and recent Students will learn the basic techniques of Chinese transitional experience in China and India, giant Calligraphy, its historical roots and development, and neighboring countries, accounting for roughly one its connection with society, politics, and religion. It third of total world population. The course will offers training in disciplined hand-eye coordination examine the economic structure and policies in the together with an appreciation for this ancient and two countries, with a focus on comparing China and contemporary art form. At the same time students will India's recent economic successes and failures, their learn how western artists, such as Van Gogh, Franz development policies and strategies, institutional Kline, Jackson Pollock, Robert Motherwell, and changes, and factors affecting the transformation Willem de Kooning, were influenced by Chinese process in the two countries. calligraphy and built on its techniques in their own work. EAST H244 Anthropology of China (Cross-listed in Anthropology) EAST B225 Topics in Modern Chinese Literature: M. Gillette Modern China through Literature, Art and Film Social institutions, cultural idioms, and forms of (Cross-listed as HART 225 and HIST 220) representation in and of Chinese society over the past P.Lin 150 years. Through investigations of ethnographic This course explores modern China from the early monographs, missionary records, memoirs, and realist 20th century to the present through its literature, art, fiction, we develop skills in socialgraphs, missionary and films, reading them as commentaries of their own records, memoirs, and realist fiction, we develop skills time. We will begin with the May Fourth Movement in social analysis and cultural critique, and enrich our and conclude with the social and ecological effects of understanding of contemporary Chinese society. China's recent economic boom. Materials will include Prerequisite: One course in East Asian Studies or literary works of Lu Xun, Ba Jin, Zhou Zuoren, consent. Zhang Ailing; artworks of Xu Beihong, Zhang Dali, and the modern experimentalists; films by the Chinese Fourth, and Fifth, Generation filmmakers, as well as EAST H256 Zen Thought, Zen Culture, Zen documentaries by Carma Hinton and Antony History Thomas. Not offered in 2009:10. H.Glassman What are we talking about when we talk about Zen? This course is an introduction to the intellectual and EAST H228 The Logos and the Tao (Cross-listed cultural history of the style of Buddhism known as in Philosophy and Comparative Literature) Zen in Japanese. We will examine the development K Wright and expression of this religious movement in China, This course challenges the postmodern construction Korea, Japan and Vietnam. Not offered in 2009-10. of "China" as the (feminine) poetic "Other" to the (masculine) metaphysical "West" by analyzing EAST H260 Mid-Imperial China HU (Cross-listed postmodern concepts of word, image, and writing in relation to Chinese poetry, painting, and calligraphy. in History) Prerequisite: One 100 level course or its equivalent, or P.Smith This course surveys the fundamental transformation consent. Not offered in 2009-10. of Chinese society between the 10th and 17th centuries, with particular stress on the civil service EAST B229 Comparative Urbanism: Colonial and examinations and the rise of a literocentric elite; the Post-Colonial Cities (Cross-listed as ANTH B229 impact of Neo-Confucianism on social and gender and CITY B229) relations; relations between China, the nomad polities G.McDonogh of the steppe, and (by the 16th century) the This course exams the issues of colonialism, post- increasingly inquisitive representatives of the West; colonialism, and urbanism in a Chinese context. As and the cultural consequences for Chinese of all social Chinese society transformed in the nineteenth and strata of the growing power of money. Prerequisite: early twentieth centuries, cities were at the forefront of 90 East Asian Studies

Open to sophomores and above. Not offered in 2009- medieval Ye and Luoyang, the cosmopolitan eighth 10. century Chang'an, and concluding with bustling 11th-century Bianjing. Extensive use of visual materials, such as city plans and descriptions, EAST H261 Late Imperial China, 1600-1900 architecture and gardens, works by notable writers and (Cross-listed in History) painters. Not offered in 2009-10. P.Smith Surveys Chinese culture and society at the height of the imperial era through the 18th century and the EAST H282 Structure of Chinese (Cross-listed in ensuing political and cultural crises catalyzed by Linguistics) institutional decline and Western imperialism in the S.Huang 19th and early 20th centuries. Prerequisite: This course is designed to provide an overview of the Sophomore standing or above and at least one prior historical development of the Chinese language and course in History or East Asian Studies. its structures in terms of phonetics/phonology, syntax and semantics. The goal is to help students look at Chinese from both a historical and a theoretical EAST B263 The Chinese Revolution perspective. Students from Linguistics will have an Yliang opportunity to enrich and broaden their Places the causes and consequences of the 20th understanding of linguistic theories and century revolutions in historical perspective, by methodologies, and to develop skills in analyzing a examining its late-imperial antecedents and tracing non-Indo-European language, while students who how the revolution has (and has not) transformed have completed at least Second-year Chinese will be China, including the lives of such key revolutionary exposed to systematic analyses of the language to learn supporters as the peasantry, women, and intellectuals. the general patterns. Prerequisites: At least two of the following three: Introduction to Syntax, Introduction EAST B264 Human Rights in China (Cross-listed to Semantics, Second-year Chinese or above. Or as Hist B260) consent of the instructor. Not offered in 2009-10. Kliang This course will examine China's human rights issues EAST B325 Topics in Chinese History and from a historical perspective. The topics include Culture: China's Environment: History, Policy, diverse perspectives on human rights, historical and Rights (Cross-listed as HIST326) background, civil rights, religious practice, justice Yliang system, education, as well as the problems concerning Most commentators link China's environmental issues some social groups such as migrant laborers, women, to the country's post-1978 economic growth and ethnic minorities and peasants. overlook the historical roots of many of these ecological problems. This course will investigate key EAST H265 Modern Japan SO (Cross-listed in topics in the environmental history of China over the History) last three thousand years. We will begin by B. Walsh considering a range of analytical approaches, Explores selected topics in the rise of modern Japan including environmental history, institutional politics, from the late-16th century to the Pacific War, human rights, and political ecology, and will then including the creation of the centralized Tokugawa explore three general periods in China's state, the urban culture of the 17th and 18th environmental changes: imperial times, Mao's socialist centuries, the Meiji Restoration and modernization in experiments, and the post-Mao reforms. the late-19th and early-20th centuries, and the sources and consequences of Japanese imperialism. EAST H349 Topics in Comparative History: The Medieval Transformation of Eurasia, circa 1000- EAST B270 Japanese Architecture and Planning 1400 (Cross-listed as CITY B270 and HART B270) P.Smith CHein This course surveys the nature of and linkages Not offered in 2009-10. between changes in Europe, the Islamic world, China and Japan, with a primary focus on such literary sources as The Canterbury Tales (Europe), The EAST B272 Topics-in Early and Medieval China: Arabian Nights (Middle East), Tale of the Heike Chinese Cities & City Culture (Cross-listed as (Japan) and The Story of the Western Wing (China). CITY B273 and HART B272) P.Lin Cities are the political, cultural and economic centers EAST H370 Topics in Buddhist Studies: The Lotus of a time and space; each is distinguished by Sutra(Cross-listed in Religion) geographic locale, architectural details, inhabitants H.Glassman and its literary, artistic and historical milieu. We An advanced course on a topic chosen annually by investigate the literary and cultural artifacts: beginning instructor. The purpose of this course is to give with magnificent Chang'an and Luoyang; on to students with a basic background in Buddhist Studies

91 deeper conversancy with a particular textual, thematic, CNSE 001,002 First-year Chinese-Intensive HU or practice tradition in the history of Buddhism. C.Zhang, staff An intensive introductory course in modern spoken and written Chinese. The development of oral-aural EAST H382 Topics in Chinese Syntax and skills is integrated through grammar explanations Semantics (Cross-listed in Linguistics) and drill sessions designed to reinforce new material S.Huang through active practice. 6 hours a week of class and In this course we will concentrate on one or two oral practice plus mandatory one-on-one sessions topics exemplifying core issues in the study of Chinese with the instructor. This is a year-long course; both syntax and semantics. Topics vary but may include semesters (CNSE 001 and 002) are required for a modification structure, quantification, or event total of three credits. semantics. The aim is to examine a rich array of data as analyzed by specialists and study the inner workings of the language and their theoretical implications. CNSE 003,004 Second-year Chinese HU Prerequisites: Introduction to Syntax, and T. Chiang, C.Zhang Introduction to Semantics. Recommended: Structure Second-year Chinese aims for further development of Chinese (but not required). Sophomore standing or of language skills in speaking, listening, reading, and above. No knowledge of Chinese is required. writing. Five hours of class plus individual conference. This is a year-long course; both semesters (CNSE003 and 004) are required for EAST B/H398-399 Senior Seminar ' credit. Prerequisite: First-year Chinese or consent of P.Lin, H.Glassman instructor. A research workshop culminating in the writing and presentation of a senior thesis. Required of all majors; open to concentrators and others by permission. CNSE 101,102 Third-year Chinese: Readings in the Modern Chinese Short Story and Theater HU T. Chiang EAST 8403 Supervised Work A focus on overall language skills through reading Staff and discussion of modern short stories, as well as on students facility in written and oral expression through readings in modern drama and screenplays. Readings include representative works from the May EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES Fourth Period (1919-27) to the present. Audio- and videotapes of drama and films are used as study aids. The East Asian Studies Program welcomes students Prerequisite: Second-Year Chinese or consent of who wish to combine their interests in East Asian instructor. languages with the study of an East Asian culture. These students are urged to consult the Co-Chair of East Asian studies on either campus, who will CNSE 201,202 Advanced Chinese HU advise them on creating individual plans of study in P.Lin, S.Huang appropriate departments. Development of language ability in the areas of modern Chinese literature, history and/or philosophy. Speaking and reading skills are equally emphasized through a consideration of the CHINESE LANGUAGE intellectual, historical and social significance of The Chinese Language Program offers a full representative works. Prerequisite: Third-year undergraduate curriculum of courses in Mandarin Chinese or consent of instructor. Chinese. Students who will combine language study with focused work on East Asian society and culture may wish to consider the major in East Asian CNSE 403 Supervised Work Studies. Information about specific study abroad opportunities can be obtained from the director. JAPANESE LANGUAGE Faculty The Japanese Language Program offers a full Lecturer Tz'u Chiang undergraduate curriculum of courses in Modern C. V Starr Professorship in Asian Studies and Japanese. Students who will combine language study Associate Professor of Chinese and Linguistics with focused work on East Asian society and culture Shizhe Huang, Director (on leave Semester I) may wish to consider the major in East Asian Studies. Assistant Professor Pauline Lin (on leave Semester II) Information about specific study abroad opportunities Instructor Changchun Zhang (Acting director, can be obtained from the director. Semester I) Faculty Associate Professor Hank Glassman Senior Lecturer Yoko Koike, Director Instructor Minako Kobayashi

92 East Asian Studies

JNSE 001, 002 First-Year Japanese--Intensive HU Y.Koike, M Kobayashi An intensive introduction to the four basic skills (reading, writing, speaking, and listening), with special emphasis on the development of conversational fluency in socio-cultural contexts. Six hours per week of class and oral practice. This is a year-long course; both semesters (JNSE001 and 002) are required for a total of three credits.

JNSE 003, 004 Second-Year Japanese HU Staff A continuation of first-year Japanese, with a focus on the further development of oral proficiency, along with reading and writing skills. Five hours per week of lecture and oral practice. Prerequisite: First-Year Japanese or consent of instructor.

JNSE 101, 102 Third-Year Japanese HU Y.Koike, staff A continuation of language study with further development of oral proficiency. Emphasis on reading and discussing simple texts. Advanced study of grammar and kanji; introduction to composition writing. Three hours of class, one hour of oral practice. Prerequisite: Second-Year Japanese or consent of instructor.

JNSE 201, 202 Fourth-Year Japanese HU Y.Koike, staff Advanced Japanese language training with a focus on reading. Students in this course will learn many new Ica* will be introduced to classical Japanese grammar, will watch movies and films dealing with contemporary topics, and will continue to deepen their understanding of the Japanese language. Prerequisite: Third-year Japanese or consent of instructor.

93 ECONOMICS is a two semester Senior Research Seminar. The first The study of economics provides a basis for semester is a group seminar in which students learn understanding and evaluating economic behavior salient research skills, listen to and critique work of and relations at all levels of society. Microeconomics guest economics speakers, and develop their own focuses on the behavior of individuals and firms and research questions. During the second semester how they interact in markets for goods, services, students conduct original and independent labor, and assets. Macroeconomics focuses on the economics research under the guidance of one of the behavior of aggregate economic variables, such as economics faculty members. GNP, the inflation rate, the unemployment rate, the interest rate, and the budget deficit, and how they Most courses offered by the Bryn Mawr economics relate at the economy-wide level. Other areas of department may be counted toward the Haverford economics focus on specific aspects of micro- and economics minor and major (with the exception of macroeconomics as they are applied to diverse courses at the 100 level, excluding Economics 105). situations and economies around the world. Similarly most Haverford economics courses may be counted toward the Bryn Mawr economics major. Most of modern economics is structured around a The two economics departments plan their course common set of theoretical ideas and analytic schedules jointly so that the maximum variety of methods that unify the field. These tools aid in economics courses can be offered across the two understanding both how the economic world works campuses. and how it can be affected by public policies and world events. The introductory course, Economics Modern economics continues to expand in its use of 105, introduces and develops these ideas and mathematically sophisticated models and statistical methods at an elementary level while also presenting techniques. Economics majors are required to take information about markets, economies, and at least two semesters of college level calculus. In governmental policy that is important to a liberal addition, students who are planning to apply to education. This course provides an overview of graduate programs in public policy or business are economics and a strong foundation for more encouraged to take mathematics through at least advanced work in economics. Mathematics 121 (Multivariable Calculus) and at least one computer science course. Those who are The intermediate (200 level) courses offer material planning to apply to Ph.D. programs in economics on many different economic topics. These courses are strongly advised to take mathematics through at require Economics 105 as a prerequisite, and are least Mathematics 215 (Linear Algebra) and designed to be useful to non-majors as well as Mathematics 317 (Analysis I). Economics majors minors and majors. The advanced theory courses of also have the option of pursuing an area of Economics 300 and Economics 302 follow up on concentration in mathematical economics which is the introductory theory course but offer more in- described under its own heading in this catalog. depth and mathematical treatments of these theoretical concepts which are the building blocks ECONOMICS FACULTY for modern economic thought and research. Associate Professor Richard Ball Statistical methods used in empirical research are Assistant Professor Biswajlt Banerjee important for students who will be reading original Assistant Professor Julie Becher economics articles and conducting their own Provost and Professor Linda Bell (on leave) research, Economics 203 (Statistical Methods in Professor Vernon J. Dixon, Emeritus Economics) or Economics 204 (Economics Statistics Assistant Professor Indradeep Ghosh with Calculus) followed by Economics 304 Assistant Professor Saleha Mani (Introduction to Econometrics) give students the Professor Vladimir Kontorovich necessary methodological training. The advanced Assistant Professor David Owens (300 level) courses involve a much more technically Professor Anne E. Preston, Chair sophisticated approach to analyzing many of the same economic topics. These normally require some ECONOMICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS combination of Economics 203, 300, 302 and 304 as prerequisites and are designed primarily for Economics 105, 203 or 204, 300, 302, 304, 396; four other semester courses above the 100 level, one economics minors and majors and those who expect of which is at the 300 level and one of which is a to make use of economics in their professional careers. In most of the advanced courses, a junior research seminar; two semesters of college- level calculus or equivalent. With departmental substantial paper is an important part of the approval, Math 203 can replace Economics 203 or requirements. A small number of the 300 level courses are "junior research seminars" designed to 204 and Math 286 can replace Economics 304. Prospective majors are advised to take Economics develop the student's research skills through 105, 203 or 204, and either Economics 300 or 302 exploring topical cutting edge research and by the end of their sophomore year. conducting related original projects. Economics 396

94 Economics

Note: Because the curriculum is changing in the statistical inference and investigates the application of 2009-2010 academic year, requirements for majors theoretical principles and methods to real data. Three graduating in 2010, 2011, and 2012 are slightly hours of class plus two hours of lab per week. different. The requirements listed above hold for all Prerequisite: Math 114 or 115 and Economics. 105. majors graduating in 2012. Majors graduating in 2011 have the option of taking a two semester introductory sequence of Economics 101, 205 Corporate Finance SO Introduction to Microeconomics, and Economics J.Frank Theories and practices of corporate finance with a 102, Introduction to Macroeconomics, or simply focus on investing and financing decisions of business Economics 105. Those students taking Economics firms. Topics include financial instruments and 101 and 102 will only be required to take 3 markets, valuation and risk measures, financial electives, with two being at the 300 level. Students analysis and planning, cost of capital, capital graduating in 2010 will adhere to the previous budgeting, and financial management. Prerequisite: requirements (not listed here) which included the Economics 105. two semester introductory sequence, only three electives, one of which is 300 level, and a one semester senior research seminar. 207 Monetary Economics SO I.Ghosh ECONOMICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS How money, the banking system and financial Requirements for a minor in economics are: markets interact and affect the macroeconomy. We Economics 105, 203 or 204; 300 or 302; three other will study asset markets and asset returns, the Economics courses at the 200 and/or 300 levels. The determination of equilibrium rates of return and chair of the department serves as the minor advisor. interest rates, and the risk-return trade off in asset markets and its influence on portfolio allocation. We ECONOMICS REQUIREMENTS FOR will also cover how monetary policy is implemented through the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: HONORS ECON 105 and/or 302. An economics major whose grade point average in economics courses at the beginning of the second semester of the senior year is 3.6 or higher is invited 209 Law and Economics SO to become a candidate for the degree with Honors in V.Kontorovich economics. Honors or High Honors are awarded on Why do rational people follow fixed rules (laws) the basis of a student's performance in (a) all his or instead of doing what is best for them in a specific her economics courses, including those taken in the situation? Can there be order without law? Should the second semester of senior year and (b) an oral government compensate people when it issues examination by department faculty focused on the environmental and wildlife protection regulations student's senior thesis. which reduce the value of their property? The lady who burned herself with a cup of McDonalds coffee ECONOMICS COURSES won several million dollars in compensation. Does that make sense? These and many other questions are 105 Introduction to Economics SO addressed as we look at property law, contracts, and I. Ghosh, D. Owens torts. Prerequisite: Economics 101 and 102 or An introduction to microeconomic topics -- Economics 105 and one other economics course. opportunity cost, supply and demand, consumer Economics 100 can be applied with approval of decision making, the theory of the firm, market Chair, and conditional on a grade of 3.0 or higher. structures, and efficiency and market failure--and macroeconomic topics --the determination of GDP, money and interest rates, unemployment and 210 Linear Optimization and Game Theory inflation, and fiscal and monetary policy. NA/QU (Cross-listed in Computer Science and Mathematics) L.Butler 203 Statistical Methods in Economics SO/QU Prerequisite: MATH 215 or MATH 115 and R.Ball concurrent registration in MATH 215. Typically Frequency distributions, probability and sampling offered in alternate years. theory, simple correlation and multiple regression, and an introduction to econometric terminology and reasoning. Three class hours and two lab hours. 211 The Soviet System and Its Demise SO (Cross- Prerequisite: Economics 105. listed in Political Science and Russian) V.Kontorovich The Soviet system was inspired by some of the loftiest 204 Economic Statistics with Calculus SO/QU ideals of humanity. The entire society was redesigned R.Ball so as to pursue common goals, rather than conflicting An introductory course in statistics aimed primarily at private objectives. The economy was run for people, students in economics and other social sciences. The not profits. The Soviet system is no more, but the course develops the theoretical groundwork of ideas on which it was founded will probably always be

95 with us. What does the largest social and economic 231 Public Health Economics SO experiment in history teach us? The course is 1/3 JBecher political science and 2/3 economics. Prerequisite: Econ Prerequisite: Econ 105. 105 or Two one-sem courses in PoliSci or Hist.

237 Games and Strategies in Economics SO/QU 220 The Economics of Immigration SO/QU R.Ball Staff A survey of the major equilibrium concepts of non- This course examines the economic impact of cooperative game theory, with an emphasis on immigration using theoretical economic models to applications to economics and related fields. evaluate a large body of empirical economic research. Prerequisite: Completion of HC MATH 113 with a Particular emphasis is on the most recent experience grade of 2.7 or above or equivalent preparation in of the US. Prerequisite: Econ 105. calculus.

224 Women in the Labor Market SO (Cross-listed 240 Economic Development and Transformation: in Gender and Sexuality Studies) China vs. India SO (Cross-listed in East Asian A.Preston Studies) This course examines the experiences of American S.Jilani women in the labor market over the last 50 years. A survey of the economic development and recent After an examination of the historical trends of female transitional experience in China and India, giant labor force participation, the course will investigate neighboring countries, accounting for roughly one such important issues facing women in the labor third of total world population. The course will market as: investments in education; participation examine the economic structure and policies in the decisions and the relation between participation and two countries, with a focus on comparing China and family responsibilities; occupational location; salary India's recent economic successes and failures, their growth and salary determinants. Supporting material development policies and strategies, institutional on institutional factors such as equal employment changes, and factors affecting the transformation opportunity legislation and on theoretical concepts in process in the two countries. Prerequisite: Economics areas such as labor supply, human capital investment, 105. and discrimination will be presented to help understand the empirical labor market outcomes. Comparisons of labor market races will be made 241 Economics of Transition & Euro Adoption in throughout the course with the hope of increasing our Central and Eastern Europe SO understanding of why differences arise and whether B.Banerjee policy initiatives might be helpful in reducing these The aim of this course is to provide an understanding differences. of the process of transition of former socialist countries from centrally-planned to market economies and their accession into the European Union (EU) 225 Developing Economies SO with the eventual goal of adopting the euro as the R.Ball currency. Special emphasis will be given to the Analysis of the structural transformation of developing experiences of the Czech Republic, Slovakia, economies; causes and roles of saving, investment, Hungary, , Slovenia, Latvia, Estonia, and education, and health care; technological change and Lithuania. In the context of transition, the course will trade in the development process; strategies and cover issues related to political transformation, methods of economic planning; income distribution macroeconomic stabilization, privatization, and issues. Prerequisite: Economics 105. structural reforms in the fiscal sector, banking and financial sectors, and the labor market. Prerequisite: Economics 105. 230 Privatization of State and Local Government SO Staff 247 Financial Accounting SO This course deals with a phenomenon which is of Staff current interest in the U.S., Western Europe, South Theory and practices of financial accounting for Africa, and the nations which created from the former business firms. Topics include measuring and Soviet Union. The field of public finance has grown reporting results of business activities; preparation of over the period of increased government intervention financial statements for external users; evaluation of in the marketplace. Privatization is a new trend which operations and financial status of firms with particular was initiated by the Prime Minister Margaret reference to problems of valuation and periodic Thatcher of Great Britain on the early 1980s and has income measurement. spread internationally in the 1990s and is expected to intensify in coming years. Services which were traditionally within the domain of governments are 251 Empirical Macroeconomics SO transferred to private entities. Prerequisite: Economics B.Banerjee 105. The aim of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the design and implementation of

96 Economics macroeconomic and financial policies. The course will Students will be expected to use data sets to evaluate cover the principal features of accounts used in policy issues and will be required to make a final macroeconomic analysis, the diagnosis of presentation of findings in class. Prerequisite: macroeconomic performance, and the preparation of Economics 203 or Economics 204. an internally consistent macroeconomic policy program that will move an economy toward internal and external balance. Actual case studies will be used. 311 Theory of Non-Cooperative Games SO Teams will be formed, and each team will collectively R.Ball prepare an analysis of economic background and Provides a rigorous development of the theory of non- formulate a policy program for a given country. cooperative games, with applications to economic, Prerequisite: Economics 105 and proficiency in the use political, social and legal problems. Topics will of spreadsheets. include normal form games and the concept of Nash equilibrium, extensive form games, repeated games and reputation effects, games of incomplete 297 Economic Sociology SO (Cross-listed in information, Bayesian equilibrium and refinement Sociology) concepts, and market signaling. Prerequisite: Z. Tang Economics 203 or 204, 300 and two semesters of Prerequisite: Soc 155a or b, Econ 105, or consent of college level calculus (or equivalent). the instructor. Typically offered in alternate years. 312 General Equilibrium Theory SO 300 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis SO R.Ball V.Kontorovich An examination of the Arrow-Debreu model of Microeconomic theory has developed around the general competitive equilibrium, one of the analysis of Adam Smith's ""invisible hand"" foundations of neo-classical microeconomic theory. conjecture. To test this conjecture, we model the The course focuses on sufficient conditions for behavior of economic actors (consumers and firms) existence and uniqueness, welfare properties, and and their interaction in different markets (for goods, stability of equilibrium prices. Prerequisite: Econ 300 capital and labor). These models allow us to and either Math 216 or 317. investigate the conditions under which these markets work well, less well, or not at all. In the process, basic tools and concepts used in other areas of economics 314 Behavioral Economics SO are developed. Many of the topics covered I D. Owens Introductory Microeconomics (Econ 101) are studied This course explores systematic departures of behavior more rigorously and in greater depth. New Topics, from the predictions of neoclassical economic theory, such as behavior under risk, insurance, and imperfect and when possible, proposes alternative theories to information, are introduced. Prerequisite: Economics explain this behavior. The course will begin with a 105 and Math 114 (or equivalent). study of reference-dependent preferences, based on Kahneman and Tversky's seminal paper Prospect Theory. Further topics will include, but not be 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis SO limited to, present-biased preferences, social A.Preston preferences and behavioral finance. Students should Analysis of the behavior of aggregate economic be comfortable with microeconomic theory, and have variables such as GDP, inflation, unemployment, some exposure to game theory. The course will have a interest rates, and the budget and trade deficits. heavy research component, and students should be Structured around the development of a New prepared for critical reading of scholarly articles, and Keynesian/Neoclassical general equilibrium model to write and present a research paper of their own. which• relates the markets for goods, money, and Prerequisite: Econ 300. labor. Specific topics include: determinants of the business cycle, effects of fiscal and monetary policies, supply shocks, inflationary expectations. Prerequisite: 321 Derivative Securities SO Economics 105 and Mathematics 114 (or equivalent). Staff

304 Introduction to Econometrics SO 332 Managerial Economics SO A.Preston Staff Development of econometric theory introduced in Prerequisite: Economics 300 and 302 (or equivalent) Economics 203. Includes topics such as ordinary least or consent of the instructor. squares estimation, weighted least squares estimation, estimation of models with nonlinear forms, 340 Policy Research in Labor Economics SO instrumental variables, and maximum likelihood L.Bell estimation. Emphasis will be on application of The starting point for this course will be current econometric techniques to real economic and social academic research as it contributes to labor market policy issues such as the optimality of speed limit policy debate and change. Current policy relevant control, AIDS awareness and behavior modification, issues will dictate precise content and the emphasis of labor market discrimination, and worker productivity. 97 the course will be on understanding a body of specific topic to be announced. Prerequisite: academic economic discourse and how it helps to Economics 203, 300 and 302. prioritize, influence, and ultimately set into motion national economic policy. Possible topics may include: workplace discrimination, minimum wage 396 Research Seminar SO policy, economic inequality, poverty and welfare, R.Ball, B.Banerjee, I.Ghosh, S.Jilani, V.Kontorovich, international labor market comparison and D. Owens performance, executive compensation, education policy and access, and the life-cycle of employment. 480 Independent Study SO Prerequisite: Econ 300 and 304. Staff

345 Advanced Topics in Finance SO COURSES OFFERED ONLY AT BRYN Staff MAWR COLLEGE: Prerequisite: Econ 300 and Econ 203. 206 International Economics 213 Taming the Modern Corporation 214 Public Finance 347 Advanced Seminar in Macroeconomics: Open 216 International Finance Economy Macroeconomics SO 221 United States Economic Development I. Ghosh 222 History of Economic Thought This course will explore topics in international 224 Economic History and Growth, 1750-1970 macroeconomics, focusing on the determination and 306 Advanced International Economic Policy behavior of unemployment, interest rates and national 313 Industrial Organization and Public Policy income, as well as exchange rates, trade balance, and 314 Economics of Poverty and Discrimination capital flows within an "open economy" framework. 316 Transition of the European Economy Applications will include the European Monetary 326 Open-Economy Macroeconomics Union, the Asian and Latin American financial crises, and the sustainability of the US Current Account Deficit. Prerequisite: Econ 302 or equiv.

348 International Trade: Theory and Policy SO S.Jilani This advanced theory and policy course will examine recent theoretical developments in the area of international trade, in particular as they apply to key current international economic policy concerns. The topics analyzed will include international factor movements, foreign direct investment, the role of multinationals and trade in developing economies, regional integration, and preferential trade agreements. Prerequisite: Econ 300 or equivalent.

365 Computational Methods in Economics and Finance SO I. Ghosh This course will introduce numerical methods commonly used in the fields of macroeconomics and finance. It will introduce computational and programming techniques that can be used to solve finite-dimensional optimization problems. Such problems commonly arise in economics--how much to spend as opposed to save; and in finance--how to distribute the saved amount across different assets. Prerequisite: Math 218 or 116 or 216 or 317 or 215 or Econ 302, Intermediate Microeconomics. No prior programming experience is required.

370 Advanced Theory Seminar SO Staff Application of mathematics to economics including advanced topics in optimization and static and dynamic analysis of systems of simultaneous equations. Second half of semester is devoted to one

98 EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL STUDIES the program advisor as early as possible for advice The field of education is about teaching people how on scheduling, preferably by the sophomore year. to teach — and more. The Bryn Mawr/Haverford Education Program is built around four mutually- EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL informing pursuits: teacher preparation; the interdisciplinary study of learning as a central STUDIES FACULTY human and cultural activity; the investigation of Jody Cohen, Senior Lecturer (on leave Semester I) the politics of schooling; and students' growth as Alison Cook-Sather, Professor teachers, learners, researchers, and change agents. Heather Curl, Instructor Debbie Flaks, Instructor Courses in the Education Program address students Howard Glasser, Postdoctoral Fellow in Science interested in: the theory, process, and reform of Education education in the United States; social justice, Barbara Hall, Instructor activism, and working within and against systems of Alice Lesnick, Senior Lecturer and Director social reproduction; future work as educators in schools, public or mental health, community, or other settings; examining and re-claiming their own COORDINATOR learning and educational goals; and integrating field-based and academic learning. Ann Brown, Program Coordinator and advisor

Each education course includes a field component REQUIREMENTS through which professors seek continuously to (1) FOR CERTIFICATION integrate theory and practice, asking students to bridge academic and experiential knowledge in the The Bryn Mawr/Haverford Education Program is classroom and beyond it. Field placements in accredited by the state of Pennsylvania to prepare schools and other educational settings range from undergraduates for secondary certification (grades 7- two hours per week in the introductory course to 12) in the following areas: biology, chemistry, full-time student teaching in the certification English, mathematics, physics, social studies (as well program. as citizenship education and social science), and world languages, including Chinese, French, The bi-college Education Program offers several German, Latin, Russian and Spanish. Pursuit of options. Students may: certification in Chinese, German, Latin and Russian is subject to availability of student-teaching • Explore one or more aspects of education in areas placements. of particular interest—such as urban schooling—by enrolling in single courses; Students becoming certified in a foreign language have K-12 certification. Certain interdisciplinary • Pursue a minor in education leading to secondary majors and double majors (e.g., romance languages, teacher certification; comparative literature, East Asian studies) may also be eligible for certification provided they meet the • Pursue a minor in educational studies; Pennsylvania standards in one of the subject areas listed above. • Complete the secondary teacher certification program in a fifth-year program after they graduate To qualify for a teaching certificate, students must at a reduced cost; complete an academic major in the subject area in which they seek certification. (Within their major, • Complete elementary certification through the students must select courses that help them meet or Swarthmore and Eastern Colleges' elementary exceed the state standards for teachers in that subject education certification program; and area.) Students must also complete a minor in education, completing the secondary certification • Sub-matriculate (as juniors or seniors) into the track courses listed below: University of Pennsylvania, Graduate School of Education's elementary or secondary education 1. EDUC 200 (Critical Issues in Education), Master's program. 2. PSYC 203 (Educational Psychology) 3. EDUC 210 (Special Education) The secondary certification sequence and the minor 4. Either EDUC 250 (Literacies and Education) or are described below. Students interested in either of EDUC 260 (Multicultural Education) these options—or in pursuing elementary education 5. EDUC 301 (Curriculum and Pedagogy Seminar) at Swarthmore or sub-matriculating into the 6. EDUC 302 (Practice Teaching Seminar) and University of Pennsylvania's Graduate School of EDUC 303 (Practice Teaching) These courses are Education (not described here)—should meet with taken concurrently and earn triple credit. 99 Furthermore, for social studies certification, as well THE PORTFOLIO as certification in the sciences, students must take To synthesize their work in the minor or the courses outside their major to meet state standards. certification program, students create a portfolio. The portfolio draws on the work students produce Students preparing for certification must also take in their courses as well as in their other activities two English and two mathematics courses and must (volunteering, summer programs, community work, attain a grade point average of 3.0 or higher (state etc.); it serves as an ongoing forum through which requirements). They must attain a GPA of 2.7 or students synthesize their studies. The portfolio is higher in EDUC 200 (Critical Issues in Education) developed over the course of the student's college and in EDUC 301 (Curriculum and Pedagogy career and is completed in the Fieldwork Seminar Seminar) to practice-teach and must receive a grade (minor) or the Practice Teaching Seminar of 2.7 or higher in EDUC 302 (Practice Teaching (certification). Seminar) to be recommended for certification. They must also be recommended by the director of the Title II Reporting: Title II of the Higher Education Education Program and the chair of their major Act (HEA) requires that a full teacher preparation department. report, including the institution's pass rate as well as the state's pass rate, be available to the public on Critical Issues in Education should be taken by the request. Copies of the report may be requested from end of the sophomore year if at all possible. The Ann Brown, program administrator and advisor, by Curriculum and Pedagogy Seminar is offered during e-mail at [email protected] or phone at (610) the fall semester for seniors and must precede 526-5376. Practice Teaching.

Practice Teaching is undertaken for 12 weeks in a EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL local school during the spring semester of the senior STUDIES COURSES year. Note: Practice Teaching is a commitment to be at a school for five full school days each week for 200 Critical Issues in Education SO those 12 weeks. B.Hall Designed to be the first course for students interested (2) FOR THE MINOR IN in pursuing one of the options offered through the EDUCATIONAL STUDIES Education Program, this course is also open to The Bi-College minor in educational studies is an students who are not yet certain about their career interdisciplinary exploration of the cultural, aspirations but are interested in educational issues. political, and interactional dimensions of teaching The course examines major issues in education in the and learning and is designed for students with a United States within the conceptual framework of broad range of education-related interests, such as educational reform. The first phase of the course plans for graduate study in education, pursuit of invites students to recognize and question prevailing elementary or secondary certification after assumptions, their own and those of the broader graduation or careers that require educational society, about authority, the political nature of expertise. Many professions and pursuits— knowledge, and the purposes of schooling that shape management and training positions, research, education in America. The second phase analyzes administration and policy work, and careers in social components of the teaching and learning process. The work, health and law—involve using an educator's third phase seeks to engage students in imagining and skills and knowledge. Civic engagement, community enacting, through the completion of collaborative development and work towards social justice also teaching projects, possibilities for reform and require knowledge of how people learn. Because reinvention. Two hours a week of fieldwork are students interested in these or other education- required. Enrollment is limited to 25 students with related pursuits major in different subject areas and priority given to students pursuing certification or the have different aspirations, they are encouraged to minor in educational studies. Students who have design a minor appropriate both to their major area taken Writing Program/EDUC 138A (Critical Issues of study and to their anticipated futures. in Education: Politics and Practices) should not enroll in this course, since the two courses are very similar in All minors in educational studies must consult with focus. Typically offered every Semester. the program advisor to design a coherent course of study that satisfies the requirements below: 210 Perspectives on Special Education SO • EDUC 200 Critical Issues in Education D.Flaks • Two required education courses (EDUC 210, 225, This course is designed as a survey course. Its goal is 260, 250, 266—see course descriptions below) to introduce students to a range of topics, challenges, • One education-related elective (see program dilemmas, and strategies in understanding and advisor for options) educating all learners - those considered typical • EDUC 310 Defining Educational Practice learners as well as those considered "special" learners. • EDUC 311 Fieldwork Seminar The field of "Special Education" is vast; therefore, as the course progresses, students are encouraged to narrow their research and area of interest on a student

100 Education and Educational Studies or group of students who share similar challenges as States. This course explores and problematizes the learners. By the end of the course, students will history, politics, definitions, focuses, purposes, understand more about: how students' learning outcomes, and limitations of multicultural education profiles affect their learning in school from a as enacted in a range of school subjects and settings. functional perspective; how and why students' Central topics may include: curriculum development, educational experience is affected by special education teacher training, language diversity, and public policy law; major issues in the field of special education; and concerns. Students will also engage in researching and a-typical learners, students with disabilities, and how reinventing what is possible in education for, with: to meet diverse student needs in a classroom. Two- and about a diverse world. Two-three hours of three hours of fieldwork per week required. fieldwork in a related setting per week required. Enrollment limited to 25 with priority given to Enrollment limited to 25. Priority given to students students enrolled in the Education Program. Typically enrolled in the Education Program. Typically offered offered every Fall. every Spring.

220 B Changing Pedagogies in Math and Science 266 Schools in American Cities SO (cross-listed as Education HU CITY B266 and SOCL B266) H.Glasser I Cohen This course examines perspectives related to teaching Taught at Bryn Mawr. This course examines issues, and learning math and science, including questioning challenges, and possibilities of urban education in why (if at all) it is important for people to learn these contemporary America. We use as critical lenses issues subjects, what is viewed as successful teaching and of race, class and culture; urban learners, teachers and learning in these disciplines, and how people learn school systems; and restructuring and reform. While math and science. Students have a placement (2-3 we look at urban education nationally over several hours/week) with a local teacher and will be expected decades, we use Philadelphia as a focal "case" that to make connections between course concepts and students investigate through documents and school these placement experiences. Priority is given to placements. Enrollment is limited to 25 with priority students enrolled in the Education Program. given to students enrolled in the Education Program and to majors in Sociology and Growth and Structure of Cities. This is a Praxis I course (2-4 hours/week of 225 B Empowering Learners: Theory and Practice fieldwork). of Extra-Classroom Teaching HU A.Lesnick This seminar explores how to engage in tutoring, 301 Curriculum and Pedagogy Seminar SO mentoring and others types of learning support in H.Curl ways that draw on and enrich students' strengths and Taught at Bryn Mawr. A consideration of theoretical goals. It also investigates the significance of structural, and applied issues related to effective curriculum macro-level understanding and advocacy to the goal of design, pedagogical approaches and related issues of becoming an empowering learner: one whose learning teaching and learning. Fieldwork is required. creates occasions for others' self-and/or group- Enrollment is limited to 15 with priority given first to empowerment. Field placements include campus roles students pursuing certification and second to seniors as TA., peer mentor, PLI leader; off-campus planning to teach. Typically offered every Fall. programs; and Bryn Mawr's Teaching and Learning Initative. Fieldwork of 2-3 hours per week. 302 Practice Teaching Seminar SO Enrollment limited to 20 students. Priority is given to students enrolled in the Education Program. H.Curl Taught at Bryn Mawr. Drawing on participants' diverse student teaching placements, this seminar 250 Literacies and Education SO invites exploration and analysis of ideas, perspectives B.Hall and approaches to teaching at the middle and A critical exploration of what counts as literacy, who secondary levels. Taken concurrently with Practice decides, and what the implications are for teaching Teaching. Open only to students engaged in practice and learning. Students explore both their own and teaching. Typically offered every Spring. others' experiences of literacy through reading and writing about power, privilege, access and 303 Practice Teaching SO responsibility around issues of adult, ESL, cultural, multicultural, gendered, academic and critical N/A Supervised teaching in secondary schools (12 weeks). literacies. Two-three hours per week of fieldwork. Two units of credit are given for this course. Open Priority given to students enrolled in the Education only to students preparing for state certification. Program. Typically offered every Fall. Typically offered every Spring.

260 Multicultural Education SO B.Hall An investigation of the continually evolving theory and practice of multicultural education in the United 101 310 Defining Educational Practice SO MATHEMATICS CONCENTRATION A Lesnick Students take the following courses: Taught at Bryn Mawr. An interdisciplinary inquiry Math 460 (teaching assistantship) in two different into the work of constructing professional identities semesters, one half-credit each. and roles in education-related contexts. Three to five Math 480 (independent study), two half-credits, a hours a week of fieldwork are required. Enrollment is project that combines senior research on a topic in limited to 20 with priority given to students pursuing mathematics with development of related the minor in educational studies. Typically offered courseware, teaching materials, and/or classroom every Fall. modules. Details of the project must be approved jointly by the department chair as well as the chair of the AOC. 311 Field Work Seminar SO J. Cohen PHYSICS CONCENTRATION Taught at Bryn Mawr. Drawing on the diverse Students take the following courses: contexts in which participants complete their Physics 459b Teaching Laboratory Physics (typically fieldwork, this seminar invites exploration and in the second semester of the junior year); and analysis of ideas, perspectives and different ways of Physics 460a Association in Teaching Basic Physics understanding his/her ongoing fieldwork and (typically in the first semester of the senior year). associated issues of educational practice, reform, and innovation. Five to eight hours of fieldwork are All senior physics majors prepare and present to the required per week. Enrollment is limited to 20. Open department a talk and paper based on independent only to students completing the minor in educational work. Education concentrators have the option of studies. Typically offered every Spring. choosing a topic related to physics pedagogy for their research.

480 Independent Study SO PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION Staff Students take two of the following courses: Psychology B206 (Developmental Psychology) FOR THE AREA OF CONCENTRATION Psychology B203 (Educational Psychology) IN EDUCATIONAL STUDIES: Psychology 238 (Psychology of Language) To complete the concentration, students take four SOCIOLOGY CONCENTRATION courses through the education program: Education Students take: 200, an education elective, Education 310, and Sociology 235 (Class, Race, and Education) Education 311, which includes a field placement for and one of the following: approximately five hours per week. In addition to Sociology B258 (Sociology of Education) the courses within the education program, students or take two courses in their major field of study. A unit Sociology B266 (Schools in American Cities) of Independent Study within the major may be used to fulfill this requirement. Established AOCs in educational studies are offered in conjunction with the sociology, psychology, mathematics, physics, and chemistry departments. Students in other departments should consult with the education program coordinator and their major advisor about the possibility of an AOC in their department.

CHEMISTRY CONCENTRATION In the chemistry department a student is enrolled in two semesters of research in physical or organic chemistry (Chemistry 361 or 363), with primary emphasis on laboratory development for secondary school curricula. Importance is placed not only on the development of specific new experiments, but also on the process by which an instructor approaches the development of experiments, their testing, issues of safety, and finally the problem of keeping experiments current and of continuing interest not only to the students who perform them, but also to the instructors who direct them on a continuing basis. In addition, the student is a teaching assistant for the full year of general chemistry (Chemistry 100-101).

102 ENGLISH

The English department offers courses in the ENGLISH MAJOR REQUIREMENTS literary traditions of the English-speaking world. English 299a/b; English 399b; and seven additional The department aims to develop in its students the courses in British, American, and Anglophone ability to respond to texts thoughtfully and literature. The program must include at least two critically, and to articulate those responses in clear courses in literature written before 1800, at least two and fluent English. In our curriculum, we seek to courses in British/Anglophone literature and at least maintain a working balance between a commitment two in American literature. Two courses must be to the traditional canon of British and American taken at the 300 level. The department will give literature and an expanding horizon of fresh major credit for a semester course in a foreign concerns, including courses in African-American literature in the original language or for literature, Asian-American literature, South Asian Comparative Literature 200. Admission to the major literature, South African literature, Irish literature, requires completion of two courses at the 200 level gender and sexuality studies, and courses inflected by the end of the sophomore year; one of these must by particular theoretical foci, such as performance be an "introductory emphasis" course (a list of such theory, queer theory, post-colonial theory, trauma courses will be issued each semester). English 150 theory, media studies, and visual studies. This may be presented in place of one 200-level course. discipline prepares interested students for Final evaluation of the major program will center on postgraduate work in English and other subjects; written work and oral examinations conducted in for advanced work in professional and business the context of the work for English 399b. No more schools; and for service in government and social than four major credits will be awarded for work work. done beyond the tri-college community, whether abroad or in the U.S. English majors who plan to do post-graduate work should know that doctoral programs require a ENGLISH REQUIREMENTS FOR reading knowledge of one or two foreign languages. HONORS Courses in English taken at Bryn Mawr College Honors in English are awarded on the basis of may be counted toward the Haverford English performance in course work within the tri-college major. Students with interest and ability in creative departments, the Senior Essay, and the oral writing may receive major credit for one semester of examination conducted at the end of the senior year. course work in such writing. Students who submit a High Honors are reserved for distinguished portfolio of work, no later than the end of first achievement in all three of these areas. term of their junior year, may be admitted to the creative writing "concentration," which consists of ENGLISH COURSES three courses in creative writing, one of which may CREATIVE WRITING COURSES be the Senior Essay written for English 3996.

Up-to-date information about the English 150 Introduction to Literary Analysis HU (Cross- department's activities and courses, including listed in Writing Program) extended course descriptions and syllabi, is readily R.Sheehan available, via the department's home page on the Prerequisite: Open only to first year students as Haverford College Web site: assigned by the Director of College Writing. (Satisfies http://www.haverford.edu/engl/home.html. the first year writing requirement.) 291 Poetry Writing: A Practical Workshop HU ENGLISH FACULTY T.Devaney William R. Kenan, Jr. Professor of English Kimberly Students will write a poem a week, usually following Benston an assignment that focuses on a particular strategy or Professor C. Stephen Finley form, from dramatic monologues to prose poems to Associate Professor Rajeswari Mohan sonnets. Students will present their work for Associate Professor Maud McInerney, Chair discussion and friendly critique by the workshop, and Associate Professor Gustavus Stadler, On Leave Fall will be encouraged to revise their work over the '09 semester. There will be some in-class writing exercises Associate Professor Christina Zwarg but most writing will be done outside of class. Light Assistant Professor Laura McGrane reading assignments will include modern and Assistant Professor Debora Sherman, On Leave Fall contemporary as well as older poetry. There will also '09 be a mini-session on the business of poetry. Assistant Professor Theresa Tensuan Prerequisite: Writing sample required for Visiting Assistant Professor Thomas Devaney consideration. Visiting Assistant Professor Rebecca Sheehan Visiting Instructor Adrienne Miller 103 292 Poetry Writing II- Contemporary Voices HU 205 Legends of Arthur HU Staff MMcInerney In this course, which is intended for both experienced An exploration of the Arthurian legend, from its and beginning writers, students will write a poem a earliest versions to most recent retellings. The week, often focusing on a specific strategy or form. tradition of Arthurian tales is complex and various, The class will also read and discuss six books of varied combining Celtic and Christian mythologies. styles and subject matters by contemporary poets: Sometimes called the "matter of Britain" the James Wright's The Branch Will Not Break W.S. Arthurian narrative has been critical in establishing Merwin's The Rain in the Trees, Louise Gluck's Wild national and ethnic identities ever since the Middle Iris, Alice Notley's Mysteries of Small Houses, John Ages. Medieval notions of chivalry and courtly love Ashbery's Houseboat Days, and James Tate's Shroud of also raise fascinating questions about the conflict the Gnome. Prerequisite: Writing sample required for between personal and private morality, and about the consideration. construction of both identity and gender. Prerequisite: Freshman Writing

293 Fiction Writing: From the Conventional to the Experimental HU 206 American Autobiography HU (Cross-listed in A.Miller Gender and Sexuality Studies) This course invites students to read and write across a T Tensuan spectrum, starting with recognizably conventional We will focus on 20th and 21st century life narratives short stories and heading into so-called that illuminate the generative tension between "experimental" territory. We'll look at how traditional representations of individual subjects and the modes of story-telling have been both honored and formulations of national identity, including issues disrupted by twentieth-century writers. Readings will surrounding the constitution of racial formations, the feature such authors as Martin Amis, John Barth, creation of gendered norms, the permutations of Jorge Luis Borges, halo Calvino, Robert Coover, memory, and the practices of revision. Prerequisite: Lorrie Moore, Tillie Olsen, and H.G. Wells. Students None - introductory emphasis course. will perform their own experiments with plot structures, narrative stances, and linguistic strategies through the fashioning of two short-short pieces and 210 Reading Poetry HU two longer stories. Prerequisite: Writing sample Staff required for consideration. Introduction to the most common types of poetry in English: narrative, dramatic, lyric. The working approach is that of close reading, often word by word, 294 Fiction Writing HU in order to investigate the poetic uses of rhythm and Staff pattern; of sound and music; of appeals to the senses; This course invites students to explore how human of allusion to history, art, other literature; of subjectivity is evoked in fiction. We'll read numerous connotation and denotation; and of metaphor. short stories, as well as provocative essays on neuropsychology by such authors as William James and Oliver Sacks. Students will experiment with 211 Introduction to Postcolonial Literature HU strategies for depicting mindscape in two short-short (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) pieces and two longer stories. Enrollment limited to R.Mohan 15. Prerequisite: Writing sample required for An introductory survey of English literature from consideration. regions that used to be part of the British Empire, focusing on topics such as the representation of first LITERATURE COURSES contact, the influence of western education and the English language, the effects of colonial violence, displacement, migration, and exile; consideration of 150 Introduction to Literary Analysis HU (Cross- specific aesthetic strategies that have come to be listed in Writing Program) associated with this body of literature. Typically offered KBenston, R.Sheehan, CZwarg in alternate years. Prerequisite: None. (Satisfies the freshman writing requirement.) 212 The Bible and Literature HU S.Finley 201 Chaucer: Canterbury Tales HU A study of the Bible and its diverse genres, including MMcInerney legendary history, law, chronicle, psalm, love-song Course devoted to close reading of Chaucer's and dirge, prophecy, gospel, epistle, and eschatology. Canterbury Tales; secondary readings include critical This study is accompanied by an extremely various approaches and brief excerpts from other medieval collection of literary material, drawn from traditional sources. Typically of in alternate years. and contemporary sources, and from several languages (including Hebrew), in order to illustrate the continued life of Biblical narrative and poetry. Typically offered in alternate years.

104 English

213 Inventing (the) English HU literary and cultural concerns and the internal MMcInerney reformation of his own craft Typically offered in An investigation of the evolution of both the English alternate years. language and the concept of Englishness. This course will explore the literature of the British Isles ca. 1000- 1500, including Anglo-Saxon, Welsh, Latin, Anglo- 240 As the World Turned: Milton and Early Norman and Middle English. We will consider the Modern Revolutions HU (Cross-listed in ways that Germanic, Celtic and Classical mythologies Comparative Literature) contribute to a sense of what it means to be "English," D.Sedley and also the impact of the Crusades and Crusade A study of John Milton's major poems and prose in literature upon what it means to be "Western." their historical contexts, with particular attention to Prerequisite: Freshman Writing Milton's engagements with aesthetic, scientific, and political inventions of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Freshman Writing 217 Humanimality: (Dis)Figurations of the Animal in the Shaping of Human Institutions HU (Cross- listed in Independent College Programs) 241 Inventing the Novel HU KBenston L.McGrane An examination of how the animal, as both fact and Poetry, drama, fiction and nonfiction prose of the image, functions in the construction and practice of Restoration and 18th century. Topic to be human institutions. Conversations among historians, announced. artists, anthropologists, philosophers, scientists, and jurists will guide exploration of animals' place in 243 Trans-Atlantic Exchanges: Conversion & human culture's ongoing story. Revolution in Britain HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) 218 The Western Dramatic Tradition HU (Cross- L.McGrane listed in Comparative Literature) This course examines religious, domestic and political KBenston literature that defined a Trans-Atlantic model of print An investigation of Western drama through close culture in 18th-century Britain and America. study of major representative plays. Evolving notions Emphasis on journal/newspaper reviews and of the dramatic event, from classical to modern and comparative notions of literary, sexual, national, and "post-modern" theaters, will be examined in relation racial identities. Typically offered in alternate years. to developing ideas of heroism, destiny, social structure, linguistic power, and theatricality itself. 252 Romantic Poetry and Criticism HU Emphasis will be placed on both thematic and S.Finley structural problems of "play" and on the relation of A reading of Blake, Wordsworth, Shelley, and Keats, the text to consequences of performance (e.g., acting, with attention to early/late works and to the stagecraft, and audience response). In addition, we interfiliation of theory and poetry. will read theoretical and cultural reflections on theater and the "performative" by such writers as Plato, Aristotle, Pico, Gosson, d'Aubignac, Nietzsche, and 253 English Poetry from Tennyson to Eliot HU Foucault. Typically offered in alternate years. S.Finley A study of Tennyson, Christina Rossetti, Dickinson, Hopkins, Hardy, Owen, and Eliot, from In 220 The Epic in English HU (Cross-listed in Memoriam (1850) to Little Gidding (1942). The Comparative Literature) course strives to subvert the convenient opposition of MMcInerney Victorian/modern, focusing upon the poet's role in An "introductory emphasis" exploration of the long mediating/exposing the social order, the relation narrative poems that shape the epic tradition in between poetry, catastrophe, and traumatic memory, anglophone literature. Readings in classical epic and and the structuring modalities of lyric and elegy. medieval epic, Milton, Romantic epics and the modern aftermath of epic. 254 Pre-Raphaelites, Aesthetes and Decadents: Gender and Sexuality in 19th-century Literature 225 Shakespeare: The Tragic and Beyond HU HU (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) KBenston D. Sherman An "introductory emphasis" study of the major This course looks at the deliberately subversive in tragedies and related histories, comedies, and Victorian cultural practice which recalibrates issues of romances, with special reference to the evolution of gender and sexuality, and through which, in the work dramatic form, poetic style, characterization, and of Wilde and others, structures of desire are ideology as they are shaped by Shakespeare's persistent interrogated, denied and reinvented, reconfiguring experimentation with dramas of extravagant will, both a politics of gender and the practice of art. desire, tyranny, skepticism, and death. Particular Typically offered in alternate years. attention will be paid to key scenes in an effort to assess both Shakespeare's response to contemporary 105 257 British Topographies 1650-1914 HU 265 African American Literature HU (Cross-listed S.Finley in African and Africana Studies) A study of the intersections of place, locality, KBenston topography, cartographies, gardening, self-mapping, Introduction to the study of literature written by self-canceling, ruin, remembrance, and trauma, amid African-American writers and the criticism of the the historical and cultural construction of landscape. literature in its different stages of development.

258 The Novel HU 266 A Sense of Place HU R.Mohan S.Finley The course examines the British novel as a form This course examines poetry and non-fiction writing crucially developed from the latter part of the about place in the work of American writers from eighteenth century to the middle of the nineteenth Thoreau (Walden) to such recent writers as Annie and thus subject to and implicated in the larger social Dillard (Pilgrim at Tinker Creek), John Elder (Reading transformation of largely agrarian communities into the Mountains of Home), and Gary Snyder (The the "modern" industrial, and latterly imperial, Britain. Practice of the Wild). Readings in Richardson, Austen, C. Bronte, Mary Shelley, Dickens, Lukacs, Bahktin, and Said. 269 Another Country: Queer Sexualities in the American Novel HU (Cross-listed in Gender and 260 In the American Grain: Traditions in North Sexuality Studies) American Literature HU G.Stadler C.Zwarg An examination of non-normative sexualities and The course conceptualizes American literature as a gender identifications as the driving thematic and comparative literature whose traditions emerged from formal force in a series of U. S. novels, mostly certain inalienable forces released as English became canonical and mostly 19th-century. Prerequisite: 150L the dominant political language of North America. or a 200-level course in English, or consent. Theories of translation and language. Readings in Derrida, Certeau, Barthes, Shakespeare, Cabeza de Vaca, Behn, Rowlandson, Mather, Wheatly, Equiano, 270 Portraits in Black: The Influence of an Franklin, Goethe, Nat Turner, Poe. The course Emergent African-American Culture HU (Cross- concludes with a review of the drifting, searching listed in African and Africana Studies) world aboard Melville's Pequod in Moby-Dick. CZwarg Typically offered in alternate years. Tools of literary history used to examine the influence of African-American culture in the United States. Focus on the literary events of the nineteenth and 261 American Literature 1865-1914 HU early twentieth century. Emphasis on the authority of G.Stadler African-American culture for U.S. fictions of An introduction to American fiction of the late 19th democracy. and early 20th centuries with emphasis on the literary response to historical developments such as the transformation of private life, the rise of technological 272 Introduction to Film: Form, History, Theory society, and the intensification of racial and class HU conflict. R.Sheehan This course aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to film. Structurally, it will trace film's 262 The American Moderns 1915-1950 HU historical trajectory beginning with its invention as a R.Sheehan technology, a look at early cinema as well as an Selected readings in poetry, fiction, and/or drama. exploration of film's prototypes. The course concludes Readings include Pound, Eliot, Hemingway, with an exploration of film's reinvention as an Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Barnes, West, Stevens, Toomer, apparatus in the age of digital filmmaking, a Williams, Crane, Warren, and Kerouac. reinvention augured by contestations to the studio in avant-garde and experimental film forms. Prerequisite: Freshman Writing or permission. 263 19th Century American Women's Narrative HU (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) G.Stadler 273 Modern British Literature HU This course examines narrative writing by women in R.Mohan the United States from its inception to the early 20th An exploration of literary modernism in Britain century. Its primary focus is writing by women which through analysis of fiction, criticism, and aesthetic has conceptualized alternative visions of the nation manifestos in their historical contexts. and its history.

106 English

274 Modern Irish Literature HU 281 Fictions of Empire HU (Cross-listed in African D.Sherman and Africana Studies and Gender and Sexuality Irish literature from Swift to O'Brien and Heaney. Studies) The course considers this literature as the politically R.Mohan articulate inscription of complex and multiple A study of representative texts from the 18th century intersections of history, class and culture. Throughout to the present which deal with the British colonial the course, Irish history, particularly the Famine, encounter. Readings in Defoe, Behn, Haggard, (re)appears as an episode of trauma, historical memory Kipling, Conrad, Forster, Dinesen, Cary, Coetzee, and literary investment. and Achebe.

275 Thinking Globally, Writing Locally HU 285 Disabilities: Autobiography, Education, and (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) Theory HU R.Mohan S.Finley The course will examine the ways the global Contemporary autobiographies of disability, placed in circulation of people, ideas, languages, and literary four key contexts: literary history and genre, academic and cultural forms brought about by colonialism, disability studies, rehabilitation sciences, and the decolonization, and immigration shape specific American educational system as it has been shaped by Anglophone literary traditions. the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. Typically offered in alternate years.

276 Literature and Politics of South African Apartheid HU (Cross-listed in African and Africana 286 Arts of the Possible: Literature and Social Studies) Justice Movements HU (Cross-listed in Gender and L.McGrane Sexuality Studies and Peace and Conflict Studies) This course explores the history and historiography of T Tensuan South African apartheid from its inception in 1948 to We will examine memoirs, essays, and poetry by its democratic overthrow in 1994. We will consider American writer/activists whose works illuminate the the interplay between complex definitions of race, formation of -- and tensions between -- civil rights gender, nation and difference in novels, plays, and struggles, peace movements, feminist organizing, and poetry written during the apartheid years. We will also LGBT movements. Readings include Baldwin, discuss the tension between an ethics and aesthetics of Rukeyser, King, Rich, Malcolm X, Lorde, Moraga literary production in a time of political oppression. and Stringfellow. What would it mean for one to write an apolitical text in a cultural space rife with racial and social tensions? Authors will include Nadine Gordimer, Alan Paton, 289 Contemporary Poetry HU J.M. Coetzee, Bessie Head, and Alex La Guma. Staff Typically offered in alternate years. Ostensibly a survey of American avant-garde poetry from 1950 to the present. This course will endeavor to examine the ways in which poetry since WWII has 278 Contemporary Women Writers HU (Cross- undertaken the task of redefining itself, and in the listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) process also sought to redefine its relation to politics, TTensuan to tradition and history, and more importantly to Readings in novels, short fiction, poetry, and some language. non-fictional prose by contemporary women writers. A study of the interrelations between literature written 290 History of Literary Theory: Plato to Shelley by female authors and the questions, concerns, and HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and debates that characterize contemporary feminist theory. Readings in Hurston, Woolf, Winterson, Classical Studies) Lorde, leGuin, Atwood, Erdich, Bambara, Yamanaka, D.Roberts/R. Germany Typically and Cisneros. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above. offered in alternate years.

279 Asian American Literature HU T. Tensuan 295 Interpretation and the Other: Meaning, Works by Kingston, Li-Young Lee, Minatoya, Chang Understanding and Akerity HU (Cross-listed in Rae Lee, and Hagedorn. The course considers this Comparative Literature and Philosophy and body of work in relationship (cultural convergences, Religion) literary inheritances, thematic ties) to other canonical D.Dawson, S.Finley American literature: Whitman, Henry Adams, Offered occasionally. Chandler, and Dos Passos.

107 CORE COURSES 346 Topics in 18th-century Literature HU L.McGrane Relying on recent theories of body, voice, and history, 299 Junior Seminar HU this course examines the agonistic relationship S.Finley between the enlightened and irrational, written and Two-semester, year-long seminar, required of all spoken, scientific and magical in high and low English majors. Through class readings and cultural productions of the period, exploring the discussion, and writing tutorials, students are expected darker side of 18th-century visual and literary culture. to engage (1) a series of texts representing the range and diversity of the historical tradition in British and American literature, and (2) critical theory and 347 Spectacle & Spectatorship in 18th c. London practice as it has been influenced by hermeneutics, HU (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) feminism, psychology, semiology, sociology, and the L.McGrane study of cultural representation, and as it reflects the methods of literary criticism. 352 Romanticism and Theory HU TOPICS COURSES S.Finley This seminar will begin by posing a series of The prerequisite for all 300-level topics courses is two fundamental questions about romantic poems, courses in English at the 200 level or permission of beginning with Heidegger's essay of 1946, "What Are instructor, unless otherwise indicated. Courses vary Poets For?" Readings in the course will be drawn from from year to year and include the following: five principal romantic careers: Blake, Wordsworth, Mary and Percy Shelley, and Keats.

301 Topics in Medieval English Literature HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and 353 Poverty and Its Representation in 19th- Gender and Sexuality Studies) century Britain HU MMcInerney &Finley A study of the "street-folk" and working poor of the 1840's and 1850's, in social documents, novels, and 302 Speaking in Tongues HU (Cross-listed in radical critique. Comparative Literature and Gender and Sexuality Studies) M.Mclnerney 354 Remembrance and Mourning: Literature of the This course proposes to speak the unspeakable, to Great War HU map the curious congruencies and disjunction S.Finley between mystical, aesthetic and philosophical modes This course follows the responses of literature to the of transcendence. personal, historical, and spiritual catastrophe of the Great War, 1914-1918. Our theoretical center will be the study of the processes of traumatic memory. 323 Shakespeare's Contemporaries HU W.Spates 356 Topics in Autobiography HU S.Finley 325 Advanced Shakespeare HU KBenston Interactions among historical, psychological, and 361 Topics in African-American Literature HU theatrical interests in the development of (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) Shakespeare's vision will be explored alongside KBenston theoretical readings from various critical traditions (including cultural history, psychoanalysis, feminism, 362 Topics in American Literature HU (Cross- (post)structuralism, performance studies, & listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) postcolonial studies). G.Stadler

343 Transatlantic Exchanges: Anatomies of 363 Topics in American Literature HU (Cross- Conversion and Revolution in Britain and Early listed in African and Africana Studies and Gender America HU and Sexuality Studies) L.McGrane C.Zwarg An exploration of political, philosophical, and popular literature that defined a Trans-Atlantic model of print culture in 18th-century Britain and America. 364 After Mastery: Trauma, Reconstruction, and Emphasis on comparative notions of literary, gender, the Literary Event HU (Cross-listed in Gender and national, and racial identities in interdisciplinary Sexuality Studies) context. C.Zwarg

108 English

This course will expose students to recent trauma energies from multiple histories and traditions that are theory and the segregated traditions of literary history. not always centered on the colonial experience. Thinking about trauma theory before and after Freud, we will look again at authors attempting to bring together (and sometimes keep apart) cultural 380 Violence in Contemporary American traditions irrupting into literary form throughout the Literature HU 19th and early 20th century. T. Tensuan We will be looking at works that situate acts of violence as part of ongoing narratives of oppression, 365 Topics in American Literature: How to Do exploitation, and dispossession. How do scenes of Things With Books: Literature, Performance, violence illustrate sites of cultural conflict and Pedagogy HU transformation? G.Stadler This course examines fiction, poetry, and criticism by a series of 19th-century American writers who have 381 Textual Politics: Marxism, Feminism, and the positioned the encounter between reader and text as Deconstruction HU (Cross-listed in Comparative an act or event with unpredictable effects. A central Literature and Gender and Sexuality Studies) focus is these texts' notion of pedagogy: framing our R.Mohan reading through contemporary theory, we will ask how literature teaches, what it teaches, how you come 382 On the Sublime HU (Cross-listed in to believe that you've been taught something, or that Comparative Literature) you've not been taught something. D.Sherman A study of the literature of the sublime as, variously, a 367 The Poems of Our Climate: Robert Frost, crisis of representation or the shattering of forms of Wallace Stevens and William Carlos Williams HU knowledge; temporal and spatial disruption raised to a Staff metaphysics of place and person; a deeply gendered and problematic poetics of (male) desire; a psychological structuring of the traumatic encounter 368 Topics in Amer. Lit.: Graphic Novels HU with the Other; a recuperative gesture in a poetics of T Tensuan memory.

371 Writing, Sound, and Modernity HU 383 Topics in American Literature HU (Cross- G.Stadler listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) A textual, cultural, and historical study of T Tensuan transforming ideas about writing, sound, and their relationship to one another. The course's focus will be the United States of the late-19th and early-20th 385 Apocalyptic Literature: Visions of the End HU centuries, but will also include relevant British and MMcInerney Continental works. Frames of study will include This course questions the connections between dialect literature, poetics and orality, urbanization, mythology and eschatology, vision and violence, technologies of reproduction, theory and philosophy prophecy and poetry, memory and millennialism. of cognition. Centered on readings of John, Langland, Dante and Blake, it will require the reading of images as well as texts, including medieval manuscript illuminations, 372 Topics in Irish Literature: Joyce/Beckett HU allegorical paintings, and Blake's Illuminations. D.Sherman Looks at the work of these two major figures as epitomizing an Irish rhetoric in post-colonial reading 388 Problems in Narrative: Obsession, Trauma, which "enacts a movement that begins in aphasia and Hysteria, Oblivion, Bliss HU (Cross-listed in ends in eloquence" [Seamus Deane], in this case in a Comparative Literature) comprehensive reading of Joyce in the most prolix of KBenston texts, Ulysses and Finnegans Wake, and Beckett, where An inquiry into narrative process via scrutiny of texts seemingly court in silence their own undoing. moments, styles, themes, and perspectives that threaten to subvert, disable, or radically transform the very forms in which they appear. Texts for thus 377 Problems in Postcolonial Literature HU scrutinizing narrative and its internal transgressions (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) will include novels, short-stories, films, plays, R.Mohan paintings, and theoretical ruminations. The decisive role that Fanon attributes to violence in the colonial context has had an inexorable afterlife in postcolonial societies. Course texts explore this 389 Problems in Poetics: The Interpretation of dialectic of violation and violence, but they present it Lyric HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) as a mutating, complex phenomenon, drawing its KBenston An examination of theoretical issues and presentational strategies in various verse structures 109 from Ovid to Bishop. Close readings of strategically 324 Topics in Shakespeare: Shakespeare on Film grouped texts explore the interplay of convention and 329 Screen Melodrama innovation with close attention to rhetorics of desire, 334 Topics in Film Studies: Queer Cinema external and internal form, and recurrent lyric figures, 354 Virginia Woolf tropes, and topoi. 355 Performance Theory 360 Women & Law in the Middle Ages 361 Transformation of the Sonnet: Petrarch to Marilyn Hacker 390 The Celtic Fringe: Irish, Scots and Welsh 362 African American Literature poetry 1747-2009 HU 374 Experimental Poetry MMcInerney 379 The African Griot(te) Readings in the English-language poetry of Scotland, 385 Problems in Satire Ireland and Wales. This course will explore works by 387 Allegory: Theory & Practice Dylan Thomas, W.B. Yeats, Hugh MacDiarmaid and 398 Senior Seminar Seamus Heaney, as well as those of more recent poets ARTW 159 Introduction to Creative Writing such as Paul Muldoon, Samantha Wynne-Rhydderch, ARTW 231 Poetry as Performance Menna Elfyn and Leontia Flynn. Special attention ARTW 260 Writing Short Fiction I will be paid to the roots of contemporary Welsh, Irish ARTW 261 Writing Poetry: Subjects & Predicates and Scottish poetics in the native traditions of the ARTW 262 Playwriting I Celtic languages and to the contribution of these ARTW 264 Feature Journalism poems to post-colonial discourse. ARTW 265 Creative Nonfiction ARTW 266 Screenwriting ARTW 382 Poetry Master Class 399 Senior Conference HU M.Mclnerney

480 Independent Study HU KBenston

COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 201 Chaucer: Canterbury Tales 202 Understanding Poetry 205 Introduction to Film 210 Renaissance Lit: Performance of Gender 220 Teaching of Writing 223 The Story of Evolution and the Evolution of Stories: Exploring Diversity 225 Shakespeare I 229 Movies and Mass Politics 231 Modernism in Anglo-American Poetry 232 Voices in and out of School: American Poetry Since WWII 233 Spenser and Milton 234 Postcolonial Literature in English 240 Readings in English Literature 1660-1744 242 Historical Introduction to English Poetry 243 Historical Introduction to English Poetry 250 Methods of Literary Study 253 Romanticism 254 Female Subjects: American Literature Before the Vote 259 Victorian Literature and Culture 263 Toni Morrison & the Art of Narrative Conjure 269 Vile Bodies in Medieval Literature 277 Nabokov 279 Modern African Fiction 284 Women Poets: Giving Eurydice a Voice 288 The Novel 293 Critical Feminist Studies 309 Reverberations: Native American Literature 310 Victorian Media 322 Love and Money 110 Environmental Studies Program at Bryn Mawr College

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES PROGRAM AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE These three core courses must be completed before The Johanna Alderfer Harris Environmental the senior year. As seniors, all concentrators Studies Program at Bryn Mawr College offers reconvene in the Environmental Studies Senior students the opportunity to complete an Seminar (ANTH/BIOL/CITY/GEOL B397) to Environmental Studies concentration as an adjunct discuss in-depth issues within a broader to any major at Bryn Mawr or Haverford, pending environmental theme, set by mutual consent at the approval of the student's coursework plan by the beginning of the semester. Because the home department and the Environmental Studies Environmental. Studies concentration seeks to director. provide perspective on policy questions and the human sides of environmental issues, students must ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AT BRYN choose courses outside the natural sciences. One of these courses should address issues of planning and MAWR COLLEGE FACULTY policy, and one other should address issues of humans in the environment. Available Director recommended courses are listed below, divided into Donald C. Barber, Geology and Environmental these two groups. Alternative courses not shown Studies below also may fulfill these requirements, but the Environmental Studies director must approve any Faculty such course substitution. Students also are Ruth Simpson, Visiting Assistant Professor, Sociology encouraged, but not required, to take additional and Environmental Studies science courses to augment their curriculum; Ellen Stroud, Growth and Structure of Cities and possible courses are listed below. In addition to Environmental Studies (on leave Semesters I and II) checking with the department Environmental Studies contact, each student's coursework plan for Steering Committee the concentration must be reviewed by the Environmental Studies director. Check the ES Victor J. Donnay, Mathematics website (www.brynmawr.edu/es) for the most Carol Hager, Political Science current listing of course offerings. Gary McDonogh, Growth and Structure of Cities David Ross, Economics Note: Some classes shown below have prerequisites; Bethany Schneider, English some are not offered every year. Michael Sears, Biology

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Planning and Policy (one is required) REQUIREMENTS ANTH B210 Medical Anthropology The Environmental Studies concentration is an . interdisciplinary program involving departments and ECON B234 Environmental Economics programs in the natural and social sciences and CITY/ANTH B190 Form of the City humanities. The concentration allows students to explore the interactions among earth systems, CITY B217 Research in Policy Methods human societies and local and global environments. General inquiries concerning the concentration CITY B229 Comparative Urbanism should go to the Environmental Studies Program CITY B345 Adv. Topics in Environment and Director Donald Barber, (dbarber@brynmawnedu). Members of the environmental studies steering Society committee can answer questions pertaining to the CITY B360 Urban Social Movements concentration in their departments or in allied programs. The concentration consists of six courses, POLS/CITY B222 Intro. to Environ. Issues four of which are fixed, and two of which are chosen POLS B310 Comparative Public Policy from approved groups. Students should consult the catalog listings of their major department for POLS B321 Technology and Politics disciplinary coursework specific to the concentration, if any. Additional program POLS B339 The Policy-making Process information is available on the Environmental POLS B354 Comparative Social Movements Studies Web site: http://www.brynmawr.edu/es.

All concentrators must complete GEOL/CITY B103 Earth Systems and the Environment, CITY B175 Environment and Society and BIOL B220 Ecology. 111 Humans in the Environment (one is required) Given the flexible requirements of the concentration, it is important that students plan ANTH B101 Intro. to Anthropology their curriculum as early as possible. Ideally ANTH B203 Human Ecology planning should start no later than the first semester of the sophomore year. ANTH H263 Anthropology and Architecture

CITY B278 American Environmental History

CITY B270/370 Japanese Architecture and Planning HIST/CITY B237 Urbanization in Africa

ENGL 13204 Literatures of American Expansion ENGL B213 Nature Writing, Environ. Concern

ENGL B309 Native American Literature

Science of the Environment (suggested offerings) GEOL B206 Energy, Resources and Environ. Policy

GEOL B209 Natural Hazards

GEOL B302 Low-temperature Geochemistry GEOL B312 Quaternary Geology

GEOL B314 Marine Geology

BIOL B210 Biology and Public Policy BIOL B215 Experimental Design and Statistics

BIOL B225 Biology of Plants BIOL B309 Biological Oceanography

PHYS H111: Energy Options, and Science Policy CHEM H358 Environmental Chemistry

For a number of the courses listed above, especially those with a substantial component of independent inquiry, students are encouraged to select environmental topics.

In the senior year, in addition to the Environmental Studies Senior Seminar, each student should show evidence of advanced work in environmental studies. This may consist of a research project, a major thesis, or in some departments it would be a 300- level course in which the student deals extensively with environmental issues. In selected cases, with approval of the major department advisor and the Environmental Studies director, this advanced work may be undertaken as an internship or Praxis course. Additional courses of interest to students of all disciplines include courses at University of Pennsylvania or Swarthmore College. Certain classes from Junior Year Abroad programs may fulfill requirements for the concentration if pre-approved.

112 FILM STUDIES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE

Students may complete a minor in Film Studies. At least one of the six courses must be at the 300 level. Courses that fall into two or more of the above Film Studies is an interdisciplinary program of categories may fulfill the requirement of the inquiry bringing a range of analytical methods to student's choosing, but may not fulfill more than bear upon films, film audiences, and the social and one requirement simultaneously. Students should industrial contexts of film and media production, consult with their advisors to determine which distribution and exhibition. The courses that courses, if any, may count simultaneously for comprise the minor in film studies reflect the multiple credentials. Final approval is at the diversity of approaches in the academic study of discretion of the program director. cinema. The minor is anchored by core courses in formal analysis, history and theory. Elective courses FILM STUDIES COURSES in particular film styles, directors, national cinemas, Film Studies courses currently offered at Bryn genres, areas of theory and criticism, and issues in Mawr include: film and media culture add both breadth and depth to this program of study. ENGL B205 Introduction to Film ENGL B299 History of Narrative Cinema Film studies is a Bryn Mawr College minor. Students must take a majority of courses on the ENGL B334/HART B334 Topics in Film Studies: Bryn Mawr campus; however, minors are Transitional Objects: Old and New encouraged to consider courses offered in the Tri- College consortium and at the University of ENGL 336 Found Film: Avant-Garde and Pennsylvania. Students should work with the Experimental Cinema director of the Film Studies Program to develop a ENGL 367 Asian American Film, Video and New minor workplan when declaring the minor. Media: The Politics of Pleasure FILM STUDIES FACULTY FREN B326 Etudes avancies: Le Film noir Director GERM B245 Approaches to German Literature Homay King, Associate Professor, History of Art and Culture: Post-War Austria Faculty GERM 321 Advanced Topics in German Cultural Assistant Professor Hoang Tan Nguyen Studies: Picturing Gender Steering Committee HART B299 History of Narrative Cinema Timothy Harte, Russian Homay King, History of Art HART B306 Film Theory Imke Meyer, German HIST B284 The Past Lives Forever Katherine Rowe, English (on leave semesters I and II) HIST B357 Topics in British Empire: Screening Lisa Saltzman, History of Art (on leave semesters I Empire, Projecting Home and II) RUSS B258 Soviet and Eastern European Cinema Michael Tratner, English Sharon Ullman, History (on leave semester I) of the '60s

FILM STUDIES MINOR REQUIREMENTS In consultation with the program director, students design a program of study that includes a range of film genres, styles, national cinemas, eras and disciplinary and methodological approaches. Students are strongly encouraged to take at least one course addressing topics in global or non-western cinema. The minor consists of a total of six courses and must include the following:

One introductory course in the formal analysis of film One course in film history or an area of film history One course in film theory or an area of film theory Three electives.

113 FINE ARTS

The fine arts courses offered by the department are 104 Arts Foundation-Sculpture HU structured to accomplish the following: (1) For Staff students not majoring in fine arts: to develop a Prerequisite: Overenrollment will be determined by visual perception of form and to present knowledge lottery conducted by Prof. on the first day of class. and understanding of it in works of art. (2) For students intending to major in fine arts: beyond the 106 Arts Foundation-Drawing HU foregoing, to promote thinking in visual terms and Staff to foster the skills needed to give expression to Prerequisite: Overenrollment will be determined by these in a coherent body of art works. lottery conducted by Prof. on the first day of class. FINE ARTS FACULTY Audrey A. and John L. Dusseau Professor in the 107 Arts Foundation-Painting HU Humanities and Curator of Photography William Staff E. Williams A seven-week introductory course for students with Professor of Fine Arts Ying Li little or no experience in painting. Students will be Assistant Professor Hee Sook Kim, Chair first introduced to the handling of basic tools, Visiting Assistant Professor Elizabeth Whalley materials and techniques. We will study the color Visiting Assistant Professor Gerald Cyrus theory such as interaction of color, value & color, warms & cools, complementary colors, optical FINE ARTS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS mixture, texture, surface quality. We will work from Fine arts majors are required to concentrate in either live model, still life, landscape, imagination and painting, drawing, sculpture, photography or masterwork. Prerequisite: Preference to declared printmaking: four 100-level foundation courses in majors who need Foundations, and to students who each discipline from each faculty member; two have entered the lottery for the same Foundations different 200-level courses outside the area of course at least once without success. Preference will concentration; two 200-level courses and one 300- also be given to students with Foundations-Drawing level course within that area; three art history experience. Overenrollment will be determined by courses to be taken at Bryn Mawr College or lottery conducted by Prof. on the first day of class. equivalent, and Senior Departmental Studies 499. For majors intending to do graduate work, it is 108 Arts Foundation-Photography HU strongly recommended that they take an additional W Williams 300-level studio course within their area of Prerequisite: Overenrollment will be determined by concentration and an additional art history course at lottery conducted by Prof. on the first day of class. Bryn Mawr College. Course is a repeat of 103D/108H. FINE ARTS COURSES 109 Arts Foundation-Sculpture HU 101 Arts Foundation-Drawing HU Staff Staff Prerequisite: Preference to declared majors who need A seven-week introductory course for students with Foundations, and to students who have entered the little or no experience in drawing. Students will first lottery for the same Foundations course at least once learn how to see with a painter's eye. Composition, without success. perspective, proportion, light, form, picture plane and other fundamentals will be studied. We will work from live models, still life, landscape, imagination and 120 Foundation Printmaking. Silkscreen HU masterwork. Prerequisite: Overenrollment will be H.Kim determined by lottery conducted by Prof. on the first A seven-week course covering various techniques and day of class. approaches to silkscreen, including painterly monoprint, stencils, direct drawing and photo- silkscreen. Emphasizing the expressive potential of the 102 Arts Foundation-Drawing HU medium to create a personal visual statement. Staff Prerequisite: Preference to declared majors who need Prerequisite: Overenrollment will be determined by Foundations, and to those who have entered the lottery conducted by Prof. on the first day of class. lottery for the same Foundations course at least once without success. Lottery conducted by Prof. on the first day of class. 103 Arts Foundation-Photography HU WWilliams Prerequisite: Overenrollment will be determined by lottery conducted by Prof. on the first day of class.

114 Fine Arts

121 Foundation Printmaking. Relief Printing HU 217 The History of African-American Art from E. Whalley 1619 to the Present HU (Cross-listed in African A seven-week course covering various techniques and and Africana Studies) approaches to the art of the woodcut and the linocut, W Williams emphasizing the study of design principles and the A survey course documenting and interpreting the expressive potential of the medium to create a development and history of African-American Art personal visual statement. Prerequisite: Preference to from 1619 to present day. Representative works from declared majors who need Foundations, and to the art and rare book collections will supplement students who have entered the lottery for the same course readings. Prerequisite: Any HART Course, 200 Foundations course at least once without success. level ARTS Studio Course, Anthropology of Art, AFST course.

122 Foundation Printmaking: Lithography HU H.Kim 218 Chinese Calligraphy as an Art Form HU A seven-week course covering various techniques and (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies) approaches to Lithography, including stone and plate Y.Li preparation, drawing materials, editioning, black and This course combines studio practice and creating art white printing. Emphasizing the expressive potential projects with slide lectures, readings, and museum of the medium to create a personal visual statement. visits. Students will study the art of Chinese Prerequisite: Preference to declared majors who need Calligraphy, and its connection with Western art. No Foundations, and to students who have entered the Chinese language required. lottery for the same Foundations course at least once without success. 223 Printmaking: Materials and Techniques: Etching HU 123 Foundation Printmaking: Etching HU E. Whalley E. Whalley Concepts and techniques of B/W & Color Intaglio. A seven-week course covering various techniques and Line etching, aquatint, soft and hard ground, chin- approaches to intaglio printmaking including colle techniques will be explored as well as visual monotypes, soft and hard ground, line, aquatint, concepts. Developing personal statements will be chine collage and viscosity printing. Emphasizing the encouraged. Individual and group critiques will be expressive potential of the medium to create a employed. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor by personal visual statement. Prerequisite: Preference to review of portfolio. declared majors who need Foundations, and to students who have entered the lottery for the same Foundations course at least once without success. 224 Computer and Printmaking HU H.Kim Computer-generated images and printmaking 124 Foundation Printmaking: Monotype HU techniques. Students will create photographic, H.Kim computer processed, and directly drawn images on Basic printmaking techniques in Monotype medium. lithographic polyester plates and zinc etching plates. Painterly methods, direct drawing, stencils, brayer Classwork will be divided between the computer lab techniques for beginners in printmaking will be and the printmaking studio to create images using taught. Color, form, shape, and somposition in 2-D both image processing software and traditional format will be explored. Individual and group printmaking methods, including lithography, etching, critiques will be employed. Prerequisite: Preference to and silk-screen. Broad experimental approaches to declared majors who need Foundations, and to those printmaking and computer techniques will be who have entered the lottery for the same encouraged. Individual and group critiques will be Foundations course at least once without success. employed. Prerequisite: An intro printmaking course Lottery conducted by Prof. on the first day of class. or permission by portfolio review.

216 History of Photography from 1839 to the 225 Lithography: Material and Techniques HU Present HU H.Kim W. Williams An intermediate course covering B/W and Color An introductory survey course about the history of Lithography in plates and stones. Combined methods photography from its beginnings in 1839 to the with other printmaking techniques such as Paper present. The goal is to understand how photography lithography and Monotype are explored during the has altered perceptions about the past, created a new course along with photographic approaches. An art form, and become a hallmark of modern society. edition of images is required along with experimental Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. ones. Development of technical skills in traditional Lithography and personal visual study are necessary with successful creative solutions. A strong body of work following a specific theme is required. Individual

115 discussions and group critiques are held periodically. work and the use of the appropriate black and white Additional research on the history of printmaking is photographic materials necessary to give coherence to requested. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor by that work. Study of the photography collection, review of portfolio. gallery and museum exhibitions, lectures, and a critical analysis of photographic sequences in books and a research project supplement the weekly 231 Drawing (2-D): All Media HU critiques. In addition students produce a handmade Y.Li archival box to house their work which is organized Students are encouraged to experiment with various into a loose sequence and mounted to archival drawing media and to explore the relationships standards. Prerequisite: Fine Arts 103 or equivalent. between media, techniques and expression. Each student will strive to develop a personal approach to drawing while addressing fundamental issues of 253 The Theory and Practice of Conceptual Art pictorial space, structure, scale, and rhythm. Students HU (Cross-listed in Independent College will work from observation, conceptual ideas and Programs) imagination. Course includes drawing projects, JMuse individual and group crits, slide lectures, museum and In this course, the specific mid-20th C movement gallery visits. Prerequisite: Fine Arts Foundations or called Conceptual Art will be explored, as will its consent. progenitors and its progeny. Students will study the founding manifestos, the canonical works and their critical appraisals, as well as develop tightly structured 233 Painting: Materials and Techniques HU studio practica to embody the former research. The Y.Li course invites artists, writers, activists, & cultural Students are encouraged to experiment with various thinkers, those who want to know what it is to make painting techniques and materials in order to develop things, spaces, situations, communities, allies, & a personal approach to self-expression. We will trouble--without necessarily knowing how to draw, emphasize form, color, texture, and the relationship paint, sculpt, photograph, videotape, or film. among them; influences of various techniques upon the expression of a work; the characteristics and limitations of different media. Students will work 260 Photography: Materials and Techniques HU from observation, conceptual ideas and imagination. Staff Course includes drawing projects, individual and Prerequisite.• Fine Arts Foundations or consent. group crits, slide lectures, museum and gallery visits. Prerequisite: Fine Arts Foundations or consent. 321 Experimental Studio: Etching HU H.Kim 241 Drawing (3-D): All Media HU An advanced course covers Color Etching using Staff multiple plates. Viscosity printing, line etching, In essence the same problems as in Fine Arts 231A or aquatint, soft-ground, surface roll, Chin-colle, plate B. However, some of the drawing media are clay preparation, registration, and editioning are covered. modeling in half-hour sketches; the space and design Students study techniques and concepts in Intaglio concepts solve three-dimensional problems. Part of method as well as visual expressions through hands-on the work is done from life model. May be repeated for experiences. Development of technical skills of credit. Prerequisite: Fine Arts Foundations or consent. Intaglio and personal visual study are necessary and creative and experimental approaches beyond two- dimensional outcomes encouraged. A strong body of 243 Sculpture: Materials and Techniques HU work following a specific theme is required. Individual Staff discussions and group critiques are held periodically. The behavior of objects in space, the concepts and Additional research on the history of printmaking is techniques leading up to the form in space, and the requested. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor by characteristics and limitations of the various sculpture review of portfolio. media and their influence on the final work; predominant but not exclusive use of clay modeling techniques: fundamental casting procedures. Part of 322 Experimental Studio: Printmaking: the work is done from life model. May be repeated for Lithography HU credit. Prerequisite: Fine Arts Foundations or consent. E. Whalley An advanced course explores traditional and experimental lithographic printmaking techniques in 251 Photography: Materials and Techniques HU multiple plates and stones. Two- and three- W Williams dimensional and design and drawing exploration in Students are encouraged to develop an individual color also are addressed. During the semester, students approach to photography. Emphasis is placed on the use multiple-plate and stone lithography in colors. creation of black and white photographic prints which Registration, color separation, and edition are taught express plastic form, emotions and ideas about the at an advanced level. Combining other mediums can physical world. Work is critiqued weekly to give be explored individually. Development of technical critical insights into editing of individual student skills of the Lithographic process with personal visual 116 Fine Arts study is necessary and creative and experimental 351 Experimental Studio: Photography HU approaches are highly encouraged. A strong body of W. Williams work following a specific theme is required. Individual Students produce an extended sequence of their work discussions and group critiques are held periodically. in either book or exhibition format using black and Additional research on the history of printmaking is white or color photographic materials. The sequence requested. Prerequisite: One course in printmaking or and scale of the photographic prints are determined consent. by the nature of the student's work. Weekly classroom critiques, supplemented by an extensive investigation of classic photographic picture books and related 327 Experimental Studio: Lithography and critical texts guide students to the completion of their Intaglio HU course work. This two semester course consists of the H.Kim book project first semester and the exhibition project Concepts and techniques of black and white and color second semester. At the end of each semester the lithography. The development of a personal direction student may exhibit his/her project. Prerequisite: Fine is encouraged. Prerequisite: A foundation drawing Arts 251A and 260B. course and Foundation Printmaking, or permission of instructor. 460 Teaching Assistant HU H.Kim 331 Experimental Studio: Drawing HU Y.Li Students will build on the work done in 200 level 480 Independent Study HU courses, to develop further their individual approach Staff to drawing. Students are expected to create projects This course gives the advanced student the that demonstrate the unique character of drawing in opportunity to experiment with concepts and ideas making their own art. Completed projects will be and to explore in depth his or her talent. Prerequisite: exhibited at the end of semester. Class will include consent of instructor. weekly crits, museum visits, visiting artists' lecture and crits. Each student will present a 15- minute slide talk and discussion of either their own work or the work of 499 Senior Departmental Studies HU artists who influenced them. Prerequisite: Fine Arts H.Kim 231A or B, or consent. The student reviews the depth and extent of experience gained, and in so doing creates a coherent body of work expressive of the student's insights and 333 Experimental Studio: Painting HU skills. At the end of the senior year the student is Y.Li expected to produce a show of his or her work. Students will build on the work done in 200 level Prerequisite: Senior Majors. courses to develop further their individual approach to painting. Students are expected to create projects that demonstrate the unique character of their chosen media in making their own art. Completed projects will be exhibited at the end of semester. Class will include weekly crits, museum visits, visiting artists' lecture and crits. Each student will present a 15- minute slide talk and discussion of either their own work or the work of artists who influenced them. Prerequisite: Fine Arts 223A or B, or consent.

341 Experimental Studio: Drawing HU Staff Prerequisite: Fine Arts 241A or B, or consent.

343 Experimental Studio: Sculpture HU Staff In this studio course the student is encouraged to experiment with ideas and techniques with the purpose of developing a personal expression. It is expected that the student will already have a sound knowledge of the craft and aesthetics of sculpture and is at a stage where personal expression has become possible. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Fine Arts 243A or B, or consent of instructor.

117 FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE STUDIES

The Departments of French and Francophone Instructor Florence Echtman (at Haverford and Studies at Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges offer Bryn Mawr) a variety of courses and two options for the major. Assistant Professor Duane W. Kight The purpose of the major in French is to lay the Associate Professor David L. Sedley, Chair and foundation for an understanding and appreciation Major Advisor of French and Francophone literatures and cultures. Course offerings are intended to serve both those At Bryn Mawr College: with particular interest in French and Francophone Eunice Morgan Schenck 1907 Professor Grace M. literatures, literary theory and criticism, as well as Armstrong, Acting Chair and Major Advisor those with particular interest in France and French- Lecturer Benjamin Cherel speaking countries from an interdisciplinary Instructor Florence Echtman (at Bryn Mawr and perspective. A thorough knowledge of French is a Haverford) common goal for both options, and texts and Lecturer Melanie Giraud discussion in French are central to the program. Associate Professor Francis Higginson Associate Professor and Director of the Avignon In the 100-level courses students are introduced to Institute Brigitte Mahuzier the study of French and Francophone literatures Lecturer Agnes Peysson-Zeiss and cultures, and special attention is given to the speaking and writing of French. Courses at the FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE 200-level treat French and Francophone literatures and civilizations from the beginning to the present STUDIES MAJOR REQUIREMENTS day. Two 200-level courses are devoted to advanced 1. French and Francophone Literature: French 005- language training, and one to the study of theory. 102 or 005-105; 101-102 or 101-105; French 212 Advanced (300-level) courses offer detailed study or 260; French 213 (Qu'est-ce que la theorie?); three either of individual authors, genres, and movements semesters of 200-level literature courses; two or of particular periods, themes, and problems in semesters of 300-level literature courses; and the French and Francophone cultures. In both options, two-semester Senior Experience. The Senior students are admitted to advanced courses after Experience is composed of Senior Conference in the satisfactory completion of two semesters of 200- Fall semester and, in the Spring semester, either a level courses in French. Senior Essay, written in the context of a third 300- level course, or a Senior Thesis. Both Senior Thesis All students who wish to pursue their study of and Essay include a final oral defense. For more French must take a placement examination upon details regarding the Senior Experience see entrance at Haverford and Bryn Mawr. Those HONORS AND THE SENIOR EXPERIENCE students who begin French have two options: (below). intensive study of the language in the intensive sections (the sequence 001-002 Intensive 2. Interdisciplinary Studies in French: French 005- Elementary; 005 Intensive Intermediate and 102 102 or 005-105; 101-102 or 101-105; French 212 Introduction a l'analyse litteraire et culturelle II, or or 260; two 200-level courses within the French 005 and 105 Directions de la France departments: e.g., French 255, 291 or 299; two contemporaine), or non-intensive study of the 200-level courses to be chosen by the student language in the non-intensive sequence (001-002; outside the French departments (at HC/BMC or 003-004; 101-102 or 101-105). In either case, JYA) which contribute coherently to his/her students who pursue French to the 200-level often independent program of study; French 325 or 326 find it useful to take as their first 200-level course (Etudes avancees de civilisation); two 300-level either 212 Grammaire avancee or 260 Stylistique et courses outside the French departments; and a thesis traduction. Although it is possible to major in of one semester in French or English. (For further French using either of the two sequences, students details concerning the thesis and the rest of the who are considering doing so and have been placed Senior Experience see HONORS AND THE at the 001 level are encouraged to take the intensive SENIOR EXPERIENCE below). Students option. interested in this option must present the rationale and the projected content of their program for The Department of French also cooperates with the departmental approval during their sophomore year; Departments of Italian and Spanish in the they should have strong records in French and the Romance Languages major. other subjects involved in their proposed program. 3. Both concentrations: all French majors are FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE expected to acquire fluency in the French language, STUDIES FACULTY both written and oral. Unless specifically exempted At Haverford College: by the department, they are required to take French Professor Koffi Anyinefa 212 or 260, or their equivalent. Students placed at 118 French and Francophone Studies

the 200-level by departmental examinations are FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE exempted from the 100-level requirements. Occasionally, students may be admitted to seminars STUDIES STUDY ABROAD in the Graduate School at Bryn Mawr. Students majoring in French may, by a joint recommendation of the deans of the Colleges and FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE the Department of French, be allowed to spend their junior year in France under one of the junior year STUDIES MINOR REQUIREMENTS plans approved by their respective college: those Requirements for a French minor are French 005- organized by Sweet Briar and Wellesley College are 102 or 005-105; 101-102 or 101-105; French 212 approved by both Haverford and Bryn Mawr. or 260; and four courses at the 200 and 300-levels. Haverford students may also apply to IES programs At least one course must be at the 300-level. in France or to the University of Pennsylvania programs in Senegal. HONORS AND THE SENIOR EXPERIENCE Students wishing to enroll in a summer program For the French and Francophone Literature may apply for admission to the Institut d'Etudes concentration, after taking Senior Conference in the Francaises d'Avignon, held under the auspices of Fall semester of senior year students have two Bryn Mawr. The Institute is designed for selected options for the Spring semester. They may write a undergraduate and graduate students with a serious thesis (30-40 pp.) under the direction of a faculty interest in French and Francophone literatures and member. Or, they may write an essay (15-20 pp.) in cultures, most particularly for those who anticipate professional careers requiring a knowledge of the the context of a 300-level course. The first option language and civilization of France and French allows students who have already developed a clearly defined subject in the Fall semester to pursue speaking countries. The curriculum includes general independent research and writing of a thesis with a and advanced courses in French language, literature, faculty supervisor. The second option offers students social sciences, history, art, and economics the opportunity to produce a substantial, but (including the possibility of internships in Avignon). shorter, piece of research within the structure of The program is open to students of high academic their 300-level course in the Spring semester. This achievement who have completed a course in French option will appeal, for example, to double-majors at the third-year level or the equivalent. with another thesis or to pre-medical students. Departmental honors are awarded for excellence in FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE the Senior Experience, whether it involves a Senior STUDIES COURSES Essay or Senior Thesis, following the oral defense. 001, 002 Elementary French Non Intensive HU For the Interdisciplinary Studies in French A.Peysson-Zeiss, B.Cherel, D.Kight concentration, students take French 325 or 326 in The speaking and understanding of French are their senior year and, if they have not already done emphasized particularly during the first semester. The so, complete the two 300-level courses required work includes regular use of the Language Learning outside the department. In the Spring semester they Center and is supplemented by intensive oral practice write a thesis in French or English under the sessions. The course meets five hours each week. This direction of a member of the French faculty and a is a year-long course; both semesters (001 and 002) mentor outside the department. Departmental are required for credit. honors are conferred for excellence in the Senior Experience after the oral defense of the Senior Thesis. 003, 004 Intermediate French Non Intensive HU B.Cherel, F.Echtman, D.Kight, D.Sedley The emphasis on speaking and understanding French TEACHER CERTIFICATION is continued, texts from French literature and cultural media are read, and short papers are written in The Department of French offers a certification French. Students use the Language Learning Center program in secondary teacher education. For more regularly and attend supplementary oral practice information, see the description of the Education sessions. The course meets three hours each week, Program at Bryn Mawr. which are supplemented by an extra hour per week with an assistant. This is a year-long course; both A.B./MA. PROGRAM semesters (003 and 004) are required for credit. Particularly well-qualified students may undertake Prerequisite: French 002, non-intensive, and work toward the joint A.B./M.A. degree in French. departmental placement. Such a program may be completed in four or five years and is undertaken with the approval of the department and of the dean of Bryn Mawr's 005 Intensive Intermediate French HU Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. G.Armstrong, F.Echtman, A.Peysson-Zeiss The emphasis on speaking and understanding French is continued, literary and cultural texts are read, and increasingly longer papers are written in French. In 119 addition to the three class meetings each week, 201 Le Chevalier, la dame et le pretre: Litterature students develop their skills in an additional group et publics du Moyen Age HU session with the professors and in oral practice hours G.Armstrong with assistants. Students use the Language Learning Using literary texts, historical documents and letters as Center regularly. This course prepares students to take a mirror of the social classes that they address, this 102 or 105 in the second semester. Open only to interdisciplinary course studies the principal graduates of Intensive Elementary French or to preoccupations of secular and religious men and students specially placed by the department. Students women in France from the Carolingian period who are not graduates of Intensive Elementary must through 1500. Selected works from epic, lai, roman take either 102 or 105 in Semester II to receive credit. courtois, fabliau, theater, letters and contemporary biography are read in modern French translation. Not offered in 2009-10. 101 Introduction a l'analyse litteraire et culturelle I HU G.Armstrong, D.Kight, A.Peysson-Zeiss, D.Sedley 202 Crises et identites: La Renaissance HU Presentation of essential problems in literary and D.Sedley cultural analysis by close reading of works selected A study of the development of Humanism, the from various periods and genres and by analysis of concept of the Renaissance, and the Reformation. The voice and image in French writing and film. course focuses on representative works, with special Participation in discussion and practice in written and attention given to the prose of Rabelais and oral expression are emphasized, as are grammar Montaigne, the Conteurs, the poetry of Marot, Sceve, review. Open only to graduates of Intermediate the Pleiade, and d'Aubigne. Not offered in 2009-10. French or to students specially placed by the department. 203 Passion et culture: Le Grand Siede HU D.Sedley 102 Introduction a l'analyse litteraire et culturelle Representative authors and literary movements placed II HU within their cultural context, with special attention to KAnyinefiz development of the theater (Corneille, Moliere, and Continued development of students' expertise in Racine) and women writers of various genres. literary and cultural analysis by emphasizing close reading as well as oral and written analyses of works 204 Le Mick des Lumieres HU chosen from various genres and periods of French/Francophone works in their written and visual R.Le Mentheour Representative texts of the Enlightment and the Pre- modes. Readings begin with comic theatre of the Romantic movement, with emphasis on the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and build to development of liberal thought as illustrated in the increasingly complex short stories, poetry, and novels Encyclopedic and the works of Montesquieum of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Participation in guided discussion and practice in Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau. oral/written expression continue to be emphasized, as is grammar review. Offered in second semester. 205 Le Temps des prophetes: de Chateaubriand Prerequisite: French 005 or 101. Baudelaire (1800-1860) HU B.Mahuzier From Chateaubriand and Romanticism to Baudelaire, 105 Directions de la France Contemporaine HU a study of selected poems, novels, and plays. D.Kight An examination of contemporary society in France and Francophone cultures as portrayed in recent 206 Le Temps des virtuoses: Symbolisme, documents and film. Emphasizing the tension in Naturalisme et leur proginiture contemporary French-speaking societies between Staff tradition and change, the course focuses on subjects A study of selected works by Claudel, Gide, Proust, such as family structures and the changing role of Rimbaud, Valery, Verlaine and Zola. Not offered in women, cultural and linguistic identity, an 2009-10. increasingly multiracial society, the individual and institutions (religious, political, educational), and Its loisirs. In addition to the basic text and review of 207 Missionnaires et cannibales: Matres de grammar, readings are chosen from newspapers, Pepoque moderne HU contemporary literary texts, magazines, and they are F.Higginson complemented by video materials. Offered in second A study of selected works illustrating the principal semester. Prerequisite: French 005 or 101. literary movements from 1930 to the present. Not offered in 2009-10.

120 French and Francophone Studies

212 Grammaire avancee: Composition et 258 L'Espace reinvents (Cross-listed in City B258) conversation HU MGiraud KAnyinefii The cityscape is a dominant figure in the 19th and A general review of the most common difficulties of 20th centuries, influencing and even structuring the French language. Practice in composition, and beliefs. Urban theory and cultural criticism will conversation. supplement study of poems by Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Claudel, Apollinaire, Breton, Ben Jelloun and Reda. 213 Qu'est-ce que la theorie? HU Not offered in 2009-10. KAnyinefi This course provides exposure to influential 260 Stylistique et Traduction HU Twentieth-Century French and Francophone theorists B. Cherel (e.g. Levy-Strauss, Fanon, Bourdieu, Foucault, Intensive practice in speaking and writing. Cixous, Derrida) while bringing these thinkers to bear Conversation, discussion, advanced training in on appropriate literary texts. While expanding the grammar and stylistics, and composition. student's knowledge of French and Francophone intellectual history, the explicitly critical aspect of the course will also serve students throughout their 262 What, discussion, dialogue HU coursework, regardless of field. Staff Beginning with the class of 2009, this course will be Intensive oral practice intended to bring non-native required for both options in the major. French speakers to the highest level of proficiency through the development of debating and discussion skills. Prerequisite: French 212 or 260. Not offered in 248. Histoire des femmes en France HU (Cross- 2009-10. listed in Gender and Sexuality) B.Mahuzier A study of women and gender in France from the 299 Litterature, histoire, et societe de la Revolution Revolution to the present. The course pays particular a La Premiere Guerre Mondiale HU attention to the role of women in the French B.Mahuzier Revolution (declarations, manifestoes, women's clubs, A study of the language and political, social, and salons, etc.) in the post-revolutionary era, as well as ethical messages of literary texts whose authors were more contemporary feminist manifestations in France "engages" in the conflicts, wars, and revolutions that since Simone de Beauvoir's Deuxieme Sexe and the shook French society from the advent of the 1789 flow of feminist texts produced in the wake of May Revolution to the first World War. Counts for either 1968. Not offered in 2009-10. the literary or interdisciplinary track. Not offered in 2009-10.

250 Introduction aux litteratures francophones HU KAnyinefa 302 Le Printemps de la parole feminine: Femmes A study of representative male and female writers of ecrivains des debuts HU (Cross-listed in Africa, the Maghreb, and the Caribbean. Not offered Comparative Literature B302 and Gender and in 2009-10. Sexuality) G.Armstrong This study of selected women authors from the 251 La Mosasque France HU French Middle Ages, Renaissance and Classical B.Cherel period-among them Marie de France, the trobairitz, A study that opposes discourse of exclusion, Christine de Pisan, Marguerite de Navarre and xenophobia, racism and the existence of a mythical, Madame de Lafayette-examines the way in which they unique French identity by examining 20th-century appropriate and transform the male writing tradition French people and culture in their richness and and define themselves as self-conscious artists within variety, based on factors such as gender, class, region, or outside it. Particular attention will be paid to colonization and decolonization, immigration and identifying recurring concerns and structures in their ethnic background. Films and texts by Begag, works, and to assessing their importance to female Beauvoir, Cardinal, Caries, Duras, Ernaux, Helias, writing; among them, the poetics of silence, Modiano and Zobel. Not offered in 2009-10. reproduction as a metaphor for artistic creation, and sociopolitical engagement. Not offered in 2009-10. 255 Cinema francais/francophone et (post) colonialisme HU (Cross-listed in Comparative 306 Libertinage et erotisme HU Literature and Africana and African Studies) Staff KAnyinefix A discovery of the French Eighteenth-century through A study of films from Africa, France, the Maghreb, major works of the libertine genre. Diderot, Crebillon and the Caribbean dealing with the colonial and post- fill, Retif de is Bretonne, Sade, and Denon Among colonial experience. others, will illuminate the philosophical unrest which set the stage for the French Revolution. Students will also get an opportunity to work with original illustrated books in our collections and see the

121 Enlightenment through the lens of its clandestine cultures. Not offered in 2009-10.

312a Advanced Topics: Immigration et cinema HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Africana and African Studies) KAnyinefa

3126 Advanced Topics: Montaigne, faits et fictions HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) D.Sedley Not offered in 2009-10.

325 Etudes avancees-Le mythe du retour HU R.Le Mentheour

326 Etudes avancees de civilisation HU (Cross- listed in Comparative Literature B326) B.Mahuzier An in-depth study of a particular topic, event, or historical figure in French civilization. The seminar topic rotates among many subjects. Not offered in 2009-10.

350 Voice medievales et echos modernes HU (Cross- listed in Comparative Literature B350) G.Armstrong A study of selected 19th- and 20th-century works inspired by medieval subjects, such as the Grail and Arthurian legends, and by medieval genres, such as the roman, saints lives, or the miracle play. Included are works by Hugo, Flaubert, Claudel, Anouilh, Bonnefoy, Genevoix, Gracq, and Yourcenar. Not offered in 2009-10.

398 Senior Conference HU B.Mahuzier A weekly seminar examining two major French and Francophone literary texts and the interpretive problems they raise. A third theoretical text, which occupies a central, illuminating position vis-a-vis one or both literary works, will encourage students to think beyond traditional literary categories to interrogate for example issues of cultural memory, political engagement, gendered space, etc. This course prepares students for the second semester of their senior experience, during which seniors not writing a thesis are expected to chose a 300-level course and write a long research paper, related to their senior experience, which they will defend during an oral examination. Senior writing a thesis in Semester II will defend it during their final oral examination.

480 Independent Study HU Staff Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

122 GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES introduction to theories of sexualities, or Political Gender and Sexuality Studies is an interdisciplinary Science 242: Women in War and Peace. Equivalent bi-college program that draws on the faculties of courses at Bryn Mawr, Swarthmore, or the both Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges in a variety University of Pennsylvania are also acceptable. of traditional disciplines, such as Anthropology, Biology, Economics, English, German, History, (2) The core course, 290:Perspectives on Gender, a Philosophy, Political Science, Spanish, and Religion, course intended for juniors and seniors who have as well as interdisciplinary programs such as Africans completed other work in the program. This Studies, Comparative Literature, East Asian Studies, interdisciplinary course is team taught by two and the Growth and Structure of Cities. Students faculty members, one from Haverford, one from graduate from the program with a high level of Bryn Mawr, from different disciplinary fluency and rigor in their understanding of the backgrounds. different ways in which issues of gender and sexuality shape our lives as individuals and as (3) Four additional approved courses from at least members of larger communities, both local and two different departments, two of which are global. normally 300 level. Units of Independent Study (480a, b) may be used to fulfill this requirement. Courses in the program draw upon and speak to feminist theory and women's studies; transnational GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES and third-world feminisms; womanist theory and the experiences of women of color; the construction MINOR REQUIREMENTS of masculinity and men's studies; lesbian, bisexual, Requirements for the minor are identical to those of gay, queer, transgendered/ transsexual studies; and the concentration, with the stipulation that no gender as it is inflected in and by class, race, courses in Gender and Sexuality will overlap with religion, and nationality. courses taken to fulfill requirements in the student's major. Students choosing a concentration, minor, or independent major in Gender and Sexuality plan Neither a senior seminar nor a senior thesis is their programs in consultation with the Gender and required for the concentration; however, with the Sexuality Coordinator on their home campus. Each permission of the major department, a student may year, approximately thirty students pursue either a choose to count toward the concentration a senior Minor or Concentration in Gender and Sexuality thesis with a significant focus on the theoretical and Studies, and several design an independent major for critical issues foregrounded in gender and sexuality themselves in the field. studies.

Concentrators, minors, and majors have gone on to Students wishing to construct an independent major do advanced work in all of the undergraduate in Gender and Sexuality Studies will have to make a disciplines, in law, medicine, and theology, as well proposal to the College Committee on Student as into employment in a variety of related areas. Standing and Programs (CSSP). GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES COURSES IN GENDER AND SEXUALITY COORDINATORS STUDIES OFFERED AT HAVERFORD Assistant Professor Theresa Tensuan, Coordinator at COLLEGE 2009-2010 Haverford Associate Professor Lazaro Lima, Coordinator at Bryn Anthropology 202a: Among Men: Constructions of Mawr Masculinity Z.Ngwane

CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS Anthropology 204m Anthropology of Gender Six courses distributed as follows are required for the N. Uygen concentration:

(1) An introductory course intended for first and Anthropology 244a: Anthropology of China second-year students with no prior knowledge of the M, Gillette field such as Independent College Programs 190: Introduction to Gender and Sexuality Studies: Inventing Gender. This introductory requirement English 206b: American Autobiography may also be met with a variety of courses, such as T Tensuan Philosophy 115: Introduction to Feminist Theory, English 286: Sex/Gender/Representation: an

123 English 270a: Portraits in Black: The Influence of Religion 308a: Mystical Literatures of Islam an Emergent African American Culture T.Zadeh C.Zwarg Spanish 334a: Gender Dissidence in Hispanic English 279a: Contemporary Women Writers Writing TTensuan I.Burshatin

English 302b: Speaking in Tongues: The Poetics of OTHER COURSES IN GENDER AND Ecstasy SEXUALITY STUDIES REGULARLY OFFERED MMcInerney AT HAVERFORD Anthropology 216: Women and Power Anthropology 245: Love and the Market English 363b: "The Awful Rehearsal": Traumas of Biology 247: Human Genetics, Ethics, and Public Freedom in US Literature Policy CZwarg Biology 248: Disease and Discrimination East Asian Studies 262: Chinese Social History General Programs 290a: Interdisciplinary East Asian Studies 310: Religion and Gender in Pre- Perspectives on Gender and Sexuality Studies Modern Japan (offered at Bryn Mawr Fall 2009) Economics 224: Women in the Labor Market English 254a: Pre-Raphaelites, Aesthetes, & Decadents; Gender and Sexuality in 19th Century Literature History 204: History of Gender and US Women to English 260b: Another Country: Queer Sexualities 1870 in the American Novel B.Saler English 263: 19th Century Women's Narratives English 277: Postcolonial Women Writers Independent College Programs 281b: Violence and English 281: Fictions of Empire Public Health English 284:Sex/Gender/Representation KEdwards English 286a: Arts of the Possible: Cultures of Social Justice Movements English 301: The Hundred Years War and the Independent College Programs 305b: African Production of Literary Culture Masculinities English 347b: Spectacle and Spectatorship in 18th R. Talmo), Century London English 362: Genius and Gender in 19th Century U.S. Culture Philosophy 106b: The Philosophy of English 364: After Mastery Consciousness and the Problem of Embodiment, English 381: Textual Politics: Marxism, Feminism, K. Wright and Deconstruction English 383: American Autobiography: Life During Philosophy 332a: Topics in Twentieth Century Wartime Continental Philosophy: Philosophies of Pain and German 262: The Male Body in Contemporary Passion Cinema _Willer History 229: Gender, Sex, and Power in Early Modern Europe History 231: The Age of Enlightenment Political Science 123b: American Politics: History 354: Law, Crime, and the Police in Early Difference and Discrimination Modern Europe S McGovern Independent College Programs 135: Introduction to Feminist Theory Independent College Programs 190: Introduction to Political Science 229b: Latino Politics Gender and Sexuality Studies: Inventing Gender C.Beltran Independent College Programs 244a: Quaker Social Witness Religion 221a: Women and Gender in Early Philosophy 105: Love, Friendship and the Ethical Christianity Life A.McGuire Philosophy 155: Introduction to Feminist Theory Philosophy 229: Latino Politics in the U.S. Philosophy 231: Continental Feminist Philosophy Religion 301a: Letters of Paul in Cultural Context Philosophy 258: Philosophy of the Body A.McGuire Political Science 235: African Politics

124 Gender and Sexuality Studies

Political Science 359: Feminist Political Theory Religion 204: Women and Judaism Religion 221: Women and Gender in Early Christianity Religion 223: Body, Sexuality, and Christianity Religion 301: Jerusalem: History and Representation Religion 303: Evangelicalism, Anti-Slavery, and Feminism in Uncle Tom's Cabin Religion 330: Seminar in the Religious History of African American Women Spanish 324: Sexual Minorities in the Spanish Speaking World Spanish 352: Evita and her Sisters

COURSES IN GENDER AND SEXUALITY STUDIES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE ANTH B101 Introduction to Anthropology

ANTH B102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

ARCH B234 Picturing Women

ENGL B210 Renaissance Literature: Performances of Gender

ENGL B270 American Girl: Childhood in U.S. Literature 1690-1935

ENGL B367/HART B367 Asian American Film, Video and New Media: The Politics of Pleasure

FREN B201 Le Chevalier, la dame, le pretre

GERM B245 Approaches to German Literature and Culture: Post-War Austria

GERM B321 Advanced Topics in German Cultural Studies: Picturing Gender

GNST B290 Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Gender and Sexuality

HIST B292 Women in Britain since 1750

PHIL B252/POLS B253 Feminist Theory

PSYC B340 Women's Mental Health

SOCL B217 The Family in Social Context

SOCL B225 Women in Society

SPAN B218 Border Crossing Narratives

SPAN B265 Escritoras espanolas

SPAN B309 La mujer en la lit Siglo Oro

SPAN B310 Modernidad y Lit Mexicana

125 GEOLOGY AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE

Students may complete a major or minor in GEOLOGY REQUIREMENTS FOR Geology. Within the major, students may complete concentrations in Environmental Studies, HONORS geoarchaeology or geochemistry. Honors are awarded to students who have outstanding academic records in geology and allied The department seeks to make students more aware fields, and whose research is judged by the faculty of of the physical world around them and of its the department to be of the highest quality. development through time. The subject includes a study of the materials of which the Earth is made; of CONCENTRATION IN the physical processes which have formed the Earth, ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES especially near the surface; of the history of the The Environmental Studies concentration allows Earth and its organisms; and of the various students to explore interactions of the geosphere, techniques necessary to investigate Earth processes biosphere and human societies. The concentration and history. represents interdisciplinary cooperation among Bryn Mawr and Haverford departments in the natural and Each introductory course is designed to cover a social sciences and humanities, and is open to broad group of topics from a different perspective. students from any major, pending approval of the Students may elect any of the 100-level courses. home department. Fieldwork is an essential part of geologic training and is part of all introductory courses, most other The Environmental Studies concentration in classes and most independent research projects. Geology consists of GEOL 101 and 103, 202 and two other 200-level geology courses, 302 or 328 GEOLOGY FACULTY (both are recommended), 397, one other 300-level Associate Professor Donald C. Barber geology course and 399; CITY/SOCL 175, BIOL Lecturer Lynne Elkins 220; CHEM 101 or 103, and 104; and two Assistant Professor Pedro Marenco semesters of math, statistics or computational Assistant Professor Christopher.Oze (on leave methods. Two additional environmental courses semesters I and II) outside of the natural sciences also are required: one Professor W. Bruce Saunders (on leave semesters I addressing issues of planning and policy, and one and II) that addresses issues of humans in the environment. Associate Professor and Chair Arlo B. Weil The Environmental Studies Web site: (http://www.brynmawr.edu/es/core.htm) lists approved courses in these categories. Paperwork for GEOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS the concentration should be filed at the same time as Thirteen courses are required for the major: GEOL the major work plan. Students also should carefully 101 and 102 or 103; 202, 203, 204, and 205; consider their options with regard to study abroad in MATH 101 and 102, or alternates approved by the the junior year. Early consultation with the current advisor; a two-semester sequence of CHEM (103- director of Environmental Studies is advised in the 104) or PHYS (101-102 or 121-122); GEOL 399; planning of courses. and either two advanced geology courses or one advanced geology course and an additional upper- CONCENTRATION IN level course in biology, chemistry, mathematics, GEOARCHAEOLOGY physics, or computer science. The geoarchaeology concentration allows students majoring in anthropology, archaeology or geology to Additional courses in the allied sciences are strongly explore the connections among these fields with recommended and are required by most graduate respect to how our human ancestors interacted with schools. A student who wishes to follow a career in past environments, and how traces of human geology should plan to attend a summer field course, behavior are preserved in the physical environment. usually following the completion of the 200-level In geology, the geoarchaeology concentration courses. consists of 13 courses: GEOL 101 or 102 or 103, 202, 204, 203 or 205, 270, 328, and 399; CHEM All geology majors undertake a research project 101 or 103, and 104; two semesters of math, (GEOL 399) and write a thesis in the senior year. statistics or computational methods; either ARCH 101 or ANTH 101; and one 200- or 300-level GEOLOGY MINOR REQUIREMENTS elective from among current offerings in A minor in geology consists of two of the 100-level Anthropology or Classical and Near Eastern Geology courses, and any four of the 200- or 300- Archaeology. Paperwork for the concentration level courses offered by the department. should be filed at the same time as the major work plan. For course planning advice, consult with Don 126 Geology at Bryn Mawr College

Barber (Geology), Rick Davis (Anthropology) or chemistry (both recommended). Not offered in 2009- Peter Magee (Archaeology). 10.

CONCENTRATION IN GEOCHEMISTRY GEOL B203 Invertebrate Paleobiology The geochemistry concentration encourages students Marenco majoring either in geology or in chemistry to design Biology, evolution, ecology, and morphology of the a course of study that emphasizes earth chemistry. In major marine invertebrate fossil groups. Three lectures geology this concentration includes at least: GEOL and one three-hour laboratory a week. A semester- 101, 103, 202, 205; 302 or 305; CHEM 101 or long research project introducing computer-aided 103, 104 and 221 or 222. Additional chemistry morphometric analysis will be based on material courses might include 211 (Organic Chemistry). collected on a two-day trip to the Tertiary deposits of Other courses that complement this concentration the Chesapeake Bay. are: calculus, linear algebra, computer programming and computer modeling. Paperwork for the concentration should be filed at the same time as the GEOL B204 Structural Geology major work plan. For course planning advice, A. Weil contact Christopher Oze (Geology) or Sharon Three lectures and three hours of laboratory a week, Burgmayer (Chemistry). plus weekend field trips. Recognition and description of deformed rocks, map reading, and an introduction GEOLOGY COURSES to the mechanics and patterns of deformation. Prerequisites: GEOL 101 and MATH 101. GEOL B101 How the Earth Works Elkins, Weil An introduction to the study of planet Earth—the GEOL B205 Sedimentary Materials and materials of which it is made, the forces that shape its Environments surface and interior, the relationship of geological D.Barber processes to people, and the application of geological An introduction to sediment transport, depositional knowledge to the search for useful materials. processes, and stratigraphic analysis, with emphasis on Laboratory and fieldwork focus on learning the tools interpretation of sedimentary sequences and the for geological investigations and applying them to the reconstruction of past environments. Three lectures local area and selected areas around the world. Three and one lab a week, plus a weekend field trip. lectures and one afternoon of laboratory or fieldwork Prerequisite: GEOL 101, 102, 103 or instructor a week. One required one-day field trip on a weekend. permission. Recommended: GEOL 202 and 203.

GEOL B102 Earth History GEOL B206 Energy Resources and Public Policy L.Elkins, P.Marenco D.Barber The history of the Earth from its beginning and the An examination of issues concerning the supply of evolution of the living forms that have populated it. energy and raw materials required by humanity. This Three lectures, one afternoon of laboratory a week. A includes an investigation of requirements and supply required two-day (Fri.-Sat.) field trip is taken in April. of energy and of essential resources, of the geological framework that determines resource availability, and of the social, economic, and political considerations GEOL B103 Earth Systems and the Environment related to energy production and resource (Cross-listed as CITY B103) development. Two 90-minute lectures a week. D.Barber, L.Elkins Prerequisite: one year of college science. Not offered in This integrated approach to studying the Earth 2009-10. focuses on interactions among geology, oceanography, and biology. Also discussed are the consequences of population growth, industrial development, and GEOL B209 Natural Hazards (Cross-listed as human land use. Two lectures and one afternoon of CITY B210) laboratory or fieldwork per week. A required two-day A. Weil (Fri.-Sat.) field trip is taken in April. A quantitative approach to understanding the earth processes that impact human societies. We consider. the past, current, and future hazards presented by GEOL B202 Mineralogy and Crystal Chemistry geologic processes, including earthquakes, volcanoes, .C.Oze landslides, floods, and hurricanes. The course includes The crystal chemistry of representative minerals. discussion of the social, economic, and policy contexts Descriptive and determinative mineralogy, as well as within which natural geologic processes become the relation between the physical properties of hazards. Lecture three hours a week, with one day- minerals and their structures and chemical long field trip. Prerequisite: one semester of college compositions. The occurrence and petrography of science or permission of instructor. Not offered in typical mineral associations and rocks is also covered. 2009-10. Lecture three hours, laboratory at least three hours a week. Prerequisite: introductory course in geology or

127 GEOL B230 The Science of Soils hours of seminar a week and a weekend field trip. C Oze Prerequisite: GEOL 203 or permission of instructor. Physical, chemical, and biological processes within soil Not offered in 2009-10. systems. Emphasis is on factors governing the physical properties, nutrient availability, and plant growth and production within soils. How to classify soils and to GEOL B304 Tectonics assess nutrient cycling and contaminant fate will be A. Weil covered. Prerequisite: at least one introductory course Three hours of lecture and a problem session a week. in geology, biology or chemistry. Not offered in 2009- Plate tectonics and continental orogeny are reviewed 10. in light of the geologic record in selected mountain ranges and certain geophysical data. Prerequisite: GEOL 204 or permission of instructor. Not offered in GEOL B236 Evolution (Cross-listed as ANTH 2009-10. B236 and BIOL B236) Gardiner, Marenco GEOL B305 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology C. Oze GEOL B250 Computational Methods in the The origin, mode of occurrence, and distribution of Sciences (Cross-listed as CMSC B250 and BIOL igneous and metamorphic rocks. The focus is on the B250) experimental and field evidence for interpreting rock Staff associations and the interplay between igneous and Not offered in 2009-10. metamorphic rock genesis and tectonics. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory or equivalent field work a week. Occasional weekend field trips. GEOL B255 Problem Solving in the Prerequisites: GEOL 202 and CHEM 101 or 103, and Environmental Sciences 104. Not offered in 2009-10. Staff Provides basic quantitative and numerical modeling skills that can be applied to any of the natural GEOL B310 Introduction to Geophysics sciences, including geology and environmental A. Weil studies. Students will learn fundamental quantitative An overview covering how geophysical observations of concepts while exploring issues such as global the Earth's magnetic field, gravity field, heat flow, warming, sudden catastrophes, and the effects of wind radioactivity, and seismic waves provide a means to and water on Earth's surface. Lecture/discussion three study plate tectonics. Also covered are the geophysical hours a week. Not offered in 2009-10. techniques used in mineral and energy resources exploration, and in the monitoring of groundwater, earthquakes and volcanoes. Three class hours a week. GEOL B260 Biogeography (Cross-listed as BIOL Prerequisites: GEOL 101 and PHYS 101, 102. B260) Staff Not offered in 2009-10. GEOL B312 Quaternary Geology D.Barber The most recent part of Earth history provides an GEOL B270 Geoarchaeology (Cross-listed as opportunity to analyze how and why variability in the ARCH B270 and ANTH B270) oceans, atmosphere, and biota influence the climate. Barber, Magee This course covers the many types of geological evidence used to reconstruct climate variability during GEOL B302 Low-Temperature Geochemistry the Quaternary Period, which covers the last two C.Oze million years of Earth history. Three class hours a The geochemistry of Earth surface processes. week, including hands-on data analysis exercises. Emphasis is on the chemistry of surface waters, Prerequisite: GEOL 103 or 205, or permission of atmosphere-water environmental chemistry, chemical instructor. Not offered in 2009-10. evolution of natural waters, and pollution issues. Fundamental principles are applied to natural systems GEOL B314 Marine Geology with particular focus on environmental chemistry. D.Barber Prerequisites: CHEM 103, 104 and GEOL 202 or two An introduction to the structure of ocean basins, and 200-level chemistry courses, or permission of the marine sedimentary record. Includes an overview instructor. Not offered in 2009-10. of physical, biological, and chemical oceanography, and modern coastal processes such as shoreline GEOL B303 Advanced Paleobiology/Advanced erosion. Meets twice weekly for a combination of Evolution Seminar lecture, discussion and hands-on exercises, including Saunders, Allen one day-long field trip. Prerequisite: GEOL 101, 102 Principles, theory, and application of various aspects or 103, and 205, or permission of instructor. of paleobiology such as evolution. Seminar-based, with a semester-long research project or paper. Three 128 Geology at Bryn Mawr College

GEOL B328 Analysis of Geospatial Data Using GIS (Cross-listed as ARCH B328, BIOL B328, and CITY B328) Reese An introduction to analysis of geospatial data, theory, and the practice of geospatial reasoning. As part of this introduction students will gain experience in using one or more GIS software packages and be introduced to data gathering in the field by remote sensing. Each student is expected to undertake an independent project that uses the approaches and tools presented.

EOL B350 Advanced Topics in Geology: High- Temperature Geochemistry L.Elkins A seminar studying the geochemistry and origins of igneous rocks. Includes igneous petrography and examination of the chemistry of igneous materials to approach questions about igneous petrogenesis. How to use major element, trace element, and isotopic chemistry as tools to study igneous systems. Prerequisites: GEOL 202 and advanced standing in geology or consent of the instructor.

GEOL B397 Senior Seminar in Environmental Studies (Cross-listed as ANTH B397, BIOL B397, and CITY B397) D.Barber A seminar course that encourages and facilitates environmental problem solving by interdisciplinary teams of ES concentrators. Coursework may take the form of service-learning (Praxis) projects. Students hone their research, collaboration, and leadership abilities by working on real problems facing our community and the broader world. Students will provide oral and written progress reports and submit written summaries of their findings. Collaborative research projects also are possible. Three hours per week.

GEOL B399 Senior Thesis A. Weil An independent project in the field, laboratory, or library culminating in a written report and oral presentation. Required for all geology majors in the spring semester of the senior year.

GEOL B403 Independent Research Staff

GEOL B425 Praxis III D.Barber Independent or group projects with a significant emphasis on community outreach and service. Projects usually focus on addressing environmental issues through collaborative work with off-campus practitioners. Prerequisites: advanced standing in the environmental studies concentration or permission of the instructor.

129 GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES

The Department of German draws upon the AFFILIATED FACULTY expertise of the German faculty at both Bryn Mawr and Haverford colleges to offer a broadly conceived At Haverford College German studies program, incorporating a variety of Professor of Philosophy Kathleen Wright courses and major options. The purpose of the Associate Professor of Music Richard Freedman major in German is to lay the foundation for a critical understanding of German culture in its At Bryn Mawr College contemporary international context and its larger Rufus M. Jones Professor of Philosophy Robert J. political, social, and intellectual history. To this Dostal end, we encourage a thorough and comparative Associate Professor of Political Science Carol J. Hager study of the German language and culture through Associate Professor of History of Art Christiane its linguistic and literary history, systems of Hertel thought, institutions, political configurations, and arts and sciences. The German program aims, by means of various methodological approaches to the GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES study of another language, to foster critical thinking, expository writing skills, understanding of MAJOR REQUIREMENTS the diversity of culture(s), and the ability to The German major consists of 10 units. All courses respond creatively to the challenges posed by at the 200 or 300 level count toward the major cultural difference in an increasingly multicultural requirements, either in a literature concentration or world. Course offerings are intended to serve both in a German studies concentration. A literature students with particular interests in German concentration normally follows the sequence 201 literature and literary theory and criticism and and/or 202; 205 or 206; or 214, 215; plus those interested in studying German and German- additional courses to complete the ten units, two of speaking cultures from the perspective of them at the 300 level; and finally one semester of communication arts, film, history, history of ideas, Senior Conference. A German studies major history of art and architecture, history of religion, normally includes 223 and/or 224; one 200- and institutions, linguistics, mass media, philosophy, one 300-level course in German literature; three politics, urban anthropology, and folklore. courses (at least one should be a 300-level course) in subjects central to aspects of German culture, A thorough knowledge of German is a common history, or politics; and one semester of German 321 goal for both major concentrations. The objective (Advanced Topics in German Cultural Studies). of our language instruction is to teach students Within each concentration, courses need be selected communicative skills that would enable them to so as to achieve a reasonable breadth, but also a function effectively in authentic conditions of degree of disciplinary coherence. Within language use and to speak and write in idiomatic departmental offerings, German 201 and 202 German. A major component of all German courses (Advanced Training) strongly emphasize the is the examination of issues that underline the development of conversational, writing, and cosmopolitanism as well as the specificity and interpretive skills. complexity of contemporary German culture. Many German majors can and are encouraged to take GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES courses in interdisciplinary areas, such as MINOR REQUIREMENTS comparative literature, history, political science, A minor in German and German studies consists of philosophy, music, and feminist and gender studies, six units of work. To earn a minor, students are where they read works of criticism in these areas in normally required to take German 201 or 202, four the original German. additional units covering a reasonable range of study topics, of which at least one unit is at the 300 level. GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES The one remaining upper-level course may be taken FACULTY either within the German program, or be chosen At Haverford College: with the approval of the department from the Associate Professor Ulrich Sch8nherr, Co-Chair recommended electives for German studies majors. Visiting Assistant Professor Imke Brust GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES At Bryn Mawr College: STUDY ABROAD Fairbank Professor in the Humanities and Professor of Students majoring in German are encouraged to German and Comparative Literature Made spend some time in German-speaking countries in Seyhan the course of their undergraduate studies. Various Professor Imke Meyer, Co-Chair possibilities are available: summer work programs, Visiting Assistant Professor David Kenosian DAAD (German Academic Exchange) scholarships 130 German and German Studies for summer courses at German universities, and 190 Introduction to Gender and Sexuality Studies selected junior year abroad programs (Berlin, HU (Cross-listed in Independent College Programs Freiburg, Vienna). Students of German are also and Gender and Sexuality Studies) encouraged to take advantage of the many H.Schlipphacke opportunities on both campuses for immersion Prerequisite.: none programs in German language and culture: residence in Haffner Hall foreign language apartments at Bryn Mawr College; the German Film Series; the German 201 Advanced Training: Language; Text, and Lecture Series; the weekly Stammtisch, and more Context HU informal conversational groups attended by faculty U.Schonherr members. This course is intended for students who wish to refine their speaking, writing, and reading skills GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES beyond the Intermediate level. Designed as a comprehensive introduction to modern German REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS culture, we will discuss a variety of literary, political, Any student whose grade point average in the major historical and philosophical texts, including feature at the end of the senior year is 3.8 or above qualifies films and video materials. Weekly grammar reviews by grade point average alone for departmental will complement these activities. Prerequisite: honors. Students whose major grade point average at Intermediate German. the end of the senior year is 3.6 or better, but not 3.8, are eligible to be discussed as candidates for departmental honors. A student in this range of 202 Advanced Training: Introduction to German eligibility must be sponsored by at least one faculty Studies HU member with whom s/he has done course work, and I. Meyer, U.Schonherr at least one other faculty member must read some of Interdisciplinary and historical approaches to the the student's advanced work and agree on the study of German language and culture. Selected texts excellence of the work in order for departmental for study will be drawn from autobiography, anthropology, Marchen, satire, philosophical essays honors to be awarded. If there is a sharp difference of opinion, additional readers will serve as needed. and fables, art and film criticism, discourses of gender, travel writing, cultural productions of minority GERMAN AND GERMAN STUDIES groups, and scientific and journalistic writings. Prerequisite: Intermediate German. COURSES

001 Elementary German HU 212 Revolution and German Culture (1789-1989) IBrust HU Meets five hours a week with the individual class U.Schonherr instructor, one hour with student drill instructors. Focusing on exemplary philosophical, political, and Strong emphasis on communicative competence both literary texts (including movies), the course will in spoken and written German in a larger cultural closely examine the multi-faceted German reception context. This is a year-long course; both semesters of the revolutions of 1789, 1848, and 1918, as well as (001 and 002) are required for credit. the student rebellion of 1968. In addition, we will analyze the various narrative strategies employed by philosophers of history, politicians, and writers alike 002 Elementary German HU to conceptualize and represent the historical events. I.Brust

214 Survey of Literature in German HU 101 Intermediate German HU U.Schonherr USchiinherr A study of the major periods of German literature Meets three hours a week with the individual class within a cultural and historical context, including instructor, one hour with student drill instructor. representative texts for each period. Thorough review of grammar, exercises in composition and conversation. Enforcement of correct grammatical patterns and idiomatic use of 215 Survey of Literature in German: Introduction language. Study of selected literary and cultural texts to Postwar Literature HU and films from German-speaking countries. Two I.Brust semesters. Does not count toward the major. The seminar is designed to give a broad overview of the various aesthetic trends which have shaped contemporary German-speaking literature after the 102 Intermediate German HU Second World War. Focusing on representative U.Schonherr works, including prose, and poetry, the course will retrace the attempts at re-establishing a modernist literary tradition that had been almost completely destroyed during fascism.

131 223 Topic in German Cultural Studies HU (Cross- 399 Senior Conference HU listed in Comparative Literature and African and U.SchOnherr Africana Studies) I.Brust 480 Independent Study HU U.Schiinherr Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 224 New German Cinema HU I.Brust RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES AT HAVERFORD

258 Re-imagining the City: Berlin and Vienna in Comparative Literature 200 Intro to Comparative Literature and Film HU (Cross-listed in Literature Comparative Literature) Music 250b Words and Music World I.Meyer Philosophy 225a Hegel An examination of the imagination and re- Philosophy 229b Nineteenth-Century Philosophy imagination of two important European capitals, Berlin and Vienna, in twentieth-century literature and COURSES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE film, especially in the aftermath of the world wars. We will pay special attention to the geographical, cultural, Comparative Literature 211 The Holocaust and its religious, and political differences between the two Aftermath cities, and we will ask to what extent such differences History 319 Hitler, National Socialism, and produced different forms of artistic re-imaginings, German Society different artistic responses to the destruction and History of Art 348 Topics in German Art transformation brought about by war. Prerequisite: Political Science 308 Germany and its Neighbors Sophomore standing

262 The Male Body in Contemporary Cinema HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Gender and Sexuality Studies) H Schhpphacke

305 Modern German Drama HU U.Schiinherr

320 Contemporary German Fiction HU U.SchOnherr

321 Topics in German Literature: Literature and New Media: From the Gutenberg-Galaxy to Cyberspace HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) U.Schonherr

359 Music - Text - Performance HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) U.SchOnherr This course will explore the rich and diverse representations of music in all its socio-aesthetic complexity from antiquity to the present. The thematic scope of our investigations shall range from mythological, philosophical, theological, and semiotic questions, through issues of gender, race, and politics, to theories of (operatic) performance. (Taught in English with an extra session in German) Prerequisite: One 200-level course in the Humanities.

132 GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE

Students may complete a major or minor in Growth them must be taken by the end of the first semester and Structure of Cities. Within the major, students of the sophomore year. may complete a concentration in Environmental Studies, Latin American, Latino, and Iberian In addition to these introductory courses, each Peoples and Cultures, and Latin American and student selects six elective courses within the Cities Iberian studies (Haverford). Students may enter the Program, including cross-listed courses. At least two 3-2 Program in City and Regional Planning, offered must be at the 300 level. In the senior year, a third in cooperation with the University of Pennsylvania. advanced course is required. Most students join together in a research seminar, 398. Occasionally, The interdisciplinary Growth and Structure of however, after consultation with the major advisors, Cities major challenges students to understand the the student may elect another 300-level course or a dynamic relationships connecting urban spatial program for independent research. This is often the organization and the built environment with case with double majors. politics, economics, cultures and societies worldwide. Core introductory classes present Each student must also identify four courses outside analytic approaches that explore changing forms of Cities that represent additional expertise to the city over time and analyze the variety of ways complement her work in the major. These may through which women and men have re-created include courses such as physics and calculus for global urban life through time and across cultures. architects, or special skills in design, language, or With these foundations, students pursue their regional interests. Any minor, concentration, or interests through classes in architecture, urban social second major also fulfills this requirement. Cities and economic relations, urban history, studies of courses that are cross-listed with other departments planning and the environmental conditions of urban or originate in them can be counted only once in the life. Opportunities for internships, volunteering, and course selection, although they may be either allied study abroad also enrich the major. Advanced or elective courses. seminars further ground the course of study by focusing on specific cities and topics. Both the Cities Program electives and the four or more allied courses must be chosen in close GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES consultation with the major advisers in order to create a strongly coherent sequence and focus. This FACULTY is especially true for students interested in Associate Professor Juan Manuel Arbona, Chair (on architecture, who will need to arrange studio time leave semester II) (226, 228) as well as accompanying courses in math, Senior Lecturer Jeffrey A. Cohen science and architectural history; they should Instructor Allison Hayes-Conroy contact the program director or Daniela Voith in Associate Professor Carola Hein their first year. Likewise, students interested in Professor Gary W. McDonogh pursuing a concentration in Environmental Studies Instructor and Visiting Studio Critic Sam Olshin should consult with Ellen Stroud early in their Lecturer Ingrid Steffensen career, and those interested in pursuing Iberian, Associate Professor Ellen Stroud (on leave semesters I Latin American, and Latino/a themes should consult and II) with Gary McDonogh or Juan Arbona. All students Senior Lecturer Daniela Holt Voith (on leave will be asked to provide a statement of their interests semester I) and goals to enrich the advising process.

GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES Finally, students should also note that many courses MAJOR REQUIREMENTS in the program are given on an alternate-year basis. Many carry prerequisites in art history, economics, A minimum of 15 courses (11 courses in Cities and history, sociology, or the natural sciences. four allied courses in other related fields) is required to complete the major. Two introductory courses (185, 190) balance sociocultural and formal Programs for study abroad or off campus are encouraged, within the limits of the Bryn Mawr and approaches to urban form and the built Haverford rules and practices. In general, a one- environment, and introduce cross-cultural and semester program is preferred. The Cities Program historical comparison of urban development. The regularly works with off-campus and study-abroad introductory sequence should be completed with a programs that are strong in architectural history, broader architectural survey course (253, 254, 255) planning, and design, as well as those that allow and an intensive writing course (229 or substitute). students to pursue social and cultural interests. These courses should be completed as early as Students who would like to spend part or all of their possible in the first and second years; at least two of 133 junior year away must consult with the major CITY B136 Working with Economic Data (Cross- advisers and appropriate deans early in their listed as ECON B136) sophomore year. Ross

Cities majors have created major plans that have allowed them to coordinate their interests in cities CITY B160 Daily Life in Ancient Greece and Rome with architecture, planning, ethnography, history, (Cross-listed as ARCH B160 and CSTS B160) law, environmental studies, mass media, social Donohue justice, medicine, public health, the fine arts, and Not offered in 2009-10. other fields. No matter the focus, though, each Cities major must develop a solid foundation in CITY B175 Environment and Society: History, both the history of architecture and urban form and Place, and Problems (Cross-listed as SOCL B175) the analysis of urban culture and experience. Careful Simpson methodological choices, clear analytical writing, and Introduces the ideas, themes, and methodologies of critical visual analysis are primary emphases of the the interdisciplinary field of environmental studies, major. Strong interaction with faculty and other beginning with definitions: what is nature? what is students are an important and productive part of the environment? and how do people and their Cities Program, which helps us all take advantage of settlements fit into each? Then moves to distinct the major's flexibility in an organized and rigorous disciplinary approaches in which scholarship can and way. does (and does not) inform others. Assignments introduce methodologies of environmental studies, GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES requiring reading landscapes, working with census MINOR REQUIREMENTS data and government reports, critically interpreting Students who wish to minor in the Cities Program scientific data, and analyzing work of experts. must take at least two out of the four required courses and four cities electives, including two at the CITY B180 Introduction to Urban Planning 300 level. Senior Seminar is not mandatory for Staff fulfilling the cities minor. Lecture and technical class that considers broad issues of global planning as well as the skills and strategies 3-2 PROGRAM IN CITY AND necessary to the field. This may also be linked to the REGIONAL PLANNING study of specific issues of planning such as waterfront Over the past two decades, many Cities majors have development or sustainability. Not offered in 2009-10. entered the 3-2 Program in City and Regional Planning, offered in conjunction with the University CITY B185 Urban Culture and Society (Cross- of Pennsylvania. Students interested in this program listed as ANTH B185) should meet with Carola Hein early in their Arbona, McDonogh sophomore year. Examines techniques and questions of the social sciences as tools for studying historical and GROWTH AND STRUCTURE OF CITIES contemporary cities. Topics include political- COURSES economic organization, conflict and social differentiation (class, ethnicity and gender), and CITY B103 Earth System Science and the cultural production and representation. Both Environment (Cross-listed as GEOL B103) qualitative and quantitative methods are explored. Elkins, Barber, Riihirnaki Philadelphia features prominently in discussion, reading and exploration.

CITY B104 Archaeology of Agricultural and Urban Revolutions (Cross-listed as ARCH B104 and CITY B190 The Form of the City: Urban Form CITY B104) from Antiquity to the Present (Cross-listed as Magee ANTH B190 and HART B190) Cohen, Hein This course studies the city as a three-dimensional CITY B115 Classical Art (Cross-listed as ARCH artifact. A variety of factors—geography, economic B115, CSTS B115, and HART B115) and population structure, politics, planning, and Donohue aesthetics—are considered as determinants of urban

Not offered in 2009-10. form.

CITY B121 Exploring Society by the Numbers CITY B203 Ancient Greek Cities and Sanctuaries (Cross-listed as SOCL B121) (Cross-listed as ARCH B203) Karen Wright Not offered in 2009-10. Not offered in 2009-10.

134 Growth and Structure of Cities at Bryn Mawr College

CITY B206 Statistical Methods in Economics CITY B221 U.S. Economic History (Cross-listed as (Cross-listed as ECON B203) ECON B221) Stahnke Staff Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B207 Topics in Urban Studies: Writing Architecture CITY B222 Introduction to Environmental Issues: Cohen Policy-Making in Comparative Perspective (Cross- An intensive writing course for mid-level students that listed as POLS B222) we explore how we understand and write about Hager architecture and architectural history. In 2009-10, this Not offered in 2009-l0. course fulfills the writing requirement also met by CITY B229. CITY B225 Economic Development (Cross-listed as ECON 13225) CITY B209 Medical Anthropology (Cross-listed as Rock ANTH B210) Pashigian Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B226 Introduction to Architectural Design Olshin, Voith This studio design course introduces the principles of CITY B210 Natural Hazards (Cross-listed as architectural design. Prerequisites: drawing, some GEOL B209) history of architecture, and permission of instructor. Weil Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B227 Topics in Modern Planning: The European Metropolis (Cross-listed as HART B227) CITY B212 Medieval Architecture (Cross-listed as Hein HART B212) Taking European cities as an example, this course Kinney examines the distinct characters of both large and small cities. The course will try to pin down the architectural and urban particularities of these cities CITY B213 Taming the Modern Corporation and to define their foundations in history, politics, (Cross-listed as ECON B213) economics, culture, urban planning and building laws. Alger, Ross It will look particularly at the different histories of Not offered in 2009-10. national intervention and local initiatives, as these gain new importance in regard to European CITY B214 Public Finance (Cross-listed as ECON unification. While this course concentrates on B214) Europe, the analysis is a backdrop for the evaluation Stahnke of American cities.

CITY B217 Research Methods and Theories CITY B228 Problems in Architectural Design: Hayes-Conroy Advanced Architecture and Urban Design This course engages quantitative, qualitative, and Olshin, Voith spatial techniques in the investigation and analysis of A continuation of CITY 226 at a more advanced urban issues. While the emphasis is on designing level. Prerequisites: CITY 226 or other comparable research strategies in the context of public policy, design work and permission of instructor. students interested in other areas should also consider this course. This course is designed to help students CITY B229 Comparative Urbanism: Colonial and prepare for their senior thesis. Form and topic will Post-Colonial Cities(Cross-listed as ANTH B229, vary. EAST B229, HART B229, and SOCL B229) McDonogh CITY B218 Globalization and the City This intensive writing seminar uses multiple cases Hayes-Conroy around a shared theme in order to explore critical This course introduces students to contemporary perspectives on research, interpretation and issues related to the urban built environment in composition of a long paper through multiple stages. Africa, Asia and Latin America (collectively referred to In 2010, the class will grapple with global issues of as the Third World or developing countries) and the power and discrimination embedded in colonial cities, implications of recent political and economic changes. their forms, rights and cultures and the processes of decolonization and post-colonial reflection that challenge them. Materials will be drawn from French North Africa, Hong Kong and the Pearl River Delta, Ireland and the Mexican-American border. Fulfills writing requirement for the major.

135 CITY B234 Environmental Economics (Cross- CITY B254 History of Modern Architecture listed as ECON B234) (Cross-listed as HART B254) Rock Steffensen Not offered in 2009-10. A survey of the development of modern architecture since the 18th century, the course concentrates on the period since 1890. CITY B237 Themes in Modern African History: Urbanization in Africa (Cross-listed as HIST B237) Ngalamulume CITY B255 Survey of American Architecture Not offered in 2009-10. Cross-listed as HART B255) Steffinsen, Cohen An examination of landmarks, patterns, landscapes, CITY B238 The Economics of Globalization designers, and motives in the creation of the American (Cross-listed as ECON B236) built environment over four centuries. The course will Ceglowski address the master narrative of the traditional survey course, while also probing the relation of this canon to CITY B242 Urban Field Research Methods the wider realms of building in the United States. (Cross-listed as SOCL B242 and ANTH B242) Not offered in 2009-10. Takenaka Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B258 L'Espace reinventE (Cross-listed as FREN B258) CITY B244 Great Empires of the Ancient Near East Giraud, Anderson (Cross-listed as ARCH B244, HIST B244, and Not offered in 2009-10. POLS B244) Attic CITY B260 Sport and Spectacle in Ancient Greece Not offered in 2009-10. and Rome (Cross-listed as ARCH B255, CSTS B255, and HIST B255) CITY B248 Modern Middle East Cities (Cross- Scott, Wright listed as POLS B248 and HEBR B248) Not offered in 2009-10. Harrold Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B266 Schools in American Cities (Cross- listed as EDUC B266 and SOCL B266) CITY B249 Asian American Communities (Cross- Cohen listed as ANTH B249 and SOCL B249) Not offered in 2009-10. Takenaka Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B267 Philadelphia, 1682 to Present (Cross- listed as HIST B267) CITY B250 20th-Century U.S. Urban History Shore Stroud This course explores the recent history of U.S. cities as CITY B268 Greek and Roman Architecture (Cross- both physical spaces and social entities. How have the listed as ARCH B268 and HART B268) definitions, political roles, and social perceptions of Webb U.S. cities changed since 1900? And how have those Not offered in 2009-10. shifts, along with changes in transportation, communication, construction, and other technologies affected both the people and places that comprise U.S. CITY B270 Japanese Architecture and Planning cities? Not offered in 2009-10. (Cross-listed as EAST B270 and HART B270) Hein The built environment in Japan does not resemble its CITY B251 La Mosalque France (Cross-listed as American or European counterparts, leading visitors FREN B251) to characterize it as visually chaotic even as recent Cherel observers praise its lively traditional neighborhoods. Not offered in 2009-10. This course explores characteristics of Japanese cities, their history and presence, and examines the particular CITY B253 Survey of Western Architecture (Cross- cultural, political, economic, and social contexts of listed as HART B253 and HIST B253) urban form in Japan. Not offered in 2009-10. Cast Not offered in 2009-10.

136 Growth and Structure of Cities at Bryn Mawr College

CITY B272 Race and Place in Urban America Places in Time (Cross-listed as SOCL B272) Cohen Staff A workshop for research into the histories of places, Not offered in 2009-10. intended to bring students into contact with some of the raw materials of architectural and urban history. A focus will be placed on historical images and texts, CITY B273 Topics in Early and Medieval China and on creating engaging informational experiences (Cross-listed as EAST B272 and HART B272) that are transparent to their evidentiary basis. Not Lin offered in 2009-10. Not offered in 2009-10.

CITY B314 Topics in Social Policy (Cross-listed as CITY B278 American Environmental History ECON B314) (Cross-listed as HIST B278) Staff Stroud Not offered in 2009-10. Explores major themes of American environmental history, examining changes in the American landscape, development of ideas about nature and the CITY B314 Advanced Topics in German Cultural history of environmental activism. Explores Studies: Berlin in the 1920s (Cross-listed as GERM definitions of nature, environment, and B321, COML B321, and HART B348) environmental history while investigating interactions Meyer, Kenosian between Americans and their physical worlds. Not Not offered in 2009-10. offered in 2009-la CITY B322 Topics in German literature (Cross- CITY B286 Themes in British Empire (Cross-listed listed as GERM B310) as HIST B286 and POLS B286) Kenosian Kale Not offered in 2009-10. Not offered in 2009-la CITY B323 Topics in Renaissance Art CITY B299 Cultural Diversity and Its Cast Representations (Cross-listed as GERM B299 and Not offered in 2009-10. COML B299) Seyhan Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B328 Analysis of Geospatial Data Using GIS cross-listed as GEOL B328, ARCH B328, and BIOL B328) CITY B301 Topics in Modern Architecture: Frank Reese, Huber Lloyd Wright and Le Corbusier Steffensen This course will examine the careers and influences of CITY 8330 Comparative Economic Sociology the American architect Frank Lloyd Wright and his (Cross-listed as SOCL B330) European contemporary Le Corbusier. Not only will Osirim we recount their important buildings, but we will also Not offered in 2009-la examine their impact on such issues as the use of new materials and technology, city planning, and the CITY B331 Palladio and Neo-Palladianism (Cross- development of urban and suburban housing types. listed as HART B331) As they are also two of the most prolific architect- Cast writers of the modern period, we will also examine Not offered in 2009-la their role in shaping the written dialogue of modernism as well as the creation of the persona of the modern architect. CITY B335 Mass Media and the City (Cross-listed as ANTH B335) McDonogh CITY B303 Topics in American History (Cross- Examines urban culture as a ground for conflict, listed as HIST B303) domination, and resistance. We will work with both Shore theoretical and applied analysis of production, texts, Not offered in 2009-10. readings, and social action within a political/economic framework. Topics include imagery, ownership, CITY B305 Ancient Athens: Monuments and Art boundaries, creation of audience and public spheres, (Cross-listed as ARCH 11305) and reinterpretation. We will also consider the Lindenlauf implications of critical cultural policy for contemporary cities. Materials are drawn from U.S. and global media, from comics to the Internet, with CITY 8306 Advanced Fieldwork Techniques:

137 special emphasis on film, news, and television. Not CITY B368 Topics in Medieval History (Cross- offered in 2009-10. listed as HIST B368 and CSTS B368) Staff Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B338 The New African Diaspora: African and Caribbean Immigrants in the United States (Cross-listed as SOCL B338) CITY B377 Topics in Modern Architecture Osirim Staff Not offered in 2009-10. Advanced discussions of significant figures, places, and themes of architectural history. Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B345 Advanced Topics in Environment and Society: Feminism and Ecology Hayes-Conroy CITY B378 Formative Landscapes: The This course is designed to introduce students to both Architecture and Planning of American Collegiate classic and current research in feminist theory that is Campuses specifically relevant to study of the natural and built Cohen environments. We will encounter the theme of gender An exploration of the architecture, planning, and across various spaces, scales, and temporal frames. We visual rhetoric of American collegiate campuses from will spend some time examining the gendered social their early history to the present. Historical construction of nature and the ways in which nature consideration of architectural trends and projected and gender continually (re)define each other. Students imageries will be complemented by student exercises will come to understand the basics of feminist involving documentary research on design genesis, political ecology as well as current concerns of typological contexts, and critical reception. feminist scholarship in relation to animals, bodies, and health. CITY B397 Senior Seminar in Environmental CITY B348 Culture and Ethnic Conflict (Cross- Studies (Cross-listed as GEOL B397, ANTH B397, listed as POLS B348) and BIOL B397) Ross Oze, Stroud, Barber Not offered in 2009-10. CITY B355 Topics in the History of London (Cross-listed as HART B355) Cast CITY B398 Senior Seminar Arbona, Cohen, Hein, McDonogh An intensive research seminar designed to guide CITY B360 Topics in Urban Culture and Society: students in writing a senior thesis. Food and the City(Cross-listed as ANTH B359) Hayes-Conroy Food is the lifeblood of human settlement, the CITY B403 Independent Study connector of cities and countryside, the embodiment Staff of family and culture. Yet food is also a source of inequality, a site of scarcity and a cause of fear and ill health worldwide. This seminar gives students a basic CITY B415 Teaching Assistant foundation to understand and interpret urban food Staff systems. The readings cover social, political, cultural This opportunity is available only by invitation. and environmental approaches to urban food systems focusing on particular key topics such as local food, CITY B425 Cities: Praxis Independent Study food access, food security, and critical analyses of Staff public health and nutrition.

CITY B450 Urban Internships/Praxis CITY B365 Techniques of the City: Space, Place, Staff and Power Individual opportunities to engage in Praxis in the McDonogh greater Philadelphia area; internships must be Critical reflections on the technologies and methods arranged prior to registration for the semester in through which we know the city and envision which the internship is taken. Enrollment is limited to alternatives, stressing ethnographic work as well as five students a semester. Prerequisite: permission of theoretical discussions of place, power, and change. instructor. Topics include construction and reproduction of social models, urban infrastructure, modes of representation, and patterns of control. Not offered in 2009-10.

138 HEBREW AND JUDAIC STUDIES

Hebrew language instruction is available at Bryn HEBR B320 Topics in German Literature and Mawr through the intermediate level. At Haverford, Culture (Cross-listed as GERM B320, COML Judaic Studies courses are offered by the B320, ENGL B320, and HART B320) Department of Religion. Bryn Mawr also offers H.Schlipphacke several courses which complement Haverford's Not offered in 2009-10. offerings in Judaic Studies. All of these courses are listed in the Tri-Co Course Guide under the HEBR B342 Middle Eastern Diasporas (Cross- heading "Hebrew and Judaic Studies." listed as ANTH B342 and GNST B342) T.Neuman HEBREW AND JUDAIC STUDIES Not offered in 2009-10. FACULTY HEBR B380 Topics in Contemporary Art (Cross- Coordinators listed as HART B380 and GERM B380) Russell Scott, Acting Chair of Greek, Latin, and L. Saltzman Classical Studies at Bryn Mawr College Not offered in 2009-10. Tracey Hucks, Chair of Religion at Haverford College HEBR B403 Supervised Work in Intermediate Faculty at Bryn Mawr Hebrew Lecturer Amiram Amitai A.Amitai Lecturer Deborah Harrold (on leave Semester I) Visiting Assistant Professor Tamara Neuman

HEBREW AND JUDAIC STUDIES COURSES HEBR B001, B002 Elementary Hebrew A.Amitai This is a year-long course. This course prepares students for reading classical religious texts as well as modern literary work. It covers grammar, composition, and conversation with primary emphasis on fluency in reading as well as the development of basic conversational skills.

See HEBR B403 for Intermediate Hebrew.

HEBR B248 Modern Middle East Cities (cross- listed as POLS B248 and CITY B248) D.Harrold Not offered in 2009-10.

HEBR B261 Palestine and Israeli Society (Cross- listed as ANTH B261 and HIST B261) T.Neuman Not offered in 2009-10.

HEBR B283 Introduction to the Politics of the Modern Middle East and North Africa (Cross- listed as POLS B283 and HIST B283) D.Harrold Not offered in 2009-10.

139 HISTORY History) or that addresses specific approaches or The study of history involves the critical analysis of themes (such as comparative history, religious the past. The curriculum in history is designed to history, women's history, or history of the African encourage the development of reflective habits of diaspora). A student may take only two fields in the mind by balancing emphasis on primary source same geographic region where such a distinction is materials with the study of important secondary relevant. works. The department welcomes comparative studies and seeks to relate its courses to the 3. History 400a and b in the senior year, broadest possible spectrum of academic disciplines. culminating in the writing of a senior thesis. All In this connection, the history major is easily history majors will write a senior thesis. Students integrated into the Africana Studies, East Asian will receive a full course credit for each semester of Studies, Education and Educational Studies, the thesis. This decision reflects the work they will Gender and Sexuality Studies, Latin American and be expected to execute each semester with the first Iberian Studies, and Peace and Conflict Studies semester emphasizing sources (identifying, locating, areas of concentration. The department has no transcribing) and the second semester focusing on specific language requirement, but students who writing (synthesis, argument, eloquence). wish to major in history are encouraged to pursue foreign languages to enable advanced research in HISTORY COURSE RESTRICTIONS seminars and theses. All of our 100-level courses are open to all students without prerequisite. Courses numbered 200-299 HISTORY FACULTY are open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; Professor Linda G. Gerstein exceptions require the prior consent of the Professor Emma Jones Lapsansky instructor. Courses numbered 300 and above are John R. Coleman Professor of Social Sciences Paul normally open only to juniors and seniors. Jakov Smith (On leave for Fall 2009) Frank A. Kafker Associate Professor Lisa Jane Graham HISTORY REQUIREMENTS FOR Associate Professor Alexander Kitroeff Associate Professor James Krippner, Chair HONORS Associate Professor Bethel Saler Honors in history will be granted to those senior Assistant Professor Darin Hayton majors who, in the department's judgment, have Assistant Professor Andrew Friedman combined excellent performance in history courses with an excellent overall record. A grade of 3.7 or HISTORY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS above in a history course is considered to represent work of honors quality. High Honors may be 1. Two semesters of 100 level work from the awarded to students showing unusual distinction in following array of courses, in any combination: meeting these criteria. History 111a and b (Introduction to Western Civilization) History 114 (Origins of the Global South) COOPERATION WITH BRYN MAWR History 115 (Postcards from the Atlantic World) COLLEGE History 117 (Modern Mediterranean History) The history departments of Haverford College and History 118 (Introduction to the History of Bryn Mawr College have coordinated their course Science) offerings. All courses offered by both departments History 120 (Chinese Perspectives on the Individual are open to students of both colleges equally, subject and Society) only to the prerequisites stated by individual instructors. Both departments encourage students to 2. Seven electives above the 100 level, at least two of avail themselves of the breadth of offerings this which must be at the 300 (seminar) level. At least arrangement makes possible at both colleges. one of these seminars should be taken by the second semester of the junior year. All majors must HISTORY COURSES complete three of the designated six fields. A student must take two courses above the 100 level within a 111 Introduction to Western Civilization SO field to complete each field requirement. The history L. Graham department currently offers six fields: (1) United This course--designed primarily for freshmen and States history; (2) Early European history, pre-1763; sophomores--has several objectives this semester; first, (3) modern European history; (4) Latin American as always, to introduce students to the craft and history; (5) East Asian history, and (6) History of practice of history, to the ways in which historians Science and Medicine. In addition, a student may imagine and (re)present the past; second, to survey the design a field based on courses offered at Bryn Mawr development of the modern European world over the (such as British Colonial, Atlantic World, or African past half-millennium; next, to explore the "languages" 140 History

(of religion, politics, and science--for example) in 120 Chinese Perspectives on the Individual and which the West has come both to understand and to Society SO (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies) celebrate its modernity; and, finally, by reconsidering P.Smith the factors that explain the "rise of the West," to A survey of philosophical, literary, legal, and better appreciate how the past influences the present. autobiographical sources on Chinese notions of the individual in traditional and modern China. Particular emphasis is placed on identifying how ideal 114 Origins of the Global South SO and actual relationships between the individual and J. Krt. ppner society vary across class and gender and over time. Explores the first phase of "globalization" in world Special attention will be paid to the early 20th history, with particular emphasis on the years 1300- century, when Western ideas about the individual 1700. The course analyses the trans-regional processes begin to penetrate Chinese literature and political that connected Eurasia, Africa, and the Americas discourse. during these centuries, while constantly interrogating the links between history ("what happened") and historiography (the writing of history). Topics include 200 Sophomore Seminar: Methods and Approaches oral versus written history, empire, trade and in East Asian Studies HU (Cross-listed in East technology, the spread of world religious traditions, Asian Studies) labor systems and social change, and debates over P.Smith conquest and colonization in the early modern world. Prerequisite: Required of East Asian Studies majors In addition to a variety of primary and secondary and minors; open to History majors and other sources, we shall also use literature and film to help us interested students. imagine the past. 203 The Age of Jefferson and Jackson, 1789- 1850. 115 Postcards from the Atlantic World SO SO B.Saler B.Saler An exploration of the movement of peoples, goods This course charts the transformation in American and ideas across the four continents that border the political institutions, economy, and society from the Atlantic basin (Africa, Europe, North America and ratification of the Constitution to the eve of the Civil South America) over the transformative periods of War. Often identified as the crucial period when the exploration and empire from the fifteenth to the American nation cohered around a national culture nineteenth centuries. Prerequisite: None and economy, this period also witnessed profound social rifts over the political legacy of the American Revolution, the national institutionalization of 117 Modern Mediterranean History SO slavery, and the rise of a new class system. We will A.Kitroeff consider the points of conflict and cohesion in this An examination of how countries in the rapidly changing American nation. Prerequisite: mediterranean region faced the challenges of Sophomore standing or above. Typically offered in modernity from the 1800s to the 1970s. The region alternate years. includes countries that followed the western European pattern of development and also countries that experienced imperialism and decolonization. The 204 History of Gender and U.S. Women to 1870 study of this region exposes students to responses to SO (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) modernity from a global perspective while its B.Saler approach highlights the ways historians analyze This course surveys the history of American women primary sources to explain social change over time and from the colonial period through 1870. We will how they assess the relevance of specific causes e.g. consider and contrast the lives and perspectives of agency or structure, economics or politics and the role women from a wide variety of social backgrounds and of individuals and social classes. geographic areas as individuals and members of families and communities, while also examining how discourses of gender frame such topics as colonization, 118 Introduction to the History of Science SO slavery, class identity, nationalism, religion, and D.Hayton political reform. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or Although science is an essential characteristic of the above. Typically offered in alternate years. modern world, it took nearly 4000 years to attain that status. This course surveys various sciences in the past focusing on both how and why humans have 209 Modern Latin America SO (Cross-listed in interrogated the natural world, how they have Latin American and Iberian Studies and Peace and categorized the resulting knowledge, and what uses Conflict Studies) they have made of it. Topics can include science and J.Krippner medicine in antiquity, Islamic sciences, Byzantine and This course introduces students to modern Latin medieval sciences, early-modern science and the American history from the 19th C demise of Spanish Scientific Revolution. & Portuguese colonialism through the present. We shall discuss all the major regions & cultural zones of contemporary Latin America, though in varied depth 141 given the inevitable constraints of time & disciplinary special emphasis on the historiographical debates that boundaries. Particular attention will be paid to the have surrounded the revolution since its inception. interplay of gender, race, and class in specific contexts, Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above. Typically and we shall examine how social conflict has offered in alternate years. influenced historical change.

229 Gender, Sex and Power in Europe, 1550-1800 215 Sport and Society SO SO (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) A.Kitroeff G.Kannerstein L. Graham This course examines the evolution of sport in the This course traces the evolving definitions of gender Americas and Europe in the 19th and 20th centuries and sexuality in Europe from the Renaissance to the from its amateur beginnings to its transformation into Enlightenment. Primary sources and theoretical a lucrative business with a global scope in the late readings explore the construction of gender roles and 20th century. The course is divided into three broad sexuality in different arenas of early modern life such chronological sections: the 19th century, the 20th as political thought, law, work, family, art and century through World War II, and the post-1945 performance. Topics include masculinity and era. In each of these segments we are concerned with effeminacy, court culture and power, the rise of print the way of social changes affected the way sport was technology and literacy, religious conflict and played, administered, experienced as a spectacle, and scientific discovery. Typically offered in alternate years. how it was treated as an important social institution. Prerequisite: An introductory social science course. 230 Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries: Between War and Peace SO 225 Europe: 1870-1914 SO A.Kitroeff L. Gerstein War was integral to the spread of nationalism and Topics included are Marxism, The Dreyfus Affair, nationalist rhetoric in Europe from the Napoleonic Imperialism, Sexual Anxiety, and Art Nouveau. Era to World War II; war also gave rise to a European Offered occasionally. counter-discourse, best described as patriotic pacifism. This course surveys debates among European politicians, intellectuals, and ordinary citizens in this 226 Twentieth Century Europe SO era about the true interests of the nation. Offered L. Gerstein occasionally. The emergence of the culture of Modernism; revolutionary dreams and Stalinist nightmares in Russia; Fascism; the trauma of war 1914-1945; the 231 The Age of Enlightenment SO divisions of Cold War Europe; and the challenge of a L. Graham new European attempt at re-integration in the 1990s. This course approaches the Enlightenment as a process of political and cultural change rather than a canon of great texts. Special emphasis will be placed 227 Statecraft and Selfhood in Early Modern on the emergence of a public sphere and new forms of Europe SO sociability as distinguishing features of 18th century L, Graham European life. Typically offered in alternate years. This course examines the political, social, and cultural responses to 'the perceived crisis of authority that followed the Reformation era in Europe. The crisis in 233 Perspectives on Civil War and Revolution: faith was accompanied by innovations in all areas of Southern Europe and Central America SO (Cross- human life from political thought and science to art listed in Political Science) and literature. Topics include the emergence of the A.Isaacs, A.Kitroeff royal state, absolutism and constitutionalism, protest Prerequisite: One course in history or one course in and rebellion, religion and popular culture, court political science. society, and Baroque aesthetics. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above. Typically offered in alternate years. 234 Nationalism and Politics in the Balkans SO A.Kitroeff The interrelationship of politics with communism and 228 The French Revolution SO nationalism in the Balkans. The political legacies of L. Graham the region; the rise of communism and the way in Most historians identify the French revolution of which communist regimes dealt with nationalist issues 1789 with the birth of the modern world. The French in each of the region's nation-states; the sharpening of captured international attention when they tore down nationalist conflicts in the post-communist era; the Old Regime and struggled to establish a focusing on the Yugoslav war and the post war efforts democratic society based on Enlightenment principles to restore democratic rule and resolve nationalist of liberty and equality. The problems confronted by differences equitably. Typically offered in alternate revolutionary leaders continue to haunt us around the years. world today. This course examines the origins, evolution, and impact of the French Revolution with

142 History

237 History of the Occult and Witchcraft SO 254B Harvest of Empire: US History, 1898 to the D.Hayton Present This course examines the historical situation that A.Friedman produced witchcraft and the occult sciences: How and In this interdisciplinary course, students will study the why did people believe or claim to believe in witches, history of U.S. foreign policy and the history of U.S. astrology, and magic? The second goal is to recognize migration as a single body of national experience. how historians and recent authors (including film Conceiving the international history of the country makers and artists) have used the past. Why are broadly, we will explore how the U.S. formed itself studies of witchcraft and astrology experiencing such a and how it was formed as a nation in a world context. renaissance today? By combining a close reading of primary sources - ranging from texts to trial records to paintings and literature - with secondary sources, we 256 Zen Thought, Zen Culture, Zen History HU will confront the challenges these activities pose for (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies and Religion) our understanding of the past and the present. H. Glassman Typically offered in alternate years. 257 The Scientific Revolution SO 240 History and Principles of Quakerism SO D.Hayton (Cross-listed in Religion and Peace and Conflict The revolution in the sciences that occurred between Studies) 1500 and 1750 completely reshaped our E.Lapsansky understanding of the natural world and our place in The development of Quakerism and its relationship to it. Simultaneously, the methods used to interrogate other religious movements and to political and social that natural world changed dramatically. This course Prerequisite: life, especially in America. The roots of the Society of explores these transformations. Typically offered in alternate Friends in 17th-century Britain, and the expansion of Sophomore standing. Quaker influences among Third World populations, years. particularly the Native American, Hispanic, East African, and Asian populations. 259 Collecting and Displaying Nature SO D.Hayton 244 Russia from 1800-1917 SO (Cross-listed in Collecting, classifying and displaying natural artifacts Russian) acquired new significance in early-modern Europe L. Gerstein and played an important role in the development of Topics considered include the culture of serfdom, modern science. This course explores the motivations Westernization, reforms, modernization, national and contexts for such collecting and classifying Sophomore standing or identities, and Revolution. Typically offered in activities. Prerequisite: alternate years. consent.

SO 245 Russia in the 20th Century SO (Cross-listed in 260 Mid Imperial China (ca.A.D.850-1600) Russian) (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies) L. Gerstein P.Smith Continuity and change in Russian and Soviet society Surveys the fundamental transformation of Chinese since the 1890s. Major topics: the revolutionary society between the 9th and 16th centuries, with period, the cultural ferment of the 1920s, Stalinism, particular stress on exams and the rise of a the Thaw, the culture of dissent, and the collapse of literocentric elite; Neo-Confucianism's impact on the system. Typically offered in alternate years. social and gender relations; fraught relations between China and the steppe; and China's role in the premodern global economy. Prerequisite: Not open to 253 A01 The History of the U.S. Built first year students. Environment, 1870 to the Present A.Friedman This course looks at the history of the U.S. through its 261 Late Imperial China, 1600-1900 SO (Cross- built environment, or the physical spaces and listed in East Asian Studies) landscapes through which Americans constructed P.Smith their habits, hopes, and divisions. We will investigate Surveys Chinese culture and society at the height of how struggles over the U.S. polity came to be reflected the imperial era through the 18th century and the in the built world. Topics include the creation of ensuing political and cultural crises catalyzed by property, the building of the metropolis, the making institutional decline and Western imperialism in the Prerequisite: of the suburbs, electrification and the highways, urban 19th and early 20th centuries. crisis, and the postindustrial landscape. Sophomore standing and one course in either History or East Asian Studies.

143 263 The Chinese Revolution SO (Cross-listed in writings of the colonial era. Prerequisite: Sophomore East Asian Studies) standing or instructor consent. P.Smith Places the causes and consequences of the Communist Revolution of 1949 in historical perspective, by 282 Mexican Cultural History: Modern and examining its late-imperial antecedents and tracing Postmodern SO (Cross-listed in Latin American how the revolution has (and has not) transformed and Iberian Studies) China, including the lives of such key revolutionary .J.Krippner supporters as the peasantry, women, and intellectuals. This course provides an introduction to Mexican Typically offered in alternate years. cultural history from antiquity through the colonial centuries. Particular attention will be paid to elite and popular understandings and forms of expression as 265 Modern Japan SO (Cross-listed in East Asian recorded in visual culture, material objects, and the Studies) writings of the colonial era. Prerequisite: Sophomore B. Walsh standing or instructor consent. Explores selected topics in the rise of modern Japan from the late-16th century to the Pacific War, including the creation of the centralized Tokugawa 310A Political Technologies of Race and the Body state, the urban culture of the 17th and 18th A.Friedman centuries, the Meiji Restoration and modernization in This course examines the technologies, ideologies, and the late-19th and early-20th centuries, and the sources material strategies that have created and specified and consequences of Japanese imperialism. human beings as radicalized and gendered subjects in the U.S. Readings cover biopolitics, disability studies, material culture, histories of disease, medicine, 268 Transformations of Medieval Afro-Eurasia, violence and industrialization. In our discussions and 10th to 15th centuries SO (Cross-listed in East research, we will aim to decode the production of Asian Studies) • "reality" at its most basic and molecular level. P.Smith This course uses literature and travelers' accounts to trace the rise and displacement of a multi-polar Afro- 317 Visions of Mexico SO (Cross-listed in Latin Eurasian system of trade, communications, and American and Iberian Studies) cultural encounters during the 10th through 15th J.Krippner centuries, and the internal social transformations that This course investigates representations of Mexico and accompanied those exchanges. Prerequisite: At least "Mexicanidad" (Mexicanness, or Mexican identity), one introductory history course. with an emphasis on the history of images and visual culture in the 19th and 20th centuries. Our goal is to appreciate but move beyond art history in order to 270 From Empire to Nation: The Ottoman World understand the social, cultural and historical factors Transformed SO that construct and are preserved in visual images A.Kitroeff produced in modern Mexico from its 19th-century Introduces students to the historical study of empires origins through the mid-twentieth century. The and the circumstances and consequences of their course will introduce you to the theoretical debates collapse by focusing on the Ottoman Empire. A surrounding the use of visual culture—painting, cluster of recent studies treat the history of the photography, film and other images—for the study of Ottoman Empire (1453-1923) as a complex, dynamic history, while providing a thorough introduction to and changing entity revising the older perspectives modern Mexico. that viewed it as epitomizing the supposedly backward, unchanging, and mysterious Orient. Based 333 Topics in History and Theory SO on the more accessible works among this new B.Saler literature, the course examines the transformation of Seminar meetings, reports, and papers. May be the Ottoman Empire in terms of its political repeated for credit with change of topic. Topic for structures, its ties with Islam, its social make-up and Fall 2005: Colonialism and Culture. This seminar will its economy, as well as its relationship with Europe look at recent theories that have informed historical and its responses to the forces of modernity. Typically accounts of colonialism. This class combines offired in alternate years. theoretical readings with historical text. Prerequisite: Senior or Junior standing or consent. Typically offered in alternate years. 281 Mexican Cultural History: Ancient and Colonial SO (Cross-listed in Latin American and Iberian Studies) 341 Topics in Comparative American History: The J.Krippner Early Republic SO This course provides an introduction to Mexican B.Saler cultural history from antiquity through the colonial Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of the centuries. Particular attention will be paid to elite and instructor. popular understandings and forms of expression as recorded in visual culture, material objects, and the 144 History

347 Topics in East Asian History SO (Cross-listed 357 Topics in British Empire: Race, Nation and in East Asian Studies) the Making of Britain SO P.Smith 378 Origins Amer Constitutionalism SO Prerequisite: Upper-class standing. 383 Islamic Reform & Radicalism SO 395 Exploring History SO 349 Topics in Comparative History SO (Cross- listed in East Asian Studies) P.Smith

350 Topics in the History of Science SO D.Hayton

354 Topics in Early Modern Europe SO L. Graham Prerequisite: One prior course in Hist or consent.

356 Topics in Modern European History SO (Cross-listed in Russian) L. Gerstein

357 Topics in European History SO A.Kitroeff

358 Topics in Enlightenment History SO L. Graham Prerequisite: Junior or senior status and at least one prior course in history.

400 Senior Thesis Seminar SO Staff History 400 is designed to expose students to different historical methods and guide them through the conceptualization of a topic, the research, and the writing of a thesis proposal.

480 Independent Study SO Staff Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

COURSES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 101 The Historical Imagination SO 102 Intro to African Civilizations SO 212 Pirates and Travelers SO 225 19th Century Europe: Industry, Empire and Globalization SO 242 American Pol & Soc: 1940-Pres SO 253 Survey of Western Architecture HU 258 Brit Empire: Imagining Indias SO 271 Medieval Islamic Society & Pol SO 283 Modern Mideast/North Africa Middle East and North Africa SO 285 Sport & Spectacle Anc Grc & Rome HU 318 Topics in Modern European Hist Media Revolutions: Print, Radio and Internet SO 325 Topics in Social History: Sexuality in America SO 336 Topics in African History: Social & Cultural History of Medicine SO

145 HISTORY OF ART AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE

The curriculum in History of Art immerses students HISTORY OF ART MINOR in the study of visual culture. Structured by a set of REQUIREMENTS evolving disciplinary concerns, students learn to minor in history of art requires six units: one or interpret the visual through methodologies A two 100-level courses and four or five others selected dedicated to the historical, the material, the critical, in consultation with the major advisor. and the theoretical. Majors are encouraged to supplement courses taken in the department with history of art courses offered at Swarthmore and the HISTORY OF ART REQUIREMENTS University of Pennsylvania. Majors are also FOR HONORS encouraged to study abroad for a semester. Should Seniors whose major average at the beginning of the they choose to do so, they should plan to undertake spring semester is 3.7 or higher will be invited to that work during the spring semester of their junior write an honors thesis instead of the senior paper. year. HISTORY OF ART COURSES HISTORY OF ART FACULTY Professor David J. Cast (on leave semester II) HART B103 Critical Approaches to Visual Visiting Associate Professor Dorothea Dietrich Representation: Icons and Idols Professor and Major Advisor (A-L) Christiane D.Kinney Hertel What is an icon? What is an idol? How do they differ Associate Professor Homay King or are they the same? And what is the relation between Professor Dale Kinney icons, idols, and images? This course treats potent Professor and Chair Steven Z. Levine image-objects across cultures and across time, Professor and Major advisor (M-Z) Gridley McKim- including religious icons (Madonnas), pop icons Smith (on leave semester I) (Madonna), and comparable image-objects of other Professor Lisa Saltzman (on leave semesters I and II) traditions, such as African minkisi and Native Lecturer Diala Toure American totems. Readings range from Plato and the Old Testament to contemporary criticism. HISTORY OF ART MAJOR REQUIREMENTS HART B104 Critical Approaches to Visual The major requires eleven units, approved by the Representation: The Classical Tradition major advisor. A usual sequence of courses would D. Cast include at least one 100-level "critical approaches" An investigation of the historical and philosophical seminar, four 200-level lecture courses, four 300- ideas of the classical, with particular attention to the level seminars, and junior seminar in the fall Italian Renaissance and the continuance of its semester of the junior year and senior conference in formulations throughout the Westernized world. the spring semester of senior year. In the course of their departmental studies, students are strongly HART B105 Critical Approaches to Visual encouraged to take courses across media and areas, Representation: Poetry and Politics in Landscape and in at least three of the following fields of study: Art Ancient and Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque, C Modern and Contemporary, Film, and Non- Hertel An introduction to the representation and perception Western. of nature in different visual media, with attention to such issues as nature and utopia; nature and violence; With the approval of the major adviser, courses in natural freedom; and the femininity of nature. fine arts or with significant curricular investment in visual studies may be counted toward the fulfillment of the distribution requirements. Similarly, courses HART B107 Critical Approaches to Visual in art history taken abroad or at another institution Representation: Self and Other in the Arts of in the United States may be counted. Generally, no France more than two such courses may be counted toward S.Levine the major requirements. A study of artists' self-representations in the context of the philosophy and psychology of their time, with A senior paper, based on independent research and particular attention to issues of political patronage, using scholarly methods of historical and/or critical gender and class, power and desire. interpretation must be submitted at the end of the spring semester. Generally 25-40 pages in length, the senior paper represents the culmination of the departmental experience.

146 History of Art at Bryn Mawr College

HART B108 Critical Approaches to Visual HART B212 Medieval Architecture (Cross-listed as Representation: Women, Feminism, and History of CITY B212) Art Kinney L.Saltzman Not just Gothic cathedrals, medieval architecture An investigation of the history of art since the includes mosques, synagogues, fortifications, palaces, Renaissance organized around the practice of women monasteries and other residential structures produced artists, the representation of women in art, and the in Europe, North Africa and the Middle East between visual economy of the gaze. Not offered in 2009-10. about 300 and 1350 CE. This course offers a selective overview and an introduction to research in this broad and diverse field of study. HART B110 Critical Approaches to Visual Representation: Identification in the Cinema H.King HART B225 Topics in Modern Chinese Literature An introduction to the analysis of film through (Cross-listed as EAST B225 and HIST B220) particular attention to the role of the spectator. Not Lin offered in 2009-10. Not offered in 2009-10.

HART B115 Classical Art (Cross-listed as ARCH HART B227 Topics in Modern Planning (Cross- B115, CITY B115, and CSTS B115) listed as CITY B227) Donohue Heim Hurley Not offered in 2009-10. Not offered in 2009-10.

HART B125 Classical Myths in Art and in the Sky HART B230 Renaissance Art (Cross-listed as ARCH B125 and CSTS B125) D. Cast Lindenlauf A survey of painting in Florence and Rome in the 15th and 16th centuries (Giotto, Masaccio, Botticelli, Leonardo, Michelangelo, Raphael), with particular HART B190 The Form of the City (Cross-listed as attention to contemporary intellectual, social, and CITY B190 and ANTH B190) religious developments. Not offered in 2009-10. Cohen, Hein Not offered in 2009-10. HART B238 The History of Cinema 1895 to 1945 (Cross-listed as ENGL B238) HART B204 Greek Sculpture (Cross-listed as Staff ARCH B205) Introduction to the international history of film as a Donohue narrative and aesthetic form, with consideration of Not offered in 2009-10. cultural, social, political, technological, and economic determinants that allowed film across the world to HART B205 Introduction to Film (Cross-listed as evolve, thrive, and become the defining artistic ENGL B205) medium of the 20th century. Not offered in 2009-10. King, Nguyen Not offered in 2009-10. HART B241 Art of the Spanish-speaking World G.McKim-Smith HART B206 Hellenistic and Roman Sculpture A study of painting and sculpture in Spain from 1492 (Cross-listed as ARCH B206) to the early 19th century, with emphasis on such Donohue artists as El Greco, Velazquez, Zurbaran, Goya and Not offered in 2009-10. the polychrome sculptors. As relevant, commentary is made on Latin America and the Spanish world's complex heritage, with its contacts with Islam, HART B209 Topics in Chinese Cultural History Northern Europe, and pre-Columbian cultures. (Cross-listed as EAST B210 and PHIL B250) Continuities and disjunctions within these diverse Lin traditions as they evolve both in Spain and the Not offered in 2009-10. Americas are noted, and issues of canon formation and national identity are raise. Not offered in 2009-10.

HART B210 Medieval Art Kinney HART B246 Interdisciplinary Approaches to An overview of artistic production in Europe German Literature and Culture (Cross-listed as antiquity to the 14th century. Special attention will be GERM B245) paid to problems of interpretation and recent Meyer developments in art-historical scholarship. Not offered Not offered in 2009-10. in 2009-10.

147 HART B250 Nineteenth-Century Art in France HART B276 Video Art Levine Saltzman Close attention is selectively given to the work of If the origins of video art date to 1965, when Sony Cezanne, Courbet, David, Degas, Delacroix, introduced its Portapac to the United States and Nam Gericault, Ingres, Manet, and Monet. Extensive Jun Paik shot his first piece in New York; its readings in art criticism are required. theorization dates to 1976, when Rosalind Krauss published her field defining essay. This course functions as both an introduction and an immersion HART B253 Survey of Western Architecture in the history and theory of video art. Prerequisite: (Cross-listed as CITY B253 and HIST B253) HART 110, HART/ENGL 205, HART 266, HART D. Cast 299 or permission of instructor. Not offered in 2009- The major traditions in Western architecture are 10. illustrated through detailed analysis of selected examples from classical antiquity to the present. The evolution of architectural design and building HART B282 Arts of Sub-Saharan Africa technology, and the larger intellectual, aesthetic, and D. Toure social context in which this evolution occurred, are This course examines the significant artistic and considered. Not offered in 2009-10. architectural traditions of African cultures south of the Sahara in their religious, philosophical, political, and social aspects. HART B254 History of Modern Architecture (Cross-listed as CITY B254) Steffensen HART B299 History of Narrative Cinema (Cross- listed as ENGL B299) H.King HART B255 Survey of American Architecture (Cross-listed as CITY B255) Steffensen, Cohen HART B305 Classical Bodies (Cross-listed as Not offered in 2009-10. ARCH B303) Donohue Not offered in 2009-10. HART B260 Modern Art Dietrich This course will involve an inquiry into the history of HART B306 Film Theory (Cross-listed as ENGL 20th-century visual culture, European and American, B306 and COML B306) through an exploration of art practice, art history, art H.King criticism and art theory. Against the dominant and paradigmatic theorization of modernism, the course will introduce and mobilize materials aimed at its HART B311 Topics in Medieval Art (Cross-listed critique. as CITY B312) Kinney Topics vary. Not offered in 2009-10. HART B266 Contemporary Arts 1945 to the Global Present Dietrich HART B323 Topics in Renaissance Art (Cross- America, Europe and beyond, from 1945 to the listed as CITY B323) present, in visual media and visual theory. D. Cast Selected subjects in Italian art from painting, sculpture, and architecture between the years 1400 HART B268 Greek and Roman Architecture and 1600. Not offered in 2009-10. (Cross-listed as ARCH B268 and CITY B268) Staff Not offered in 2009-10. HART B331 Palladio and Neo-Palladianism (Cross-listed as CITY B331) D. Cast HART B270 Japanese Architecture and Planning A seminar on the diffusion of Palladian architecture (Cross-listed as CITY B270 and EAST B270) from the 16th century to the present. Not offered in Hein 2009-10. Not offered in 2009-10. HART B334 Topics in Film Studies: Transitional HART B272 Topics in Early and Medieval China: Objects: Old and New (Cross-listed as ENGL Chinese Cities and City Culture (Cross-listed as B334) EAST B272 and CITY B273) H.King Lin Not offered in 2009-10.

148 History of Art at Bryn Mawr College

HART B340 Topics in Baroque Art: Velazquez HART B377 Topics in Modern Architecture: War, (Cross-listed as COML B340) Catastrophes, and Reconstruction (Cross-listed as G.McKim-Smith CITY B377) Not offered in 2009-10. Hein, Steffensen Not offered in 2009-10. HART B348 Advanced Topics in German Cultural Studies (Cross-listed as GERM B321, CITY B319, HART B380 Topics in Contemporary Art (Cross- and COML B321) listed as GERM B380) Hertel, Meyer Dietrich Not offered in 2009-10. Topics vary.

HART B349 Theories of Authorship in the Cinema HART B397 Junior Seminar (Cross-listed as ENGL B349) Levine H.King Designed to introduce majors to the canonical texts in The study of the author-director remains one of the the field of art history and to formalize their primary categories through which film is to be understanding of art history as a discipline. Beginning understood; various directors and critical approaches with such foundational figures as Plato and Pliny and to this topic will be studied. Not offered in 2009-10. ending with the leading art historical practitioners of the poststructural and the performative, junior majors will read across the history of art history. Required of HART B350 Topics in Modern Art and limited to History of Art majors. S.Levine Not offered in 2009-10. HART B399 Senior Conference Kinney, Dietrich HART B354 Topics in Art Criticism (Cross-listed A seminar for the discussion of senior research papers as COML B354 and HEBR B354) and such theoretical and historical concerns as may be S.Levine appropriate to them. Interim oral reports. Required of Individual topics in art-historical methodology, such all majors; culminates in the senior paper. as art and psychoanalysis, feminism, post- structuralism, or semiotics are treated. Not offered in 2009-10. HART B403 Supervised Work Staff Advanced students may do independent research HART B355 Topics in the History of London under the supervision of a faculty member whose (Cross-listed as CITY B355 and HIST B355) special competence coincides with the area of the D. Cast proposed research. Consent of the supervising faculty Selected topics of social, literary, and architectural member and of the major advisor is required. concern in the history of London, emphasizing London since the 18th century. HART B425 Praxis III Staff HART B358 Topics in Classical Art and Archaeology (Cross-listed as ARCH B359 and CSTS B359) Donohue Not offered in 2009-10.

HART B362 The African Art Collection D. Toure This seminar will introduce students to the African art holdings that are part of the Art and Archaeology Collections.

HART B367 Asian American Film, Video and New Media (Cross-listed as ENGL B367) Nguyen

149 INDEPENDENT COLLEGE PROGRAMS unique aspects of the first Quaker college in the U.S. These courses, offered by visiting professors and Conditions among Friends which led to the founding members of the various departments of the College, of Haverford in 1833 as well as Haverford's gradual are in different ways outside the major programs of path to becoming a full-fledged liberal arts college, the the departments. They may be introductory in crucial Sharpless years, Haverford in wartime, the role approach, or they may be interdisciplinary, of Quaker traditions and values over the years, bringing the insights and techniques of one increasing diversity, and the expansion and discipline to bear on the problems important to coeducation debates and decisions will provide focus another. They attempt to introduce students to for understanding Haverford's history and impact on intellectual experiences which are different from the American education and society. Prerequisite: ones that are available in our departmental Sophomore standing or higher. curricula. These courses have no prerequisites except where explicitly stated. 210 African Masculinities SO (Cross-listed in INDEPENDENT COLLEGE PROGRAMS Anthropology and Gender and Sexuality Studies) R. Talmor FACULTY This course explores the intersection of race, gender, Professor Linda G. Gerstein generation, and geography to look at the different Associate Professor M. Kaye Edwards ways African manhood has been theorized and Visiting Professor Neal Graben represented over time and across disciplines. Topics Visiting Associate Professor Carol Solomon Kiefer will include: I) Early anthropological takes on gender, Visiting Instructor Victoria Funari generation, and social roles; 2) New male identities Visiting Instructor Barbara Toews under colonialism; urbanization and modernization; 3) The debate about African homosexuality; 4) INDEPENDENT COLLEGE PROGRAMS African Politics: Big Men, Warlords and Child soldiers; 5) Hiphop, Reggae, and other forms of global COURSES black culture shaping African masculinities today; 6) Comparative readings on black masculinities in 101 Introduction to African and Africana Studies Europe and America; and 7) Media and literary HU (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) representations. T.Hucks, KNgalamulume An interdisciplinary introduction to Africana Studies, 215 Sport and Society SO emphasizing change and response among African A.Kitroeff peoples in Africa and outside. This course examines the evolution of sport in the Americas and Europe in the 19th and 20th centuries 104 Calculus: Concepts and History NA/QU from its amateur beginnings to its transformation into (Cross-listed in Mathematics) a lucrative business with a global scope in the late J. Tecosky-Feldman 20th century. The course is divided into three broad Prerequisite.• Not ordinarily open to students who have chronological sections: the 19th century, the 20th studied calculus previously. Offered occasionally. century through World War II, and the post-1945 era. In each of these segments we are concerned with the way social changes affected the way sport was 111 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies SO played, administered, experienced as a spectacle and (Cross-listed in Peace and Conflict Studies) how it was treated as an important social institution. Staff Prerequisite: Freshman Writing. Offered occasionally. A broad overview of the study of conflict, peace and peace-building. Topics include: militarization, nuclearization, ethnic conflict, genocide, social 217 Htunanimality: (Dis)Figurations of the Animal movements, and non-violence, with special emphasis in the Shaping of Human Institutions HU (Cross- on understanding the historical and cultural contexts listed in English) of conflicts and peacebuilding efforts. K.Benston

221 Epidemiology and Global Health NA 200 Liberal Arts Colleges in America: The Case of KEdwards Haverford SO This course will examine the interplay of biomedical, G.Kannerstein societal, and ethical concerns in global health. A unit We will examine the origins of colleges and on epidemiology will provide the analytical tools to universities in the U.S. and the development of the measure effectiveness of various public health American liberal arts college. The history of responses. Case studies, such as smoking and tobacco- Haverford College will serve as our "text" to related diseases, emergency contraception, AIDS demonstrate both trends in American colleges and prevention and therapies will highlight the impact of 150 Independent College Programs medical science, economics, culture, and politics on 237 Art and Cultural Identity HU public health in different countries. Prerequisite: C. Solomon College-level biology course; a course in statistics is Interdisciplinary examination of the issues, with texts recommended. Typically offered in alternate years. by Appiah, Bhabha, Fanon, Hall, Said and others. Concepts include exile, displacement, diaspora, alienation, transnationalism, hybridity, and 229 Topics in Rhetorical Theory: Roland Barthes cosmopolitanism. Topics include cultural and the Image HU (Cross-listed in Fine Arts and imperialism, orientalism, and cultural property Comparative Literature) debates. Strategies employed by artists from the mid- J.Muse 19th C to the present who negotiate the terrain of cultural identity. 230 Beauty, Rhetoric, Aesthetics, Philosophy HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and 241 The Economics and Finances of Higher Philosophy) Education SO J.Muse R. Wynn This course will examine contemporary attempts to This course explores the economics of higher revitalize and reaffirm art's relation to beauty, education as part of the non-profit sector of the U.S. aesthetic pleasure, and seduction. Readings will be economy, focusing specifically on the business and drawn from the works of Plato, Longinus, Edmund financial structure of Haverford College as the Burke, Kant, Nietzsche, Heidegger, as well as the prototype of an independent, not-for-profit contemporary champions of beauty: Gilbert-Rolfe, organization. The course begins with an overview of Hickey, Scarry, Schjeldahl, and Steiner. the non-profit sector and the higher education industry, and includes such topics as long range and 231 Paris in the 19th Century: Visual Culture and strategic planning, budgeting, endowment the Psychopathology of the Modern City HU management, socially responsible investing, assessing C. Solomon financial health, as well as other topics. Typically Explores effects of modernization and the offered in alternate years. transformation of the city on Parisian society in the 19th century through the lens of art and visual 244 Quaker Social Witness SO (Cross-listed in culture. Topics: Haussmannization, urban types, Gender and Sexuality Studies) psychological responses to modernity, prostitution, K.Edwards flanerie, caricature, impact of photography. Seminar course examining the commitment to social justice within the Religious Society of Friends 235 The Post-Impressionists: Cezanne, Seurat, Van (Quakers), exploring its religious foundation and Gogh, and Gauguin HU highlighting historical and current manifestations. CSolomon Readings on Quaker testimonies and on the roles of Using various art-historical approaches, this course Quakers in abolition, suffrage, and peace will be will focus on the major Post-Impressionists. complemented by guest speakers from Quaker social Coinciding with the exhibition "Cezanne and justice organizations. Prerequisite: Open only to Beyond" at the Philadelphia Museum of Art (Feb. 26- members of the first-year class as assigned by the May 17, 2009), the course will include visits to the Director of College Writing (Satisfies the freshman exhibition and to the Barnes Foundation, which will writing requirement.) provide multiple opportunities for close study of original works. 252 Women, Medicine and Biology SO (Cross- listed in Biology and Gender and Sexuality Studies) 236 Art, Politics, and Society in Nineteenth- KEdwards Century Europe HU This course examines how biological science describes CSolomon women's bodies and behaviors by analyzing arguments This course explores European art in the context of that certain traits are sexually dimorphic, genetically political, social, and cultural developments in the determined and hormonally sensitive. It also examines period from the late eighteenth century to the middle how the medical profession responds to women's decades of the nineteenth century. Neoclassicism, health concerns by analyzing the biomedical and Romanticism, and Realism are the artistic movements political factors influencing research and treatments in of this period. Artists discussed will include David, such areas as breast cancer, reproductive medicine and Goya, Friedrich, Turner, Constable, and Gericault AIDS in women. Prerequisite: Preference given to among others. Course will include at least one visit to Gender and Sexuality Studies Concentrators. Offered the Phila Museum of Art. occasionally.

151 253 The Theory and Practice of Conceptual Art 290 Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Gender HU HU (Cross-listed in Fine Arts) (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) J.Muse Staff

266 Ocular Anxiety: Visuality in the Nineteenth 300 Picturing Religion: Spiritual Art in an Age of Century HU Materialism HU (Cross-listed in Religion) R.Oberter R.Oberter We will examine the 19th C as an age of Topics in the intersection of religion and art in "ocularcentrism." At this time, a culture of looking Europe and the US from 1850 to the present. In emerged with the development of new visual addition to focusing on particular artists, including technologies & the opening of art museums. This was Paul Gauguin, Mark Rothko, and Andres Serrano, we the heyday of the illustrated book and the beginnings will discuss practices of writing about religious art. of photography. The visual was not only used to make sense of the external world, but also to reveal the realm of the invisible. In the middle of the century, 301 Human Rights: Development and Europeans & Americans alike had great confidence in International Activism SO (Cross-listed in Peace vision. Yet as the century drew on, there were and Conflict Studies) increasingly moments when this confidence wavered. B. Uygun This course will look at moments of both optimism & skepticism about the ability of the brush, the pencil, 302 Bodies of Injustice: Health, Illness and & the camera to capture what the eye could see and Healing in Contexts of Inequality SO what it could not. KEdwards Prerequisite: Lottery priority to students returning 277 Aristotle and Arthur Andersen: Ethical from CIGC-sponsored internships. Behavior in the Professional and Corporate World SO 304 Artworlds: Contact Zones HU (Cross-listed in 1V.Grabell Anthropology) Through an exploration of ethical theory and case R. Talmor studies, we will examine topics such as: the tension This course will look at art worlds past and present as between compliance with the law and the profit contact zones bringing together vastly different motive, professional responsibility and detachment, systems of value and groups of people. We will look at the proper treatment of clients/patients, short-term vs. a series of case studies in which Westerners and non- long-term benefits, the relevance of social benefits Westerners create art forms, practices and styles that claims to business practice, doing "well" by doing were direct products of intercultural contact. Through "good", and the dilemma of ethical relativism in the these, we will counter narratives that a) pose global world of international business. Prerequisite: interconnection as a recent occurrence and b) present Sophomore standing or higher. modernity as a purely Western product later "exported" to the rest of the work. Instead, we will see 278 Documentary Film and Approaches to Truth how all culture is interculture. Always focusing on art HU objects, producers, practices and institutions, we will V.Funari look at 1) African, Native-American, and Melanesian This course explores the challenge of truth-telling in art worlds of "first contact" in the age of discovery; 2) documentary film and video. What practices have the great World Fairs of Victorian Europe and documentations engaged in to acknowledge, deny, America; 3) the co-construction of Primitive Art and undermine, complicate, and perhaps solve the European Modernism 4) the contemporary problem of truth? Readings, film viewings with phenomenon of tourist art. discussions, and exercises in video production and editing, leading to the creation of final videos by 310 Restorative Justice: A Path to Criminal and students. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or higher. Social Justice? SO B. Toews 281 Violence and Public Health SO (Cross-listed An introduction to the criminal justice system and the in Peace and Conflict Studies) philosophy and practice of restorative justice. KEdwards Readings by theorists, researchers and practitioners as An interdisciplinary seminar course analyzing the well as victims and offenders. This course will be advantages and limitations of a public health taught in jail, to Tri-Co students and to incarcerated perspective on violence. We will examine how every- students. day violence, direct political violence, and structural violence affect public health, as well as evidence that violence is preventable and amenable to public health strategies. Prerequisite: One of the following: ANTH 111, ICPR 221, or ICPR 222. Does not count toward the major. 152 Independent College Programs

480 Independent Study SO KEdwards

494 Senior Conference in Science and Society NA (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) KEdwards A conference course for students writing their final paper for the Science and Society program. Each student will produce a paper which expands significantly on what they have learned through their own fieldwork, research, or advanced course work in this program. Students will meet individually with the instructor to discuss their written work. Prerequisite: Completion or concurrent fulfillment of requirements for the Science and Society Program or consent. Offered occasionally.

153 ITALIAN

Students may complete a major or minor in Italian. Students who begin their work in Italian at the 200 level will be exempted from ITAL 101 and 102 or Based on an interdisciplinary approach that views from ITAL 105. culture as a global phenomenon, the aims of the major in Italian are to acquire a knowledge of Italian ITALIAN MINOR REQUIREMENTS language and literature and an understanding of Requirements for the minor in Italian are ITAL 101, Italian culture, including cinema. The Department 102 and four additional units including two at the of Italian also cooperates with the Departments of 200 level and two at the 300 level. With French and Spanish in the Romance Languages departmental approval, students who begin their major and with the other foreign languages in the work in Italian at the 200 level will be exempted TRICO for a major in Comparative Literature. The from ITAL 101 and 102 or from ITAL 105. For Italian Department cooperates also with the Center courses in translation, the same conditions for for International Studies (CIS). majors in Italian apply.

College Foreign Language Requirement Study Abroad

The College's foreign language requirement may be Italian majors are encouraged to study in Italy satisfied by completing ITAL 105 (intensive) with a during the junior year in a program approved by the grade of 2.0, or by completing ITAL 101 and 102 College. The Bryn Mawr summer program at the (non-intensive) with an average grade of at least 2.0 University of Pisa offers courses for major credit in or with a grade of 2.0 or better in ITAL 102. Italian (both in Intensive Elementary/Intensive Intermediate and in Italian Literature/Culture/ Students may obtain permission from the instructor Cinema), or students may study in other approved to transfer from a regular language course to an summer programs in Italy or in the United States. intensive language course. Courses for major credit in Italian may also be taken at the University of Pennsylvania (Department of ITALIAN FACULTY Italian). Haverford College Senior Lecturer Ute Striker ITALIAN REQUIREMENTS FOR Language Assistant Gabriella Troncelliti HONORS Bryn Mawr College The opportunity to conduct a project of supervised Visiting Associate Professor Dennis J. McAuliffe sustained research (ITAL 403 Independent Study) is Assistant Professor and Director of Summer in Pisa open to all majors with a 3.7 GPA. Students who Program Roberta Ricci, Chair want to graduate with honors are asked to write a Lecturer Giuliana Perco senior thesis and to defend it with members of the Italian Department and/or a third outside reader at the end of the senior semester. Students wishing to ITALIAN MAJOR REQUIREMENTS do so will present a topic that a faculty member is Major requirements in Italian are 10 courses: ITAL willing to supervise, a written proposal of the topic 101, 102 and eight additional units, at least three of chosen, and, if approved by the department, will which are to be chosen from the offerings on the spend one semester in the senior year working on 300 level, and no more than one from an allied the thesis. field. All students must take a course on Dante (301), one on the Italian Renaissance (304), two on ITALIAN COURSES modern Italian literature, and one on literary theory/literary criticism. Where courses in HOO1A01 1, 1A02 1 Elementary Italian translation are offered, students may, with the U.Striker, G.Troncelliti approval of the department, obtain major credit These two Elementary Italian courses are for students provided they read the texts in Italian, submit with no prior knowledge of Italian. The goal is to written work in Italian and, when the instructor achieve in one year a fundamental knowledge of the finds it necessary, meet with the instructor for additional discussion in Italian. language. By laying a sound foundation of both grammar and vocabulary, we aim to enable the Courses allied to the Italian major include, with student to read, write and speak Italian in equal departmental approval, all courses for major credit measure. Besides working with one main textbook, we in ancient and modern languages and related courses introduce special readings, poetry, music, both in archaeology, art history, history, music, popular and operatic, film and videos. A certain philosophy, and political science. Each student's amount of class time is spent working with video program is planned in consultation with the department. 154 Italian materials in the Language Learning Center, followed ITAL B200 Pathways to Proficiency: Culture, by on-line chats in Italian. Language, Writing G.Perco ITAL B001, B002 Elementary Italian I/II: Non- The purpose of this course is to increase fluency in intensive Italian and to facilitate the transition from language to D.McAuliffe, G.Troncelliti, G.Perco literature courses. The course, taught in Italian, The course is for students with no previous knowledge integrates language and cultural studies. Students are of Italian. It aims at giving the student a complete exposed not only to different topics, but also to foundation in the Italian language, with particular different writing genres: from literary narrative texts, attention to oral and written communication. The to academic texts, to argumentative or informative course will be conducted in Italian and will involve texts taken from Italian newspapers and periodicals. the study of all the basic structures of the language-- Students will also produce different types of texts: phonological, grammatical, syntactical--with practice from descriptions, to letters, to film or book reviews, in conversation, reading, composition and translation. to argumentative texts, in order to build the skills The readings are chosen from a range that includes necessary to write academic papers. journalistic prose, recipe books, the language of publicity, literary prose and poetry, and use of the language is encouraged through songs, games and ITAL B201 Prose and Poetry of Contemporary creative composition. Italy Staff A study of the artistic and cultural developments of ITAL B005, B006 Elementary Italian I/II: pre-Fascist, Fascist, and post-Fascist Italy seen Intensive through the works of poets such as Montale, G.Perco Quasimodo, Ungaretti, and through the narratives of This intensive communicative course is an accelerated Carlo Emilio Gadda, Ginzburg, halo Svevo, Primo introduction to speaking, understanding, reading, and Levi, Moravia, I.vese, Pirandello, Silone, Vittorini, writing. Aspects of Italian culture and contemporary Calvino, and others. We will examine issues of life also are introduced through the use of video, gender, identity, and politics, colonial and post- songs, film, etc. The course is taught completely in colonial, modernity and post-modernity. Not offered Italian, and authentic contemporary materials are used in 2009-10. to immerse the student into an integrative linguistic environment. ITAL B203 Italian Theater (in Italian) D.McAuliffe ITAL B101, B102 Intermediate Italian The course consists of a close reading in Italian of R.Ricci representative theatrical texts from the contemporary This course provides students with a broader basis for stage to the origins of Italian theater in the 16th learning to communicate effectively and accurately in century, including pieces by Dario Fo, Luigi Italian. While the principal aspect of the course is to Pirandello, Carlo Goldoni, the Commedia dell'arte and further develop language abilities, the course also Niccola Machiavelli. Attention will be paid to the imparts a foundation for the understanding of development of language skills through reading out modern and contemporary Italy. Students will gain an loud, performance, and discussion of both form and appreciation for Italian culture and be able to content, enhanced by the use of recordings, videos communicate orally and in writing in a wide variety of and You Tube. Attention will also be paid to the topics. We will read a novel, as well as newspaper and development of critical-analytical writing skills magazine articles to analyze aspects on modern and through the writing of short reviews and the research contemporary Italy. We will also view and discuss and writing of a term paper. Italian films and discuss internet materials.

ITAL B204 Manzoni ITAL B105 Intensive Intermediate Italian D.McAuliffe G.Perco Why is I promessi sposi considered by many the best This course builds on the previous two courses of historical novel in Italian and one of the best in any intensive Italian (001-002) in the development of language? What contribution did Manzoni's novel speaking, understanding, reading, and writing, and make to the development of the Italian language? To completes the study of Italian grammar. In addition the Italian unification movement? To the to enriching students' knowledge of both written and understanding of Italian Catholicism? To the Italian spoken Italian, this course will provide a window onto romantic movement? Seminar discussions will be aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society. In based on a close reading of the novel, as well as short addition we will study aspects of the evolution of selections of Manzoni's other works. A variety of Italian from a literary language through SMS critical methods of interpretation will be explored messaging; festivals and folklore; political satire; both in class and in research projects leading to a popular songs as windows onto their times; and critical analytical research paper. Conducted in detective movies. The students will practice writing Italian. Not offered in 2009-10. and will revise compositions after initial draft versions.

155 ITAL B207 Dante in Translation ITAL B212 Italia D'Oggi R.Ricci, D.McAuliffe Staff A reading of the Vita Nuova and Divina Commedia This course, taught in Italian, will focus primarily on in order to discover the subtle nuances of meaning in the works of the so-called "migrant writers" who, the text and to introduce students to Dante's tripartite having adopted the Italian language, have become a vision of the:afterlife. Dante's masterpiece lends itself significant part of the new voice of Italy. In addition to study from various perspectives: theological, to the aesthetic appreciation of these works, this philosophical, political, allegorical, historical, cultural, course will also take into consideration the social, and literary. Personal and civic responsibilities, love, cultural, and political factors surrounding genre, governmental accountability, church-state contemporary Italy and contemporary Italian. We will relations, economics and social justice, the tenuous also interrogate the relationship between this balance between freedom of expression and multifarious discourse on other cultures and the censorship—these are some of the themes that will question of the Italian national identity. Conducted in frame the discussions. Not offered in 2009-10. Italian. Not offered in 2009-10.

ITAL B208 Petrarca and Boccaccio in Translation ITAL B225 Italian Cinema and Literary R.Ricci, D.McAulifte Adaptation The course will focus on a close analysis of Petrarch's R.Ricci Canzoniere and Boccaccio's Decameron, with A study of Italian cinema with emphasis placed on its attention given also to their minor works and the relation to literature. The course will discuss how historical/literary context connected with these texts. cinema conditions literary imagination and how Attention will also be given to Florentine literature, literature leaves its imprint on cinema. We will "read" art, thought, and history from the death of Dante to films as "literary images" and "see" novels as "visual the age of Lorenzo de' Medici. Texts and topics stories." The reading of the literary sources will be available for study include the Trecento vernacular followed by evaluation of the corresponding films by works of Petrarch and Boccaccio; Florentine well-known directors, including Bellocchio, humanism from Salutati to Alberti; and the literary, Bertolucci, Rosi, the Taviani brothers, and L. artistic, and intellectual culture of the Medici court in Visconti. Not offered in 2009-10. the 1470s and 80s (Ficino, Poliziano, Lorenzo de' Medici, Botticelli). Not offered in 2009-10. ITAL B235 The Italian Women's Movement R.Ricci ITAL B209 Humanism and the Renaissance in This course aims to dispel the amazement of those Translation who wonder how feminism could have taken root in a Ricci country where, for centuries, women have been As well as a detailed analysis of some of the most wearing black shawls and their public life has been fascinating texts of the period, this course offers the limited to an appearance at mass. Emphasis will be opportunity to explore broader questions, such as the put on Italian women writers and film directors, who impact of the massive expansion of the printing are often left out of syllabi adhering to traditional industry on literary culture, the nature of the cultural canons. Topics to be explored are: the construction of impact of the Counter Reformation on literature, the gender, the relationship of writing to identity and construction of gender and the place of women in subjectivity, the maternal discourse, and the cinquecento literary culture, the questione della lingua continuity among women (mothers, daughters, and and its impact on literary culture, the chivalric and grandmothers). Not offered in 2009-10. epic genre, and the neo-Platonic debate on beauty. Prerequisite: two years of Italian or the equivalent. d'onore in Sicilia Not offered in 2009-10. ITAL B255 Uomini R.Ricci The course will explore historical and fictional ITAL B211 Primo Levi, the Holocaust, and Its presentations which contribute to the myth of the Aftermath (Cross-listed as COML B211 and HEBR Italian and Italian-American mafia in Italian literature B211) and cinema, starting from the "classical" example of Staff Sicily. The course will introduce Italian studies and A consideration, through analysis and appreciation of Italian narrative fiction from an interdisciplinary his major works, of how the horrific experience of the perspective and will present the historical Holocaust awakened in Primo Levi a growing development of the Sicilian Mafia from the mid- awareness of his Jewish heritage and led him to 1800s through the 1980s with the examination of become one of the dominant voices of that tragic official documents, such as court files, documentaries historical event, as well as one of the most original and newspaper articles. Prerequisite: ITAL B102 or new literary figures of post-World War II Italy. B105 or permission of the instructor. Always in relation to Levi and his works, attention will also be given to other Italian women writers whose works are also connected with the Holocaust. Not offered in 2009-10.

156 Italian

ITAL B301 Dante R.Ricci Prerequisite: two years of Italian and at least one 200- level course. Taught in Italian. See course description for ITAL B207

ITAL B303 Petrarca and Boccaccio D.McAuliffe The focus of the course is on The Decameron, one of the most entertaining and imitated prose works ever written. The Decameron will be read in its entirety in Italian Special class presentations will treat questions of Boccaccio's belief system as manifested in the Decameron, his sources and his imitators, and the socio-cultural milieu in which he wrote. Attention will also be paid to Petrarca's Canzoniere. Topics include how each author treated the courtly love tradition and how each represented women in the context of 14th- century Italy. Prerequisite: two years of Italian and at least one 200-level course. Taught in Italian.

ITAL B304 Il Rinascimento in Italia: letteratura e oltre R.Ricci Prerequisite: two years of Italian and at least one 200- level course. Taught in Italian. See course description for ITAL 209. Not offered in 2009-10.

ITAL B398 Senior Seminar R.Ricci, D.McAuliffe

ITAL B399 Senior Conference R.Ricci, D.McAuliffe Under the direction of a professor, each student prepares a senior thesis on an author or a theme that the student has chosen. This course is open only to senior Italian majors.

ITAL B403 Supervised Work R.Ricci Offered with approval of the Department.

157 LATIN AMERICAN AND IBERIAN STUDIES

This concentration is an interdisciplinary program America or Spain as it applies to her individual for students majoring in a related discipline who research project. wish to undertake a comprehensive study of the cultures of Spanish America or Spain. Students Visit our website at supplement a major in one of the cooperating (http://www.haverford.edu/span/spanish/docs/lais.ht departments (e.g., history, history of art, religion, ml.) political science, anthropology, psychology, economics, comparative literature, or Spanish) with LATIN AMERICAN AND IBERIAN courses that focus on Latin American and Iberian issues and themes. STUDIES COURSES Please note that this list is not exhaustive; see c) LATIN AMERICAN AND IBERIAN above. STUDIES FACULTY INDEPENDENT PROGRAMS Associate Professor Roberto Castillo Sandoval, 240b Latin American and Iberian Cultures and Coordinator Civilizations

LATIN AMERICAN AND IBERIAN HISTORY 114a Origins of the Global South STUDIES REQUIREMENTS 209a Colonial Latin America Requirements for the concentration (six courses and 209b Modern Latin America one essay): 281a Mexican Cultural History: Ancient and Colonial a) Competence in Spanish to be achieved no later 282b Mexican Cultural History: Modern and than the junior year, demonstrated by the Postmodern completion of at least one course in Spanish, at the 317b Topics in Latin American History: Visions 200 level or above. of Mexico

b) Spanish/Independent College Programs 240 at POLITICAL SCIENCE Haverford, or General Studies 145 at Bryn Mawr. 131b Comparative Government and Politics One of these two courses will be taught every year, 229b Latino Politics in the U.S alternating between Haverford and Bryn Mawr. 233b Perspectives on Civil War and Revolution: Southern Europe and Central America c) Four other related courses, two of which must be 237a Latin American Politics taken outside the major department; one of these 239a The United States and Latin America four courses should be at the 300 level. These 339a Research Seminar: Transitional Justice courses are to be chosen from the offerings listed under the concentration in the Haverford College SPANISH Catalog or the Course Guide. Students should All courses at the 200- and 300-levels in Spanish at consult with their advisors as to which courses are Haverford, Bryn Mawr, and Swarthmore count most appropriate for their major and special toward the concentration. interests: some apply more to Latin America, others to Spain. Please note that other courses may be offered in fulfillment of this requirement if their pertinence to the student's program can be demonstrated.

d) A long paper (at least 20 pages) on Spain or Latin America, to be completed no later than the first semester of the.senior year, as part of the work for a course in the student's major or the concentration. Whenever possible, the paper should be written while in residence at the College. A proposal for the paper topic, accompanied by a bibliography, must be submitted in advance for approval by the concentration coordinator. While the topic is open and should reflect the student's interests in a particular discipline, the paper should demonstrate the student's ability to discuss cogently the history, literature, social, or political thought of Latin

158 LINGUISTICS

Students may major in Linguistics through Associate Professor of Linguistics K. David Harrison, Swarthmore College and minor in Linguistics Chair through Haverford College. The Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professor for Issues of Social Change Ana Celia Zentella Linguistics is the study of language, the medium Assistant Professor Jason Kandybowicz (Tri-College) which allows us to communicate and share our ideas Visiting Assistant Professor Vera Lee-Schoenfeld with others. As a discipline, linguistics examines the Visiting Assistant Professor (part time) er Phonetics structural components of sound, form, and Lab Coordinator Aaron J. Dinkin meaning, and the precise interplay between them. Visiting Assistant Professor (part time) Jean-Francois Modern linguistic inquiry stresses analytical and R. Monton argumentation skills, which will prepare students for future pursuits in any field where such skills are LINGUISTICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS essential. Students may major in linguistics through the Linguistics department at Swarthmore College Linguistics is also relevant to other disciplines, such (http://www.swarthmore.edu/SocSci/Linguistics/). as psychology, philosophy, sociology, and Contact the department for more details. anthropology. LINGUISTICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS The primary goals of the linguistics minor are to Students may minor in linguistics through introduce students to the field of linguistics proper Haverford by completing six credits in the following through a series of foundation courses in linguistics three areas of study: theory and methodology; to provide training in the application of certain theoretical and A. Mandatory Foundation Courses (three methodological tools to the analysis of linguistic credits): data; and to offer an array of interdisciplinary courses that allow students to explore other related LING H113 or LING 5050 Introduction to Syntax fields that best suit their interests. LING H114 or LING 5040 Introduction to Semantics LINGUISTICS FACULTY LING H115 Phonetics and Phonology COORDINATORS Associate Professor of Chinese and Linguistics and B. Synthesis Courses (choose one): C. V. Starr Professorship in Asian Studies Shizhe LING H282 Structure of Chinese Huang, Bi-College Coordinator (on leave in LING H382 Syntax and Semantics of Mandarin Semester I) Chinese Visiting Assistant Professor of Linguistics Jason LING S060 Structure of Navajo Kandybowicz, Tri-College Coordinator LING S062 Structure of American Sign Language LING 5064 Structure of Tuvan AFFILIATED FACULTY C. Elective Courses (choose two): At Haverford College: LING/PSYC H238 The Psychology of Language Professor of Psychology Marilyn Boltz LING B101 Introduction to Linguistics Professor of Philosophy and Director of the Margaret LING H242 Chinese Language in Culture and Gest Center Ashok Gangadean Society T. Wistar Brown Professor of Philosophy Danielle LING/PHIL H253 Analytic Philosophy of Macbeth Language Associate Professor of Chinese and Linguistics and LING/PHIL H260 Historical Introduction to C. V. Starr Professorship in Asian Studies Shizhe Logic Huang LING/ANTH B281 Language in the Social Assistant Professor of Spanish Ana Lopez-Sanchez Context LING H295 Seminar in Syntax: The Minimalist At Bryn Mawr College: Program Professor of Computer Science Deepak Kumar CMSC B325 Computational Linguistics Assistant Professor of Anthropology Amanda LING H365 The Politics of Language in the Weidman Spanish-Speaking World

At Swarthmore College: All linguistics courses offered at Swarthmore College Professor of Linguistics Theodore Fernald (on leave will be accepted for credit for various categories. in Semester I, Semester II) Professor of Linguistics Donna Jo Napoli (on leave in Semester II) 159 LINGUISTICS COURSES syntax and semantics. Topics vary but may include modification structure, quantification, or event Haverford College currently offers the following semantics. The aim is to examine a rich array of data courses in Linguistics: as analyzed by specialists and study the inner workings of the language and their theoretical implications. LING H101 Introduction to Linguistics Prerequisites: Introduction to Syntax, and J.Kandybowicz Introduction to Semantics. Recommended: Structure An introductory survey of linguistics as a field. This of Chinese (but not required). Sophomore standing or course examines the core areas of linguistic structure above. No knowledge of Chinese is required. (morphology, phonology, syntax, semantics), pragmatics, and language variation in relation to Bryn Mawr College courses in Linguistics: language change. The course provides rudimentary training in the analysis of language data, and focuses LING B113 Introduction to Syntax on the variety of human language structures and on LING B281 Language in Social Context (Weidman, the question of universal properties of language. cross-listed as ANTH B281) Not offered in 2009-10. CMSC B325 Computational Linguistics (Kumar)

LING H114 Introduction to Semantics Swarthmore College currently offers the following S.Huang courses in Linguistics: This course is an introduction to semantics, the study of meaning in human language. We will explore LING 5001 Introduction to Language and semantic issues that arise from the lexicon, the Linguistic (F&S) sentences, and the discourse. Along the way, we will LING 5006 FYS: Language and Deafness (F) investigate not only the semantic structure of natural LING S015 Introduction to the Lenape Language language but also pragmatic factors that affect our (F) interpretation of the use of language. This is a LING 5021 Language, Race, and Ethnic Identities participation-intensive course. In the process, students (F) will not only learn the basic semantic theory but will LING 5022 Latino Languages and Dialects in also develop skills in observing linguistic patterns and Contact in Families, Schools and Communities (S) analyzing these patterns in order to come to some LING S025 Language, Culture and Society (F) generalizations on their own. LING 5034 Psychology of Language (F) LING 5040 Semantics (F&S) LING 5043 Morphology and the Lexicon (S) LING H115 Phonetics and Phonology LING S045 Phonetics and Phonology (F) J.Kandybowicz LING 5050 Syntax (F&S) This course investigates the sound patterns found in LING 5055 Writing or Lang Policy 018 (S) human languages. Phonetics is the study of these LING S064 Structure of Tuvan (S) patterns from a physical and perceptual perspective LING S075 Field Methods (F) while phonology is the study of sound patterns from a LING 5100 Research Seminar (F) cognitive perspective. Activities in the class will expose LING 5107 Seminar in Syntax (F) students to the methodologies used by both LING 5195 Senior Honors Thesis (F) perspectives (articulatory description and acoustic analysis for phonetics and formal theoretical models for phonology) and show the necessity and utility of both approaches in understanding the nature of sound patterns in human language.

LING H365 The Politics of Language in the Spanish-Speaking World A. Lopez-Sdnchez The course will explore the relationship between (national) identity and language, and the specific outcomes of (language) policies and educational practices in societies where Spanish is spoken, generally alongside other mother tongues, often as the dominant language, but also in a minority situation. Prerequisite: A 200 level or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to 18 students.

LING H382 Topics in Chinese Syntax and Semantics (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies) &Huang In this course we will concentrate on one or two topics exemplifying core issues in the study of Chinese 160 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS

Mathematics and economics are complementary REPRESENTATIVES AND disciplines. Most branches of modern economics use COORDINATORS mathematics and statistics extensively, and some Assistant Professor Indradeep Ghosh, Economics important areas of mathematical research have been Department Representative and Concentration motivated by economic problems. Economists and Coordinator mathematicians have made important contributions Professor Lynne Butler, Mathematics Department to each other's disciplines. Economist Kenneth Representative Arrow, for example, did path-breaking work in the field of mathematical optimization; and in 1994, Mathematician John Nash was awarded the Nobel MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS Prize in economics for work he did in game theory CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS that has become central to contemporary economic I. For student's majoring in mathematics, the theory. Haverford's Area of Concentration in requirements of the concentration consist of six Mathematical Economics enables students in each of courses: the disciplines not only to gain proficiency in the other, but also to appreciate the ways in which they (A) Three required economics courses: are related. (i) ECON 101 (Introduction to Microeconomics) (ii) ECON 102 (Introduction to Macroeconomics) Students enrolling in the Area of Concentration in (iii) ECON 300 (Intermediate Microeconomics) Mathematical Economics must be majoring in either mathematics or economics. Mathematics majors (B) One additional elective in economics pursuing the concentration take four economics courses that provide a solid grounding in economic (C) Two mathematics electives on topics with theory, as well as two mathematics electives on significant relevance or applicability to economics. topics that have important applications in (These courses may be counted toward fulfillment of economics. Economics majors in the concentration the mathematics major as well as the mathematical take four mathematics courses (all beyond the level economics area of concentration.) of mathematics required for all economics majors), and two economics electives that involve significant II. For students majoring in economics, the mathematics. requirements of the concentration consist of six courses: Economics students with a variety of backgrounds and career interests can benefit from completing the (A) Three required mathematics courses: Area of Concentration in Mathematical Economics. (i) MATH 121 (Multivariable Calculus) or Math The mathematics courses required by the 216 (Advanced Calculus) concentration are extremely valuable for students (ii) MATH 215 (Linear Algebra) interested in pursuing graduate study in economics. (iii) MATH 317 (Analysis I) A strong mathematical background is also an asset for students going on to business school or graduate (B) One additional elective in mathematics programs in public policy. Many economics-related jobs in government, business and finance require (C) Two economics electives involving significant strong quantitative skills, and students interested in applications of mathematical methods. (These seeking such positions are well-served by the courses may be counted toward fulfillment of the concentration. economics major as well as the mathematical economics area of concentration.) The Area of Concentration in Mathematical Economics can also benefit mathematics majors. Many students find mathematics more exciting and meaningful when they see it applied to a discipline they find interesting and concrete. Almost every undergraduate mathematics course covers topics useful in economic applications: optimization techniques in multivariable calculus, quadratic forms in linear algebra, fixed point theorems in topology. In intermediate and advanced courses in economics, mathematics majors can see how these tools and methods are applied in another discipline.

161 ADDITIONAL REMARKS FOR MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS Students should consult with the concentration coordinator about the selection of the electives taken for the concentration (parts (B) and (C) of the requirements above).

Some examples of courses that may fulfill part (C) of the requirements for mathematics majors are the following: MATH 204 (Differential Equations), MATH 210 (Linear Optimization and Game Theory; cross-listed as ECON 210), MATH 218 (Probability), MATH 222 (Scientific Computing), and MATH 396 (Mathematical Statistics).

Some examples of courses that may fulfill part (C) of the requirements for economics majors are the following: ECON 210 (Linear Optimization and Game Theory; cross-listed as MATH 210), ECON 237 (Game Theory in Economics), ECON 249 (Political Economy and Game Theory), ECON 311 (Theory of Non-Cooperative Games), ECON 312 (General Equilibrium Theory) and ECON 365 (Computational Methods in Macroeconomics and Finance).

The Area of Concentration in Mathematical Economics differs from the minors in mathematics and economics is a specific way. The concentration focuses on the complementarities between the two disciplines; the minors in mathematics and economics are designed to provide a basic foundation in each discipline, but not necessarily with an inter-disciplinary orientation.

A student majoring in economics may choose to pursue either the Area of Concentration in Mathematical Economics or a minor in mathematics, but not both; and a student majoring in mathematics may choose to pursue either the Area of Concentration in Mathematical Economics or a minor in economics, but not both. A student double-majoring in economics and mathematics may not enroll in the Area of Concentration in Mathematical Economics.

162 MATHEMATICS The aims of courses in mathematics are: (1) to 204, 210, or 222). Minors preparing for graduate promote rigorous thinking in a systematic, work in physical chemistry or theoretical physics deductive, intellectual discipline; (2) to present to should take Complex Analysis (Math 392) and the student the direction and scope of mathematical Analysis II (Math 318). Minors desiring a deep development; (3) to foster technical competence in understanding of an area of pure math should take mathematics as an aid to the better comprehension 300-level courses in that area (Math 318 and 392 of the physical, biological, and social sciences; and for analysis, Math 334 and 390 for algebra, Math (4) to guide and direct the mathematics majors 335 and 336 for topology). toward an interest in mathematical research. MATHEMATICS FACULTY Mathematics majors take a three-year core sequence Professor Emeritus William C. Davidon of courses in calculus, linear algebra, abstract Professor Lynne Butler algebra, and analysis, designed to provide a J. McLain King Professor of Mathematics Curtis foundation for further study in the major areas of Greene modern mathematics. Students with substantial Associate Professor Yung-sheng Tai (on leave Fall advanced placement may complete this sequence by 2009) the end of their sophomore year. Students who have William H. and Johanna A. Harris Associate Professor completed the core sequence may take advanced of Computational Science Robert Manning courses in algebra, analysis, topology, or other Associate Professor Weiwen Miao special topics. Assistant Professor Joshua Sabloff (on leave Spring 2010) The department offers several intermediate-level Senior Lecturer Jeffrey Tecosky-Feldman courses designed for both majors and non-majors. Visiting Assistant Professor David Lippel These include Mathematics 121 and 215-216, Visiting Assistant Professor Clay Shonkwiler which provide an important foundation for more advanced work in mathematics and other sciences. Mathematics 113, 114 and 115 (or equivalent MATHEMATICS MAJOR advanced placement) is sufficient background for any of these courses. A program including REQUIREMENTS Mathematics 113, 114, 203, 210, 215, and 286 is (1) Mathematics 215, and either Mathematics 121 especially appropriate for majors in the social or Mathematics 216. sciences. Students planning graduate study in (2) Mathematics 317 and 333, and one of economics should consider taking Mathematics 317. Mathematics 318 or 334. (3) Four additional electives in mathematics or Mathematics majors are urged to gain facility in the approved related courses at the 200 level or higher. use of computers, either through the introductory At least one of these must be at the 300 level. None courses Computer Science 105, 206, through of Math 299, Math 399, Math 460 and Math 480 applied math electives (like Math 204, 218, or 222), used for senior paper preparation may be counted or through independent work. Students interested in toward this requirement. pursuing computer science in depth as part of a (4) The senior seminar, Fall and Spring. mathematics major should consider the possibility of (5) A senior paper and oral presentation. a concentration in computer science or in scientific Students planning graduate study in mathematics or computing (the former being more theoretical, and related fields are strongly advised to take additional the latter more applied). Mathematics majors courses at the 300 level. interested in applying their skills to economic problems have the option of pursuing an area of Equivalent courses in mathematics at Bryn Mawr concentration in mathematical economics. Students College may be substituted for any requirement, interested in teaching mathematics can concentrate subject to advisor approval. in educational studies. The requirements for concentrations in computer science, scientific MATHEMATICS MINOR computing, mathematical economics, and REQUIREMENTS educational studies are described under their own Mathematics 215 and either Mathematics 121 or headings in this catalog. (1) Mathematics 216. (2) Mathematics 317 and 333. Mathematics minors preparing for a mathematics (3) Two additional electives in mathematics at the teaching career should take one elective in 200 level or higher. probability and statistics (Math 203 or 218) and one in geometry or topology (Math 205 or 335). Minors preparing for employment in industry immediately after college should take electives in statistics (Math 203 or 286) and mathematical modelling (Math

163 MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENTS FOR 215 Linear Algebra NA/QU L.Butler, CShonkwiler HONORS An introduction to linear algebra: vector spaces, linear Honors are granted to those senior mathematics transformations and matrices, determinants, quadratic majors who, by means of their course work, senior forms and eigenvalue problems. Applications to paper, and oral presentation, have given evidence of differential equations and linear models are discussed. their ability, initiative, and interest in the study of Prerequisite: MATH 114 and either 115 or 116, or mathematics. High Honors are awarded to the 121, or advanced placement. Typically offered every exceptionally able student. Semester. MATHEMATICS CORE COURSES 216 Advanced Calculus NA 113 Calculus I NA/QU C. Greene C.Shonkwiler, J.Tecosky-Feldman Calculus of several variables: continuous and An introduction to calculus of a single variable. differentiable functions on Euclidean spaces, extreme Topics include limits, differentiation and integration, value problems, inverse and implicit function and the fundamental theorem of calculus with theorems, multiple integration, Green's and Stokes' applications to the natural and social sciences. The Theorems. Prerequisite: MATH 215. Typically offered intensive section offered each spring, MATH 113B, is every Spring. designed for students who need and desire extra help with precalculus concepts; it meets for three 2-hour 317 Analysis I NA sessions each week. Prerequisite: A solid background in R.Manning precalculus. Does not count toward the major. Typically offered every Semester. A rigorous development of topics in calculus, including detailed treatment of the axioms of the real number line, cardinality, topology of normed spaces, 114 Calculus II NA/QU compactness, and various notions of convergence. J.Tecosky-Feldman, Y. Tai This course also serves as a thorough introduction to A continuation of MATH 113 that includes an clear, correct writing of mathematical proofs. introduction to the theory and applications of the Prerequisite: MATH 215 and either MATH 121 or definite and indefinite integral, as well as an 216, or instructor consent. Corequisite of MATH 299 introduction to infinite series and Taylor for students who have not had MATH 216 or math at approximations. May include other topics, e.g., the 300 level. Typically offered every Fall. differential equations, parametric curves, polar coordinates, or complex numbers. Prerequisite: 318 Analysis II NA MATH 113 or advanced placement. Does not count toward the major.. Typically offered every Semester. R.Manning A continuation of MATH 317, focusing particularly on sequences and series of functions with applications 115 Enriched Calculus II NA/QU (e.g., Fourier series, existence and uniqueness of C.Shonkwiler, C. Greene solutions to differential equations). Other advanced A "bridge" course for students who have completed topics (such as measure theory, the Lebesgue integral, most of a standard college first-year calculus class. calculus of variations, Fourier transforms, Includes a careful treatment of the convergence of approximation theorems or fixed point theorems) are sequences and infinite series, the theory of Taylor included according to instructor and student interest. series, and substantial treatment of an additional Prerequisite: MATH 317. Typically offered every topic, often introducing an area of math distinct from Spring. calculus, e.g., probability or discrete math. Prerequisite: Advanced placement (equivalent to 333 Algebra I NA mastery of AB Calculus). Does not count toward the major. C Greene A rigorous treatment of fundamental algebraic structures. Topics include: axioms for integers, 121 Calculus III NA/QU modular arithmetic, polynomials, rings, fields, and J.Sabloff D.Lippel introduction to groups. Prerequisite: MATH 215 and An introduction to functions of several variables, either MATH 121 or 216, or instructor consent. vector geometry, partial derivatives, maxima & Corequisite of MATH 299 for students who have not minima, Taylor's Theorem, multiple integrals, line had MATH 216 or math at the 300 level. Typically integrals, and Green's and Stokes' Theorem. offered every Fall. Prerequisite:: MATH 114 and either 115 or 116, or advanced placement. Typically offered every Semester. 334 Algebra II NA C. Greene A continuation of MATH 333a. Topics include: Sylow's theorems for groups, finite abelian groups, finite fields, Galois theory, modules, and advanced

164 Mathematics linear algebra. Prerequisite: MATH 333 or instructor the Chinese Remainder Theorem, quadratic consent. Typically offered every Spring. reciprocity, sums of squares, Diophantine equations, continued fractions, approximation by rationals, Pell's equation. Time permitting, we will discuss arithmetic 399 Senior Seminar NA functions related to the distribution of prime L.Butler, C.Greene, D.Lippeh R.Manning, W.Miao, numbers. Emphasis will be placed on learning to C.Shonkwiler generalize from examples to precise conjectures. Seminar for students writing senior papers, dealing Prerequisite: MATH 115 or instructor consent. with the oral and written exposition of advanced Offered occasionally. material. Prerequisite: Open to senior mathematics majors. 203 Statistical Methods and Their Applications NA/QU MATHEMATICS ELECTIVE COURSES W.Miao An introduction to statistical methods used to analyze 103 Introduction to Probability and Statistics data in the natural and social sciences. It covers NA/QU descriptive statistics, the binomial and normal R.Manning distributions, expected value and variance, confidence Basic concepts and methods of elementary probability intervals and hypothesis testing, comparison of two and quantitative reasoning, with practical samples, regression, and analysis of variance. A applications. Topics include: sample average and required computer lab, using R, is taught alongside standard deviation, normal curves, regression, this course. Prerequisite: MATH 114 or placement at expected value and standard error, confidence the level of MATH 115 or higher. Typically offered intervals and hypothesis tests. Prerequisite: Lottery every Fall. preference to those with Math placement at the level of MATH 114 or lower. Typically offered in alternate years. 204 Differential Equations NA/QU ITecos4-Feldman Ordinary differential equations: the general theory of 104 Calculus: Concepts and History NA/QU first-order equations, linear equations of higher order, (Cross-listed in Independent College Programs) qualitative analysis of nonlinear systems, and I Tecosky-Feldman computational methods. Other topics, such as series An introduction to the history and development of solutions or an introduction to partial differential the ideas of calculus, one of the most beautiful and equations and Fourier series, may be included. useful creations of the human intellect. Beginning Elements of linear algebra are developed as needed. with a study of achievements of Archimedes and his Emphasis is on applications, especially on differential predecessors, the course will follow the historical equations as mathematical models in the physical, progression of the concepts of function, derivative and biological and social sciences. Prerequisite: MATH integral, including developments, such as fractals. In 114 or 115 or equivalent placement. Offered addition to regular problem sets, students will be occasionally. required to write essays explaining the important concepts of the course. This course is suitable for students interested in a nontechnical survey of the 205 Topics in Geometry NA/QU ideas of calculus. In particular, it does not cover the J. Tecosky-Feldman same amount of material as MATH 113, and cannot An introduction to several areas in classical and substitute for MATH 113 in any course requiring modern geometry: analytic geometry, conic sections, MATH 113 as a prerequisite (such as MATH 114). Platonic solids and polyhedra, tessellations of the Prerequisite: Not ordinarily open to students who have plane, projective, hyperbolic, and differential studied calculus previously. Offered occasionally. geometry. Students will see how symmetry groups serve as a unifying theme in geometry. This course will introduce students to the skill of writing formal 123 Community Math Teaching Project NA/QU mathematical proofs. Prerequisite: MATH 115 or (Cross-listed in Education) instructor consent. Typically offered in alternate years. ISabloff A service-learning course in which students teach "math labs" to high school geometry students. 210 Linear Optimization and Game Theory Students will develop effective teaching methods NA/QU (Cross-listed in Computer Science and through pedagogical theory and practice, and will Economics) explore the context in which mathematics is taught in L.Butler high school. Offered occasionally. Covers in depth the mathematics of optimization problems with a finite number of variables subject to constraints. Applications of linear programming to the 202 Introduction to Number Theory NA theory of matrix games and network flows are Y. Tai covered, as well as an introduction to nonlinear An introduction to the classical theory of numbers. programming and hidden Markov models. Emphasis Topics include: primes and divisibility, congruences, is on the structure of optimal solutions, algorithms to 165 find them, and the underlying theory that explains 335 Topology I NA both. This course is designed for students interested in J.Sabloff computer science, economics, or mathematics. Generalizes topological concepts from Euclidean Prerequisite: MATH 215 or MATH 115 and spaces to arbitrary topological spaces, and introduces concurrent registration in MATH 215. Typically elements of algebraic topology. Concepts covered offered in alternate years. include continuity, connectedness, and compactness. The course culminates in an exploration of the fundamental group and covering spaces. Prerequisite: 218 Probability NA/QU MATH 317 and 333, or instructor consent. Typically W.Miao offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr. An introduction to probability theory. Topics include: sample spaces, combinatorics, conditional probability, independence, discrete and continuous random 336 Topology II NA variables, functions of random variables, expected C Shonkwiler value and variance, the moment generating function, Algebraic topology and its applications to low- and some basic limit theorems. Prerequisite: MATH dimensional topology. The course investigates 116 or 121, or consent. Typically offered in alternate surfaces, knots, and 3-manifolds using the years. fundamental group, basic simplicial homology, and the mapping class group. Prerequisite: MATH 335. Typically offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr. 222 Scientific Computing: Continuous Systems NA/QU R.Manning 340 Analysis of Algorithms NA (Cross-listed in A survey of major algorithms in modern scientific Computer Science) computing, with a focus on continuous problems. S.Lindell Topics include root-finding, optimization, Monte Prerequisite: CMSC 206. Typically offered in alternate Carlo methods, and discretization of differential years. equations, with applications in the natural and social sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 114 and 115 or equivalent placement Typically offered in alternate 345 Theory of Computation NA (Cross-listed in years. Computer Science) S.Lindell Prerequisite: CMSC/MATH 231. Typically offered in 235 Information and Coding Theory NA (Cross- alternate years. listed in Computer Science) S.Lindell Prerequisite: MATH 215 (may be taken concurrently). 390 Advanced Topics in Algebra NA Offered occasionally. Staff Prerequisite: MATH 333. Offered occasionally.

286 Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis NA/QU 391 Advanced Topics in Geometry and Topology W.Miao NA An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis. Staff The course includes methods for choosing, fitting, Prerequisite: MATH 317. Offered occasionally. and evaluating multiple regression models and analysis of variance models. A required computer lab, using R, 392 Advanced Topics in Analysis NA is taught alongside this course. Prerequisite: One of Staff the following: MATH 203, PSYC 200, or ECON Prerequisite: MATH 317. Typically offered yearly in 203 or 204 or consent of instructor. MATH 215 is alternation with Bryn Mawr. recommended. Typically offered in alternate years.

394 Advanced Topics in Theoretical Computer 299 Bridge to Advanced Mathematics NA Science & Discrete Mathematics NA (Cross-listed jTecosky-Feldman in Computer Science) An introduction to deductive reasoning, mathematical D.Lippel proof, and fundamental ideas of higher mathematics. Prerequisite: MATH 333 or consent. Typically offered Emphasis will be placed on developing strategies for in alternate years. understanding and constructing proofs. Topics include basic logic, set theory, and relations. This is a quarter-long course; it is taught in the first half of the 395 Advanced Topics in Combinatorics NA fall semester. Prerequisite: MATH 121 and MATH Staff 215. Concurrent registration in MATH 317 or Prerequisite: MATH 333 or consent. Offered MATH 333. Does not count toward the major. occasionally.

166 Mathematics

396 Advanced Topics in Probability and Statistics NA Staff Prerequisite: MATH 218 or consent. Typically offered in alternate years.

397 Advanced Topics in Applied Mathematics NA Staff Prerequisite: MATH 317 or instructor consent. Offered occasionally.

460 Teaching Assistantship in Mathematics NA J.Tecosky-Feldman Students work as assistants to a faculty member in an introductory mathematics course for a semester, offering various kinds of classroom support including problem sessions, review, tutoring, and laboratory assistance. Open to junior and senior majors by invitation. May be taken at most twice. Does not count toward the major.

480 Independent Study NA J. Tecosky-Feldman Prerequisite: Instructor consent.

MATHEMATICS COURSES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 005 Math Workshop 101, 102 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 104 Elements of Probability and Statistics 201 Multivariable Calculus 203 Linear Algebra 206 Transition to Higher Mathematics 210 Differential Equations with Applications 231 Discrete Mathematics 290 Elementary Number Theory 295 Select Topics in Mathematics 301, 302 Introduction to Real Analysis 303, 304 Abstract Algebra 311 Partial Differential Equations 312 Topology I

167 Music

The music curriculum is designed to deepen awarded for exceptional achievement in the practice understanding of musical form and expression of tonal harmony. The Kessinger Family Fund for through development of skills in composition and Asian Performing Arts sponsors musical performance joined with analysis of musical works performances and lecture-demonstrations that and their place in various cultures. A major in music enrich Haverford's cross-cultural programs. Since its provides a foundation for further study leading to a inception in 1997, the fund has sponsored visits by career in music. artists representing traditions of South, Central, and East Asia, and . The composition/theory program stresses proficiency in aural, keyboard and vocal skills, and MUSIC MAJOR REQUIREMENTS written harmony and counterpoint. Composition I) Theory-composition: 203a, 2046, 303a. following important historical models and experimentation with contemporary styles are 2) Musicology: three courses chosen from 221a/b, emphasized. 222a/b, 223a/b, 224a/b, 325a/b.

The musicology program, which emphasizes 3) Two electives in music, chosen from: 207a/b, European, North American, and Asian traditions, 221a/b, 222a/b, 223a/b, 224a/b, 227a/b, 228a/b, considers music in the rich context of its social, 250a/b, 251a/b, 265a/b, 266a/b, 304a/b, and religious, and aesthetic surroundings. 325a/b.

The performance program offers opportunities to 4) Performance: participation in a department- participate in the Haverford-Bryn Mawr Chamber sponsored performance group is required for at least Singers, Chorale, Orchestra, and ensembles formed a year. Music 208, 209, or 210f,i instrumental or within the context of Haverford's chamber music vocal private study for one year. Continuing program. Students can receive academic credit for ensemble participation and instrumental or vocal participating in these ensembles (Music 102, 214, private study are strongly urged. 215, 216, and 219). They can also receive credit for Private Study (Music 208, 209, 210) in voice or 5) An additional full credit course equivalent is their chosen instrument. required of music majors in their senior year. The senior experience in music may be fulfilled through MUSIC FACULTY an independent study project (usually a Ruth Marshall Magill Professor Curt Cacioppo composition, performance, or research paper Professor Richard Freedman, Chairperson pursued in the context of Music 480) or through Associate Professor Ingrid Arauco enhancement of a regular advanced course offering Associate Professor Heidi Jacob, director of the to include an independent study component. The Haverford-Bryn Mawr Orchestral Program format of the senior experience will be determined Associate Professor Thomas Lloyd, director of the prior to the beginning of the student's senior year, Haverford-Bryn Mawr Choral Program after consultation with the department. Visiting Instructor Christine Cacioppo 6) Majors are expected to attend the majority of SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND FUNDS department-sponsored concerts, lectures, and The Music Department Guest Artists Series presents colloquia. distinguished and emerging performers in public concerts, master classes, lecture-demonstrations, MUSIC MINOR REQUIREMENTS reading sessions, and informal encounters. Among 1) Theory-Composition: 203a, 2046 artists recently featured have been Native American 2) Musicology: two courses chosen from 221a/b, flutist Mary Youngblood, the Cuarteto 222a/b, 223a/b, 224a/b. Latinoamericano, pianist Charles Abramovic, 3) One elective chosen from: 207a/b, courses not violinist Arnold Steinhardt, the Network for New already taken in fulfillment of requirement two, Music, and the American String Quartet. The 228a/b, 250a/b, 25 la/b, 265a/b, 266a/b, 303a, William Heartt Reese Music Fund was established 304b, 325a/b in 1977 to honor William Heartt Reese, professor of 4) Music 208, 209, 210f,i instrumental or vocal music and conductor of the glee club and orchestra private study or department ensemble participation at Haverford from 1947 to 1975. The fund supports for one year. Continuing ensemble participation and applied music lessons for students enrolled in the instrumental or vocal private study are strongly department's private study program. The John H. urged. Davison '51 Fund for Student Composers supports new works by student composers. This fund Substitutions for Haverford College courses in recognizes John's 40 years of teaching and musical fulfillment of the major or minor in music must be creativity at Haverford. The Orpheus Prize is approved in advance by the music department. 168 Music

MUSIC REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS end-of-semester recital. Prerequisite: Music 204 or consent of instructor. Departmental Honors or High Honors will be awarded on the basis of superior work in music courses combined with exceptional accomplishment 303 Advanced Tonal Harmony HU in the senior experience. C Cacioppo Study of late nineteenth-century harmonic practice in THEORY AND COMPOSITION selected works of Liszt, Wagner, Brahms, Faure, Wolf, COURSES Debussy, and Mahler. Exploration of chromatic harmony through analysis and short exercises; final 110 Musicianship and Literature HU composition project consisting of either art song or C. Cacioppo piano piece such as nocturne or intermezzo. Intensive introduction to the notational and Musicianship lab covers related aural and keyboard theoretical materials of music, complemented by work harmony skills. Prerequisite: Music 204 in sight-singing and keyboard harmony. Discussion of musical forms and techniques of melody writing and 304 Counterpoint HU harmonization; short projects in composition. LArauco 18th century contrapuntal techniques and forms with 203 Tonal Harmony I HU emphasis on the works of J. S. Bach. Canon; LArauco composition of two-part invention; fugal writing in The harmonic vocabulary and compositional three parts; chorale prelude; analysis. Three class techniques of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, hours plus laboratory period covering related aural Schubert, and others. Emphasis is on composing and keyboard harmony skills. Prerequisite: Music 204 melodies, constructing phrases, and harmonizing in four parts. Composition of minuet and trio, set of 325 Seminar in 20th Century Theory and Practice variations, or other homophonic piece is the final HU project. Three class hours plus laboratory period C Cacioppo covering related aural and keyboard harmony skills. Classic and contemporary 20th-century composers, Prerequisite: Music 110 or consent. works, and trends, with reference to theoretical and aesthetic writings and the broader cultural context. 204 Tonal Harmony II HU Prerequisite: Music 303a or 224 C Cacioppo Continuation of Music 203, introducing chromatic harmony and focusing on the development of sonata PERFORMANCE COURSES forms from the Classical through the Romantic period. Composition of a sonata exposition is the final 102 Chorale HU project. Three class hours plus laboratory period T.Lloyd covering related aural and keyboard harmony skills. Chorale is a large mixed chorus that performs major Prerequisite: Music 203 works from the oratorio repertoire with orchestra. Attendance at weekly two-hour rehearsals and dress rehearsals during performance week is requited. 265 Symphonic Technique and Tradition HU Prerequisite: Audition and consent of the instructor. LArauco In this course, we will be familiarizing ourselves with significant orchestral repertory of the past three 107 Introductory Piano HU centuries, learning to read the orchestral score, Christine Cacioppo studying the capabilities of various orchestral Music 107 is an introduction to music and the art of instruments and how they are used together, and playing the piano. The course consists of a weekly tracing the evolution of orchestral writing and hour long session on Tuesday evenings (lecture, orchestral forms from the Classical period to the directed listening, or playing workshop) plus an present. Short exercises in scoring for orchestra; final individual lesson of 20 minutes at an arranged time. A project is a presentation on a major orchestral work of short paper on the listening assignments is required, as your choice. Prerequisite: Music 203. is playing on the class recital at the end of the term (these together will comprise the final exam). Enrollment limited to 16 students (5 spaces for 266 Composition HU majors/minors). LArauco An introduction to the art of composition through weekly assignments designed to invite creative, 207 Topics in Piano HU individual responses to a variety of musical ideas. C Cacioppo Scoring for various instruments and ensembles; Combines private lessons and studio/master classes, experimentation with harmony, form, notation and musical analysis, research questions into performance text setting. Weekly performance of student pieces; practice and historical context, critical examination of sound recorded sources. Preparation of works of

169 selected composer or style period for end of semester from Schubert to the present. Weekly performance class recital is required. Topic for Fall 2008: The classes will be accompanied by weekly individual Italian Keyboard Tradition. Topic for Spring 2009: coachings with the instructor, culminating in a public American Roots. Prerequisite: Audition and consent of recital at the end of the semester. Prerequisite: instructor. Audition and consent of instructor.

MUSICOLOGY COURSES 208 Private Study: Instrumental HU HJacob 111 Introduction to Western Music HU All students enrolled in the private study program R. Freedman should be participating in a departmentally directed A survey of the European musical tradition from the ensemble or activity (Chorale, Orchestra, etc.) as middle ages to modern times. Students will hear advised by their program supervisor. All students in music by Monteverdi, Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, the private study program perform for a faculty jury at Wagner, Stravinsky, Glass, among many others, the end of the semester. Students assume the cost of developing both listening skills and an awareness of their private lessons, but may apply for private study how music relates to the culture that fosters it. In subsidies at the beginning of each semester's study addition to listening and reading, students will attend through the department. Prerequisite: Departmental concerts and prepare written assignments. audition & consent of supervisor.

132 Writing Beethoven HU (Cross-listed in 209 Private Study: Voice HU Writing Program) T.Lloyd R.Freedman Prerequisite: Departmental audition & consent of An exploration of Beethoven's life and works, supervisor. considered in the context of changing aesthetic and cultural values of the last two centuries. Students will 210 Private Study: Piano and Organ HU listen to Beethoven's music, study some of his letters C. Cacioppo and conversation books, and read some of the many responses his art has engendered. In their written Prerequisite: Departmental audition and consent of supervisor. responses to all of this material, students will think about Beethoven's music and artistic personality as well as about the ideas and assumptions that have 214 Chamber Singers HU guided the critical reception of art and life. They will T.Lloyd learn to cultivate their skills as readers and listeners Chamber Singers is a 30-voice mixed choir that while improving their craft as writers. (Satisfies the performs a wide range of mostly a cappella repertoire first year writing requirement.) from the Renaissance to the present day in original languages. Attendance required at three 80-minute 221 Medieval and Renaissance Music HU rehearsals weekly. Prerequisite: Audition and consent of instructor. R.Freedman Music of the 12th through 16th centuries, emphasizing changing approaches to composition, 215 Chamber Music HU notation, and expression in works by composers such H.Jacob as Hildegard von Bingen, Guillaume de Machaut, Intensive rehearsal of works for small instrumental Josquin Desprez, and Orlando di Lasso, among many groups, with supplemental research and listening others. Classroom assignments will consider basic assigned. Performance is required. The course is problems raised by the study of early music: questions available to those who are concurrently studying of style and structure, debates about performance privately, or who have studied privately immediately practice, and issues of cultural history. Extensive prior to the start of the semester. Prerequisite: reading and listening culminating in individual Audition and consent of instructor. research or performance projects. Prerequisite: Music 110 or 111 or consent of instructor.

216 Orchestra HU H.Jacob 222 Baroque Music HU For students participating in the Haverford-Bryn R. Freedman Mawr Orchestra, this course addresses the special Music of the 17th and 18th centuries, with focus on musical problems of literature rehearsed and central developments of opera, sacred music, and performed during the semester. Prerequisite: Audition instrumental genres. Through careful study of works and consent of instructor. by Monteverdi, Lully, Corelli, Handel, Rameau, and Bach, students will explore changing approaches to musical style and design, basic problems of 219 Art Song HU performance practice, and how musicologists have T.Lloyd sought to understand the place of music in cultural A performance course devoted to the French, history. Prerequisite: Music 110 or 111 or consent of German, English, and American art song literature instructor. 170 Music

223 Classical Music HU 227 Jazz and the Politics of Culture HU (Cross- R.Freedman listed in African and Africana Studies) The music of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, and R.Freedman Schubert, among many others. Classroom assignments A study of jazz and its social meanings. Starting with will lead students to explore the origins and an overview of jazz styles and European idioms closely development of vocal and instrumental music of the bound to jazz history, the course gives students a basic years around 1800, and to consider the ways in which aural education in musical forms, the process of musicologists have approached the study of this improvisation, and the fabric of musical performance repertory. Prerequisite: Music 110 or 111 or consent in the context of how assumptions about order and of instructor. disorder in music reflect deeply-felt views about society and culture. Enrollment limited to 35 students. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or higher. 224 Romantic Music HU R.Freedman Music by Schubert, Chopin, Schumann, Verdi, Wagner, Dvorak, Brahms, and Mahler, among others, with special focus on changing approaches to style of expression, and to the aesthetic principles such works articulate. Themes for Fall 2008 include "Sounds and Images," "Ballads and Myths," "Nationalisms," and "Nostalgia and History." Assignments will allow students to explore individual vocal and instrumental works, and will give students a sense of some of the perspectives to be found in the musicological literature on 19th century music. Prerequisite: Music 110 or 111, or consent of instructor.

246 Words and Music: Wagner's Ring and the Modern World HU R.Freedman

251 Music, Film, and Narrative HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) R.Freedman An introduction to music and film, with special attention to works from the 1930's through the 1950's by composers such as Auric, Copland, Eisler, Herrmann, Korngold, Prokofiev, Shostakovich, Steiner, Tiomkin and Waxman. Close study of orchestration, harmony and thematic process as they contribute to cinematic narrative and form. Source readings to include artistic positions staked out by film composers themselves, as well as critical and scholarly essays by leading writers on the narrative possibilities of film music. Prerequisite: Music 203 or equivalent knowledge of music theory.

480 Independent Study HU I.Arauco, CCacioppo, R.Freedman, HJacob, T.Lloyd Prerequisite: Approval of department and consent of instructor.

DIVERSE TRADITIONS COURSES

149 Native American Music and Belief HU C Cacioppo Surveys the principal styles of Native North American singing in ceremonial and secular contexts; discusses contemporary Indian musical cross-overs and the aesthetic of multi-culturalism; emphasizes class participation in singing traditional Indian songs.

171 NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE

The desire to understand human and animal 2. Core course in neural and behavioral sciences. behavior in terms of nervous system structure and One of the following three: Neurobiology and function is long standing. Historically, this task has Behavior (BIOL 202 at Bryn Mawr), Behavioral been approached from a variety of disciplines Neuroscience (PSYC 218 at Bryn Mawr) or including medicine, biology, psychology, philosophy Biological Psychology (PSYC 217 at Haverford). and physiology. The field of neuroscience emerged as an interdisciplinary approach, combining Requirements I and 2 must be completed before techniques and perspectives from these disciplines, the senior year. as well as emerging fields such as computation and cognitive science, to yield new insights into the 3. Three courses in neural and behavioral sciences workings of the nervous system and behavior. (from the list below or approved by the student's major department), two of which must be from The concentration in the neural and behavioral outside the major department. sciences is designed to allow students to pursue their 4. Senior Seminar for concentrators (BIOL 396, interests in behavior and the nervous system across PSYC 396 at Bryn Mawr). disciplines. The concentration is available to majors 5. Two semesters of senior research, in a manner in Psychology or Biology at Haverford or Bryn that is consistent with the requirements of the major Mawr. Students must satisfy the requirements of the department. department in which they major, with appropriate modifications related to the concentration (consult departmental advisors listed below). For the NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE concentration itself, students must take a series of courses that represent the background in the neural COURSES and behavioral sciences and other sciences common Note: Not all courses are offered in a given year. to all approaches to the nervous system and behavior. All students, regardless of major, must PSYCHOLOGY fulfill the requirements of the core program. B201 Learning Theory and Behavior B209 Abnormal Psychology NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE B212 Human Cognition H213 Memory and Cognition FACULTY H220 Psychology of Time COORDINATOR H238 Psychology of Language Professor of Psychology at Bryn Mawr Earl Thomas, H240 Psychology of Pain and Pain Inhibition Concentration Advisor H250 Biopsych of Emotion and Personality H260 Cognitive Neuroscience ADVISORY COMMITTEE B323 Cognitive Neuroscience B350 Developmental Cognitive Disorders At Haverford: B351 Developmental Psychopathology Associate Professor of Psychology Rebecca Compton H370 Neuroscience of Mental Illness Assistant Professor of Biology Andrea Morris, B395 Psychopharmacology Concentration Advisor Professor of Psychology Wendy F. Sternberg, BIOLOGY Concentration Advisor H187 Computing Across the Sciences B244 Behavioral Endocrinology At Bryn Mawr College: B250 Computational Models in the Sciences Associate Professor of Computer Science Douglas B271 Developmental Biology Blank H302 Cell Architecture* Professor of Biology Peter D. Brodfuehrer, B303 Animal Physiology Concentration Advisor B304 Cell and Molecular Neurobiology Professor of Biology Karen F. Greif H306 Inter and Intra Cellular Communication* Professor of Biology Paul Grobstein H309 Molecular Neurobiology* Professor of Computer Science Deepak Kumar H312 Development and Evolution* Professor of Psychology Leslie Rescorla B313/314 Integrative Organismal Biology I and II Associate Professor of Psychology Anjali Thapar B321 Neuroethology B322 From Channels to Behavior NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE H330 Laboratory in Neural and Behavioral Science: Molecular Development* CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS H350 Pattern Formation in the Nervous System* 1. Introductory-level work, with lab, outside the B364 Developmental Neurobiology major (at least one semester) in psychology and biology. *half-credit courses 172 Neural and Behavioral Science

ALLIED DISCIPLINES:

COMPUTER SCIENCE B120 Visualizing Information B250 Computational Models in the Sciences B325 Computational Linguistics B361 Emergence B371 Cognitive Science B372 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence B376 Androids: Design and Practice B380 Developmental Robotics

LINGUISTICS H113 Introduction to Syntax H114 Introduction to Semantics H245 Phonetics and Phonology

PHILOSOPHY H106 The Philosophy of Consciousness and the Problem of Embodiment H251 Philosophy of Mind

173 PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES

The goal of the Bi-College concentration is to the arts and peacemaking, community mediation or present a range of social science theories and post-conflict peacebuilding and reconciliation. methods relevant to explaining human conflict and cooperation in settings ranging from local small PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES communities to the international system. COURSES PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES Courses Currently Available at Bryn Mawr Include: FACULTY Coordinator Marc Howard Ross, Political Science ANTH B111/POLS B111 Introduction to Peace Visiting Assistant Professor Tamara Neuman and Conflict Studies Assistant Professor Jill Stauffer, Philosophy, ANTH B200/HIST B200 The Atlantic World: Haverford Indians, Europeans, and Africans Haverford College's contribution to the Bi-Co ANTH B206/POLS B206 Conflict and Conflict program is currently being formulated. Interested Management: A Cross-cultural Approach parties should contact the director, Jill Stauffer, for more details at [email protected]. ANTH B235/POLS B235 Transitional Justice in Post-Conflict Societies ANTH B347/POLS B347 Advanced Issues in Peace PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES and Conflict Studies: Utopias, Dystopias, and CONCENTRATION Peace The concentration is composed of a six-course HIST B126 Immigration and Ethnicity cluster centering around conflict and cooperation within and between nations. Of these six courses, no POLS B141 Introduction to International Politics more than three may be in the student's major. The peace and conflict studies concentration draws upon POLS B316 The Politics of Ethnic, Racial, and the long-standing interest in war, conflict and National Groups peacemaking, and social justice, as well as questions POLS B358/PSYCH B358 The Political derived from work in the fields of anthropology, Psychology of Ethnic Conflict economics, history, political science, philosophy, social psychology and sociology. It draws on these Courses Currently Available at Haverford fields for theoretical understandings of matters such Include: as bargaining, social, economic and political sources of conflict, cooperative and competitive strategies of ENGL H286 Arts of the Possible: Literature and negotiation, intergroup relations, social justice, Social Justice Movements human rights, post-conflict peacemaking and the role of institutions in conflict management. HIST H240 History and Principles of Quakerism ICPR H111 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Students meet with the coordinator in the spring of Studies their sophomore year to work out a plan for the concentration. All concentrators are required to take ICPR H281 Violence and Public Health three core courses: the introductory course, POLS 111 (offered as ICPR 111 at Haverford); either ICPRH 301 Human Rights: Development and POLS 206 or ANTH 322; and POLS 347. It is International Activism advised that concentrators complete at least two of ICPR H301 Human Rights: Development and these three courses by the end of their junior year. International Activism

Students are required to take three additional POLS H151 International Politics courses chosen in consultation with the coordinator, working out a plan that focuses this second half of POLS H235 African Politics their concentration regionally, conceptually or POLS H242 Women in War and Peace around a particular substantive problem. These courses might include international conflict and POLS 256 The Evolution of the Jihadi Movement resolution; ethnic conflict in general or in a specific region of the world (e.g., South Africa, the Middle POLS 357 Conflict in the Middle East East, Northern Ireland); a theoretical approach to POLS 358 The War on Terrorism the field, such as nonviolence, bargaining or game theory; an applied problem, such as reducing SOCL H235 Class, Race, and Education violence among youth, minority-majority relations, 174 Peace and Conflict Studies

ANTH H249B Rights, Law, Africa ANTH H209A Anthropology of Education ANTH H204 Anthropology of Gender

175 PHILOSOPHY

The philosophy curriculum has three major aims. (iii) Systematic Coherence: Four of these courses, First, it helps students develop thoughtful attitudes two at the 200 level and two at the 300 level, must toward life and the world through encounters with exhibit some systematic coherence in theme or the thought of great philosophers. Students are subject satisfactory to the major advisor and the encouraged to reflect critically on such problems as department. the nature of our individual and social lives, the nature of the world in which we live, and the (3) The Senior Seminar (399c). Students electing a nature of our consciousness of and response to that major in philosophy but unable to comply with world. Second, the philosophy curriculum is normal requirements because of special designed to help students acquire philosophical circumstances should consult the chairperson materials and skills that supplement and integrate regarding waivers or substitutions. their other studies in the liberal arts and sciences. Finally, the philosophy curriculum offers interested PHILOSOPHY MINOR REQUIREMENTS students a foundation in knowledge and skills that (1) One philosophy course at the 100 level, or Bryn will prepare them for graduate study in philosophy Mawr Philosophy 101, 102, or 201, or the or in related fields. Unless otherwise indicated, one equivalent elsewhere. philosophy course at the 100 level is a prerequisite for all other courses in philosophy. Courses at the (2) Three philosophy courses at the 200 level. 300 level require, in addition, a 200-level course plus junior standing, or consent of the instructor. (3) Two philosophy courses at the 300 level. Some advanced philosophy courses may require a reading knowledge of a foreign language as a PHILOSOPHY REQUIREMENTS FOR prerequisite for admission. HONORS PHILOSOPHY FACULTY The award of Honors in philosophy will be based Professor Ashok Gangadean, and Director of the upon distinguished work in philosophy courses, Margaret Gest Center active and constructive participation in the senior T Wistar Brown Professor Danielle Macbeth, Chair seminar, and the writing and presentation of the Professor Kathleen Wright Senior essay. High Honors requires in addition Assistant Professor Jerry Miller exceptional and original work in the Senior essay. Assistant Professor Jill Stauffer, and Director of the Peace, Justice and Human Rights Concentration INTRODUCTORY LEVEL PHILOSOPHY Assistant Professor Joel Yurdin COURSES A maximum of two introductory level courses may be PHILOSOPHY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS taken for credit, one even-numbered course and one (1) One philosophy course at the 100 level, or Bryn odd-numbered course. Mawr Philosophy 101, 102, or 201, or the equivalent elsewhere. 103 Global Ethics HU (2) Five philosophy courses at the 200 level, at least A.Gangadean four of which must be completed by the end of the An exploration of selected texts on ethics in a global junior year, and three philosophy courses at the 300 context. This course seeks to develop a global level. These eight courses at the 200 and 300 level perspective on human values through a critical must exhibit breadth and coherence in the following exploration of vital texts on ethics across diverse ways, to be elaborated by the majors and their philosophical traditions. A central focus is on the advisors and approved by the department: challenge of articulating global ethics and global (i) Historical and Cultural Breadth: (a) One course values across cultures, worldviews, and traditions. must be from among those that deal with the history Readings include Aristotle's Nichomachean Ethics, of European philosophy prior to Kant; (b) One Bhagavad-Gita, the Analects of Confucius, and Kant's course must be from among those that deal with the Fundamental Principles. traditions of Asian or African philosophy. (ii) Topical Breadth: (a) One course must be from 104 Global Wisdom HU among those dealing with value theory, including A.Gangadean aesthetics, social and political philosophy, ethics, A critical exploration of classic texts from diverse and legal philosophy; (b) One course must be from philosophical traditions in a global context. This among those dealing with metaphysics and course seeks to cultivate a global perspective in epistemology, including ontology, philosophy of philosophy and brings classical texts from diverse mind, and philosophy of action; (c) One course philosophical worlds into global dialogue. One aim is must be from among those dealing with logic or the to help students to appreciate global patterns in philosophy of language. 176 Philosophy rationality across traditions and to gain a critical close reading of central texts in the European tradition understanding of common ground and significant that address both the sorts of beings we are and the differences in diverse wisdom traditions. Readings nature of the world as it is the object of our natural include Bhagavad-Gita, Dhamapada, Plato's Phaedo, scientific knowledge. and Descartes's Meditations. 111 The Wicked and the Worthy HU 105 Love, Friendship, and the Ethical Life HU J.Miller (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) The possibility of "doing good" in the world presumes K. Wright that one can distinguish between good and bad Different conceptions of the role of love and actions, people, and consequences. But on what basis friendship in ethical life. Readings include ancient are we to make such distinctions? What grounds, if Greek philosophy (Plato's Symposium, and Aristotle's anything, our definitions of good and bad? How can Nichomachean Ethics), modern European philosophy we be certain that our actions, and thus our own (Kant's Grounding for the Metaphysics of Morals, and selves, are not evil? This course examines such Mill's On the Subjection of Women), and concerns through a survey of the history of ethical contemporary postmodern and feminist philosophy philosophy. In digging up the "root of all good," we (Derrida's The Politics of Friendship, and Irigaray's The will consider as well questions of self-interest, justice, Ethics of Sexual Difference). freedom, and duty. Readings include selections from Plato's Republic, Mill's Utilitarianism, Kant's Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals, and 106 The Philosophy of Consciousness and the Nietzsche's Beyond Good and Evil. Problem of Embodiment HU (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) K. Wright 112 Mind, Myth, and Memory HU This course examines different conceptions of and J.Miller solutions to the mind-body problem. Readings Theories of the relationship between the self and include ancient Greek Philosophy (Plato's Phaedrus, knowledge. Of particular importance will be the roles Phaedi, and Republic and Aristotle's On the Soul,) played by myth, dreams, and memory in that modern European philosophy (Descartes' Meditations relationship. Readings include works by Plato, and Mediations and Spinoza's Ethics), and Descartes, Kant, and Freud. contemporary postmodern and feminist philosophy (Foucault's The History of Sexuality and Irigaray's 113 The Good and the Good Life HU Speculum of the Other Women). When we think about leading the "good life," what do we think of? Does leading the "good life" imply being 107 Happiness, Virtue, and the Good Life HU a good person? How do we understand "good" in each J.Yurdin of these senses? Through a close reading of several key Happiness is something that we all want, but what texts in the history of Western philosophy, we will exactly is it? Perhaps happiness is or involves leading a examine philosophical conceptions of the good and flourishing life. What, then, is a flourishing life? Does explore their relevance for the possibility of achieving such a life involve the possession and exercise of the good life. certain states of character? Which ones? This course will consider these and related issues, including the virtues and their interrelations, the nature and identity INTERMEDIATE LEVEL PHILOSOPHY of persons, and the meaning (or meaninglessness) of COURSES life. Readings from classic and contemporary sources, These courses require one course at the 100 level or its including Plato, Aristotle, Locke, Hume, Nagel, and equivalent, or consent of the instructor. Wolf.

109 Philosophy and the Good Life HU 210 Plato HU D.Macbeth J.Yurdin Meno, Phaedo, Republic, An exploration of the question of the nature of a good A close reading of Plato's Symposium, and Theaetetus, with a focus on issues in human life. Readings include selections from philosophical psychology, metaphysics, and the theory Confucius's Analects, Plato's Euthyphro, Apology, and of knowledge. Emphasis is on a philosophical selections from Republic, selected books of Aristotle's understanding of the views and arguments suggested Nichomachean Ethics, Kant's Groundwork for the by the texts, and special attention is paid to the roles Metaphysics of Morals, and Nietzsche's Genealogy of of literary aspects of the texts in the presentation of Morality. (Satisfies the first year writing requirement.) philosophical content. Prerequisite: One 100 level course or its equivalent, or consent. 110 Mind and World HU D.Macbeth An introduction to the history of our conception of ourselves as rational beings in the world through a

177 212 Aristotle HU Meditations, Heidegger's Being and Time and On the J.Yurdin Way to Language, Gadamer's Truth and Method, and An analytic study of the main works of Aristotle. Derrida's Speech and Phenomena and Of Particular attention is paid to the theory of being and Grammatology. substance developed in Aristotle's Metaphysics, to the theory of animal life developed in his treatise On the Soul, and to the understanding of good human action 228 The Logos and the Tao HU (Cross-listed in and choice developed in the Nichomachean Ethics. Comparative Literature and East Asian Studies) Primary emphasis is on the interpretation and K. Wright understanding of the philosophical arguments that are This course challenges the postmodern construction elaborated in these works. of "China" as the (feminine) poetic "Other" to the (masculine) metaphysical "West" by analyzing postmodern concepts of word, image, and writing in 221 Early Modern Continental Philosophy HU relation to Chinese poetry, painting, and calligraphy. Staff Prerequisite: One 100 level course or its equivalent, or A close analytical reading of selected texts from 17th- consent. century European philosophy. Particular attention is given to Descartes' Meditations on First Philosophy and to Spinoza's Ethics. Emphasis is upon an interpretive 229 Nineteenth Century Philosophy HU understanding of the theories of these texts K. Wright concerning human consciousness and cognition, as This course will examine the concepts of spontaneity, well as of their more general theories concerning the freedom, and normativity in the works of three past- nature of human beings in the world. Kantians: Fichte, Schelling, and Hegel.

223 Kant HU 230 Beauty, Rhetoric, Aesthetics, Philosophy HU D.Macbeth (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and This course will be devoted to a close reading and Independent College Programs) study of Kant s Critique of Pure Reason. We will J Muse focus on two questions: {1}What is revolutionary about the Critique of Pure Reason's Copernican 232 African-American Philosophy HU (Cross- revolution, and (2) what is the significance of the listed in African and Africana Studies) Critique of Pure Reason within Kant's systematic jMiller philosophy. This course introduces students to popular strands of African American philosophical, theological, and 225 The Concept of Freedom and the Dialectic of political thought from the 19th century to the Master and Slave HU present. Emphasis will be placed on themes of K. Wright liberation, racial ontology, justice, and subjectivity. How are we to think about freedom in light of Also of concern will be how these thinkers challenge Hegel's positive evaluation of the slave's experience of and/or reaffirm modernist philosophical approaches to freedom in his Phenomenology of Spirit (paragraphs knowledge, truth, and good. Prerequisite: One 100 178-196) and Nietzsche's negative assessment of the level course or its equivalent, or consent. mentality and moral psychology of the slave in On the Genealogy of Morality? Additional readings include 233 Philosophy and Race HU (Cross-listed in the section on Spirit from Hegel's Phenomenology, African and Africana Studies) Marx's Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of J.Miller 1844, Kierkegaard's Fear and Trembling, and Kant's This course meditates on the curious relation of race Grounding of a Metaphysics of Morals. Prerequisite: to modern Western intellectual thought. Although One 100 level course or its equivalent, or consent. typically considered of secondary philosophical importance, references to race appear regularly in 226 Nietzsche HU works by canonical philosophers. This suggests, in K. Wright contrast, that race has played a not-insignificant role What, after Nietzsche, is truth? A close reading of in reflections on consciousness, identity, and value. In Nietzsche's "On Truth and Lies in an Extramoral addition to examining Kant's anthropological writings Sense," The Gay Science (2nd edition; 1887), and and Hegel's discussion of Africa in the Philosophy of Thus Spoke Zarathustra. History, we will discuss readings by Sartre, Fanon, Foucault, Alain Locke, and Nietzsche.

227 The Linguistic Turn in Modern European Philosophy HU 241 Hindu Philosophy HU K. Wright A. Gangadean A close study of how the linguistic turn in modern A critical exploration of classical Hindu thought European philosophy is enacted and reflected upon in (Vedanta) in a global and comparative context. Husserl's On the Origin of Geometry and Cartesian Special focus on selected Principal Upanishads, a close

178 Philosophy meditative reading of the Bhagavad Gita and an in A critical examination of philosophical accounts of depth exploration of Shankara's Brahmasutra reality and being. Special attention is given to how Commentary. world views are formed and transformed: an ontological exploration of diverse alternative categorical frameworks for experience. Metaphysical 242 Buddhist Philosophy HU (Cross-listed in East narratives of diverse thinkers in the evolution of the Asian Studies) European tradition are explored in global context. A.Gangadean Prerequisite: One 100 level course or its equivalent, or An introduction to classical Indian Buddhist thought consent. in a global and comparative context. The course begins with a meditative reading of the classical text- The Dhamapada-and proceeds to an in depth critical 255 Truth and Knowledge HU exploration of the teachings of Nagarjuna, the great D.Macbeth dialectician who founded the Madhyamika School. A study of recent work on the issue of the relationship between truth and knowledge, both arguments aiming to show that truth has nothing to do with knowledge, 243 Twentieth-Century Continental Philosophy and arguments aiming to show that knowledge is HU incoherent without truth. The possibility of steering a Staff middle path between these views will also be explored. This course will focus on the topic of language and its Prerequisite: One 100 level course or its equivalent, or subject in phenomenology (Husserl, Heidegger, consent. Merleau-Ponty), exostentailism (Heidegger and Sartre), structuralism (Saussure), post-structuralism (Derrida and Foucault), and French Feminism 257 Critical Approaches in Ethical Theory HU (Irigaray, Kristeva, and Cixous). Prerequisite: Phil 101 /Miller or consent of the instructor. Following Hegel's critique of Kantian morality, some theorists have abandoned the search for the holy grail of ethics - a transcendental and universal formula for 251 Philosophy of Mind HU determining good and evil. Instead they have D.Macbeth attempted to revalue the nature of value. This course The focus of this course is the question of the place of examines these pragmatist, psychoanalytic, and mind in nature, in the world. What sort of thing is a poststructuralist efforts to redefine ethics as mind? What is it to be conscious? Can there be irreducibly inflected through history, subjectivity, and freedom of the will in a physical world? Could a language. In tracing the conditions for and limitations computer ever be correctly described as thinking? Do of ethics, we shall think deeply about concepts such as animals have minds? Our aim is to clarify what we are community, agency, and responsibility. Authors asking when we ask such questions, and to begin at include, Rorty, Freud, Derrida, Lyotard, and Irigaray. least to formulate answers.

259 Structuralism and Post-Structuralism HU 252 Philosophy of Logic and Language HU A.Gangadean A comparative exploration of alternative paradigms of logic, language and meaning from a logical and 260 Historical Introduction to Logic HU philosophical point of view. Special attention is given D.Macbeth to the classical Aristotelian grammar of thought and Our aim is two-fold: first, to understand - in the sense the modern grammars developed by Frege, of having a working knowledge of - both traditional Wittgenstein, Quine, Heidegger, Sommers, Derrida Aristotelean and modern quantificational logic and others. Focus is on the quest for the fundamental (translating sentences into logical notation, assessing logic of natural language. the validity of arguments, constructing proofs, and so on); and second, to understand logic, why it matters, what it can teach us (both as philosophers and as 253 Analytic Philosophy of Language HU thinkers more generally), and how it "works" in the D.Macbeth broadest sense. A close study of seminal essays by Frege, Russell, Kripke, Quine, Davidson, and others focusing on questions of meaning, reference, and truth. An 281 Modern Jewish Thought [C] HU (Cross-listed overarching aim of the course is to understand how in Religion) one can approach fundamental issues in philosophy KKoltun-Fromm through a critical reflection on how language works. Prerequisite: One 100 level course or equiv or consent. 295 Interpretation and the Other: Meaning, Understanding and Alterity HU (Cross-listed in 254 Metaphysics: Global Ontology HU Comparative Literature and English and Religion) A.Gangadean D.Dawson, S.Finley Offered occasionally.

179 ADVANCED PHILOSOPHY COURSES meaning and the limits of language; indeterminacy These courses require one 200-level course plus junior and ambiguity across diverse language-worlds; voice standing, or consent of the instructor. Topics courses and speech as determinants of meaning and the dynamics of dialogue between worlds. A unifying consider different specific issues in different years, and theme focuses on releasing the power of meaning in may be taught by members of the staff other than those listed. the transformation from egocentric patterns of thought to the dialogical awakening of mind. Readings include selections from such diverse thinkers 301 Topics in Philosophy of Literature HU as Plato, Aristotle, Heidegger, Wittgenstein, Staff Sommers, Derrida and Nagarjuna and others.

310 Topics in Ancient Greek and Roman 354 Topics in Metaphysics HU Philosophy HU D.Macbeth J. Yurdin 355 Topics in Epistemology HU 311 Topics in Greek Philosophy HU D.Macbeth J.Yurdin 357 Topics in Aesthetics HU 321 Topics in Early Modern Philosophy HU Staff Staff 399 Senior Seminar HU 323 Topics in Nineteenth Century Philosophy HU D.Macbeth/Staff Staff This one-semester credit course, spread over the whole of senior year, has several components: (a) Participation in the Altherr Symposium, including 332 Topics in Twentieth Century Continental four meetings devoted to preparation for the Philosophy: Levinas HU symposium, (b) Participation in the Distinguished J.. Stauffer Visitors series, (c) The writing of a senior essay, and Prerequisite: One 200-level Phil course & Junior (d) Presentation of one s work for critical discussion standing. with others in the seminar, as well as a final formal presentation. Open to senior majors only. Prerequisite: 335 Topics in Modern European Philosophy HU Open to senior majors only. Staff 403 Discussion Leaders HU 336 Topics in Post-Kantian Philosophy: Hegel and A.Gangadean the Problem of Modernity HU For this and subsequent Discussion Leader courses, K Wright qualified major or non-major seniors receive one-half credit for supervised leading of discussion groups and Prerequisite: One 200 level course plus junior standing, or consent. assisting of students in the various 100 level introductory philosophy courses. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor of the relevant introductory course is 342 Topics in Asian Philosophy: Japanese Zen in required. Global Context HU (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies) A.Gangadean 404 Discussion Leaders HU A. Gangadean Prerequisite: One 200 level course plus junior standing, or consent. 405 Discussion Leaders HU 351 Topics in the Philosophy of the Mind HU K. Wright D.Macbeth 406 Discussion Leaders HU 352 Topics in the Philosophy of Language: Staff Metaphor, Meaning and the Dialogical Mind HU A. Gangadean 407 Discussion Leaders HU This course explores the nature of language with J.Yurdin special attention to the origin of meaning and metaphor in the dialogical mind. Topics include: primary meaning: literal, symbolic, metaphoric; truth 409 Discussion Leaders HU and reality; analogy and imagination; hermeneutics of D.Macbeth communication and translatability; meditative 180 Philosophy

410 Discussion Leaders HU D.Macbeth

411 Discussion Leaders HU

412 Discussion Leaders HU

PHILOSOPHY COURSES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 101 Historical Introduction to Philosophy: Greek Philosophy HU 102 Introduction to Problems in Philosophy HU 103 Introduction to Logic HU 201 Historical Introduction to Philosophy: Modern HU 210 Philosophy of Social Science SO 211 Theory of Knowledge HU 212 Metaphysics HU 213 Introduction to Mathematical Logic HU 221 Ethics HU 222 Aesthetics HU 228 Introduction to Political Philosophy: Ancient and Early Modern HU 229 Concepts of the Self HU 230 Discrete Mathematics 231 Introduction to Political Philosophy: Modern HU 243 20th Century Continental Philosophy HU 301 Hume HU 316 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 318 Philosophy of Language 319 Philosophy of Mind HU 321 Greek Political Philosophy HU 325 Philosophy of Classical Music HU 330 Kant HU 344 Developmental Ethics HU 364 Political Philosophy: Irony and Commitment 368 Enlightenment and its Critics HU 371 Topics in Legal and Political Philosophy HU

181 PHysics

The physics curriculum introduces students to have active research programs in quantum gravity concepts and methods that are fundamental and theoretical cosmology, quantum computing, throughout the sciences. It provides opportunities observational cosmology, nonlinear physics and for first-hand experimental and theoretical fluid dynamics, extragalactic astronomy, biophysics, investigations, together with the study of those and nanoscience. Courses numbered 412 to 417 basic principles that have led to profound scientific, provide majors with opportunities to participate in philosophical, and technological developments. these research efforts for academic credit during their senior year. Paid summer research Prospective science majors are advised to study assistantship positions are often available. some physics in their freshman or sophomore year because all contemporary sciences rely heavily on In the Senior Seminar (399), majors learn about the basic physical principles. Physics 101 and 102 wide range of careers related to physics, and prepare constitute a year-long, self contained treatment of a colloquium and senior paper based on all of physics. Physics 105 and 106 use calculus independent work. Advanced students interested in somewhat more intensively and are designed for teaching may participate in the instructional students who expect to continue their study of program by registering for Physics 459 or 460. physics in other courses, either in the physics or the Physics majors may also take an area of chemistry department. Physics 115 provides concentration in education; see the section on students who have an advanced background in Education and Educational Studies. (Students mechanics with an alternative pathway into physics interested in physics or science education in physics by,exploring applications of introductory physics or science education at the secondary level should through a modern perspective. Advice on course also consult the teaching certification information selection is provided on the department's web site. in the section on Education and Educational The department also offers a half-credit course, Studies.) Astronomy/Physics 152, intended for first year students who are considering a physical science Concentrations in both computer science and major and who would like an opportunity to study scientific computing are available for physics recent developments in astrophysics. majors. Both of these programs are described under the Computer Science program. The department The department offers several courses that can be coordinator for both of these concentrations is taken with no prerequisites or prior experience in Peter Love. Physics majors with biological interests physics: Physics 111 considers the science behind may also qualify for the biophysics concentration, various sustainable energy options, including solar described under Biochemistry and Biophysics. heat and electricity, wind and tidal power, and examines the process by which scientists influence Students interested in engineering can complete an policy. Physics 107 treats fluid motions in both individualized major program in preparation for physical and biological systems, and Physics 108 graduate work in engineering or the Engineering covers applications of the physical sciences to 3/2 Program with Caltech. Detailed information is modern medicine. available through the department chair. Students interested in materials science should also consult A typical sequence introducing both the major and the related offerings in materials chemistry through the minor consists of 105, 106, 213, 214, and the Haverford's chemistry department. 211 and 212 laboratories. However, students beginning their study in 101 and 102 may continue PHYSICS FACULTY with 213 and join the major or minor as well. Associate Professor Stephon H.S. Alexander Physics 105, 106, 213 and 214 are also John Farnum Professor of Astronomy Stephen P. prerequisites for the astronomy and astrophysics Boughn majors; Astronomy/Physics 152 is highly John and Barbara Bush Professor in the Natural recommended, but not required. Sciences Jerry P. Gollub Associate Professor Suzanne Amador Kane The remainder of the major program is quite Assistant Professor Peter J. Love (on leave 2009-10) flexible and, with an appropriate selection of upper- Visiting Assistant Professor Jorge Moreno level courses, can accommodate students whose Physics Laboratory Instructor Scott E. Shelley interests extend beyond physics to the Professor Walter F. Smith interdisciplinary fields of astrophysics, biophysics, Assistant Professor of Astronomy Beth Willman chemical physics, philosophy of science, biomedical Bettye and Howard Marshall Professor of Natural science, or engineering. Sciences R. Bruce Partridge, Emeritus

The department emphasizes student participation in research with faculty members. Currently, we

182 Physics

PHYSICS MAJOR REQUIREMENTS PHYSICS REQUIREMENTS FOR 1. Physics 105 (or 101), 106 (or 102), 213, 214, HONORS 211, and 212 (or Bryn Mawr equivalents). The last The award of Honors in Physics will be based upon two may be taken concurrently with 213 and 214. the quality of performance in course work and the senior colloquium and paper. High Honors carries 2. Mathematics 121 and 204 or Bryn Mawr the additional requirement of demonstrated equivalent. For students who are contemplating originality in senior research. advanced work in mathematics, 216 can replace 121, and 215 can replace 204.

3. Six upper-level courses in physics at Haverford or PHYSICS COURSES Bryn Mawr. One of these must be a laboratory 101 Classical and Modern Physics I NA/QU course such as 316 or 326. All majors must take J.Moreno, S.Shelley, W.Smith three of the four core theoretical courses: 302, 303, Three class hours and one laboratory period. 308 and 309. Students considering graduate study Newtonian mechanics, thermodynamics, fluid in physics should take four of the following five motion, and relativity. Applications to other fields, courses by the end of their junior year: 302, 303, especially the life sciences, will be included. The 308, 309, and 316 or 326 (or their Bryn Mawr combination of this course with Physics 102 equivalents). constitutes a comprehensive, one-year introduction to physics. A special section of this course (limited to 12) Two of the six upper-level courses may be replaced is designed for students whose preparation in physics by upper-level courses in a related department, with and mathematics is weak, and/or who might benefit advanced approval from the major advisor. (The from extra discussion times and an exploration-based student will be asked to prepare a brief written class format. Prerequisite: Calculus at the level of statement explaining the relationship between the Mathematics 113A or equivalent should be taken proposed courses and the physics major.) One of the prior to or concurrently with this course. six upper-level physics courses may be a 400-level research course. Either 459 or 460 may also be counted among the six upper-level courses. 102 Classical and Modern Physics II NA/QU 'Moreno, S.Shelley 4. The department requires one course outside the Three class hours and one laboratory period. A department at a level consistent with the student's continuation of Physics 101, covering electricity and background in either astronomy, biology, computer magnetism, optics, waves, sound, quantum physics, science, chemistry, or engineering (at Penn or and nuclear physics. Applications include topics such Swarthmore). (This requirement is waived for as nerve conduction, the optics of vision, and double majors.) radioactivity. Prerequisite: Physics 101a. In addition calculus at the level of Mathematics 1146 or 5. Physics 399, including a paper and colloquium equivalent should be taken prior to or concurrently based on independent work, and attendance at with this course. senior colloquia and distinguished lectures hosted by the department. 105 Fundamental Physics I NA/QU PHYSICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS S.Amador Kane, W.Smith, S.Shelley Three class hours and one laboratory period. 1. Physics 105 (or 101) and 106 (or 102); 213, 214, Newtonian mechanics and thermodynamics. 211 and 212 labs (or Bryn Mawr equivalents). Applications are drawn primarily from the physical sciences. This sequence (105/106) is meant as a one- 2. Mathematics 121 and 204 or Bryn Mawr year introduction suitable for students interested in equivalent. For students who are contemplating the physical sciences. Prerequisite: Mathematics 113a advanced work in mathematics, 216 can replace 121 or equivalent. and 215 can replace 204.

3. One of the four "core" 300-level lecture courses 106 Fundamental Physics II NA/QU in physics at Haverford or Bryn Mawr: 302 W.Smith, J.Gollub, S.Shelley (Advanced Quantum Mechanics), 303 (Statistical Three class hours and one laboratory period. A Physics), 308 (Advanced Classical Mechanics) or continuation of Physics 105, covering electricity and 309 (Advanced Electromagnetism & Modern magnetism, optics, and special relativity. Prerequisite: Optics) Mathematics 114 or equivalent.

4. Participation for two semesters in the public lectures and seminars hosted by the department.

183 107 Living in a Fluid World: Physics of Everyday 115 Modern Introductory Physics: Beyond Newton Life NA/QU NA/QU J.Gollub S.Alexander, W.Smith, S.Shelley The physical principles governing life in a fluid Three class hours and one laboratory period. This environment: how fluids move and exert forces; how introductory course provides students who have an organisms swim, fly, and utilize fluids for circulation; advanced background in mechanics with an and the role of fluid motion in understanding weather alternative pathway into physics by exploring and climate. Examples include: how organisms adapt applications of introductory physics through a to a fluid environment; how hurricanes work; why the modern perspective. Examples will be drawn from eyes of fish are not in the front; how insects walk on topics such as quantum physics, materials and water; the dynamics of flight; the physics of rain; and nanoscience, biophysics, chaos and fluid motion, and the predictability of the weather. Intended for relativity. This course forms a year-long sequence with students not majoring in the sciences. No prerequisite, Physics 106: Fundamental Physics II (Electricity and but basic high school physics concepts like Magnetism) in the spring semester. Prerequisites: momentum and energy, and quantitative reasoning Calculus at the level of Mathematics 114 plus skills, will be used. Does not count toward the major. significant prior experience in calculus-based Typically offered in alternate years. introductory physics (mechanics) at the level of Physics 105, such as the Advanced Placement Physics C course (or an International Baccalaureate "higher 108 Physics in Modern Medicine NA level" course), with laboratory. S.Amador Kane This course introduces the nonscientist to many of the technologies used in modern medicine and the basic 152 Freshman Seminar in Astrophysics NA (Cross- physical principles"which underlie them. Topics will listed in Astronomy) include: laser surgery, ultrasound imaging, S.Boughn laparoscopic surgery, diagnostic x-ray imaging, nuclear Prerequisite: Physics 101a or 105a and concurrent medicine, computed tomography (CAT) scans, enrollment in Physics 102b or 106b (or Bryn Mawr magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans, and equivalents). radiation therapy. Safety issues involved in the use of each technique will be considered in depth, and discussions will include societal implications of the 211 Laboratory in Electronics and Wave Physics growing use of technology in medicine. No NA prerequisites. Does not count toward the major. S.Amador Kane, J. Gollub, S.Shelley Typically offered in alternate years. The first half of this laboratory is an introduction to analog electronics and instrumentation. The second half includes experiments in waves and optics. May be 111 Energy Options, and Science Policy NA taken concurrently with Physics 213. Prerequisite: J.Gollub Physics 102 or 106. Examination of the process by which scientists influence policy, seen through the lens of energy issues. The course considers the science behind 212 Laboratory in Quantum Physics NA various sustainable energy options, including solar S.Amador Kane, S.Shelley heat and electricity, wind and tidal power, and Experiments related to quantum physics, including efficient methods of heating and refrigeration. It also nuclear spectroscopy, superconductivity, scanning examines the efforts of the National Academies to tunneling microscopy, electron diffraction, spin provide objective policy advice on the complex resonance, and laser amplification. May be taken decisions involving energy alternatives. Prerequisite: concurrently with Physics 214. Prerequisite: Phys Students are expected to do some quantitative 211f; co-requisite: Phys 214b or equiv. assignments, and to utilize the physical principles discussed in the course, which will sometimes be 213 Waves and Optics NA/QU expressed in mathematical form. A college level 'Moreno mathematics course is recommended. Willingness to Vibrations and waves in mechanical, electronic, and engage in quantitative reasoning is required. For optical systems with an introduction to related example, students will estimate quantitatively the mathematical methods such as Fourier analysis. reduction in hydrocarbon consumption that could be Topics include free and driven oscillations, resonance, achieved by converting building heating to heat superposition, coupled oscillators and normal modes, pumps. Another example would be to estimate the traveling waves, Maxwell's equations and energy required for a plane to fly (per mile) based on electromagnetic waves, interference, and diffraction. fundamental physical principles, and to compare the Recent applications of wave optics (e.g., to estimate to the actual performance of modern aircraft. astronomy) will be included. Physics 211, a related Does not count toward the major. laboratory half-course is required for majors, and may be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: Phys 102 or 106 and Math 114 or 120 or equiv.

184 Physics

214 Introductory Quantum Mechanics NA/QU flows. Prerequisite: Physics 106 or Physics 213. S.Alexander Typically offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr. Introduction to the principles governing systems at the atomic scale. Topics include the experimental basis of quantum mechanics, wave-particle duality, 309 Advanced Electromagnetism NA Schrodinger's equation and solutions in one S.Boughn dimension, time dependence of quantum states, Boundary value problems, multipole fields, dielectric angular momentum, and one-electron atoms. Recent and magnetic materials; electromagnetic waves, developments, such as paradoxes calling attention to propagation in dielectric media, conductors and the remarkable behavior of quantum systems, or waveguides; gauge transformations, radiating systems. quantum computing, will be discussed. Multi-electron Prerequisite: Phys 1066 or 213a or BMC equiv. atoms and nuclei will be considered if time allows. Typically offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr. Physics 212, a related laboratory half-course is required for majors, and may be taken concurrently. 316 Electronic Instrumentation and Computers Prerequisite: Phys 213a or consent. NA W. Smith, S.Amador Kane 302 Advanced Quantum Mechanics NA An introduction to modern electronic design, with an P.Love emphasis on scientific applications. Topics covered A continuation of the study of quantum mechanics will include operational amplifier circuits, filters, begun in 214. Topics include matrix mechanics and electronic measurement and signal processing, digital spin, many-particle systems, perturbation theory and electronics, and computer design and interfacing. scattering theory. A variety of physical systems will be Prerequisite: Physics 211. Typically offered in alternate treated as examples, including simple atoms and years. solids. Prerequisite: Physics 214. Typically offered yearly in alternation with Bryn Mawr. 320 Introduction to Biophysics NA S.Amador Kane 303 Statistical Physics NA A one-semester introduction to important topics in J.Gollub modern biophysics, drawn from the following list: Treatment of many particle systems using classical and single molecule techniques for measuring mechanical quantum statistics and ensembles to derive the laws of properties of proteins, DNA and other biopolymers, thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. This computational and experimental methods for course includes applications to the thermal properties determining the structure of proteins and nucleic of matter (solids, liquids and gases), photon, and acids, the physical chemistry of membranes, phonon systems. Prerequisite: Physics 21413 or applications of statistical physics in neural networks, consent. Typically offered yearly in alternation with artificial evolution and bioinformatics, and the Bryn Mawr. interplay between biology and nanofabrication. Prerequisite: Biology 200 and either Physics 214 or Chemistry 304, or the Bryn Mawr equivalents, or 304 Computational Physics NA/QU (Cross-listed permission of the instructor. Typically offered in in Computer Science) alternate years. P.Love An introduction to the methods and problems of computational physics. The course explores areas of 322 Solid State Physics NA physics which require computation for their study S.Alexander including: effects of air resistance and rotation in Structural and electronic properties of solids, Newtonian mechanics; fields and potentials in including both crystalline and non-crystalline electromagnetism; simulation of nonlinear systems materials, band theory, semiconductors, optical and chaos; stochastic algorithms and statistical properties and elementary excitations. Applications of mechanics. Prerequisite: Jr. standing. Physics 213 and solid state phenomena in computer science and either CMSC 105 or extensive experience with a engineering will be explored to a limited extent. programming language or consent. Typically offered in Prerequisite: Physics 214b. Typically offered yearly in alternate years. alternation with Bryn Mawr.

308 Mechanics of Discrete and Continuous 326 Advanced Physics Laboratory NA Systems NA W.Smith P.Love Design, execution, and analysis of significant Classical mechanics of systems of particles, and also experiments, which change from year to year. Those continua such as fluids, including oscillations and presently available include studies of microfluidics, chaos, Lagrangian mechanics, dynamics of systems of atomic spectroscopy, cosmic ray physics, laser particles, the Navier-Stokes equations of fluids, and tweezers, x-ray diffraction and materials synthesis, applications to diverse physical phenomena that may superconductivity, sensor technologies, and chaotic vary from year to year, e.g. waves, vortices, rotating dynamics. The course emphasizes the effective use of fluids, flight, instabilities, turbulence, and biological contemporary experimental tools, including low-noise 185 measurement techniques, laboratory computers, and turbulence. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. optical methods. Prerequisite: Physics 212 or consent. Advanced lab experience preferred. Typically offered in alternate years. 459 Teaching Laboratory Physics NA 335 Advanced Topics in Theoretical Physics J.Gollub NA/QU Study of the principles and practices of laboratory S.Alexander instruction in physics through association with staff in An introduction to advanced theoretical physics. The the Physics 102 laboratory. The student will interact central ideas covered will include: the use of symmetry with students in the laboratory sessions, prepare and in physics, non-euclidean geometry and curved spaces, deliver a pre-laboratory lecture, critique the advanced concepts of quantum theory. The course descriptive materials for at least one experiment, and will address these topics by providing an introduction develop a new experiment appropriate to the course. to one of the following areas of advanced theoretical This development work will include both written physics: general relativity, quantum information materials and the design and construction of a theory, quantum field theory, particle physics. The working prototype. This experiment and the 102 specific topic will be determined by the instructor and laboratory program as a whole will be evaluated in a will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: Jr. standing. final paper. Prerequisite: Open to Jr. & Sr. Phys and Phys 213 and 214 or consent. Typically offered in Astr Majors only. alternate years. 460 Association in Teaching Basic Physics NA 399 Senior Seminar NA S.Alexander S.Amador Kane Study of the principles and practices of lecture A capstone experience for seniors in physics meeting instruction in physics through association with staff in biweekly throughout the year. An introduction to Physics 101. The student will attend and critique scientific writing and talks; scientific ethics; graduate course lectures; prepare, practice, and deliver a lecture; study in physics and astronomy; different possible develop a lecture demonstration to be used in his or careers for physics and astronomy majors, both within her lecture; participate in the preparation of the field and outside science; preparation and examination problems and their evaluation; address presentation of senior papers and colloquia; student questions in the physics clinic; and write an attendance at lectures by distinguished visitors; and evaluative final paper. Prerequisite: Open to senior discussions of student and faculty research projects in physics and astronomy majors. the department. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 480 Independent Study NA 412 Research in Theoretical Physics NA S.Alexander S.Alexander Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Independent research on current problems in theoretical physics, with emphasis on particle physics and theoretical cosmology. Prerequisite: Consent of 493 Interdisciplinary Examinations of Biologically Significant Research NA (Cross-listed in Biology Instructor. and Chemistry and Psychology) R.Fairman 413 Research in Biophysics NA S.Amador Kane COURSES AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE Experimental research on the functionality and the statistical mechanics of biophysical systems. Current Many upper-level physics courses are taught at Bryn experiments include mechanical measurements of Mawr and Haverford in alternate years. These courses biopolymers, and computational studies of artificial (numbered 302, 303, 308, 309) may be taken evolution. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. interchangeably to satisfy major requirements. Advanced lab experience preferred.

415 Research in Nanoscale Physics NA W.Smith Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Advanced lab experience preferred.

417 Research in Nonlinear Physics and Fluid Dynamics NA J. Gollub Experimental research on problems involving nonlinear phenomena, instabilities and pattern formation, chaotic dynamics, granular materials, and

186 POLITICAL SCIENCE

The political science curriculum seeks to address for those in the student's third subfield, where this issues of power, citizenship, and justice in the serves to complement and strengthen the student's United States and throughout the world. Our work within the political science department. For courses explore political processes and governmental example, a student concentrating in international institutions from multiple vantage points - at the politics might offer international economics courses grassroots, the nation-state, and the global as a subfield; or a student in political theory-social community - and from a variety of theoretical, and political philosophy courses; or a student in conceptual, historical, and experiential perspectives. comparative politics-courses in an area study; or a Our goal is to provide students with a deep student in American politics-social policy courses, understanding of the core concepts and practices of and so forth. politics and government while developing the analytical, research, and writing skills that will 3. All senior majors write a thesis and complete an enable them to think critically and creatively about oral defense of the thesis through enrollment in 400. existing structures of power and privilege. In doing so, we hope to nurture a life-long fascination and 4. Related Studies: Four courses outside political engagement with the political realm. science at Haverford or Bryn Mawr College which are related to the major. Some examples of possible POLITICAL SCIENCE FACULTY interests around which the courses could cluster are: Professor Harvey Glickman, Emeritus American or other area studies; political and social Professor Sidney R. Waldman theory; international affairs; environmental policies; Associate Professor Anita Isaacs urban affairs; intermediate and advanced foreign Associate Professor Steve McGovern, Chair language work related to work in the major; or Associate Professor Cristina Beltran courses from one or more of the other social Assistant Professor Craig Borowiak sciences. Assistant Professor Susanna Wing Assistant Professor Barak Mendelsohn Visiting Professor Sanford Schram POLITICAL SCIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR Honors will be awarded to senior majors who, in the REQUIREMENTS Department's judgment, have demonstrated Courses fall into five subfields of the discipline of excellence in their course work in political science political science: American politics (A); comparative and senior thesis. High honors may be granted to a politics (C); international politics (I); global very select number of senior majors who have governance (G); and political theory (T). The attained an outstanding level of distinction in their following is required of all majors: political science courses and senior thesis.

1. Two one-semester courses are required to enter POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES the major: 121, 123, 131, 151, 161, and 171 at Haverford; 121, 131, 141, 151 at Bryn Mawr 121 American Politics and Its Dynamics (A) SO College. These courses must represent two different S. Waldman subfields. The dynamics of the political process as seen in the Congress, the Presidency, and the judiciary. The role 2. Seven elective courses above the 100-level, of interest groups, public opinion, and the political including at least two 300-level research seminars. culture are also examined. The 300-level research seminars must be taken with at least two different faculty members and are open 123 American Politics: Difference and to seniors and juniors, and sophomores with the Discrimination (A) SO (Cross-listed in African and consent of the instructor. One of the 300-level Africana Studies and Gender and Sexuality Studies) research seminars must be taken during the fall S.McGovern semester of the senior year. The combination of Introduction to American politics and government introductory and elective courses is expected to through the perspective of individuals who have include representation of three of the five subfields, experienced discrimination, including people of color, with work at the intermediate or advanced level in at the poor, women, and gays and lesbians. Particular least two subfields. Some courses may count in attention to how the political system maintains either of the two subfields but not in both. inequality with respect to race, class, gender, and sexual orientation and the extent to which it provides With the consent of a member of the department, opportunities for empowerment. students may substitute two or three intermediate- or advanced-level courses from another department

187 131 Comparative Government and Politics (C) SO 224 The American Presidency (A) SO S. Wing S. Waldman An introduction to basic concepts and themes in The institution of the Presidency in the past few comparative politics analyzed through case studies decades; how the President relates to 1) Congress, 2) from around the world. Themes include political others in the executive branch, 3) his party, and 4) the authority and governance structures; political culture public. Prerequisite: Pols 121 or 123 or consent. and identity politics; political participation and representation; and political economy. 225 Mobilization Politics (A) SO S.McGovern 151 International Politics (I) SO (Cross-listed in Explores how ordinary citizens in the U.S. seek to Peace and Conflict Studies) advance their interests, both inside and outside of the B.Mendelsohn conventional political system. Evaluation of theories An introduction to the major issues and trends in of contentious politics with an emphasis on social world politics, especially since World War II: realism movements, public interest groups, direct democracy, and idealism, bi-polarity and multi-polarity, and community organizing. Prerequisite: Political emergence of the Third World, role of force and Science 1-21 or 123 or consent of instructor. diplomacy, the post-Cold War era, foreign policy- making, the United Nations, and humanitarian intervention. 226 Social Movement Theory (A) SO S.McGovern Theoretical analysis of origins and development of 161 The Politics of Globalization (G) SO mass-based protest movements in the U.S. Scholarly C Borowiak explanations of recruitment of individuals, modes of . An introduction to the major academic and policy organization and leadership, strategies and tactics, debates over globalization and global governance. Key countermovements, and the impact of movements on themes will include: sovereignty, free/fair trade; policy and politics. Prerequisite: Political Science 121 immigration; anti-globalization and violence; or 123 or consent of instructor. democratic governance and international economic institutions; and the global justice movement. 227 Urban Politics (A) SO S.McGovern 171 Introduction to Political Theory: Democratic Examines who wields power in American cities amidst Authority (1) SO broad social and economic change. Includes both CBeltran historical and contemporary analysis of urban politics, An introduction to central concepts of political life with close attention to the influence of race, ethnicity, through exploring the questions and problems and class. Prerequisite: Pols 121 or 123 or consent. surrounding democratic freedom, power, authority and citizenship. Reading from ancient, modern, and contemporary sources, literary as well as philosophical, 228 Urban Policy (A) SO American as well as European, will be included. S.McGovern Assessment of public policies aimed at revitalizing U.S. cities following several decades of 200 Religion and Liberalism HU (Cross-listed in suburbanization and capital disinvestment. Focus on Religion) economic development, housing and community T.Johnson development, environmental protection, transportation, education, crime, and the management of regional sprawl. Prerequisite: Political 211 The Soviet System and Its Demise SO (Cross- Science 121 or 123 or consent of instructor. listed in Economics and Russian) V.Kontorovich Prerequisite: Two one-sem courses in Econ, Pols, or 229 Latino Politics in the U.S. (A,T) SO (Cross- Hist. listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies and Latin American and Iberian Studies) C Beltran 223 American Political Process: The Congress (A) Political thought and practice of Latinos and Latinas SO in the U.S.; ways in which ethnicity, gender, sexuality, S. Waldman and class affect the quest for economic and political Functional and behavioral analysis of the policy- empowerment. Prerequisite: One course in political making process in Congress, from the electoral science or consent of instructor. process as it affects Congress to the distribution of power and influence in Congress, and the relations of Congress with the Executive Branch. Prerequisite: 230 Topics in Comparative Politics (C) SO Political Science 121 or 123 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: One course in comparative politics or international politics or consent of instructor.

188 Political Science

232 Peace Building: Reintegration, Reconciliation, individual papers, students explore the history and and Reconstruction (C,I) SO (Cross-listed in Latin current state of policy in select issue areas and American and Iberian Studies) formulate alternatives, with the objective of A.Isaacs promoting better understanding and enhancing Peace building in the aftermath of civil war. mutual cooperation between the United States and Combines theory with case studies in exploring triple Latin America. An outside evaluator critiques the challenges of reintegration (demilitarization and policy report. Prerequisite: One course in political refugee repatriation); reconciliation (alternative science or Latin American studies or consent of approaches to dealing with wartime violations of instructor. human rights); and reconstruction (fostering democracy and socio-economic development). Prerequisite: One course in political science or peace 242 Women in War and Peace (C) SO (Cross-listed studies, and field experience. in Gender and Sexuality Studies and Peace and Conflict Studies) S. Wing 233 Perspectives on Civil War and Revolution: Analysis of the complex issues surrounding women as Southern Europe and Central America (C) SO political actors and the ways in which citizenship (Cross-listed in History) relates to men and women differently. Selected cases A.Isaacs, A.Kitroeff from the United States, Africa, Latin America, and An examination of the history and politics of civil war Asia are studied as we discuss gender, domestic and revolution. A central concern is theories of politics, and international relations from a global revolution, guerrilla warfare and counterinsurgency, in perspective. Prerequisite: One course in political light of Southern European (Greece and Spain) and science or consent of instructor. Central American (El Salvador, Guatemala, and Nicaragua) experiences. Prerequisite: One course in history or one course in political science. 247 Political Economy of Developing Countries (C) SO (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) 235 African Politics (C) SO (Cross-listed in African S. Wing and Africana Studies and Peace and Conflict Explores concepts and dynamics of political and Studies) economic reform in developing countries and the H. Glickman social and international context in which policy is Analysis of political change in Africa from the colonial formulated and implemented. Combines theories of period to contemporary politics. Selected case studies development with case studies from Africa, Latin will be used to address central themes including America and Asia. Prerequisite: One course in democracy, human rights, gender, interstate relations, comparative politics or international politics or economic development, and globalization. consent of instructor. Prerequisite: A course in political science or consent of instructor. 252 International Politics of the Middle East (I) SO 237 Latin American Politics (C) SO (Cross-listed B.Mendelsohn in Latin American and Iberian Studies) A.Isaacs Processes of political change in selected Latin 253 Introduction to Terrorism Studies SO American countries. Theoretical approaches will be B.Mendelsohn combined with case studies in assessing processes of After being marginalized in international relations revolutionary change, military rule, and scholarship for years, in the aftermath of 9/11 democratization. Prerequisite: One course in political terrorism has moved to the forefront of scholarly science or consent of instructor. interest. The purpose of this course is to survey the various theories concerning terrorism from diverse perspectives employing rationalist and psychological 239 The United States and Latin America (C) SO theories to explain terrorism-related phenomena. (Cross-listed in Latin American and Iberian Prerequisite: None. Studies) A.Isaacs Prerequisite: One course in Pols or consent. 256 The Evolution of the Jihadi Movement (I) SO B.Mendehohn This course explores the evolution of the jihadi 240 Inter-American Dialogue (I) SO (Cross-listed movement, focusing on its ideological development in Latin American and Iberian Studies) throughout the twentieth century, and the structural A.Isaacs changes it has gone through since the jihad to drive Examines major issues in Inter-American Relations the Soviets out of Afghanistan during the 1980s. from United States and Latin American perspectives. Prerequisite: Political Science 131, 151, or 161 or Conference format: Working in sub-committees, consent of instructor. contributing to a collective policy report and writing 189 257 The State System (I) SO (Cross-listed in Peace 271 The Politics of Pop: Culture, Capitalism, and Conflict Studies) Consumption and the Clash (1) SO B.Mendelsohn Staff Theoretical and policy issues growing out of the state This course in political theory addresses the political system model of international politics. Selected case implications of popular culture. Melding theory with studies in foreign policy and international political specific case studies, the course situates music, economy and issues in regional sub-systems and consumerism, and television in the context of power, North-South relations also are studied. Prerequisite: capitalism, citizenship, and the practice of democratic One course in International politics or consent of politics. Prerequisite: One course in political science or instructor. consent of instructor.

258 The Politics of International Institutions (I) 272 Democratic Theory: Membership, Citizenship SO (Cross-listed in Peace and Conflict Studies) and Community (1) SO B.Mendelsohn C.Beltran The role of the United Nations and regional Particular attention will be paid to questions of organizations in the settlement of international identity in the American context (Chicano/Latino, disputes; patterns of global bargaining in international African-American, gay/lesbian, etc.) and the institutions and regimes are considered. Prerequisite: relationship between group identity and democracy in One course in international politics or comparative the critical examination of the relationship between politics or consent of instructor. democratic theory and practice. Topics include political freedom, civil disobedience and political obligation, civic and social equality, political 259 American Foreign Policy (I) SO legitimacy, and the relationship of the individual to Glickman H. the community. Prerequisite: 1 course in Pol Theory Prerequisite: One course in international relations or or Am Pol or consent. comparative government. Sophomore standing or above. 276 American Political Thought from Founding to Civil War (A,T) SO 261 Global Civil Society (G) SO CBeltran C.Borowiak An examination of American historical thinking on a An introduction to the theories and debates behind variety of political topics dealing with the American the concept of a global civil society, and the role of founding. Beginning with the nation's birth in transnational civil society actors in shaping global conquest and its repeated struggles over social governance. Case studies of specific transnational subordination, we will explore some of the most networks, movements, and coalitions will be important ways in which both dominant and examined. Prerequisite: One course in political science dissident figures have handled such themes as or consent of instructor. revolution, authority, community, equality, liberty, slavery, and war. The course examines American 262 Human Rights and Global Politics (G) SO responses to fundamental questions about the C.Borowiak appropriate scope of federal and state power, the Critically examines the principles, history and practice workings of constitutional democracy, the meaning of underlying the international human rights regimes. citizenship and national identity, and the character of Will explore theoretical debates over the cultural American political culture. Prerequisite: Political specificity of human rights, policy debates over Science 121, 123 or 171 or consent of instructor. national sovereignty and international law, and questions of accountability for human rights abuses. 277 American Political Thought Post Civil War Attention will also be paid to the impact of (A,T) SO globalization and the role of civil society in the human C Beltran rights movement. Prerequisite: One course in political An examination of American historical and science or consent of instructor. contemporary thinking on a variety of political topics. The course explores American responses to 265 Politics, Markets and Theories of Capitalism fundamental questions about the appropriate scope of (G) SO federal and state power, the workings of constitutional C.Borowiak democracy, the meaning of citizenship and national Theoretical approach to the role of politics and identity, and the character of American political markets in modern capitalism. Draws from the history culture. An exploration of both the mainstream of political economic thought (including Adam tradition and some branches of the counter tradition Smith, Marx, Karl Polanyi, Schumpeter and Hayek) of political ideas in America, focusing on the themes and from contemporary political economists to of community, equality, authority, liberty, and address the meanings of "capitalism" and the effects of individualism. Prerequisite: Political Science 121, 123, global markets on domestic politics. Prerequisite: One 171, or 276, or consent of instructor. course in political science or consent of instructor.

190 Political Science

281 Developing Questions, Finding Answers: collective violence, revolutions and genocide and asks Political Science and the Conduct of Inquiry SO about the contribution and the responsibility of the Staff international community to resolving civil strife. This class provides an introduction into the Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or consent of techniques of social science research. Useful for instructor. anyone preparing to write a senior thesis, the course will provide an opportunity for the students to create 336 Democracy and Democratization (C) SO an original research design and gain experience in a range of qualitative methods. Prerequisite: One course A.Isaacs The processes of democratization in historical and in political science or consent of instructor. comparative perspective. It investigates the meaning of democracy and assesses factors that facilitate or 285 Religion and the Limits of Liberalism HU impede democratic transition and durability; (Cross-listed in Religion) including strategies of elites, civil society and external TJohnson actors, civil-military relations, institutional design and the relationship between democratization and economic transformation. Prerequisite: Junior or 314 Strategic Advocacy: Lobbying & Interest senior standing or consent of instructor. Group Politics in Washington, D.C. SO R. Christie 339 Transitional Justice (C) SO A.Isaacs 315 Public Policy Analysis (A) SO Challenges of transitional justice -- confronting S. Waldman human rights violations in the aftermath of violent Each student will select a public policy to analyze, conflict and repressive dictatorship. We will address looking at the nature of the problem being addressed questions raised in transitional justice studies, as well as benefits, costs, and risks. Alternative policy focusing on purpose, goals and implications, and solutions to the problem will be examined and a final assessing practical experiences with key transitional proposal put forward. Prerequisite: Jr. or Sr. standing justice mechanisms, including truth commissions, or consent. trials and reparations. Prerequisite: Jr. or Sr. standing or consent. 320 Democracy in America (A) SO S.McGovern 340 Postcolonialism and the Politics of Nation- This seminar assesses the condition of participatory building (C) SO (Cross-listed in African and and representative democracy in the United States Africana Studies) today. Prerequisite: Jr. or Sr. standing or consent. S. Wing An examination of the challenges of nation-building in postcolonial states. Explores ethnicity, democracy, 325 Grassroots Politics in Philadelphia (A) SO citizenship and legal reform. Theoretical approaches S.McGovern are combined with case studies from Africa, Southeast Advanced seminar on city politics, public policy, and Prerequisite: grassroots activism. Traditional seminar format Asia and other regions of the world. Junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. combined with an experiential learning component featuring internships with city government agencies, public interest groups, or community-based 345 Islam, Democracy and Development (C) SO organizations in Philadelphia. Prerequisite: Two (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) courses in political science and/or urban studies, or S. Wing consent of instructor; limited to juniors and seniors. An examination of political dynamics of Islam. Islam is analyzed with respect to democracy, human rights, cultural pluralism, and development. Case studies 330 Topics in Comparative Politics (C) SO (Cross- from Africa, Europe and other regions of the world listed in Latin American and Iberian Studies) Prerequisite: Jr. or Sr. standing or Prerequisite: One course in comparative politics or will be explored. consent of instructor. consent.

350 Topics in International Politics (I) SO 334 Politics of Violence (C) SO (Cross-listed in and Peace and Conflict Studies) B.Mendelsohn A course in international or comparative A.Isaacs Prerequisite: politics or consent of instructor. Examines the evolution, the nature and the causes of violent, intra-state conflict. It pays attention to assessing alternative explanations that include the fear 357 International Relations Theory: Conflict and and insecurity provoked by failing states, resource the Middle East (I) SO scarcity and the spread of infectious disease and/or a B.Mendelsohn manipulative and self-serving leadership. It places these conflicts in the context of writings about 191 Conflicts in the Middle East since World War I. An advanced seminar focusing on the ways in which Cleavages are discussed that have contributed to the feminist theory can inform and shape our emergence of violent conflicts in the region and understanding of Western political thought. discusses particular conflicts. Prerequisite: Jr. or Sr. Prerequisite: One course in political theory or consent standing or consent. of instructor.

358 The War on Terrorism (I) SO 400 Senior Thesis SO B.Mendelsohn S.McGovern Exposes students to the broad range of activities This course consists of tutorials and intensive research, undertaken within the framework of the global war on culminating in a senior thesis. Prerequisite: Limited to terrorism and to enhance understanding of the diverse political science senior majors. military and political challenges comprising this confrontation. The seminar surveys the multiple components of the war on terrorism and examines 460 Teaching Assistant SO them through several relevant analytical prisms. The S. Waldman course also discusses the implications of the war on terrorism for foreign policy and international relations 480 Independent Study SO theory. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or S.McGovern consent of instructor INTERMEDIATE COURSES 361 Democracy and Global Governance (G) SO 286 Religion and American Public Life [A] HU C. Borowiak (Cross-listed in Religion) Examination of contemporary theoretical and T.Johnson practical debates about the extension of democratic principles beyond the nation-state. This course will explore sources of legitimacy in world politics and COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR consider innovative ways to cope with global power COLLEGE asymmetries and democratic deficits caused by globalization. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or 121 American Politics consent of instructor. 131 Comparative Politics 141 International Politics 362 Global Justice SO 205 European Politics C.Borowiak 206 Conflict & Conflict Management An examination of issues of justice that cross national 220 Constitutional Law borders, including world poverty and global 228 Western Political Philosophy (Ancient and distributive justice, corporate accountability, Early Modern) humanitarian intervention, and global environmental 231 Western Political Theory (Modern) justice. Readings chosen from recent works in political 241 The Politics of International Law and philosophy and globalization studies. Prerequisite: At Institutions least one 100-level & one 200-level course in political 243 African and Caribbean Perspectives in World science or consent of instructor. Politics 245 Philosophy of Law 251 Politics and the Mass Media 365 Solidarity Economy Movements SO 253 Feminist Theory C.Borowiak 254 Bureaucracy and Democracy An intensive research seminar critically examining the 279 State/Transformation/Conflict politics, theory and social networks behind solidarity 283 Modern Middle East/North Africa economy movements that seek to create solidarity- 284 Modernity and its Discontents based alternatives to capitalism. Includes study of the 310 Comparative Public Policy fair trade movement, eco-villages, cooperative 316 Ethnic Group Politics movements, and participatory budgeting, among 320 Greek Political Philosophy other initiatives. Prerequisite: One 200-level political 321 Technology and Politics science course. 327 Political Philosophy: 1950-Present 333 The Policy Making Process 347 Advanced Issues in Peace and Conflict 370 Topics in Political Theory (1) SO 348 Culture and Ethnic Conflict C. Beltran 358 Political Psychology and Ethnic Conflict Prerequisite: Jr. or Sr. standing or consent. 362 Environmental Policy in Comparative Perspective 379 Feminist Political Theory (T) SO 383 Islamic Reform and Radicalism CBeltran 385 Democracy and Development 391 International Political Economy

192 PSYCHOLOGY

The psychology program is designed to help NEURAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE students understand the causes, functions, CONCENTRATION development, and evolution of behavior and Haverford psychology majors may also elect to do a experience. It aims to integrate this understanding concentration in neural and behavioral sciences. See with biological, sociocultural, and philosophical catalog entry for Neural and Behavioral Sciences perspectives on behavior. The department also Concentration for relevant requirements. emphasizes the development of competence in all aspects of psychological research, ranging from the creation of research questions to the analysis and PSYCHOLOGY REQUIREMENTS FOR reporting of research findings. HONORS Honors will be awarded to majors who show PSYCHOLOGY FACULTY exceptionally high attainment in their course work Proftssor Douglas A. Davis, Emeritus and whose work in Senior Research or Senior Thesis Professor Sidney I. Perloe, Emeritus and related research courses are of superior quality. Professor Marilyn G. Boltz (on leave 2009-2010) Professor Wendy F. Sternberg PSYCHOLOGY COURSES Associate Professor Rebecca J. Compton, Chair Assistant Professor Benjamin Le 100 Foundations of Psychology SO Assistant Professor Jennifer Lilgendahl R.Barnes, B.Le, Jagendah4 A,Neeren Visiting Assistant Professor Amy Neeren An introduction to the study of mind and behavior. Visiting Assistant Professor Ralph Barnes Topics include biological, cognitive, personality, abnormal, and social psychology, as well as a general PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR consideration of the empirical approach to the study of behavior. Typically offered every Semester. REQUIREMENTS One semester of introductory psychology: Psyc 100 Foundations of Psychology; Psyc 200 Experimental 200 Experimental Methods and Statistics SO/QU Methods and Statistics, or Bryn Mawr Psyc 205. Six R. Compton additional psychology courses beyond the Three hours lecture, one 90-mintue lab/week plus introductory level, with at least one taken from each time spent collecting data outside of scheduled lab of the following groups: a) Social and Personality hours. A general overview of the experimental method Psychology — 215, 221, 224, 225, 250, 309, 325; b) and its use in the psychological study of behavior, Biological Psychology — 217, 221, 240, 250, 260, coupled with in-depth treatment of statistics as 370; c) Cognition — 213, 220, 238, 260. Two of applied to psychology research. Lab exercises focus on these six courses must be taken with their associated designing experiments, collecting data, applying 1/2 credit laboratory course. Lab courses should be statistical methods (using a commercial data analysis completed by the end of the junior year. Either of software package), and presenting data through the following senior thesis options must also be written assignments. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or consent completed: a) two semesters of empirical senior of instructor. research or b) a one semester non-empirical senior thesis and an additional psychology course beyond 213 Memory and Cognition SO the introductory level. Students expecting to go on R.Barnes to graduate study in any area of psychology are An interdisciplinary study of ways in which memory strongly advised to choose the empirical research and other cognitive processes manifest themselves in option. Equivalent courses at Bryn Mawr or other everyday life. Topics addressed include memory for institutions (with permission of the department) are faces and geographical locations; advertising; accepted as fulfilling major requirements. eyewitness testimony; autobiographical memory; metacognition; mood and memory; biological bases of cognition; human factors; decision-making; and PSYCHOLOGY MINOR cognitive diversity. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or consent REQUIREMENTS of instructor. The Haverford minor in psychology consists of six credits in psychology including: Psyc 100: 215 Introduction to Personality Psychology SO Foundations of Psychology, and five additional J.Lilgendahl psychology courses beyond the introductory level, An examination of the fundamental issues and with at least one taken from two of the following questions addressed by personality psychology, groups: a) Social and Personality Psychology — 215, including: What is personality? What are its 224, 225, 250, 325; b) Biological Psychology — 217, underlying processes and mechanisms? How does 240, 250, 260, 350, 370; c) Cognition — 213, 220, personality develop and change over time? What 238, 260. 193 constitutes a healthy personality? This course will 225 Self and Identity SO explore these questions by considering evidence from J.Lilgendahl several major approaches to personality (trait, Who am I? How do I feel about myself? What is the psychodynamic, humanistic, and social-cognitive), story of my life? How people answer such questions and it will encourage students to develop a dynamic and the implications of their answers, both over time understanding of human personality that is situated and across situations in their lives, are the issues that within biological, social, and cultural contexts. are at the heart of this course on self and identity. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or consent of instructor. Through a combination of lecture and discussion, we will examine the literature on self and identity from multiple disciplinary perspectives (biological, 217 Biological Psychology NA (Cross-listed in developmental, personality, social, and clinical) and Biology) apply scientific concepts to the analysis of socially W.Sternberg important issues, current events, popular culture, and Interrelations between brain, behavior, and subjective our own life experiences. Specific topics to be experience. The course introduces students to addressed include self and identity development in physiological psychology through consideration of childhood and adolescence, self-esteem and its current knowledge about the mechanisms of mind consequences, gender and self, culture and ethnic and behavior. Prerequisite: An intro course in Psyc or identity development, stigmatized selves and Biol or consent of instructor. prejudice, and the connection between self/identity and mental health. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or consent 220 The Psychology of Time SO of instructor. MBoltz An examination of the various ways in which time is 238 Psychology of Language SO (Cross-listed in experienced and influences psychological behavior. Linguistics) Topics include: the perception of rhythm, tempo, and M.Boltz duration; temporal perspective; societal concepts of An interdisciplinary examination of linguistic theory, time; neural substrates of temporal behavior. language evolution, and the psychological processes Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or consent of instructor. involved in using language. Topics include speech Typically offered in alternate years. perception and production, processes of comprehension, language and the brain, language 221 The Primate Origins of Society SO (Cross- learning, language and thought, linguistic diversity, listed in Biology) and conversational interaction. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 S.Perloe or consent of instructor. Social systems formed by monkeys and apes examined as a means of understanding the origins of human 240 Psychology of Pain and Pain Inhibition NA societies. The course considers the relations among W.Sternberg sexual behavior, dominance, territoriality, kinship, An overview of the psychological study of pain and socialization in a variety of species as well as the perception and its inhibition. Topics to be covered influence of ecology and phylogeny on non-human include nervous system mechanisms underlying pain primate social systems. Satisfies an advanced sensation and pain inhibition, pain as a scientific requirement for the Neural and Behavioral Sciences discipline, and pain as a clinical problem. Prerequisite: concentration. Prerequisite: An intro course in one of Psyc 100 or consent of instructor. the following: Anth, Biol, Psyc, or Sod or consent of instructor. 250 Biopsychology of Emotion SO R. Compton 224 Social Psychology SO Investigates the biological underpinnings of emotional B.Le behavior and personality. Topics include This course is designed as an in-depth exploration philosophical issues in relating biology and emotion; into the field of social psychology. Topics including the functional adaptiveness of emotion; brain systems impression formation, perceiving groups, social involved in fear, depression, and pleasure; the identity, attitudes/persuasion, social influence, group influence of hormones on mood; the roles of the left processes, aggression/altruism, and interpersonal and right hemispheres in emotion; and biological attraction will be discussed. In addition to these contributions to individual differences in traits such as specific topic areas, overarching themes and shyness and happiness. May satisfy an advanced theoretical issues within the field of social psychology requirement for the Neural and Behavioral Sciences will be emphasized throughout the course. Students concentration. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or consent of will become familiar with the research that has instructor. contributed to the current social psychology knowledge base. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or consent of instructor. 260 Cognitive Neuroscience NA Staff An examination of the neural basis of higher mental functions such as object recognition, attention, 19,4 Psychology memory, spatial functions, language, and -decision- 324 Laboratory in Social Psychology SO making. Major themes include mind/brain B.Le relationships, localization of function, and the Students will become familiar with the plasticity of the brain. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or methodological and measurement practices that are consent of instructor. commonly employed in social psychological research. Both experimental and survey methodologies will be explored, with students completing activities and 309 Abnormal Psychology SO projects to gain relevant research experience. A.Neeren Prerequisite: Psyc 100; Psyc 200; and prior or A review of major clinical and theoretical literature concurrent enrollment in Psyc 224. pertaining to the definition, etiology, and treatment of important forms of psychopathology. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or consent of instructor. Offered occasionally. 325 Theory and Research in Dyadic Processes SO B.Le This course is designed as an in-depth examination of 313 Laboratory in Memory and Cognition SO the field of close relationships. The major theories of R.Barnes close relationship will be emphasized, including This half-credit laboratory correlate to Psychology examinations of evolutionary, attachment, 213 (Memory and Cognition) will focus on the interdependence, and cognitive approaches. In methods used to investigate the nature of perception, addition, research related to topics such as attraction, memory, and other cognitive behaviors. These various relationship development and maintenance, methodologies will be employed within a set of relationships and health, infidelity, violence in empirical studies designed to investigate particular intimate relationships, and jealousy will be explored, topic areas within the field of cognition. Prerequisite: with methodical concerns discussed within the Psyc 100; Psyc 200; and either prior or concurrent context of each topic. Prerequisite: Psyc 100 or enrollment in Psyc 213. consent of instructor.

315 Laboratory in Personality Psychology SO 330 Laboratory in Neural and Behavioral Science: A.Neeren Behavioral Neuroscience NA An overview of methods used to conduct research on W.Sternberg personality. Through lab activities and class projects, A half-semester lab course introducing neuroscience students will learn about important methodological methodology focused primarily on behavioral, topics within the study of personality, including endocrinological, and pharmacological perspectives to measurement, reliability and validity, different modes understanding nervous system function. Both gross of data collection (self-report questionnaires, neuroanatomy and the microstructure of the nervous interviews and narratives, observational and system will be covered. Prerequisite: Psyc 100; Psyc experimental approaches), and how to analyze and 217 preferred but not required. Offered occasionally. interpret personality data. Prerequisite: Psyc 100; Psyc 200; and prior or concurrent enrollment in Psyc 215. 341 Laboratory in the Psychology of Pain NA W.Sternberg 317 Biological Psychology Laboratory NA A laboratory course offered concurrently with W.Sternberg Psychology 240. This laboratory course covers basic An overview of the methodologies used in biological scientific approaches to the study of pain and its psychology research. Lab exercises include detailed inhibition in laboratory rodents and human subjects. brain anatomy, and conducting experiments on Pain assessment, analgesia, pain modulation and human sensory processing and animal learning. development of nociceptive circuits will be covered. Prerequisite: Psyc 100; Psyc 200; and prior or Students will carry out experiments, analyze data, and concurrent enrollment in Psyc 217. gain proficiency in scientific writing style. Prerequisite: Psyc 100; Psyc 200; and prior or concurrent 320 Laboratory in the Psychology of Time SO enrollment in Psyc 240. M.Boltz An overview of the different methodologies used in 351 Experimental Research and Fieldwork Projects the psychological study of time. During laboratory in Psychology SO sessions, students will explore some different temporal M.Boltz phenomena through the use of the empirical method Advanced level problems of hypothesis formation and and both the collection and analysis of statistical data. definition, data collection, analysis, and report writing Prerequisite: Psyc 100; Psyc 200; and prior or in laboratory and field settings. Before taking the concurrent enrollment in Psyc 220. Typically offered in course, students must have selected the problem on alternate years. which they wish to work. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

195 360 Laboratory in Cognitive Neuroscience NA 395 Senior Research Tutorial in Cognitive R. Compton Neuroscience SO An examination of methodologies used to study the R. Compton neural basis of higher mental functions. Students will Prerequisite: Open to senior Psychology majors. utilize both cognitive and electrophysiological (EEG, Typically of red every Semester. ERP) recording methods, and will examine methodological issues in hemodynamic neuroimaging and the study of patient populations. A half-credit 397 Senior Research Tutorial in Abnormal course. Prerequisite: Psyc 100; Psyc 200; and prior or Psychology SO concurrent enrollment in Psyc 260, A,Neeren Prerequisite: Open to senior Psychology Majors.

370 Neuroscience of Mental Illness NA R. Compton 460 Teaching Assistant SO Examines neuroscientific approaches to psychological Staff disorders such as depression, anxiety disorders, and Leading discussion sections or helping with other schizophrenia. This seminar will draw upon primary course work in introductory psychology. Open to scientific research literature investigating selected majors. neurophysiological and cognitive neuroscience correlates of psychopathology. Both promises and 480 Independent Study SO limitations of current knowledge will be evaluated. M.Boltz Prerequisite: One 200-level course in biological Students should normally plan to rake this course for psychology, such as HC Psyc 217, 250, or 260, or half-credit. BMC Psyc 218.

390 Senior Thesis SO 493 Interdisciplinary Examinations of Biologically Staff Significant Research NA (Cross-listed in Biology Open to senior psychology majors doing a one and Chemistry and Physics) semester thesis in current semester. Prerequisite: Open R.Fairman to senior Psychology majors. Typically offered every Semester. COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 391 Senior Research Tutorial in Cognition SO M.Boltz All Bryn Mawr Psychology courses count toward the Open to senior psychology majors. Prerequisite: Open major at Haverford, with the following designations to senior Psychology majors. Typically offered every (Bryn Mawr courses not listed may count toward the Semester. major, but not toward core area requirements within the major):

392 Senior Research Tutorial in Personality SO Social and Personality Psychology Courses: J.Lilgendahl Psychology 208 Social Psychology Open to senior psychology majors. Prerequisite: Open Psychology 209 Abnormal Psychology to senior Psychology majors. Typically offered every Psychology 305 Psychological Testing Semester. Psychology 351 Developmental Psychopathology

Cognitive Psychology Courses: 393 Senior Research Tutorial in Social Psychology Psychology 212 Human Cognition SO Psychology 323 Cognitive Neuroscience B.Le Open to senior psychology majors. Prerequisite: Open Biological Psychology Courses: to Senior Psychology Majors. Typically offered every Psychology 201 Learning Theory and Behavior Semester. Psychology 218 Behavioral Neuroscience Psychology 395 Psychopharmacology 394 Senior Research Tutorial in Biological Psychology NA W.Sternberg Open to senior psychology majors. Preference given to Neural and Behavioral Science concentrators. Prerequisite: Open to senior Psychology majors.

196 RELIGION A. Religious Traditions in Cultural Context. The The Department of Religion at Haverford views study of religious traditions and the textual, religion as a central aspect of human culture and historical, sociological, and cultural contexts in social life. Religions propose interpretations of which they develop. Critical analysis of reality and shape very particular forms of life. In so formative texts and issues that advance our doing, they make use of many aspects of human notions of religious identities, origins, and culture, including art, architecture, music, ideas. literature, science, and philosophy — as well as B. Religion, Literature, and Representation. The countless forms of popular culture and daily study of religion in relation to literary behavior. Consequently, the fullest and most expressions and other forms of representation, rewarding study of religions is interdisciplinary in such as performance, music, film, and the character, drawing upon approaches and methods plastic arts. from disciplines such as anthropology, comparative C. Religion, Ethics, and Society. The exploration literature and literary theory, gender theory, of larger social issues such as race, gender, and history, philosophy, psychology, political science, identity as they relate to religion and religious and sociology. traditions, Examines how moral principles, cultural values, and ethical conduct help to A central goal of the department is to enable shape human societies. students to become critically informed, These six courses within the area of concentration independent, and creative interpreters of some of must include the department seminar in the major's the religious movements, sacred texts, ideas and area of concentration: Religion 301 for Area A; practices that have decisively shaped human Religion 303 for Area B; Religion 305 for Area C. experience. In their coursework, students develop Where appropriate and relevant to the major's skills in the critical analysis of the texts, images, program, up to three courses for the major may be beliefs, and performances of various religions, drawn from outside the field of religion, subject to including Judaism, Christianity, Islam and departmental approval. Buddhism. Students especially interested in Asian religions may work out a program of study in b. Junior Colloquium: An informal required conjunction with the East Asian Studies gathering of the Junior majors once each semester. department at Haverford and Bryn Mawr and with Students should complete a worksheet in advance in the Religion department at Swarthmore. Like other consultation with their major advisor and bring liberal arts majors, the religion major is meant to copies of the completed worksheet to the meeting. prepare students for a broad array of vocational possibilities. Religion majors typically find careers c. Senior Seminar and Thesis, Religion 399b. in law, public service (including both religious and secular organizations), medicine, business, ministry, d. At least four additional half-year courses drawn and education. Religion majors have also pursued from among outside the major's area of advanced graduate degrees in anthropology, history, concentration. political science, biology, Near Eastern studies, and religious studies. e. At least six of each major's 11 courses must be taken in the Haverford religion department. For more information, see the department Web site Students planning to study abroad should construct at (http://www.haverford.edu/relg/index.html.) their programs in advance with the department. Students seeking religion credit for abroad courses RELIGION FACULTY should write a formal petition to the department Constance and Robert MacCrate Professor in Social upon their return and submit all relevant course Responsibility J. David Dawson materials. Petitioned courses should be included Kies Family Associate Professor in the Humanities within the student's designated area of Anne M. McGuire concentration. Associate Professor Tracey Hucks Assistant Professor Terrence Johnson f. In some rare cases, students may petition the Associate Professor Kenneth Koltun-Fromm department for exceptions to the major Associate Professor Naomi Koltun-Fromm, Chair requirements. Such petitions must be presented to Assistant Professor Travis Zadeh the department for approval in advance.

RELIGION MAJOR REQUIREMENTS g. Final evaluation of the major program will consist of written work, including a thesis, and an oral a. Six courses within one of the department's three examination completed in the context of the Senior areas of concentration: Seminar, Religion 3996.

197 RELIGION REQUIREMENTS FOR From Abraham to Rabbi Judah the Prince, Judaism has been transformed from a local ethnic religious cult HONORS to a broad-based, diverse religion. Many outside Honors and High Honors in religion are awarded cultures and civilizations, from the ancient Persians to on the basis of the quality ,of work in the major and the Imperial Romans, influenced the Jews and in the Senior Thesis (399b). Judaism through language, culture and political contacts. Absorbing and adapting these various and INTRODUCTORY RELIGION COURSES often opposing influences, the Israelite, and then Jewish, community re-invented itself, often 101 Introduction to the Study of Religion [A,B,C] fragmenting into several versions at once. After the HU destruction of the temple, in 70 CE, one group, the Staff rabbis, gradually came to dominate Jewish life. Why? An introduction to the study of religion from three This course will study those changes and perspectives: overviews of several religions with developments which brought about these radical classroom discussion of primary sources; cross-cultural transformations. Typically offered in alternate years. features common to many religions; theories of religion and approaches to its study and interpretation. Typically offered in alternate years. 122 Introduction to the New Testament HU A.McGuire An introduction to the New Testament and early 108 Vocabularies of Islam HU Christian literature. Special attention will be given to T.Zadeh the Jewish origins of the Jesus movement, the Introduction to the foundational concepts of Islam development of traditions about Jesus in the earliest and the diverse ways in which Muslims understand Christian communities, and the social contexts and and practice their religion. Topics include scripture, functions of various texts. Readings will include non- prophethood, law, ritual, theology, mysticism, and canonical writings, in addition to the writings of the art. New Testament canon.

110 Sacred Texts and Religious Traditions HU 124 Introduction to Christian Thought [C] HU A.McGuire D.Dawson An introduction to Religion through the close reading An examination of some central concepts of the of selected sacred texts of various religious traditions Christian faith, approached within the context of in their historical, literary, philosophical, and religious contemporary theological discussion. Basic Christian contexts. ideas will be considered in relation to one another and with attention to their classic formulations, major historical transformations, and recent reformulations 118 Hebrew Bible: Literary Text and Historical under the pressures of modernity and postmodernity. Context HU NKoltun-Fromm The Hebrew Bible, which is fundamental to both 128 Reading Sacred Texts: In Quest of the Human Judaism and Christianity, poses several challenges to [B,C] HU (Cross-listed in Writing Program) modern readers. Who wrote it, when, and why? What D.Dawson was its significance then and now? How does one Religions propose various ways of becoming "fully," study the Bible from an academic point of view? "authentically," or "actually" human. Non-religious Using literary, historical, theological, and humanists often counter that religions are not needed archeological interpretive tools, this course will to achieve one's humanity, or--in the worst case-- address these questions and introduce students to positively undermine or destroy it. Taking academic biblical studies. Christianity as our test case, we'll examine this clash of perspectives and contemplate its implications through reading, discussing, and writing in response 120 Jewish Thought and Identity [A] HU to four texts: Augustine's "Confessions," Feuerbach's KKoltun-Fromm "The Essence of Christianity," Kierkegaard's An introduction to selected thinkers in Jewish history "Philosophical Fragments," and Nietzsche's "On the who are both critical and constructive in their Genealogy of Morals." Small group writing tutorials interpretations of Jewish texts and traditions. The will be an important component of the course. course examines how readings of the Hebrew Bible Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students as generate normative claims about belief, assigned by the Director of College Writing. (Satisfies commandment, tradition and identity. Readings may the first year writing requirement.). include the Hebrew Bible, Rashi, Maimonides, Spinoza, Heschel, and Plaskow. Offered occasionally. 129 The Lotus Sutras Text, Image, and Practice HU (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies and Writing 121 Varieties of Judaism in the Ancient World Program) [A,B] HU Staff

198 Religion

Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students as 201 Introduction to Buddhism HU (Cross-listed in assigned by the Director of College Writing. (Satisfies East Asian Studies) the first year writing requirement.) H. Glassman

130 Material Religion in America [C] HU 203 The Hebrew Bible and its Interpretations KKoltun-Fromm [A,B] HU An introduction to various forms of religious material NKoltun-Fromm practices in America. We will examine how persons This course will critically study select Hebrew Biblical and communities interact with material objects and passages (in translation) as well as Jewish and media to explore and express religious identity. Topics Christian Biblical commentaries in order to better may include religion and sports, dance and ritual, understand how Hebrew Biblical texts have been read, food and dress, and the visual arts. Typically offered in interpreted and explained by ancient and modern alternate years. readers alike. Students will also learn to read the texts critically and begin to form their own understandings of them. Typically offered in alternate years. 132 Varieties of African American Religious Experience HU (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) 204 Women and Judaism [C] HU (Cross-listed in T.Hucks Gender and Sexuality Studies) This course will examine the history of religion in N.Koltun-Fromm America as it spans several countries. Each week Women's roles in Judaism and Jewish life have been lectures, readings, and discussions will explore the defined by the religious precepts and civil laws phenomenon of religion within American society. The described in the Bible and interpreted by the rabbis in goal is to introduce students to American religious a patriarchal age. These interpretations have led to an diversity as well as its impact in the shaping of larger institutionalized hierarchy within the religion, which historical and social relationships within the united has limited women's access to religious ritual and States. This study of American religion is not meant education. Nevertheless, throughout the ages, women to be exhaustive and will cover select traditions each have carved out areas for themselves within the Jewish semester. religious, social and political systems as well as fulfilled the roles prescribed to them. In the modern era, however, many women have challenged the 137 Black Religion and Liberation Theology HU institutions that define these roles. This course will (Cross-listed in African and Africans Studies) study the development of these institutions and the T.Johnson women of Jewish history who have participated in and An introduction to the theological & philosophical shaped Jewish religious, social and cultural life. claims raised in Black Religion & Liberation Thought in 20th C America. In particular, the course will examine the multiple meanings of liberation within 206 History and Literature of Early Christianity black religion, the place of religion in African [A,B] HU American struggles against racism, sexism and class A.McGuire exploitation and the role of religion in shaping the The history, literature and theology of Christianity moral and political imaginations of African from the end of the New Testament period to the Americans. time of Constantine. Typically offered in alternate years. 155 Themes in the Anthropology of Religion SO (Cross-listed in Anthropology and African and 212 Jerusalem: City, history and representation Africana Studies) HU Z.Ngwane 1V.Koltun-Fromm An examination of the history of Jerusalem as well as a study of Jerusalem as religious symbol and how the INTERMEDIATE RELIGION COURSES two interact over the centuries. Readings from ancient, medieval, modern and contemporary sources 200 Religion and Liberalism [A] HU (Cross-listed as well as material culture and art. in Political Science) T.Johnson An examination of political liberalism in debates on 214 Prophetic Imaginations in the American religion, democracy and tradition. Particular attention Tradition HU (Cross-listed in African and Africana is given to the relationship between liberal and Studies) theological responses to debates on individual rights T.Johnson and the common good. An examination of prophecy as a form of social criticism in colonial and contemporary America. The course identifies the prophetic tradition as an extension of the American Jeremiad. Particular

199 attention is given to Reinhold Niebuhr and Martin and literary scholars using their works as a way of Luther King Jr. understanding black religious traditions and engaging important themes in the study of religion. Authors • discussed may include Zora Neale Hurston, James 215 The Letters of Paul [A,B] HU Baldwin, Ishmael Reed, Maryse Conde and others. A.McGuire Close reading of the thirteen letters attributed to the apostle Paul and critical examination of the place of 236 Race, Culture, Representation: Blacks and Paul in the development of early Christianity. Jews in America HU T.Hucks, KKoltun-Fromm, T.Johnson This course offers a constructive, interdisciplinary 216 Images of Jesus HU vision of the ways American Blacks and Jews A.McGuire represent, articulate, enact, and perform their religious Critical examination of the varied representations of and cultural identities. Using primary, secondary, Jesus from the beginnings of Christianity through visual, and material resources, the course will explore contemporary culture. The course will focus primarily an array of themes that speak to the religious and on literary sources (canonical and non-canonical social inter-sectionality of the Black and Jewish gospels; prayers; stories; poems; novels), but artistic, experience in America. theological, academic, and cinematic images of Jesus will also be considered. 240 History and Principles of Quakerism SO (Cross-listed in History and Peace and Conflict 218 The Divine Guide: an Introduction to Shia'ism Studies) HU Elapsansky T.Zadeh An exploration of the religious, social, and political dimensions of Shi'i Islam, from its early formation 242 Topics in Religion and Intellectual History: until the modern period. Topics include: authority The Religious Writings of James Baldwin [A] HU and guidance; theology and jurisprudence; messianism (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) and eschatology; scriptural exegesis; ritual and T.Hucks performance; gender; intersections between religion Typically offered in alternate years. and politics. 245 Slavery, Catechism, and Plantation Missions in 221 Women and Gender in Early Christianity Antebellum America HU (Cross-listed in African [A,C] HU (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality and Africana Studies) Studies) T.Hucks .A.McGuire This course will examine the influence of forms of An examination of the representations of women and Islam on the African American community gender in early Christian texts and their significance throughout its history. Though the course will begin for contemporary Christianity. Topics include with the intra-African slave trade and the antebellum interpretations of Genesis 1-3, images of women and period, the bulk of the course will focus on 20th sexuality in early Christian literature, and the roles of Century persons and events, particularly the Nation of women in various Christian communities. Typically Islam, its predecessors and successors. offered in alternate years. 248 The Quran HU (Cross-listed in Comparative 222 Gnosticism [A,B] HU Literature) A.McGuire T.Zadeh The phenomenon of Gnosticism examined through Overview of the Qur'an, the scripture of Islam. Major close reading of primary sources, including the themes include: orality / textuality; sanctity and recently discovered texts of Nag Hammadi. Topics material culture; revelation, translation, and include the relation of Gnosticism to Greek, Jewish, inimitability; calligraphy, bookmaking and and Christian thought; the variety of Gnostic schools architecture; along with modes of scriptural exegesis as and sects; gender imagery, mythology and other issues practiced over time by both Muslims and non- in the interpretation of Gnostic texts. Typically offered Muslims alike. in alternate years. 250 Jewish Images, Imagining Jews HU 231 Religious Themes in African American KKoltun-Fromm Literature [B] HU (Cross-listed in African and Africana Studies) T.Hucks 251 Comparative Mystical Literature [B] HU This course will explore African American literary Staff texts as a basis for religious inquiry. Throughout the Readings in medieval Jewish, Christian and Islamic course we will examine African American novelists mystical thought, with a focus on the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, the Beguine mystics Hadewijch of Antwerp 200 Religion and Marguerite Porete, and the Sufi Master Ibn Cone, Lindbeck, Marion, and others. Offered 'Arabi. The texts are a basis for discussions of occasionally. comparative mysticism and of the relationship of mysticism to modern critical theories. 281 Modern Jewish Thought [C] HU (Cross-listed in Philosophy) 256 Zen Thought, Zen Culture, Zen History HU KKoltun-Fromm (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies and History) Jewish responses to modern philosophy and science H. Glassman that challenge traditional Jewish religious expression and thought. The course examines how Jewish thinkers engage modern debates on historical inquiry, 260 Getting Medieval: Tolerance, Persecution, and biblical criticism, existentialism, ethics, and feminism. Religious Violence [A] HU Our goal will be to assess those debates, and T.Zadeh determine how these thinkers construct and defend Explores literary and philosophical exchanges, modern Jewish identity in the face of competing alongside religious violence and persecution, amongst options. Readings may include Spinoza, Jews, Christians, and Muslims in late Antiquity and Mendelssohn, Cohen, Rosenzweig, Heschel, Buber, the Middle Ages. Prerequisite: None. and Adler.

262 Islamic Literature and Civilization [B] HU 284 American Judaism [A] HU Staff KKoltun-Fromm Islam refracted through its diverse cultural expressions An exploration of the cultural, social, and religious (poetic, Sufi, Shar'ia, novelistic, architectural) and dynamics of American Judaism. The course will focus through its geographic and ethnic diversity (from on the representation of Jewish identity in American Morocco to Indonesia, focusing on Arab and Persian culture, and examine issues of Jewish material, gender, cultures). and ritual practices in American history. We will study how Jews express identity through material 264 Religion and Violence HU objects, and how persons work with objects to T.Johnson produce religious meaning. Drawing on rich anthropological and theological traditions, this course will explore the logic, function 286 Religion and American Public Life [A] HU and rhetoric of phenomena such as sacrifice, (Crass-listed in Political Science) martyrdom, and scapegoating. Our efforts to T.Johnson understand touchstone works of modern philosophy This course examines the role of Christianity in and anthropology will be aided by the screening of shaping America s religious identity(ies) and thematically related movies. democratic imagination(s). The course will also examine whether, if at all, citizens are justified in 270 War and Morality [A] HU retrieving their religious commitments in public WWerphowski debates. This course studies Christian, Islamic, and Western secular versions of "just war" tradition, and compares 295 Interpretation and the Other: Meaning, them critically with realist and Christian pacifist Understanding and Alterity HU (Cross-listed in approaches to warfare, political justice, and the nature Comparative Literature and English and of peace. As often as possible, course discussions will Philosophy) revolve around concrete cases that address past, D.Dawson, S.Finley present, and future (?) wars, as well as the continuing Offered occasionally. challenge of peace.

299 Theoretical Perspectives in the Study of 277 Modern Christian Thought [C] HU Religion [A,B,C] HU D.Dawson Staff The impact of modernity on traditional Christian An introduction to the history of the study of religion thought in the Nineteenth Century West. Readings in the modern West. Beginning with Kant's may include Hume, Kant, Schleiermacher, Hegel, distinction between natural and revealed religion we Feuerbach, Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, and others. will follow the curious and contested history of second-order reflection upon religion as it has been 278 Christian Thought from Modernity to Post- carried out in theological, philosophical, modernity [A,B] HU psychological, anthropological, and sociological D.Dawson spheres. Readings may include: Kant, Schleiermacher, Twentieth-century and Twenty-First Century Hegel, Marx, Nietzche, Freud, Tylor, Durkheim, Christian thought in the West. Readings may include Weber, James, Otto, Benjamin, Eliade, Geertz, Barth, Bultmann, Reinhold Niebuhr, Rahner, von Foucault, Douglas, Smith, Haraway, and Derrida. Balthasar, Segundo, Tracey, Frei, McFague, Irigaray, 201 RELIGION SEMINARS AND mystics; symbol and structure; love and the erotic; body / gender; language and experience. INDEPENDENT STUDY All religion department seminars may be repeated for credit with change of content. 310 Sex and Gender in Japanese Buddhism HU (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies) M.Kaneko 301 Seminar A: Religion in Cultural Context: The Parables of Jesus [A] HU (Cross-listed in Gender and Sexuality Studies) 330 Seminar in the Writings of Women of African A.McGuire Descent [C] HU (Cross-listed in African and Typically offered every Fall. Africana Studies and Gender and Sexuality Studies) T.Hucks This seminar will examine the writings of women of 302 Christians, Muslims, and Jews: Religion and African descent from Africa, North America, and the Literature in Medieval Spain [A] HU Caribbean. Using primary and secondary texts from T.Zadeh the nineteenth to the twentieth centuries, this course An exploration of literary and cultural exchanges will explore the various religious traditions, between Jews, Christians and Muslims in Medieval denominations, sects, and religious and cultural Spain. Topics include: literary traditions, translation movements in which women of African descent have movements, philosophy, martyrdom, pilgrimage, the historically participated. The course will also analyze Reconquista, the Inquisition, orthodoxy/heterodoxy, the ways in which specific social conditions and religious persecution and intolerance. cultural practices have historically influenced the lives of these women within their specific geographical contexts. 303 Seminar B: Religion, Literature, and Representation: Blake's Religion in Word and Image [B] HU 332 Seminar: Theoretical Approaches to the Study D.Dawson of Black Religion [A,C] HU (Cross-listed in Typically offered every Fall. African and Africana Studies) T.Hucks This course will explore various theoretical approaches 305 Seminar C: Religion, Ethics, and Society: pertaining to the academic study of black religion. Religion, Ethnography, and The Ethical Major issues and debates addressed within the course Dimensions of Fieldwork [C] HU (Cross-listed in include: syncretism, origins and retentions. Anthropology) accommodation vs. resistance, womanist challenges to T.Hucks black theology, and black church vs. extra-church Typically offered every Fall. orientations.

306 Of Monsters and Marvels: Wonder in Islamic 338 Seminar in American Civil Religion [A,C] HU Traditions HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Staff Literature) T.Zadeh From contemplating the cosmos to encountering the 343 Seminar in Religions of Antiquity and Biblical monstrous, this course explores the place of wonder in Literature [A,B] HU Islamic traditions through readings from the Qur'an, A.McGuire exegesis, prophetic traditions, popular literature, travel Prerequisite: Consent. narratives, descriptive geography, philosophy and theology. Prerequisite: Consent 345 Seminar in the History of Christianity [A] HU Staff 307 Imagining Islam: Icon, Object, and Image HU T.Zadeh Explores the place of material and visual culture in 349 Seminar in Modern Jewish Thought [C] HU Islam, examining how Muslims have conceptualized KKoltun-Fromm and deployed material and visual forms of religious Advanced study of a specific topic in the field. May be expressions in a number of historical contexts. repeated for credit with change of content. Prerequisite: None Prerequisite: Consent.

308 Mystical Literatures of Islam HU (Cross-listed 353 Seminar in Islamic Philosophy and Theology in Comparative Literature) [B] HU T.Zadeh Staff Overview of the literary expressions of Islamic Selected topics and figures in Islamic philosophy, mysticism through the study of poetry, philosophy, scholastic theology (kalam) or mystical philosophy. hagiographies, and anecdotes. Topics include: unio The relation of Islamic philosophy to Greek, Jewish 202 Religion and Indian thought are also discussed. Prerequisite: Consent.

360 Seminar in Modern Christian Thought [B,C] HU D.Dawson

370 Topics in Buddhist Studies HU (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies) H. Glassman Prerequisite: EAST 201 or PHIL 242 or permission.

399 Senior Seminar and Thesis [A] HU D.Dawson, T. Johnson, KKoltun-Fromm, N.Koltun- Fromm, A.McGuire, T.Zadeh Research and writing of the senior thesis in connection with regular meetings with a thesis advisor from the department. Prerequisite: Religion 301, 303, or 305 and the approval of the Department of Religion..

460 Teaching Assistant [A] HU Staff

480 Independent Study [A] HU Staff Conducted through individual tutorial as an independent reading and research project.

203 ROMANCE LANGUAGES

The Departments of French and Francophone Italian Studies, Italian, and Spanish cooperate in offering a ITAL 101, 102, or 105. major in Romance Languages that requires advanced Two literature courses at the 200 level. work in at least two romance languages and Two literature courses at the 300 level. literatures. Additional work in a third language and literature is suggested. Spanish SPAN 200 or 202. ROMANCE LANGUAGES SPAN 206. Two courses at the 200 level. COORDINATORS Two courses at the 300 level. French Advisor Grace M. Armstrong Spanish Advisor Maria Cristina Quintero In addition to the coursework described above, Italian Advisor Roberta Ricci when the first language and literature is Spanish, majors in Romance Languages must enroll in SPAN ROMANCE LANGUAGES MAJOR 398 (Senior Seminar).* When French is chosen as REQUIREMENTS either the first or second language, students must take the first semester Senior Conference in French The requirements for the major are a minimum of (FREN 398) in addition to the coursework nine courses, including the Senior Conference or described above.** When Italian is chosen, students Senior Essay, described below, in the first language must take ITAL 399, offered in consultation with and literature and six courses in the second language the department, in addition to the coursework and literature, including the Senior Conference in described above in order to receive honors.*** An French. Students should consult with their advisors oral examination (following the current model in the no later than their sophomore year in order to select various departments) may be given in one or both of courses in the various departments that complement the two languages, according to the student's each other. preference, and students follow the practice of their principal language as to written examination or The following sequence of courses is recommended when the various languages are chosen for primary thesis. and secondary concentration, respectively (see the Please note that 398 does not count as one of the departmental listings for course descriptions). two required 300-level courses. FIRST LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Interdepartmental courses at the 200 or 300 level are offered from time to time by the cooperating French departments. These courses are conducted in FREN 101-102 or 101-105; or 005-102 or 005- English on such comparative Romance topics as 105. epic, romanticism, or literary vanguard movements Four literature courses at the 200 level. of the 20th century. Students should be able to read FREN 200-level language course. texts in two of the languages in the original. Two courses at the 300 level. * In order to receive honors, students whose first Italian language is Spanish are required to write a senior ITAL 101, 102, or 105. essay (SPAN 399). Four courses at the 200 level. ** For students whose first language is French, Three courses at the 300 level. honors are awarded on the basis of performance in Senior Conference and on a successfully completed Spanish thesis or senior essay. SPAN 200. *** In order to receive honors, students whose first SPAN 202. language is Italian are required to write a senior Four courses at the 200 level. Two courses at the 300 level. essay (ITAL 399)

Second Language and Literature

French FREN 101-102 or 101-105; or 005-102 or 005- 105. Two literature courses at the 200 level. FREN 200-level language course. One course at the 300 level. 204 RUSSIAN

The Russian major is a multi-disciplinary program RUSSIAN COURSES designed to provide the student with a broadly based understanding of Russian literature, thought, RUSS B001, B002 Elementary Russian Intensive and culture. The major places a strong emphasis on D.Davidson the development of functional proficiency in the Study of basic grammar and syntax. Fundamental . Language study is combined with skills in speaking, reading, writing and oral a specific area of concentration, to be selected from comprehension are developed. Nine hours a week the fields of Russian literature, history, economics, including conversation sections and language language/linguistics, or area studies. laboratory work. RUSS B101, B102 Intermediate Russian RUSSIAN FACULTY S.Bain At Haverford College Continuing development of fundamental skills with Professor Linda G. Gerstein emphasis on vocabulary expansion in speaking and Professor Vladimir Kontorovich writing. Readings in Russian classics and contemporary works. Seven hours a week. At Bryn Mawr College Professor Elizabeth C. Allen Lecturer Sharon Bain, Director of the Russian RUSS B112 The Great Questions of Russian Flagship Program Literature Professor Dan E. Davidson, Director of Russian EAllen Language Institute This course examines profound questions about the Associate Professor Timothy C. Harte, Chair and nature and purpose of human existence raised by Major Advisor preeminent 19th- and 20th- century Russian authors Instructor Olga Prokopenko in major literary works, including Bulgakov's The Department Assistant Billie Jo Stiner, Assistant Master and Margarita, Chekhov's The Seagull and The Director of Russian Language Institute Cherry Orchard, Dostoevsky' s The Brothers Instructional Assistant Ekaterina Tarkhanova Karamazov, Solzhenitsyn's One Day in the Life of Ivan Denisovich, Tolstoy's War and Peace and Turgenev's RUSSIAN MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Sketches from a Hunter's Album. Discussions address A total of 10 courses is required to complete the the definition of good and evil, the meaning of major: two in Russian language at the 200 level or freedom, the role of rationality and the irrational in above; four in the area of concentration, two at the human behavior, and the relationship of art to life. 200 level and two at the 300 level or above (for the No knowledge of Russian is required. Not offered in concentration in area studies, the four courses must 2009-10. be in four different fields); three in Russian fields outside the area of concentration; and either RUSS RUSS B115 The Golden Age of Russian Literature 398, Senior Essay, or RUSS 399, Senior Conference. EAllen Introduces seminal works that formed the foundation Majors are encouraged to pursue advanced language of modern Russian literature. Examining texts in a study in Russia in summer, semester or year-long wide range of genres, students read influential academic programs. Majors may also take advantage fictional works that illuminate not only Russian of intensive immersion language courses offered character, history and society but also European during the summer by the Bryn Mawr Russian culture in the early nineteenth century. Considers Language Institute. As part of the requirement for themes like the nature of freedom, the idea of RUSS 398/399, all Russian majors take senior irrationality, and the complexities of moral judgment. comprehensive examinations that cover the area of Particular attention is paid to "play" in various forms concentration and Russian language competence. that Dostoevsky, Gogol, Lermontov, Pushkin, Tolstoy, and Turgenev incorporated in their rapid RUSSIAN MINOR REQUIREMENTS creation of a modern literary tradition. All readings, Students wishing to minor in Russian must lectures, and discussions are conducted in English. complete six units at the 100 level or above, two of which must be in the Russian language. RUSS B201, B202 Advanced Russian RUSSIAN REQUIREMENTS FOR S.Bain Intensive practice in speaking and writing skills using HONORS a variety of modern texts and contemporary films and All Russian majors are considered for departmental television. Emphasis on self-expression and a deeper honors at the end of their senior year. The awarding understanding of grammar and syntax. Five hours a of honors is based on a student's overall academic week. record and all work done in the major. 205 RUSS H211 The Soviet System and Its Demise SO gender and education on the form and style of (Cross-listed in Economics and Political Science) discourse. Prerequisites: RUSS 201, 202, may be taken V.Kontorovich concurrently. The Soviet system was inspired by some of the loftiest ideals of humanity. The entire society was redesigned RUSS H244 Russia from 1800-1917 SO (Cross- so as to pursue common goals, rather than conflicting listed in History) private objectives. The economy was run for people, L. Gerstein not profits. The Soviet system is no more, but the Topics considered include the culture of serfdom, ideas on which it was founded will probably always be Westernization, reforms, modernization, national with us. What does the largest social and economic identities, and Revolution. Not offered in 2009-10. experiment in history teach us? The course is 1/3 political science and 2/3 economics. Prerequisite: Two RUSS H245 Russia in the 20th Century SO (Cross- one-sem courses in Econ, Pols, or Hist. listed in History) L. Gerstein RUSS B221 The Serious Play of Pushkin and Continuity and change in Russian and Soviet society Gogol since the 1890s. Major topics: the revolutionary E.Allen period, the cultural ferment of the 1920s, Stalinism, This course explores major contributions to the the Thaw, the culture of dissent, and the collapse of modern Russian literary tradition by its two founding the system. fathers, Aleksander Pushkin and Nikolai Gogol. Comparing short stories, plays, novels and letters RUSS B252 The Masterpieces of Russian and written by these pioneering artists, the course Soviet Cinema addresses Pushkin's and Gogol's shared concerns T.Harte about human freedom, individual will, social injustice This course explores the major trends and most and artistic autonomy, which each author expressed significant works of Russian and Soviet cinema. through his own distinctive filter of humor and Emphasis placed on the wildly disparate phases of playfulness. No knowledge of Russian is required. Not Soviet and Russian cinema: Russia's silent films; the offered in 2009-10. innovations of the 1920s; Stalinist cinema; "thaw" films; and post-Soviet experimentation. All films RUSS B223 Russian and East European Folklore shown with subtitles; no knowledge of Russian S.Bain required. Not offered in 2009-10. This interdisciplinary course introduces students to major issues in Russian and East European folklore RUSS B258 Soviet and East European Cinema of including epic tales, fairy tales, calendar and life-cycle the 1960s: War, Politics and Gender Conflicts rituals, and folk beliefs. The course also presents T.Harte different theoretical approaches to the interpretation This course examines Soviet and Eastern European of folk texts as well as emphasizes the influence of "New Wave" cinema of the 1960s, which broke new folklore on literature, music and art. No knowledge of ground in world cinema through its treatment of war, Russian is required. politics, and aesthetics. Films from the Czechoslovakia, Poland, Soviet Union, and Yugoslavia RUSS H225 Dostoevsky: Daydreams and to be viewed and analyzed include Milos Foreman's Nightmares HU Love of a Blonde, Dushn Makavejev's W R. Mysteries E.Allen of the Organism, Andrei Tarkovsky's Andrei Rublev, A survey of novels, novellas and short stories and Andrzej Wajda's Ashes and Diamonds. Readings highlighting Dostoevsky's conception of human on introductory film theory, film history, and the creativity and imagination. Texts prominently biographies of individual directors will also be portraying dreams, fantasies, delusions and visual and discussed. All films will be shown with subtitles; no aural hallucinations, as well as artists and artistic knowledge of Russian or previous study of film creations, permit exploration of Dostoevsky's required. fundamental aesthetic, psychological and moral beliefs. Readings include The Brothers Karamazov, The RUSS B261 The Russian Anti-Novel (Cross-listed Double, "The Dream of a Ridiculous Man," "The as COML B261) Gentle Creature," The Idiot, Notes from Underground, E.Allen and "White Nights." A study of 19th- and 20th-century Russian novels focusing on their strategies of opposing or RUSS B235 The Social Dynamics of Russian circumventing European literary conventions. Works D.Davidson by Bulgakov, Dostoevsky, Nabokov, Pushkin and An examination of the social factors that influence the Tolstoy, are compared to Jane Austen's Pride and language of Russian conversational speech, including Prejudice and other exemplars of the Western contemporary Russian media (films, television and the novelistic tradition. All readings, lectures and Internet). Basic social strategies that structure a discussions in English. Not offered in 2009-10. conversation are studied, as well as the implications of 206 Russian

RUSS B277 Nabokov in Translation (Cross-listed RUSS B335 Intercultural Pragmatics in Second as ENGL B277) Language Acquisition T.Harte S.Bain A study of Vladimir Nabokov's writings in various Examines language use in cross-cultural contexts and genres, focusing on his fiction and autobiographical the acquisition of conversational Russian. Compares works. The continuity between Nabokov's Russian the linguistic structure of speech acts in Russian and and English works is considered in the context of the English, such as requests, commands, apologies, Russian and Western literary traditions. All readings complaints and threats and explores communication and lectures in English. and social relationships between learners of Russian and native speakers. Other topics include the pragmatics of gender, body language and etiquette in RUSS B305, B306 Advanced Russian: Syntax and Russian. Prerequisites: RUSS B101, B102 or Style equivalent. Not offered in 2009-10. T.Harte This course focuses on stylistic variations in oral and written Russian. Examples are drawn from RUSS B342 Russian Culture Today contemporary film, television, journalism, fiction and T.Harte nonfiction. Emphasis is on expansion and refinement This seminar focuses on current cultural trends in of speaking and writing skills. Russia, with special emphasis on the interplay between various artistic media and post-Soviet Russia's rapidly developing society. Students will be RUSS B310 Old Russian introduced to contemporary Russian literature, D.Davidson painting, television, film and music while considering This advanced undergraduate seminar introduces such topics as Russia's ambiguous attitude toward the students to the language and literary activities of West, the rise of violence in Russian society and Kyivan Rus (11th-14th century). Students will gain a Russia's evaluation of the past. Prerequisite: RUSS 102 reading knowledge of Old Church Slavonic and Old or the equivalent. Not offered in 2009-10. Russian sufficient for close reading and analysis of such seminal texts as the earliest translations of the Gospels, the Primary Chronicle, Ilarion's Sermon on RUSS B347 Qualitative Methods in Second Law and Grace, the legend of Boris and Gleb, and Language Acquisition others. The political and cultural background of the S.Bain period will be addressed. Conducted in Russian and This course introduces students to qualitative research English Not offered in 2009-10. design and its application in the study of second language acquisition. Considering ethnography as a research paradigm, discussions will critique existing RUSS B330 The Structure of Modern Russian I: second language acquisition research that is conducted Phonetics, Phonology and Morphology using qualitative methods. This class will also give D.Davidson students an opportunity to apply their theoretical This seminar introduces advanced undergraduates and understanding of qualitative methods to the design of graduate students to the linguistic structure of their own research project. Not offered in 2009-10. contemporary standard Russian. Topics to be discussed include theoretical and practical issues in the description of Russian phonology, phonetics and RUSS H356 Topics in Modern European History intonation; verbal and nominal morphology; and SO (Cross-listed in History) accentuation. Conducted primarily in Russian. L Gerstein Followed by RUSS 331. Not offered in 2009-10. Not offered in 2009-10.

RUSS B331 The Structure of Modern Russian II: RUSS B360 Identity and Second Language Syntax, Semantics, Pragmatics Acquisition D.Davidson Staff This seminar introduces advanced undergraduate Introduces the concept of linguistic identity in students to the study of pragmatic norms in relation to other identity facets (i. e. gender, ethnicity, contemporary spoken and written Russian. Based on class and culture) and explores ways in which the understanding of language as a series of actions or acquisition of a second language affects self- communicative functions, the course will explore conception and self-representation. Employs critical topics in speech act theory, politeness theory and discourse analysis to discuss how second language relevance theory. Discussions will also address learners construct identities through socialization into practical issues for the acquisition of Russian, such as new speech communities. No knowledge of Russian is cross-cultural pragmatics, interlanguage pragmatics required. Not offered in 2009-10. and the teaching of foreign languages. Not offered in 2009-10.

207 RUSS B365 Russian and Soviet Film Culture RUSS B391 Russian for Pre-Professionals II T.Harte 0.Prokopenko This seminar explores the cultural and theoretical Second part of year long capstone language sequence trends that have shaped Russian and Soviet cinema designed to develop linguistic and cultural proficiency from the silent era to the present day. The focus will to the "advanced level", preparing students to carry be on Russia's films and film theory, with discussion out advanced academic study or research in Russian in of the aesthetic, ideological and historical issues a professional field. Prerequisite: RUSS 390 or underscoring Russia's cinematic culture. No previous equivalent. Not offered in 2009-10. study of cinema required, although RUSS 201 or the equivalent is required. Not offered in 2009-10. RUSS B398 Senior Essay E.Allen, S.Bain, D.Davidson, T.Harte RUSS B370 Acquisition of Russian as a Second Independent research project designed and conducted Language under the supervision of a departmental faculty D.Davidson member. May be undertaken in either fall or spring This seminar introduces advanced undergraduate semester of senior year.) students to current theoretical and practical issues of Russian second-language acquisition. Topics to be discussed include formal and informal learning, RUSS B399 Senior Conference measurement of competencies, standards and E.Allen assessment issues, and cultural aspects of second- Exploration of an interdisciplinary topic in Russian language acquisition. Conducted primarily in Russian. culture. Topic varies from year to year. Requirements Not offered in 2009-10. may include short papers, oral presentations and examinations.

RUSS B375 Language and Identity Politics of Language in Europe and Eurasia RUSS B403 Supervised Work D.Davidson Staff A brief general introduction to the study of language policy and planning with special emphasis on the RUSS H480 Independent Study Russophone world, the newly independent states of L. Gerstein the former Soviet Union. Surveys current theoretical approaches to bilingualism and language shift. Analyzes Soviet language and nationality policy using published census data for the Soviet period through 1989. Focus on the current "language situation" and policy challenges for the renewal of functioning native languages and cultures and maintenance of essential language competencies, lingua franca, both within the Russian Federation and in the "Near Abroad." Not offered in 2009-10.

RUSS B380 Seminar in Russian Studies: New Developments in Contemporary Russian Language D.Davidson An examination of a focused topic in Russian literature such as a particular author, genre, theme or decade. Introduces students to close reading and detailed critical analysis of Russian literature in the original language. Readings in Russian. Some discussions and lectures in Russian. Prerequisites: RUSS 201 and one 200-level Russian literature course. Not offered in 2009-10.

RUSS 13390 Russian for Pre-Professionals I 0. Prokopenko This capstone to the overall language course sequence is designed to develop linguistic and cultural proficiency in Russian to the "advanced level", preparing students to carry out advanced academic study or research in Russian in a professional field. Prerequisite: RUSS 305-306 or equivalent, certified proficiency levels of 2- or 2 in two skills, one of which must be oral proficiency. 208 SOCIOLOGY

Sociology courses help students learn how to "do 155 Foundations in Social Theory SO sociology" by exposing them to exemplars of what M. Gould, L.McCormick sociology has been and by asking them to study An examination of classical and Mandan sociological micro- and macro-aspects of the "social world." We theory as an exemplification of how we might do believe that there are a variety of legitimate ways to sociology today. Students may take either semester for "do sociology" and we do not seek to privilege any credit, but majors must take both semesters of the one of them. Our individual courses construct course. 155a focuses on social structure, emphasizing arguments for students to consider, to develop, and the work of Marx and Weber. 155b deals primarily to argue against and they provide the analytical and with the interrelationships between social structure, methodological training students need to formulate personality and culture, focusing on the work of theoretical arguments and to evaluate those Durkheim, Freud, Mead, and Piaget. There is some arguments empirically. We want an active variation between different sections of the course. engagement from our students as they find their own points-of-view within the discipline, and we 207 Internal Disorder: Deviance and Revolution expect from them a theoretical and methodological SO rigor and sophistication within the approaches that M. Gould they study and adopt. Topic for Fall, 2009: The Iranian Revolution. Wired occasionally. SOCIOLOGY FACULTY Professor Mark Gould, Chair Assistant Professor Lisa McCormick 215 Quantitative Methods SO/QU Assistant Professor Anat Yom-Tov A. Yom-Tov Visiting Associate Professor Victor Lidz An introduction to the use of statistics in sociological Associate Professor William F. Hohenstein, research. Prerequisite: Sod 155 a or b or permission of Emeritus instructor.

SOCIOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 233 Topics in Sociology SO A total of at least eleven courses, including 155a and V.Lidz 1556 (two semesters of Foundations in Social Prerequisite: Sod 155 a or b or permission of Theory); 215a, Economics 203, or the equivalent instructor. (quantitative methods, statistics); 450a and 45013 (senior thesis); plus 6 additional courses in sociology. Students should consult their advisor 235 Class, Race, and Education SO (Cross-listed in about the possibility of receiving major credit for African and African Studies and Peace and sociology courses taken at other campuses, Conflict Studies) including, but not limited to, Bryn Mawr, M. Gould Swarthmore, and the University of Pennsylvania. An examination of the effects of class and race on Normally, such credit will be granted if the courses educational and occupational outcomes, emphasizing enhance the integrity of a program grounded in the the contemporary United States. Haverford curriculum. 237 Topics In Historical Sociology SO M. Gould SOCIOLOGY MINOR REQUIREMENTS A total of at least six courses, including 155a and 155b (Foundations in Social Theory); 215a 244 Self and Society SO (Quantitative Methods, or the equivalent), plus at L.McCormick least three 200 and/or 300-level courses in the An examination of the historical, cultural, embodied, department. No more than four courses may be and interactional contexts in which selfhood is taken with a single professor. defined, experienced, and enacted. Particular emphasis on the perspectives of symbolic interactionism, social SOCIOLOGY COURSES constructionism, and ethnomethodology to analyze the processes and settings in which selfhood is 110 Sociology and Philosophy SO constituted, disrupted, and transformed. Typically M. Gould offered in alternate years. An examination of the relationships between normative and empirical theory, focusing on the contribution of empirical theory to the resolution of normative questions. Offered occasionally.

209 252 Social Change SO Responsibilities may include the opportunity to lead Staff discussions, informal teaching assistance, a short list of Prerequisite: Sociology 155a orb, or consent of advanced reading and a paper on an agreed topic. instructor.

257 Sociology of the Arts SO 480 Independent Study SO L.McCormick M. Goad, L.McCormick, A.Yom-Tov An introduction to sociological perspectives on the Research papers and reading courses on special topics arts. Topics include the relationship between art and related to the individual interests of advanced students social structure, the social sources of aesthetic Prerequisite: The instructor' s approval of a research or meaning, the social consequences of artistic reading proposal. classifications and representations, the use of art to construct and undermine social boundaries, the social relations of creating, producing, evaluating, and consuming art, the functions of art in everyday life, and the potential for art to promote social change. Typically offered in alternate years.

275 Sociology of Formal Organizations SO Staff This course is aimed as an introduction to classical and contemporary sociological research on organizations. Prerequisite: Soc 155a or b or consent of the instructor. Typically offered in alternate years.

277 Political Sociology SO M. Gould An introduction to the study of political systems and the interrelationships between the polity and other societal subsystems. Typically offered in alternate years.

297 Economic Sociology SO (Cross-listed in Economics) M.Gould The sociological analysis of economic systems and the sociological reconstruction of microeconomic theory. Prerequisite: Soc 155a or b, Econ 105, or consent of the instructor. Typically offered in alternate years.

298 Law and Sociology SO M. Gould An examination of the jurisprudential consequences derived from the sociological reconstruction of microeconomic and philosophical theories. Topic for Spring, 2010: Islamic Constitutionalism. Typically offered in alternate years.

356 Seminar In Social Theory SO MGould, Staff Prerequisite: Sod 155 a or b.

450 Senior Departmental Studies SO M. Gould, L.McCormick, A.Yom-Tov Thesis work, two semesters required of majors in their senior year.

460 Teaching Assistance SO M, Gould, L.McCormick, A. Yom-Too Student. may act as assistants in certain course. that they themselves have already completed. 210 SPANISH

The department of Spanish aims to give students a SPANISH FACULTY thorough knowledge of the Spanish language and Barbara Riley Levin Professor of Spanish Israel the ability to understand and interpret Spanish and Burshatin Spanish American texts and cultures. In order to Associate Professor Roberto Castillo Sandoval accomplish these general goals, the department Associate Professor Graciela Michelotti offers a broad range of courses: Assistant Professor Ana Lopez Sanchez Assistant Professor Aurelia Gomez Unamuno 1) Elementary and Intermediate language courses, which introduce and develop the basics of the SPANISH MAJOR REQUIREMENTS language and emphasize the active use of Spanish Six courses in Spanish and Spanish American for communication and understanding of the literature or film are required for a major in Spanish, cultures that use it. Please note that language along with enrollment in the senior seminar, courses taught in the Spanish department require Spanish 490 (two semesters), in which students attendance to all classroom sessions and all write a senior essay. Of the six required courses, tutorials. Successful language learning demands three should be at the 200 level and three at the 300 continuous study and practice, and tutorials level (two of these 300-level courses must be taken provide crucial complementary activities to fulfill at Haverford or Bryn Mawr). Students who qualify this goal. Classroom and tutorial participation are by pre-college training or study abroad may integral parts of the coursework and therefore will substitute 300-level courses for the 200-level be part of the final grade (Spanish 001-002, 100, offerings. The program must include at least two 101, and 102). courses at the 200 or 300 level that focus substantially on literature prior to 1898. 2) Language instruction is followed by courses in Spanish B200 "Temas culturales" and B202 literature, film, culture and civilization, and "IntroducciOn al analisis literario"(formally cited at linguistics that introduce writers and significant the 100 level) do not count for major requirements. themes as well as further develop Spanish language skills in reading, writing, speaking, and oral SPANISH MINOR REQUIREMENTS comprehension (Spanish courses at the 200 level). Six courses at the 200 or 300 level, with a minimum of one course at the 300 level to be taken at 3) Advanced offerings that explore in greater depth Haverford or Bryn Mawr. One of the six courses a specific line of inquiry, literary, cultural or should focus substantially on literature prior to historical issue, or theme in Spanish and Spanish American writing and thought (Spanish courses at 1898. the 300 level). Spanish B200 "Temas culturales" and B202 "IntroducciOn al analisis literario"(formally cited at 4) Courses taught in English, with readings in the 100 level) do not count for minor requirements. English or English translation, which aim to bring to a wider audience and across disciplinary boundaries important themes, issues, and accomplishments of the Spanish-speaking world SPANISH REQUIREMENTS FOR (e.g.: Spanish/General Programs 240: Latin HONORS American and Iberian Culture and Civilization; Students who are considered qualified will be Spanish/Comparative Literature;250: Quixotic invited to become candidates for Departmental Narratives)and 266: Iberian orientalism and the Honors during the second semester of their senior Nation.. year. Honors candidates will be expected to do superior work in upper-level literature and culture All students are expected to enroll in Spanish courses (3.7 average). Honors and High Honors are department courses at the level of placement as awarded on the basis of the quality of the senior determined by the department at the beginning of thesis. every academic year. On occasion, requests by individual students to be moved to a higher or SPANISH COURSES lower placement level will be considered, after close and detailed consultation with the student's 001 Elementary Spanish HU advisor, the course instructor, and the department Staff chairperson. Placement test results are otherwise Development of basic phonetic and structural skills. mandatory. Greatest emphasis is placed on spoken Spanish, with grammar and written exercises, to develop oral proficiency. The course meets for five hours a week: three hours (3) with the instructor and two (2) hours in mandatory tutorial sections. This is a two-semester

211 course. Both semesters are needed to receive credit. and manifestations of violence. Prerequisite: SPAN Students must register in the same section in the 102, placement, or consent. Spring semester even if the instructor changes. Does not count toward the major. Typically offered every Fall. 203 Writing the Jewish Trajectories in Latin America HU (Cross-listed in Comparative 002 Elementary Spanish HU Literature and Latin American and Iberian Studies) Staff G. Michelotti Development of basic phonetic and structural skills. "Jewish Gauchos," "Tropical Synagogues," "Poncho Greatest emphasis is placed on spoken Spanish, with and Talmud," "Matza and Mate." This course will grammar and written exercises, to develop oral examine the native and diasporic worlds described in proficiency. The course meets for five hours a week: the apparent dichotomies that come together in the three hours (3) with the instructor and two (2) hours Latin American Jewish Literature. The class will trace in mandatory tutorial sections. This is a two-semester the different trajectories of time, space and gender of course. Both semesters are needed to receive credit. the Jewish experience in Latin America, where issues Prerequisite: Spanish 001. Does not count toward the of migration, memory and hybridization come to life major. Typically offered every Spring. through poetry, narrative and drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 102, placement, or consent. 100 Basic Intermediate HU R.Castillo Sandoval 205 Studies in the Spanish American Novel HU A course for students who have achieved a basic (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Latin knowledge of Spanish but have limited experience American and Iberian Studies) and/or confidence communicating in the language. G. Michelotti Students will improve their conversational and writing Introduction to selected short 20th-century Spanish- skills while learning about the 'realities' of Spanish- American short stories and novels. Prerequisite: Span speaking countries. The course meets for five hours a 102, placement, or consent. Typically offered in week: three hours (3) with the instructor and two (2) alternate years. hours in mandatory tutorial sections. Prerequisite: Access only through placement exam. Does not count toward the major. Typically offered every Fall. 207 Fictions of Spanish American History HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) R. Castillo Sandoval 101 Intermediate Spanish HU The relationship between history and literature in A.Lopez Sanchez Spanish America through examination and Review of conversational skills and grammar and comparison of selected historiographical and literary development of writing abilities. Literature readings texts. Particular attention will be paid to the ways in are combined with materials from magazines, which historical and literary genres have interacted newspapers, and films from Spain and Spanish and influenced one another from the Discovery and America. The course meets for five hours a week: Conquest through the Independence and national three hours (3) with the instructor and two (2) hours formation periods and the 20th century. Prerequisite: in mandatory tutorial sections Prerequisite: Span 002, Spanish 102, placement, or consent of the instructor. placement, or consent. Does not count toward the major. Typically offered every Fall. 210 Spanish and Spanish American Film Studies HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and 102 Advanced Intermediate Spanish HU Latin American and Iberian Studies) GMichelotti R. Castillo Sandoval Refinement of writing and communicative skills. Exploration of films in Spanish from both sides of the Readings are drawn from a variety of literary genres. Atlantic. The course will discuss approximately one Students are expected to involve themselves with movie per class, from a variety of classic and more Hispanic culture in order to improve and test their recent directors such as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, ability to use Spanish. The course meets for five hours Pedro Almodovar, Lucrecia Martel among others. The a week: three hours (3) with the instructor and two class will focus on the cinematic discourse as well as (2) hours in mandatory tutorial sections. Prerequisite: the cultural and historic background of each film. The Span 101, placement or consent. Does not count course will also provide advanced language training toward the major. Typically offered every semester. with particular emphasis in refining oral and writing skills. Prerequisite: Span 102, placement, or consent. 201 Exploring Critical Issues Through Writing HU ALopez Sanchez 214 Writing the Nation: 19th-Century Literature The course aims to provide students with the skills in Latin America HU (Cross-listed in Comparative necessary to successfully undertake writing Literature and Latin American and Iberian Studies) assignments in the upper-division Spanish courses. R. Castillo Sandoval Students will be engaged in discussions of, and write An examination of seminal literary texts written in about topics such as identity, borders and migrations, Latin America in the nineteenth century. Novels,

212 Spanish essays, travelogues, short stories, miscellaneous texts, colonialism, independence, national and cultural and poetry will be analyzed and placed in the context identities, and revolution. This course is designed to of the process of nation-building that took place after serve as the introduction to the Concentration in Independence from Spain. A goal of the course will be Latin American and Iberian Studies. Course taught in to establish and define the nexus between the textual English. and ideological formations of 19th-century writings in Latin America and their counterparts in the 20th- 248 Poetry and Politics in Spain HU (Cross-listed century. Prerequisite: Spanish 102, placement, or in Latin American and Iberian Studies) consent of instructor. I.Burshatin This course examines the different ways in which 221 Narrating Modern Mexico HU poetry and poets are in the "world." Study of the A. Gomez Unamuno relationships between poetics and power will guide a The course focuses on cosmopolitanism and on close reading of works written since 1898: poetry and representations of the rural world as a contradictory national renewal after the collapse of empire, avant- modernity in seminal Mexican novels. Prerequisite: garde aesthetics, the Spanish Civil War, and post-war Span 102, placement, or consent. generations (Machado, Garcia Lorca, Cernuda, Hernandez, Fuertes). Prerequisite: Spanish 102, placement, or consent. 222 Rethinking Latin America in Contemporary Narrative HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Latin American and Iberian Studies) 250 Quixotic Narratives HU (Cross-listed in A. Gomez Unamuno Comparative Literature and Latin American and This course explores literary texts and films produced Iberian Studies) after the 80's. These texts address political issues I.Burshatin including memory, gender, violence, and border, and Study of Cervantes, Don Quixote and of some of the destabilize foundational identities and mythic works of fiction, criticism, philosophy, music, art and representations found in the Latin American Boom film which have drawn from Cervantes's novel or narrative. Prerequisite: Spanish 102, placement, or address its formal and thematic concerns, including consent. self-reflexivity, nation and narration, and constructions of gender, class, and ''race" in narrative. Other authors read include Borges, Foucault, 230 Medieval and Golden Age Spain: Literature, Laurence Sterne, Graham Greene, Vladimir Nabokov, Culture, and Society HU (Cross-listed in Latin and Kathy Acker. Course taught in English. American and Iberian Studies) LBurshatin Introduction to the culture and literature of medieval 260 Understanding Contemporary Spain: Its and early modern Spain: Castilian expansion, religious Debates and Transformation HU diversity, and cultural transformations, from the A. Lopez Sdnchez Reconquest to the Habsburgs. Prerequisite: SPAN The course explores the social and political questions 102, placement, or consent. that have shaped Spain in the post-Franco era, and the language that defines them. We will examine the transition to democracy, nationalism and the shifts in 235 Spanish American Theater HU (Cross-listed in linguistic policy, the 'Basque problem', and the Comparative Literature) current debates over national identity. Prerequisite: G. Michelotti SPAN 102, placement, or consent. An exploration of various plays produced during the 20th Century in different Latin American countries and the US in the context of major theatrical 266 Iberian Orientalism and the Nation HU movements and central themes in Latin American (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Latin culture and history. The readings will include works American and Iberian Studies and African and by female and male playwrights. When possible, there Africana Studies) will be a correlation with films, based on the plays IBurshatin discussed in class. The students will also be This course examines cultural production in the encouraged to perform in class chosen acts or scenes frontier cultures of medieval Iberia and the patterns of from one or more of the plays analyzed during the collaboration and violence among Islamic, Christian, semester. Prerequisite: SPAN 102, placement, or and Jewish communities. Other topics include consent of the instructor. Christian "reconquest" and the construction of Spanishness as race and nation; foreign depictions of Spain as European exotic other; internal colonialism 240 Latin American and Iberian Culture and and Morisco resistance; contemporary African Civilization HU (Cross-listed in Latin American migrations. Class conducted in English. Prerequisite: and Iberian Studies) Freshman Writing or Span 102 or consent. R.Castillo Sandoval An interdisciplinary exploration of Latin America and Spain. Topics will include imperial expansion,

213 273 The Invention of Pablo Neruda: Poetics and 315 Novisima Literatura Hispanoamericana HU Politics HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) R. Castillo Sandoval G.Michelotti This course deals with the principal works of Pablo A selection of recent, representative Latin American Neruda's long career as a poet. Close readings of his fiction, examined in light of the transformations in major poems will be accompanied by an examination the narrative discourse after the seminal novels of the of the criticism and reception of Neruda's poetry at Latin American "Boom" of the 60's and 70's. different stages of his trajectory. Special attention will Prerequisite: A 200 level course or consent of be paid to the creation and elaboration of Neruda's instructor. image as a poet, cultural icon, and political figure in Chile and in the Spanish-speaking world. Prerequisite: Span 102, placement, or consent. 320 Spanish American Colonial Writings HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Latin American and Iberian Studies) 280 Inter-American Dialogue: Cuba on my Mind R. Castillo Sandoval HU Representative writings from the textual legacy left by I.Burshatin, R. Castillo Sandoval Spanish discovery, conquest, and colonization of the The goal of this course is to foster dialogue and New World. Emphasis will be placed on the understanding between Americans and Cubans by transfiguration of historical and literary genres, and familiarizing students with the writing, thought, and the role of Colonial literature in the formation of other cultural expressions of contemporary Cuba. Latin-American identity. Readings include Columbus, Students write several short papers during the Bernal Diaz, GOmara, Ercilla, Inca Garcilaso de la semester (including a travel journal of their trip to Vega, Cabeza de Vaca, Sor Juana Ines de la Cruz, and Cuba) and submit a final research paper based, in Siguenza y Gongora. Prerequisite: One 200-level part, on their experiences on the island (the one-week Spanish course or consent. trip to Cuba during spring break is required). Course taught in English. Prerequisite: Application which demonstrates student interest in participating in 321 Marginal Narratives and Politics in Mexican activities that will facilitate personal one-on-one Literature after 1968. HU contacts in Cuba. Offered occasionally. A. Gomez Unamuno Focused on literary texts that are "in between spaces" (non-canonical, non-testimonial, and non-fiction 307 Taller Literario: Writing Short Fiction in texts) the course analyzes Mexican politics, violence, Spanish HU marginality and symbolic resistance arising from the R. Castillo Sandoval failure of the Revolution's modernizing project, A fiction-writing workshop for students whose particularly after the 1968 Tlatelolco massacre. Spanish-writing skills are at an advanced level. The Prerequisite: a 200-level course or consent of the class will be conducted as a combination instructor. seminar/workshop, with time devoted to discussion of syllabus readings and student work. The course will focus on essential matters of craft and technique in 322 Politics of Memory in Latin America HU creative writing (point of view, voice, dialogue, (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature) narrative structure, etc.). Principally, we will be A.Gamez Unamuno concerned with how stories work rather than what Memory and the writing of history in contemporary they mean. This perspective can prove a useful lens for Latin-American narratives. We will address themes reconsidering works long accepted as "great," and a such as the struggle against forgetting, the practical method for developing individual styles and construction of memory, and the writing of the strategies of writing. official history in novels, testimonies and documentaries. Prerequisite: Spanish 200 level, or consent of the instructor. 312 Inquiring Minds: Inquisition, Writing, and the Early Modern Subject HU IBurshatin 334 Gender Dissidence in Hispanic Writing HU Prerequisite: Spanish 200 level, placement, or consent. (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Gender and Sexuality Studies and Latin American and Iberian Studies) 313 Literature of the Caribbean HU (Cross-listed I.Burshatin in Latin American and Iberian Studies) Study of the dissenting voices of gender and sexuality Staff in Spain and Spanish America and US Latino/a A selection of short stories and novels from Puerto writers. Interrogation of "masculine" and "feminine" Rico and Cuba, including those of Luis Rafael cultural constructions and "compulsory Sanchez, Magaly Garcia Ramis, Rosario Ferre , Emilio heterosexuality," as well as exemplary moments of Diaz Valcarcel, Send Paz, Alejo Carpentier, dissent. Texts to be studied include Hispano-Arabic Guillermo Cabrera Infante and others. Prerequisite: A poetry, Fernando de Rojas's Celestina; Tirso de 200 level course or consent of instructor. Molina, Don Gil de las calzas verdes; Teresa of Avila,

214 Spanish

Gloria Anzalclaa, and Reinaldo Arenas. Prerequisite: A Prerequisite: A 200 level course or consent of 200 level course or consent of the instructor. instructor.

340 The Moor in Spanish Literature HU (Cross- 385 Popular Culture, Cultural Identity and the listed in African and Africana Studies) Arts in Latin American HU (Cross-listed in IBurshatin Comparative Literature and Latin American and The discourse concerning Spain's Muslims and their Iberian Studies) descendants: the Moor as other (sensual, fanatical or R. Castillo Sandoval exemplary but flawed) and as a metaphor of power, This course will examine the interaction among mass, from the Christian Reconquest and the expulsion of elite, traditional, and indigenous art forms and their the Moriscos to Juan Goytisolo's ReivindicaciOn del relationship with the dynamics of national/cultural conde don Julian. Prerequisite: A 200-level course or identity in Latin America in the 19th and 20th consent of the instructor. centuries. Among the forms of expression to be studied are oral poetry and narrative, the "folletin" (19th-Century melodramas by installment) to 20th- 343 The Latin American City and its Narratives. Century "fotonovelas," "radionovelas," and HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and "telenovelas," broadsides, comics, musical and Latin American and Iberian Studies) political movements such as "neo-folklore," "New G.Michelotti Song" and "Nueva Trova," artistic movements such as An exploration of how literary and visual arts texts Mexican Muralism, popular dance, and the cinema. have imagined the Latin American metropolitan Prerequisite: A 200 level course or consent of space. Students will reflect on the representation of instructor. urban communities in Latin American cities such as Buenos Aires, Mexico and Havana among others. Prerequisite: A 200 level course, or consent of the 480 Independent Study HU instructor. Staff Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Offered occasionally. 352 Evita and Her Sisters HU (Cross-listed in Comparative Literature and Gendet and Sexuality Studies and Latin American and Iberian Studies) 490 Senior Departmental Studies HU G.Michelotti G.Michelotti The representation of female historical and mythical The course will consist of two one-semester parts. The figures in Latin American writings. Women have been first, taken in the Fall semester, will have the format writing and written about since the beginning of times of a seminar under the supervision of one Spanish in Latin America. It is the intention of this course to Department faculty member. The purpose of this explore how the female subject, with an historical seminar will be to prepare students for the research and/or mythical presence, is portrayed, manipulated and writing their Senior Thesis by 1) enhancing and or rewritten by authors and other cultural agents of refining the reading tools and critical approaches to either gender. Female subjects would include: texts in Spanish acquired in previous courses; 2) Malinche, Virgen de Guadalupe, La Llorona, Sor elucidating and contextualizing relevant aspects of Juana Ines de la Cruz, Testimonial literature. Mothers literary history, theory, and culture 3) determining the of Plaza de Mayo, Frida Kahlo. Prerequisite: A 200 thesis topic, key secondary sources and approach to be level course or consent of the instructor. deployed in writing the thesis, and 4) polishing the skills and methods for successful research and proper use of available resources. Problems in literary and 360 Learning-Teaching a Foreign Language HU cultural analysis-selected with a view to their (Cross-listed in Education) pertinence in relation to the group's interests-will be A,I,dpez Sdnchez presented through close readings of works from This course is designed for the advanced student of various periods and genres and through selected works Spanish, who is interested in the processes involved in of criticism or theory. The second semester will learning a foreign language, and/or contemplating involve the process of writing the thesis. Seminar teaching it. Prerequisite; A 200 level course, or consent meetings will continue-albeit in a more sporadic of the instructor, schedule-for progress reports while students work under the supervision of individual professors. 365 The Politics of Language in the Spanish- Typically offered every Semester, Speaking World HU (Cross-listed in Linguistics) A. Ldpez Sdnchez COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR The course will explore the relationship between COLLEGE (national) Identity and language, and the specific outcomes of (language) policies and educational 206 Compolicidn avanzada practices in societies where Spanish Is spoken, 211 Borges y sus lectores generally alongside other mother tongues, often as the 215 "Memoria negre:" is literatura afro-hispinica dominant language, but also In a minority situation. en Africa y las America.

215 231 El cuento y la novela corta 260 Ariel-Caliban- el discurso americano. 265 Escritoras espaholas 308 Teatro del siglo de oro 309 La representacion de la mujer 318 Adaptaciones literarias en el cine espanol 321 Surrealismo al realismo magic° 327 La novela latina 329 Brown Affect: Narrating Latina/o Lives 331 TransNation: Queer Diasporas

216 WRITING PROGRAM

As a vital part of academic study, personal Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing Carol expression, and civic life, writing merits concerted Schilling attention in a liberal education. The Writing Visiting Lecturer in Writing Josh Brooks Program encourages students to become rigorous thinkers and writers who can construct arguments WRITING PROGRAM COURSES that matter, craft prose that resonates with their intended audience, and understand how writing 102 Justice: A Cross-Cultural and Cross-National and learning cannot be extricated. The Writing Perspective HU Program is affiliated with the Writing Center, and IBrooks administers the first-year writing seminars. An exploration of how concepts of justice and criminality are related to cultural and national All first-year students take one of these writing identity. We will read fiction, philosophy, cultural seminars. Taught by faculty from across the criticism, and journalism on a wide range of issues - College, the seminars explore a particular theme or from the O.J. Simpson trial to principles of Islamic field of study while emphasizing writing as a means Law to motorcycles gangs in Japan - and then of inquiry, analysis, and persuasion. The courses examine questions such as: Are concepts of justice come in three varieties: WS-D sections adopt the universal? What constitutes a just punishment? Is the perspective of a particular academic discipline; WS- American judicial system fair? We will have T sections focus on a given topic; and WS-I discussions and debates to hone critical thinking and sections prepare students who need extra exposure persuasive argumentation skills and examine aspects of to academic writing. To help students negotiate the the writing process critical for creating effective essays: demands of academic writing, courses include from generating ideas and interesting theses, to practice in critical reading, argumentation, style, making sure an essay is focused, to editing for clear and editing; they also stress writing as a process, and precise prose. This is a first-semester course with where the first draft is not the last and where individual tutorials that prepares students for a feedback from peers becomes crucial in revising. second-semester topic-based or discipline-based writing. Prerequisite: Open only to members of the Students interested in Creative Writing will find first-year class as assigned by the Director of College these courses listed under the English Department. Writing.

WRITING PROGRAM FACULTY 106 Children of the Night and Their Music HU Acting Director of the Writing Program and Assistant D.Ki ght Professor of English Debora Sherman An examination of monstrosity in literature, film, Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing and Consultant culture and theory. By focusing on three monster to the Writing Program Kristin Lindgren figures that have drawn the attention of a number of Francis B. Gummere Professor of English Kimberly authors and film makers the Vampire, the Creature, Benston and the Double this course seeks to discover what John Whitehead Professor of Philosophy, Emeritus, L. monsters are, what kinds of fears they embody, how Aryeh Kosman they can be read against each other, and why these Elizabeth Ufford Green Professor of Natural Sciences figures and their relatives continue to fascinate us. Judith Owen Readings include three novels and a number of other Constance and Robert MacCrate Professor in Social texts (short stories, poems, films, theoretical essays). Responsibility J. David Dawson Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students as Professor of History Emma Lapsansky-Werner assigned by the Director of College Writing. Associate Professor of Independent College Programs Kaye Edwards Associate Professor of English Gustavus Stadler 109 Perspectives on Immigration and Education in Assistant Professor of French Duane Kight the United States SO Assistant Professor of English Theresa Tensuan B.Hall Visiting Assistant Professor of Visual Culture, Fine The primary goal of this course is to challenge Arts and Philosophy John Muse students as academic readers, writers and thinkers Visiting Assistant Professor of English Rebecca while providing support for continuous growth. We Sheehan will immerse ourselves in the historical, social, Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing Joseph cultural, political, linguistic, and various other Benatov contexts of immigration to the United States, with a Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing Sue Benston focus on salient issues relating to k-12 public Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing Peter Gaffney education. What kinds of experiences, we will ask, Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing Barbara Hall have immigrant students had in American schools in Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing April Logan the past century? Have schools served this population Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing Steven Marr well? How are schooling and citizenship related? Does

217 public education facilitate or hinder immigrant movie A Thousand Acres, Apuleius' tale Cupid and students in attaining the "American dream" of success Psyche, the French fairy tale Beauty and the Beast, Jean and fortune? How do various kinds of educational Cocteau's movie, La belle et la bite, Walt Disney's practice (like bilingual education, English as a Second musical Beauty and the Beast. Prerequisite: Open only Language instruction, and contemporary to first year students as assigned by the Director of multicultural education) marginalize or empower College Writing. immigrant students? Readings for the course will include a wide variety of perspectives on these issues, and to that end will include academic articles, 116 Illness, Medicine, and Storytelling HU ethnographic texts, autobiographical writing, and K Lindgren fiction. Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students An exploration of the narrative dimension of disease. as assigned by the Director of College Writing. We will examine the forms that stories of illness take and the purposes they serve, and also how doctors such as Freud and Oliver Sacks have shaped the genre 110 Medical Narratives HU of the case history. Prerequisite: Open only to first year KBenston students as assigned by the Director of College In "To Build A Case" Rita Charon asserts a polarity Writing. between the patient's oral tale and the doctor's written case history: "They are opposing entities. They are examples of language being used in fundamentally 118 Disability and Difference HU different ways. Their goals conflict." We'll test this KLindgren pronouncement as we read across a spectrum of An exploration of disability in a variety of genres and fiction and nonfiction texts. How does medical contexts. The texts for the course include memoirs language illuminate, and how does it obfuscate, the that chronicle the experience of living with disability patient's individual experience? Do the doctor's or parenting a disabled child; essays that examine practices of "history-taking" and "case reporting" contested definitions of impairment, disability, and wrest narrative control from the patient-and, if so, normalcy; and representations of disability in case what are the benefits and costs of a usurping histories, works of fiction, and film. We will ask: How authority? Can we detect the patient's subjective is the "normal" body constituted by discourses of dilemmas finding expression in the doctor's own disability and difference? What is the relationship struggle for solutions? This course will attempt to between the disabled body and the rhetorics of place the two supposed narrative opponents into a medicine, democracy, gender, race, class and social larger context: a rich assortment of medical story- justice? Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students tellers. What types of medical narrative exist outside as assigned by the Director of College Writing. the consulting room and the "chart," and do they effectively reconcile the alleged conflict between 119 Becoming: Memoirs about Creating a Life in patient- and physician-narrator? We'll look at illness Science or Medicine HU through a variety of lenses, taking our readings not C Schilling only from standard case reports but from patient Writing a memoir and doing science or medicine have memoirs, physician memoirs, medical journalism, more in common than might at first seem likely. They essays in philosophy of mind, and (last but hardly share the intellectual pursuit of making discoveries least!) literary fiction. We will seek to understand the and the ethical value of creating trust. We'll center efficacy of each genre (even, one might say, its our attention on four memoirs. One will be James therapeutic implications) while training a clear eye on Watson's The Double Helix, which describes the work its inevitable evasions and oversights. Prerequisite: he did in his early twenties that led to the co-discovery Open only to first year students as assigned by the of the structure of DNA molecule. Another will be Director of College Writing. Pauline Chen's Final Exam: A Surgeon's Reflections on Mortality, which exposes her struggles to reconcile the 111 Versions and Adaptations HU depersonalization implicated in medical education A.Kosman with her moral growth. These and other selections Practicing the arts of writing and reading, speaking (perhaps one that looks back at medicine from the and listening, in relation to a number of works perspective of being ill) will expose some myths about organized around the theme of adaptation. How do doing science and medicine as they create new ones, short stories or novels, say, get made into movies, or but mostly the memoirs will reveal how their writers movies into one another, or novels into one another? became interested in their work and dedicated to What kinds of theoretical issues about the nature of doing it exquisitely well. These readings will also works of art, of genre, of performance, are raised by instigate ethical questions about life writing itself, these works? Several short papers, several long papers, especially about the responsibilities and complexities several oral presentations. Works to be considered of representing one's self and others to the world. include: Jane Austin's novel Emma, Diarmuid This project will ultimately invite us to explore Lawrence's movie Emma, Douglas McGrath's TV relationships between composing a story and production Emma, Amy Heckerling's movie Clueless, composing a life. Prerequisite.. Open only to first-year Shakespeare's King Lear, Akira Kurosawa's Ran, Jane students as assigned by the Director of College Smiley's novel A Thousand Acres, Jocelyn Moorhouse's Writing. 218 Writing Program

120 Evolutionary Arguments from Darwin to controversy is portrayed in the media and in fiction. GATTACA HU Finally, by evaluating the writings of scientists and C.Schilling journalists, we will work together to determine the The capacious explanatory power of Darwin's concept most effective models of communication of scientific of evolution depended upon the metaphors and advances. Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students stories that circulated in the scientist's cultural world as assigned by the Director of College Writing. to make a startling idea accessible and persuasive. Ever since their publication, The Origin of Species and The Descent of Man have, in turn, generated literary 128 Reading Sacred Texts: In Quest of the Human fictions representing disparate interpretations of HU evolution's meaning to human culture. We will trace D.Dawson these cultural exchanges between science and literature Religions propose various ways of becoming "fully," by reading selections from Darwin's writing along "authentically," or "actually" human. Non-religious with literary works that have responded either humanists often counter that religions are not needed explicitly or indirectly to his ideas. We will discuss the to achieve one's humanity, or--in the worst case-- literary and cultural fate of some of Darwin's key positively undermine or destroy it. Taking words, such as "survival," "extinction," "adaptation," Christianity as our test case, we'll examine this clash "fittest," and "progress." And we will speculate about of perspectives and contemplate its implications how they enter certain constructions of abundant through reading, discussing, and writing in response productivity or irretrievable loss, incremental to four texts: Augustine's Confessions, Feuerbach's The alteration and catastrophic change, stunning beauty or Essence of Christianity, Kierkegaard's Philosophical grotesque horror, competition or cooperation, elegant Fragments, and Nietzsche's On the Genealogy of design or universal chaos. Prerequisite: Open only to Morals. Small group writing tutorials will be an first-year students as assigned by the Director of important component of the course. Prerequisite: College Writing. Open only to first year students as assigned by the Director of College Writing. (Carries credit for the Religion major.) 122 Writing in Public Health NA (Cross-listed in Biology) j Owen 129 The Lotus Sutra: Text, Image, and Practice The study of public health and the development of HU (Cross-listed in East Asian Studies and public health policy are multidisciplinary activities Religion) which engage students and practitioners in the areas H. Glassman of science, medicine, mathematics, public policy, An exploration of the Lotus Sutra, arguably the most economics and politics. This course will address both important text in the history of East Asian Buddhism. national and global public health issues. In the first We will examine its narrative and doctrinal half of the semester, students will read and write about dimensions, study artistic representations of its stories, the increasing rate at which Americans are afflicted and explore the practice and cult of the text. with type 2 diabetes, analyze why it preferentially Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students as affects certain racial and ethnic groups and develop assigned by the Director of College Writing. their own ideas about how to ameliorate this incipient public health disaster. The second half of the course 130 Themes in the Anthropology of Religion SO will focus on the ongoing problem of infectious (Cross-listed in Anthropology) disease in America and in the countries of the third Z.Ngwane world. Despite more than a century of research, we Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students as have still not solved the global health problems assigned by the Director of College Writing. associated with influenza, malaria, tuberculosis and other infectious diseases. Students will learn about the biology of some of these diseases and study the 132 Writing Beethoven HU (Cross-listed in Music) mechanisms which are currently being used to R. Freedman minimize their impact on the health of different An exploration of Beethoven's life and works, populations. Prerequisite: Open only to first-year considered in the context of changing aesthetic and students as assigned by the Director of College cultural values of the last two centuries. Students will Writing. listen to Beethoven's music, study some of his letters- and conversation books, and read some of the many responses his art has engendered. In their written 126 Passion, Proof and Persuasion: The Nature of responses to all of this material, students will think Scientific Inquiry NA (Cross-listed in Biology) about Beethoven's music and artistic personality as J.Punt well as about the ideas and assumptions that have An exploration of the narratives underlying scientific guided the critical reception of art and life. They will discovery. Using select scientific memoirs and learn to cultivate their skills as readers and listeners biographies as a guide, we will explore motivations while improving their craft as writers. Prerequisite: that drive scientists and scientific breakthroughs. We Open only to first-year students as assigned by the will then analyze the work of a single biologist from Director of College Writing. multiple perspectives and examine how scientific

219 133 The American West in Fact and Fiction SO 139 Prostitution/Sex Work Debates SO ELapsansky N.Banu An examination of the imagery of the American West. There is, perhaps, no social phenomenon as steeped in Using visual and verbal images, this course explores controversy, confusion and mythology as prostitution. such diverse aspects of the West as cowboys, For some prostitution is the ultimate symbol of cartography, water rights, race and social class, women's sexual exploitation in a patriarchal society technology, religion, prostitution, and landscape whereas others differ by arguing that not all painting. Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students prostitutes are exploited victims but rather agents with as assigned by the Director of College Writing. control over their actions. Some see prostitution as a timeless phenomenon, the oldest profession that holds mirror to some essential dynamics between the sexes. 134 The Politics of Pop: Culture, Capital, Others describe it as an economic transaction that has Consumption and (the) Clash SO taken different forms throughout history. How do we S.Marr understand the interplay of money, morality and This course in contemporary social and political gender/sexuality at the center of prostitution? What theory addresses the political implications of popular kinds of policies are needed to address the conditions culture. Melding theory with specific case studies, the of people living in prostitution? In this'course we will course situates music, consumerism, and television in explore these issues seeking help from the writings of the context of power, capitalism, citizenship, and the feminist thinkers, activists and prostitutes. practice of democratic politics. Primary questions the Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students as course interrogates include: Are democracy and assigned by the Director of College Writing. consumption incompatible? Is consumption political or de-politicizing? Is there a distinction between high/low culture? What are the social, moral, political 140 The Language of Argument HU implications of such a distinction? If "pop" has a J. Muse politics, what is it? Readings include essays from Karl In this course students will learn how to analyze Marx, Pierre Bourdieu, Benjamin Barber, Zygmunt arguments, compose arguments of their own, and Bauman, Mary Douglas, Jean Baudrillard and Philip write clear, concise, and elegant prose. The first half of K. Dick. Prerequisite: Open only to first year students the course will relate principles of argument and as assigned by the Director of College Writing. composition to principles of textual analysis. A good reader can analyze the logic of an argument, the style of its presentation, and the way it solicits its audience. 136 Myth & Society HU Similarly, the good writer understands her audience, B. Mulligan adopts a style appropriate to the situation, and crafts Why did Vergil turn to the myth of Troy to comment an argument that establishes grounds for possible on the rise of Rome s empire and the fall of its agreement. A good writer is a better reader. For republican government? How did Freud use the myth example, in Act II, scene ii of Hamlet, Polonius wastes of Oedipus in formulating the principles of time while saying he won't: "...since brevity is the psychoanalysis? Focusing on the mythologies of the soul of wit / And tediousness the limbs and outward ancient Mediterranean in particular those of Greece flourishes / I will be brief..." He can't even speak and Rome we will explore the roles that myth can play briefly of brevity but follows his aphorism with a in society. In the process of investigating variety of redundant flourish of his own. Like Polonius, when approaches individuals and societies can take to myth, you present your reader with tedious prose you students will hone their abilities at critical reading and present yourself as tedious. And though few occasions writing. Whenever possible, we will draw connections warrant such a presentation, this course will supply and comparisons to the mythologies of other cultures students with the power to suit their words to (including our own). Prerequisite: Open only to first- different occasions and the power to read how others year students as assigned by the Director of College in turn both craft themselves and either succeed or fail Writing. to convince. The second half of the course will consider the relation between experience and 138 Critical Issues in Education: Politics and language, between our world and our words. Using Practices SO (Cross-listed in Education) the analytic tools assembled during the first half, we A.Lesnick will examine works of philosophy and literature that An examination of major issues concerning seek to define this relation. Texts will include, Plato's educational reform through readings, discussions, Gorgias, Friedrich Nietzsche's early essay, "On Truth writing, and 3-4 visits to a school context. Among the and Lying in an Extra-moral Sense," and Toni issues to be explored are the complexity of U.S. Morrison's novel, Sula. W e will evaluate these works education; the meaning of childhood, culture, on the basis of their claims about language and on the freedom, and difference; and the possibilities for basis of the language of these claims. Prerequisite: educational reinvention and empowerment. Open only to first-year students as assigned by the Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students as Director of College Writing. assigned by the Director of College Writing.

220 Writing Program

142 Excursions in the Void: Existentialism, right to wiretap our phones? How can we balance Nihilism and Radical Doubt HU copyright protection with our right to free speech? We P. Gaffney will examine arguments that have been made for This course will explore the ethical, political and various balances at various times and enter into the aesthetic implications of existentialism with reference fray with our own essays, sharing drafts with each to other "moments of doubt" in philosophy and other and using feedback to produce work that is literature, including nihilism and radical doubt. clearly written, logically consistent, and relevant. Writing assignments and class discussion will aim at Prerequisite: Open only to first-year students as answering questions like the following: What is assigned by the Director of College Writing. existentialism good for? Does it constitute a plausible strategy for engaging the complexity, difficulty and 147 A History of Mechanized Thought NA/QU ambiguity of everyday experience? Prerequisite: Open (Cross-listed in Computer Science) only to members of the first-year class as assigned by the Director of College Writing. S.Lindell An exploration of the history of computer and information systems, from early number systems to 144 In Harmony with Nature: Quaker Perspectives binary arithmetic, and from the abacus to the modern on Sustainability SO computer. Includes a laboratory which explores K Edwards aspects of digital and analog computing. Prerequisite: How are Quakers, through their individual lives and Open only to first-year students as assigned by the group efforts, answering the moral challenges posed Director of College Writing. by growing economic inequalities and the continuing degradation of the earth's environment? This seminar 148 Innovation, Rebellion and Dissent HU will speak to the Quaker testimonies of simplicity, integrity, equality and community, asking how they J.Benatov What motivates people to rebel? This course examines might inform and help realize more just relationships the notions of originality and dissent from both a among peoples and more sustainable living on our social and an aesthetic perspectiVe. Our readings and planet. We will explore current initiatives by Friends analyses during the semester will demonstrate that to bear witness to these issues through the political there is no clear-cut separation between these two process, appropriate uses of technology, and spheres and that artistic and social idiosyncrasy are alternative ways of living with the world. The course mutually constitutive elements. Readings include: will draw on historical and current interpretations of Herman Melville, "Bartleby, the Scrivener"; Jorge Quaker faith and practice as well as on arguments Luis Borges, "Thin, Uqbar, Orbis Tertius"; Philip advanced by Quaker economists, environmentalists, Roth, "The Conversion of the Jews," "Eli the lawyers and lobbyists. Fanatic"; J.D. Salinger, "A Perfect Day for Bananafish," "Teddy;" Ken Kesey, One Flew Over the 145 The Culture of War HU Cuckoo's Nest; Pulp Fiction Dir. Quentin Tarantino; P.Gaffizey Adaptation, Dir. Spike Jonze; Italo Calvino, If on a This course takes a close look at cultural production Winter's Night a Traveler. Prerequisite: Open only to about or during times of war, with an aim to first-year students as assigned by the Director of understand the way particular authors, artists and College Writing. filmmakers negotiate discourses of nationalism, terrorism, hypermasculinity, the rational and the 150 Introduction to Literary Analysis HU (Cross- irrational, and the role of the media. The course will focus on WWI, WWII and the Vietnam War, but will listed in English) KBenston, R. Sheehan, D.Sherman, G.Stadler, also consider similar themes from the post-Cold War era, including the war in the Balkans, and the Gulf T. Tensuan Intended like other sections of the Writing Program and Iraq War. Some of the questions we will consider to advance students' critical reading and analytical include: What have been the motivations and writing skills, this course is geared specifically towards justifications for war as represented in these texts and introducing students to the discipline that studies the other media? What have been the effects of war on literary traditions of the English language. One of its soldiers and on those who remain at home? How does aims is to explore the broad range of thematic interests the rhetoric of war shape society and its institutions, inherent in these traditions, sharing as they do even during times of peace? Prerequisite: Open only to common roots in the history of our language and its members of the first-year class as assigned by the influences. The powers and limits of language; ideas Director of College Writing. of "character" and "community," and the relation between person and place; heroic endeavor and the 146 Freedom and Power in the Information Age mystery of evil; loss and renovation—these are among NA the themes to be tracked through various strategies of D. Wonnacott literary representation and interpretation in a variety An exploration of the impact of information of genres (epic, narrative, and poetry) and modes technology on our ability to create a balance between (realism, allegory, and romance), and across a range of conflicting rights, e.g. does the government have a historical periods. Our goal is to develop the

221 vocabulary, skills, and knowledge necessary to understand not only how we decide what literary texts "mean," but also how literary texts generate and contemplate "meaning." Courses 2009-10: Benston, "Monstrous and Marvelous Passions of the West from Homer to the Holocaust;" Sheehan, "The Gaze of Narcissus;" Sherman, "The Use(s) of the Past;" Stadler, "Encountering the Unknown;" T. Tensuan, "In the Wake of War: Literary Representations of Violence and Its Aftermath." Introduces and carries credit toward the English major. Prerequisite: Open only to first year students as assigned by the Director of College Writing.

480 Independent Study HU

COURSES AT BRYN MAWR (These courses do not fulfill the writing requirement of Haverford College but are open to Haverford students as space is available.)

English 125 Writing Workshop English 126 Writing Workshop for Non-Native Speakers of English English 220 Writing in Theory/Writing in Practice: The Study of the Teaching of Writing (Also listed as Education 220)

222 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Faculty 224

Directory for Correspondence 2.31

Index 232

223 FACULTY William F. Hohenstein, Associate Professor of PRESIDENT AND PROVOST Sociology, Emeritus B.A., Maryknoll Seminary; M.A. and Ph.D., Stephen G. Emerson, President University of Pennsylvania BA., Haverford College; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale University Holland Hunter, Professor of Economics, Emeritus Linda A. Bell, Provost and Professor of Economics B.S., Haverford College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Harvard University University Dale H. Husemoller, Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus EMERITI B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A. and Ph.D., Thomas A. Benham, Professor of Engineering Harvard University Emeritus B.S. and M.S., Haverford College Joanne Hutchinson, Professor of English, Emeritus BA., M.A., and Ph.D., Temple University R. Christopher Cairns, Professor of Fine Arts, Emeritus L. Aryeh Kosman, John Whitehead Professor of B.A., Oberlin College; M.F.A., Tulane University Philosophy, Emeritus B.A. and M.A., University of California, Berkeley; John R. Cary, Professor of German, Emeritus Ph.D., Harvard University BA., Haverford College; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University Richard Luman, Professor of Religion, Emeritus BA., MA., and Ph.D., University of Iowa William C. Davidon, Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus Wyatt MacGaffey, John R. Coleman Professor of B.S., M.S., and Ph.D., University of Chicago Social Sciences, Emeritus B.A. and MA., Cambridge University; Ph.D., Douglas A. Davis, Professor of Psychology, Emeritus University of California, Los Angeles BA., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Michigan Colin F. MacKay, John Farnum Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus Vernon J. Dixon, Research Professor of Economics B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S. and Ph.D., B.B.A., Manhattan College; M.S., Columbia University of Chicago University; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University Slavica S. Matacic, Professor of Biology, Emeritus Ramon Garcia-Castro, Associate Professor of Spanish, M.S. and Ph.D., University of Zagreb Emeritus B.E., University of Chile; M.A., Harvard University; Robert A. Mortimer, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Emeritus BA., Wesleyan University; M.A. and Ph.D., Daniel J. Gillis, Professor of Classics, Emeritus Columbia University B.A., Harvard College; M.A. and Ph.D., Cornell University Sidney I. Perloe, Professor of Psychology, Emeritus BA., New York University; Ph.D., University of Harvey Glickman, Professor of Political Science, Michigan Emeritus B.A., Princeton University; M.A. and Ph.D., James C. Ransom, Associate Professor of English, Harvard University Emeritus BA., University of New Mexico; M.A. and Ph.D., Marcel M. Gutwirth, John Whitehead Professor of Yale University French, Emeritus B.A., Columbia College; M.A. and Ph.D., Joseph A. Russo, Audrey A. and John L. Dusseau Columbia University Professor in the Humanities, Emeritus BA., Brooklyn College; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale Douglas H. Heath, Professor of Psychology, Emeritus University BA., Amherst College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University

224 Faculty

Melvin Santer, Professor of Biology, Emeritus Ralph Barnes, Visiting Assistant Professor of B.S., St. John's University; M.S., University of Psychology Massachusetts; Ph.D., The George Washington B.A., Malone College; M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University University .

Sara M. Shumer, Associate Professor of Political Julie Becher, Visiting Assistant Professor of Economics Science, Emeritus B.S., M.A., and Ph.D., Pennsylvania State B.A., Barnard College; M.A. and Ph.D., University University of California, Berkeley Cristina Beltrin, Associate Professor of Political Charles Stegeman, Professor of Fine Arts, Emeritus Science Academie Royale des Beaux Arts, Brussels B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz; Ph.D., Rutgers University Susan M. Stuard, Professor of History, Emeritus B.A., Smith College; MA., University of Rochester; Joseph Benatov, Visiting Assistant Professor of Ph.D., Yale University Writing B.A. and M.A., Sofia University; M.A. and Ph.D., Claude E. Wintner, Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus University of Pennsylvania B.A., Princeton University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University Kimberly Benston, Francis B. Gummere Professor of English Martha Wintner, Senior Lecturer in English, B.A., M.A., M.Phil., and Ph.D., Yale University Emeritus B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Harvard University; Susan Benston, Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing M.A., Freie Universitat; M.Phil., Yale University B.A., Yale University; M.D., Yale School of Medicine ACTIVE Karin Stigsdotter Akerfeldt, Professor of Chemistry Frances Blase, Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., University of Stockholm; M.S., University of BA., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr California, Davis; Ph.D., University of California, College Berkeley Marilyn G. Boltz, Professor of Psychology Hiram Aldorando, Visiting Assistant Professor of B.A. and M.A., University of Toledo; Ph.D., Ohio Spanish State University B.A., University of Puerto Rico; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., The University of Chicago Craig Thomas Borowiak, Assistant Professor of Political Science Stephon Alexander, Associate Professor of Physics B.A. Carleton College; Ph.D., Duke University B.S., Haverford College; Sc.M. Physics, Brown University; Sc.M. Electrical Engineering, Brown Stephen P. Boughn, John Farnum Professor of University; Ph.D., Brown University Astronomy B.A., Princeton University; M.S. and Ph.D., Suzanne Amador Kane, Associate Professor of Physics Stanford University and Biophysics B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S. Joshua Brooks, Visiting Instructor in Writing and Ph.D., Harvard University B.S. and M.Ed., Lesley College

Koffi Anyinifa, Professor of French Imke Brust, Visiting Assistant Professor of German Licence de Lettres, Universite du Benin, Lome M.A., Christian-Alrechts-Universitat zu Kiel (Togo); M.A. and Ph.D., Universitat Bayreuth Israel Burshatin, Barbara Riley Levin Professor of Ingrid Arauco, Associate Professor of Music Spanish and Comparative Literature BA., Goucher College; M.A. and Ph.D., University B.A., Queens College; M.A., M.Phil., and Ph.D., of Pennsylvania; DEA, Universite de Paris IV — Columbia University Sorbonne, France Lynne M. Butler, Professor of Mathematics Richard Ball, Associate Professor of Economics B.A., University of Chicago; M.A. and Ph.D., BA., Williams College; M.S., Michigan State Massachusetts Institute of Technology University; Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley Christine Cacioppo, Visiting Instructor in Music Biswajit Banerjee, Visiting Professor of Economics B.Mus., Kent State University; M.A., New York B.A. and M.A., University of Delhi; M.Phil and University Ph.D., University of Oxford

225 Curtis Cacioppo, Ruth Marshall Magill Professor of Andrew Friedman, Assistant Professor* of History Music B.S., Northwestern University; M.F.A., University B.Mus., Kent State University; M.A., New York of Iowa; Ph.D., Yale University University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University (*contingent on completing Ph.D. requirements by September 1, 2009) Roberto Castillo Sandoval, Associate Professor of Spanish Victoria Funari, Visiting Instructor in Independent BA., Kenyon College; M.A., Vanderbilt University; College Programs A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard University B.F.A., New York University

Rebecca Jean Compton, Associate Professor of Peter Gaffney, Visiting Assistant Professor of Writing Psychology B.A., Stanford University; M.A. and Ph.D., B.A., Vassar College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of University of Pennsylvania Chicago Ashok Gangadean, Professor of Philosophy Jody Cohen, Senior Lecturer in Education BA., City College of New York; Ph.D., Brandeis M.A., Brown University; Ph.D., University of University Pennsylvania Russell Garrett, Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology Alison Cook-Sather, Lecturer in Education B.A., University of Southern Louisiana; M.S., B.A., University of Santa Cruz; M.A., Stanford Wright University; Ph.D., University of Rochester University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Robert Germany, Assistant Professor of Classics Gerald Cyrus, Visiting Assistant Professor of ine Arts B.A. — University of Texas at Austin; Ph.D., B.S., University of Southern California, Los University of Chicago Angeles; M.F.A., School of Visual Arts, New York University Linda G. Gerstein, Professor of History B.A. and M.A., Radcliffe College; Ph.D., Harvard J. David Dawson, Constance and Robert MacCrate University Professor in Social Responsibility B.A., Towson State University; M.Div., Duke Maris Boyd Gillette, Associate Professor of University; M.A., M.Phil., and Ph.D., Yale Anthropology University B.A., Smith College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University Thomas Devaney, Visiting Assistant Professor of English Hank Glassman, Associate Professor of East Asian B.A., Temple University; M.F.A., Brooklyn College Studies A.B., Columbia College; Ph.D., Stanford University John Dougherty, Assistant Professor and Laboratory Coordinator in Computer Science Jerry P. Gollub, John and Barbara Bush Professor in B.A., La Salle College; M.S., Drexel University; the Natural Sciences D.Phil, Temple University B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University Florence Echtman, Instructor in French B.A., Hunters College; M.A., Middlebury College Mark Gould, Professor of Sociology B.A., Reed College; Ph.D., Harvard University Mary Kaye Edwards, Associate Professor of Independent College Programs Neal Grabell, Visiting Professor of Independent B.S., Indiana University; Ph.D., University of College Programs Colorado B.A., Haverford College; J.D., Georgetown University Robert Fairman, Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Long Island University; Ph.D., Stanford Lisa Jane Graham, Frank A. Kafker Professor of University History A.B., Cornell University; MA., New York C. Stephen Finley, Professor of English University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University BA., Baylor University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Virginia Curtis Greene, J. McLain King Professor of Mathematics Richard Freedman, Professor of Music B.A., Harvard College; Ph.D., California Institute B.Mus., University of Western Ontario; M.A. and of Technology Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

226 Faculty

Barbara Hall, Lecturer in Education Hee Sook Kim, Assistant Professor of Fine Arts A.B., Bryn Mawr College; M.S, University of B.F.A. and M.F.A., Seoul National University; Pennsylvania M.A., New York University

Laurie Hart, Edmund and Margiana Stinnes Alexander Kitroeff, Associate Professor of History Professorship in Global Studies BA., University of Warwick, United Kingdom; B.A., Antioch College; M.Arch., University of M.A., University of Keele, United Kingdom; California, Berkeley; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard D.Phil., Oxford University University Yoko Koike, Senior Lecturer in Japanese and Director Darin Hayton, Assistant Professor of History of the Japanese Language Program B.Sc. and M.A., C.S.U. Long Beach; Ph.D., BA., Japan Women's University; M.S., University University of Notre Dame of Pennsylvania

Rachel E. Hoang, Assistant Professor of Biology Kenneth Koltun-Fromm, Associate Professor of B.Sc., Emmanuel College, University of Cambridge; Religion Ph.D., Wellcome/CRC Institute, University of B.A., Haverfurd College; M.A., Harvard Divinity Cambridge School; Ph.D., Stanford University

Shizhe Huang, CV Starr Professorship in Asian Naomi Koltun-Fromm, Associate Professor of Studies Religion B.A., Wuhan Teachers College; B.A., Bryn Mawr BA., Columbia University; M.A. and Ph.D., College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Stanford University Pennsylvania Vladimir Kontorovich, Professor of Economics Tracey Hucks, Associate Professor of Religion University Diploma, Novosibirsk University; Ph.D., B.A. and M.A., Colgate University; Ph.D., Harvard University of Pennsylvania University James Krippner, Associate Professor of History Anita J. Isaacs-Kitroeff, Benjamin R. Collins B.A., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign; Professor of Social Sciences M.A. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison B.A., McGill University; M.Phil. and D.Phil., Oxford University Roger Lane, Research Professor of Social Sciences BA., Yale University; Ph.D., Harvard University Heidi Jacob, Director of the Bryn Mawr-Haverford Orchestra and Associate Professor of Music Emma Lapsanslcy-Werner, Professor of History and B.Mus., The Curtis Institute of Music; M.Mus., Curator of the Quaker Collection The Juilliard School B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Paul C. Jefferson, Associate Professor ofHhtory Benjamin Chinh Le, Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Harvard College; Ph.D., Harvard University BA., Grinnell College; M.S. and Ph.D., Purdue University Saleha Jilani, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Alice Lesnick, Director of the Bryn Mawr-Haveiford Johns Hopkins University Teacher Education Program and Senior Lecturer in Education Karl Johnson, Professor of Biology B.A., Yale University; M.A., St. John's College BA., Swarthmore College; M.S., M.Phil., and Graduate Institute; Ph.D., University of Ph.D., Yale University Pennsylvania

Terrence Johnson, Assistant Professor of Religion Ying Li, Professor of Fine Arts B.A., Morehouse College; Master of Divinity, Anhui Teachers University; M.F.A., Parsons School Harvard Divinity School; Ph.D., Brown University of Design

Massayo Kaneko, Visiting Assistant Professor of East Steven Lindell, Professor of Computer Science Asian Studies B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of California, Los B.A., Hiroshima University; M.A., Indiana Angeles University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Kristin A. Lindgren, Visiting Lecturer in Rhetoric Duane W. Kight, Assistant Professor of French and Composition B.A., Hobart College; M.A. and Ph.D., University B.A., Dartmouth College; M.A., Columbia of Pennsylvania University

227 David Lippel, Visiting Assistant Professor and Weiwen Miao, Associate Professor of Mathematics Laboratory Coordinator in Mathematics B.S., Bejing University; M.S. and Ph.D., Tufts B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., University of University California, Berkeley Graciela Michelotti, Associate Professor of Spanish Thomas Lloyd, Director of the Bryn Mawr- M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Haverford Choral Program and Associate Professor of Music Jerry Miller, Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.M., Oberlin College Conservatory of Music; BA., Yale University, M.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Yale Divinity School; M.M., Yale University Ph.D., University of California, Santa Cruz School of Music; D.MA., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Raj eswari Mohan, Associate Professor of English B.S., Women's Christian College, India; M.A., April C. Logan, Visiting Instructor in the Writing Madurai University, India; M.A. and Ph.D., Program Syracuse University BA., University of Virginia; M.A., Temple University Jorge Moreno, Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics M.Sc., Centro de Investigacion y de Estudios Danielle Macbeth, T Wister Brown Professor of Avanzados del I.P.N.; M.Sc. and Ph.D., University Philosophy of Pennsylvania B.S., University of Alberta; B.A., McGill University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Andrea Morris, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Haverford College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton Robert Manning, William H and Johanna A. University Harris Computational Science Professorship B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., Cornell University Bret Edmund Mulligan, Assistant Professor of Classics Lisa McCormick, Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Brown University B.A. and B.Mus., Rice University; M.Phil, Oxford University; M.Phil., M.A. and Ph.D., Yale John Muse, Visiting Assistant Professor of Fine Arts University A.B., Cornell University; M.F.A., San Francisco Art Institute; Ph.D., U.C. Berkeley Stephen J. McGovern, Associate Professor of Political Science Amy Neeren, Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Cornell University; J.D., B.S., Penn State University; M.A. and Ph.D., New York University School of Law Temple University

Laura McGrane, Assistant Professor of English Terry Lynn Newirth, Professor of Chemistry BA., College of Saint Benedict/Saint John's A.B., Bryn Mawr College; Ph.D., Massachusetts University; B.A./M.A. (Oxon.) and M.S. (Oxon.), Institute of Technology Oxford University; Ph.D., Stanford University Zolani Ngwane, Associate Professor of Anthropology Anne Marie McGuire, Kies Family Associate Master of Sacred Theology, Chicago Theological Professorship in the Humanities or Social Services Seminary; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Chicago BA., Barnard College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., M.Phil., and Ph.D., Yale University Alexander Norquist, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S. and Ph.D., Maud Burnett McInerney, Associate Professor of Northwestern University English B.A., University of Toronto; M.A. and Ph.D., Rachel Oberter, Mellon Postdoctoral Fellow and University of California, Berkeley Visiting Assistant Professor of Independent College Programs Barak Mendelsohn, Assistant Professor of Political B.A., Williams College; M.A., M.Phil, and Ph.D., Science Yale University B.A., The Hebrew University, Jerusalem; MA., Tel Aviv University; M.A. and Ph.D., Cornell Iruka Okeke, Associate Professor of Biology University B.Pharm. and M.S., Obafemi Awolowo University; Ph.D., Obafemi Awolowo University and University Philip Meneely, Professor of Biology of Maryland School of Medicine B.S., Geneva College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Judith Owen, Elizabeth Ufford Green Professor in the Natural Sciences B.A. and M.A., Cambridge University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

228 Faculty

David Owens, Assistant Professor of Economics David Sedley, Associate Professor of French B.S., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of B.A., Yale University; Ph.D., Princeton University California, Berkeley Rebecca Sheehan, Visiting Assistant Professor of R. Bruce Partridge, Research Professor of Natural English Sciences B.A., Stanford University; M.A., The University of BA., Princeton University; D.Phil, Oxford Pennsylvania; Ph.D., The University of University Pennsylvania

Anne E. Preston, Professor of Economics Debora Sherman, Acting Director of College Writing; B.A., Princeton University; M.A. and Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Rhetoric and Composition and Harvard University English A.B., Vassar College; Ph.D., Brown University - Jennifer Punt, Professor of Biology A.B., Bryn Mawr College; V.M.D., University of Jesse Weaver Shipley, Assistant Professor of . Pennsylvania School of Veterinary Medicine; Ph.D., Anthropology University of Pennsylvania B.A., Brown University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Chicago Celia Reisman, Visiting Assistant Professor of Fine Arts Clay Shonkwiler, Visiting Assistant Professor of B.A., Carnegie-Mellon University; M.F.A., Yale Mathematics School of Art B.S., University of the South; P.D., The University of Pennsylvania Deborah H. Roberts, William R. Kenan, Jr. Professor of Comparative Literature and Classics Stephanie Frank Singer, Research Professor of B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Stanford Mathematics University; Ph.D., Yale University B.S., Yale University; M.S., New York University; Ph.D., Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences Joshua Marc Sabloff, Assistant Professor of Mathematics Paul J. Smith, John R. Coleman Professor of Social A.B., Harvard University; Ph.D., Stanford Sciences University A.B., Bard College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Anna Sajina, Visiting Assistant Professor of Astronomy B.A., University of British Columbia; M.S. Walter Smith, Professor of Physics University of British Columbia; Ph.D., University of B.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Harvard British Columbia University

Bethel Saler, Associate Professor of History Carol Solomon-Kiefer, Visiting Associate Professor of A.B., Bryn Mawr College; M.A. and Ph.D., Independent College Programs University of Wisconsin-Madison B.A., LaSalle University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Robert C. Scarrow, Professor of Chemistry B.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., University of Gustavus T. Stadler, Associate Professor of English California, Berkeley BA., Yale University; Ph.D., Duke University

Carol Schilling, Visiting Assistant Professor of Jill Stauffer, Assistant Professor of Philosophy Writing B.A., University of California at Berkeley; M.A., B.A., Drew University; M.A., Villanova University; University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania University of California at Berkeley

Ulrich Schiinherr, Associate Professor of German Wendy Sternberg, Professor of Psychology and M.A., J. W. Goethe-Universitat; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Associate Provost Columbia University B.S., Union College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Sandy Schram, Visiting Professor of Political Science B.A., St. Lawrence University; M.A., State Ute Striker, Senior Lecturer in Italian University of New York-Albany; Ph.D., S'6.te B.A., University of Neuchatel, Switzerland; M.A., University of New York-Albany University of Bonn, Germany

Joshua A. Schrier, Assistant Professor of Chemistry Yung-sheng Tai, Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A. and B.S., St. Peter's College; Ph.D., University B.S., National Taiwan University; Ph.D., Harvard of California, Berkeley University

229 Ruti Talmor, Visiting Assistant Professor of Anat Yom-Tov, Assistant Professor* of Sociology Independent College Programs and Mellon Postdoctoral B.A., Tel Aviv University; M.A., Tel Aviv Fellow University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin- Ph.D., New York University Madison (*contingent on completing Ph.D. requirements by Jeffrey Tecosky-Feldman, Senior Lecturer in September 1, 2009) Mathematics B.A., Harvard University; M.A., Columbia Joel Yurdin, Assistant Professor of Philosophy University BA., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley Theresa M. Tensuan, Assistant Professor of English B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., University of Travis Zadeh, Assistant Professor of Religion California, Berkeley B.A., Middlebury College; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard University Barbara Toews, Visiting Instructor in Independent College Programs Christina Zwarg, Associate Professor of English B.A., University of Waterloo; M.A., Eastern A.B., Mount Holyoke College; A.M. and Ph.D., Mennonite University; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Brown University

Aurelia Gomez-Unamumo, Instructor in Spanish M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Banu Nilgun Uygun, Visiting Assistant Professor of Anthropology and Writing B.A., Bogazici University; Ph.D., Duke University

Sidney R. Waldman, Professor of Political Science B.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

Brian Walsh, Visiting Assistant Professor of History B.A., Cornell University; M.A., University of Washington

Elizabeth Whalley, Visiting Assistant Professor of Fine Arts B.A., Brooklyn College, CUNY; M.F.A., Brooklyn College, CUNY

Helen 'White, Assistant Professor of Chemistry M.Chem., University of Sussex; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology

William E. Williams, Professor of Fine Arts BA., Hamilton College; M.F.A., Yale School of Art

Beth Willman, Assistant Professor of Astronomy BA., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Washington

Susanna D. Wing, Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.A. (African Area Studies), M.A. (Political Science), and Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles

David G. Wonnacott, Associate Professor of Computer Science B.S.E., Princeton University; Ph.D., University of Maryland

Kathleen Wright, Professor of Philosophy B.A., Vassar College; M.A., University of Heidelberg; Ph.D., Boston College

230 Directory for Correspondence

DIRECTORY FOR CORRESPONDENCE

Stephen G. Emerson Publications and Public Affairs President Chris Mills Director of College Communications Academic and Faculty Affairs Linda Bell Records and Transcripts Provost Lee Watkins Registrar Admission and Catalog Requests Jess H. Lord Student Affairs Dean of Admission and Financial Aid Martha J. Denney Dean of the College Alumni Relations and Annual Giving Deborah Wiediger Strecker Student Bills Director of Alumni Relations and Annual Giving Barbara Wilson Student Accounts Coordinator Athletics Wendy Smith Telephone Director of Athletics (610)896-1000

Business Affairs Admission only Stephen A. Tessino (610) 896-1350 Controller and Assistant Treasurer Mailing Address Conferences Haverford College Dorothy Labe 370 Lancaster Avenue Director of Conference and Facilities Rental Haverford, PA 19041-1392

Equal Opportunity http://www.haverford.edu Mary Louise Allen Danielle Macbeth Norm Medeiros Equal Opportunity Officers

Facilities Management Ronald F. Tola Director of Facilities Management

Finance and Administration G. Richard Wynn Vice Presidentfbr Finance and Administration and Treasurer

Financial Aid David J. Hoy Director of Financial Aid

Gifts and Bequests Michael C. Kiefer Vice President for Institutional Advancement

Medical Matters Catherine Sharbaugh Director of Health Services

Multicultural Affairs Sunni Green Tolbert Director of Multicultural Affairs and Associate Dean of the College

231

INDEX

INDEX Biochemistry and Biophysics Faculty • 52 Biochemistry and Biophysics Requirements (1) FOR CERTIFICATION • 99 • 52 (2) FOR THE MINOR IN EDUCATIONAL Biology • 54 STUDIES • 100 Biology Courses • 55 3 ( Biology Faculty • 54 Biology Major Requirements • 54 3-2 Program in City and Regional Planning • 134 C A Center for Peace and Global Citizenship • 15 A.B./M.A. Program • 119 Chemistry • 62 Academic Centers • 14 CHEMISTRY CONCENTRATION • 102 ACADEMIC COMPUTING CENTER • 12 Chemistry Courses • 63 Academic Program • 16 Chemistry Faculty • 62 Academic Regulations • 20 Chemistry Major Requirements • 62 Active • 225 Chemistry Minor Requirements • 63 Additional Remarks for Mathematical Chemistry Requirements for Honors • 63 Economics • 162 CHINESE LANGUAGE • 92 Admission • 24, 25 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology at Advanced Philosophy Courses • 180 Bryn Mawr College • 68 Advanced Placement Credit • 23 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology African and Africana Studies • 30 Courses • 69 African and Africana Studies Courses • 30 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology African Studies • 30 Faculty • 68 African Studies Coordinators • 30 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology African Studies Requirements • 30 Fieldwork • 69 Africana Studies • 30 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology Africana Studies Requirements • 30 Independent Research • 69 Anthropology • 33 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology Anthropology Courses • 34 Languages • 69 Anthropology Faculty • 33 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology Anthropology Major Requirements • 33 Major Requirements • 68 Anthropology Minor Requirements • 33 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology Anthropology Requirements for Honors • 33 Minor Requirements • 68 Arabic • 39 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology Arabic Courses • 39 Museum Internship • 69 Arabic Faculty • 39 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology Areas of Concentration • 19 Requirements for Honors • 68 Arts in Education • 40 Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology ARTS IN EDUCATION COURSES • 40 Study Abroad • 69 Arts Program at Bryn Mawr College • 40 Classics • 74 Arts Program Courses • 40 Classics Faculty • 74 Arts Program Faculty • 40 Classics Major Requirements • 74 Astronomy • 47 Classics Minor Requirements • 74 Astronomy Courses • 48 Classics Requirements for Honors • 74 Astronomy Faculty • 47 Club Sport Program • 50 Astronomy Major Requirements • 47 Comparative Literature • 78 Astronomy Minor Requirements • 47 Comparative Literature Advisory Committee Astronbriny Requirements for Honors • 48 • 78 Astrophysics Major Requirements • 47 Athletics • 50 Comparative Literature Courses • 79 Comparative Literature Major Requirements Athletics Staff • 50 • 78 B Comparative Literature Minor Requirements Biochemistry and Biophysics • 52 • 79 Comparative Literature Requirements for East Asian Studies Requirements for Honors Honors • 79 • 88 Comparative Literature Teaching Faculty • Economics • 94 78 Economics Courses • 95 Computer Science • 83 Economics Faculty • 94 Computer Science Courses • 83 Economics Major Requirements • 94 Computer Science Faculty • 83 Economics Minor Requirements • 95 CONCENTRATION IN CREATIVE WRITING • Economics Requirements for Honors • 95 40 Education and Educational Studies • 99 Concentration in Environmental Studies • Education and Educational Studies Courses 126 • 100 Concentration in Geoarchaeology • 126 Education and Educational Studies Faculty Concentration in Geochemistry • 127 • 99 Concentration Requirements • 123 Emeriti • 224 Cooperation with Bryn Mawr College • 140 English • 103 Courses in Classical Studies Not Requiring English Courses • 103 Greek or Latin • 76 English Faculty • 103 Courses in Gender and Sexuality Studies English Major Requirements • 103 Offered at Bryn Mawr College • 125 English Requirements for Honors • 103 Courses in Gender and Sexuality Studies Environmental Studies at Bryn Mawr College offered at Haverford College 2009-2010 • Faculty • 111 123 Environmental Studies Program at Bryn Courses in Greek Language and Literature Mawr College • 111 • 74 Environmental Studies Requirements • 111 Courses in Latin Language and Literature • Expenses • 26 75 Courses of Instruction • 27 F CPGC COORDINATORS • 15 Facilities • 9 Creative Writing • 40 Faculty • 224 CREATIVE WRITING COURSES • 41 Film Studies at Bryn Mawr College • 113 CREATIVE WRITING MINOR REQUIREMENTS Film Studies Courses • 113 • 40 Film Studies Faculty • 113 Credit Requirement • 19 Film Studies Minor Requirements •,113 Curriculum • 17 Financial Aid • 26 Fine Arts • 114 D FINE ARTS • 13 Dance • 43 Fine Arts Courses • 114 DANCE COURSES • 43 Fine Arts Faculty • 114 DANCE MINOR REQUIREMENTS • 43 Fine Arts Major Requirements • 114 DANCE PERFORMANCE • 45 First-Year Writing Requirement • 17 Dance Performance Courses • 45 For the Area of Concentration in Educational DANCE TECHNIQUE • 44 Studies: • 102 Dance Technique Courses • 44 Foreign Language Requirement • 17 Departmental Major Requirement • 18 French and Francophone Studies • 118 Directory for Correspondence • 231 French and Francophone Studies Courses • Distribution Requirement • 17 119 Diverse Traditions Courses • 171 French and Francophone Studies Faculty • 118 E French and Francophone Studies Major East Asian Languages • 92 Requirements • 118 East Asian Studies • 88 French and Francophone Studies Minor East Asian Studies Courses • 89 Requirements • 119 East Asian Studies Faculty • 88 French and Francophone Studies Study East Asian Studies Major Requirements • Abroad • 119 88 East Asian Studies Minor Requirements • G 88 Gender and Sexuality Studies • 123 INDEX

Gender and Sexuality Studies Coordinators • 123 Independent College Programs • 150 Gender and Sexuality Studies Minor Independent College Programs Courses • Requirements • 123 150 Geoarchaeology Concentration • 68 Independent College Programs Faculty • Geology at Bryn Mawr College • 126 150 Geology Courses • 127 Intercollegiate Varsity Program • 50 Geology Faculty • 126 Intermediate Level Philosophy Courses • Geology Major Requirements • 126 177 Geology Minor Requirements • 126 Intermediate Religion Courses • 199 Geology Requireitents for Honors • 126. Intramural, Instructional and Recreational German and German Studies • 130 Programs • 50 German and German Studies Courses • Introductory Level Philosophy Courses • 131 176 German and German Studies Faculty • 130 Introductory Religion Courses • 198 German and German Studies Major Italian • 154 Requirements • 130 Italian Courses • 154 German and German Studies Minor Italian Faculty • 154 Requirements • 130 Italian Major Requirements • 154 German and German Studies Requirements Italian Minor Requirements • 154 for Honors • 131 Italian Requirements for Honors • 154 German and German Studies Study Abroad • 130 J Growth and Structure of Cities at Bryn Mawr JAPANESE LANGUAGE • 92 College • 133 - Growth and Structure of Cities Courses • K 134 KINSC COORDINATOR • 15 Growth and Structure of Cities Faculty • Koshland Integrated Natural Sciences 133 Center • 14 Growth and Structure of Cities Major Requirements • 133 L Growth and Structure of Cities Minor LANGUAGE LEARNING CENTER • 13 Requirements • 134 Language Placement Tests • 88 Guidelines for Liberal Education • 17 Latin American and Iberian Studies • 158 Latin American and Iberian Studies Courses H • 158 Hebrew and Judaic Studies • 139 Latin American and Iberian Studies Faculty Hebrew and Judaic Studies Courses • 139 • 158 Hebrew and Judaic Studies Faculty • 139 Latin American and Iberian Studies History • 8, 140 Requirements • 158 History Course Restrictions • 140 LIBRARY • 9 History Courses • 140 Linguistics • 159 History Faculty • 140 Linguistics Courses • 160 History Major Requirements • 140 Linguistics Faculty • 159 History of Art at Bryn Mawr College • 146 Linguistics Major Requirements • 159 History of Art Courses • 146 Linguistics Minor Requirements • 159 History of Art Faculty • 146 List of Departments • 28 History of Art Major Requirements • 146 History of Art Minor Requirements • 146 M History of Art Requirements for Honors • Mathematical Economics • 161 146 Mathematical Economics Concentration History Requirements for Honors • 140 Requirements • 161 Honors and the Senior Experience • 119 Mathematics • 163 Hurford Humanities Center • 14 MATHEMATICS CONCENTRATION • 102 HURFORD HUMANITIES CENTER Mathematics Core Courses • 164 COORDINATORS • 14 Mathematics Courses at Bryn Mawr College • 167 Mathematics Elective Courses • 165 Mathematics Faculty • 163 Mathematics Major Requirements • 163 Psychology Faculty • 193 Mathematics Minor Requirements • 163 Psychology Major Requirements • 193 Mathematics Requirements for Honors • Psychology Minor Requirements • 193 164 Psychology Requirements for Honors • 193 Minors • 19 Music • 168 Q MUSIC • 13 Quantitative Requirement • 17 Music Faculty • 168 Music Major Requirements • 168 R Music Minor Requirements • 168 Rate of Graduation • 26 Music Requirements for Honors • 169 Registration/Credit • 50 Musicology Courses • 170 Religion • 197 Religion Faculty • 197 N Religion Major Requirements • 197 Neural and Behavioral Science • 172 Religion Requirements for Honors • 198 Neural and Behavioral Science Religion Seminars and Independent Study Concentration • 193 202 Neural and Behavioral Science Representatives and Coordinators • 161 Concentration Requirements • 172 Requirements • 99 Neural and Behavioral Science Courses • Romance Languages • 204 172 Romance Languages Coordinators • 204 Neural and Behavioral Science Faculty • Romance Languages Major Requirements • 172 204 Numbering System and Symbols • 29 Russian • 205 Russian Courses • 205 P Russian Faculty • 205 Peace and Conflict Studies • 174 Russian Major Requirements • 205 Peace and Conflict Studies Concentration • Russian Minor Requirements • 205 174 Russian Requirements for Honors • 205 Peace and Conflict Studies Courses • 174 Peace and Conflict Studies Faculty • 174 Performance Courses • 169 SCIENCE FACILITIES • 9 Philosophy • 176 Sociology • 209 Philosophy Courses at Bryn Mawr College • SOCIOLOGY CONCENTRATION • 102 181 Sociology Courses • 209 Philosophy Faculty • 176 Sociology Faculty • 209 Philosophy Major Requirements • 176 Sociology Major Requirements • 209 Philosophy Minor Requirements • 176 Sociology Minor Requirements • 209 Philosophy Requirements for Honors • 176 Spanish • 211 Physical Education Requirement • 19 Spanish Courses • 211 Physics • 182 Spanish Faculty • 211 PHYSICS CONCENTRATION • 102 Spanish Major Requirements • 211 Physics Courses • 183 Spanish Minor Requirements • 211 Physics Faculty • 182 Spanish Requirements for Honors • 211 Physics Major Requirements • 183 Special Academic Programs • 22 Physics Minor Requirements • 183 Special Majors • 18 Physics Requirements for Honors • 183 Special Programs and Funds • 168 Political Science • 187 Statement of Purpose • 8 Political Science Courses • 187 Study Abroad • 89 Political Science Faculty • 187 Supplemental Information • 223 Political Science Major Requirements • 187 Political Science Requirements for Honors • T 187 Teacher Certification • 119 Post-Graduate Study • 22 The College • 7 President and Provost • 224 The Computer Science Concentration for Psychology • 193 Mathematics Majors • 83 PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION • 102 The Computer Science Concentration for Psychology Courses • 193 Physics Majors • 83 The Computer Science Major • 83 INDEX

The Computer Science Minor • 83 The Concentration in Scientific Computing • 83, 86 The Concentration in Scientific Computing Coordinators for 2009-2010 • 86 The Concentration in Scientific Computing Requirements • 86 The Portfolio • 100 Theater • 45 THEATER COURSES • 45 THEATER MINOR REQUIREMENTS • 45 THEATER PERFORMANCE • 45 Theory and Composition Courses • 169

Writing Program • 217 Writing Program Courses • 217 Writing Program Faculty • 217